Volume 4

Transcript

LUCKNOW METRO RAIL CORPORATION LIMITED TENDER DOCUMENT DESIGN, MANUFACTURE, SUPPLY, INSTALLATION, TESTING & COMMISSIONING OF TELECOMMUNICATION SYSTEMS For Phase-1A TENDER ‘LKS 02’ VOLUME 4  EMPLOYERS REQUIREMENT PARTICULAR SPECIFICATIONS LUCKNOW METRO RAIL CORPORATION LIMITED (MASS RAPID TRANSPORT SYSTEM) Administrative Building, Vipin Khand, Gomti Nagar, Lucknow-226 010 Website: www.lmrcl.com LUCKNOW METRO RAIL CORPORATION TABLE OF CONTENTS VOLUME 4 - PARTICULAR SPECIFICATION Description Chapter No. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS.............................................................. 1 FIBRE OPTICS TRANSMISSION SYSTEM (FOTS)........................... 2 TELEPHONE SYETEM ....................................................................... 3 RADIO SYSTEM (With CDRS) ............................................................ 4 PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEM.............................................................. 5 PASSENGER INFORMATION DISPLAY SYSTEM ............................ 6 MASTER CLOCK SYSTEM................................................................. 7 CCTV SYSTEM ................................................................................... 8 POWER SUPPLY SYSTEM ................................................................ 9 APPENDICES…………………………………………………………….. 10 Tender LKS 02: Particular Specification LUCKNOW METRO RAIL CORPORATION LIMITED MASS RAPID TRANSPORT SYSTEM DESIGN, MANUFACTURE, SUPPLY, INSTALLATION, TESTING & COMMISSIONING OF TELECOMMUNICATION SYSTEMS For Phase-1A TENDER LKS 02 PARTICULAR SPECIFICATIONS CHAPTER 1 General Requirements Confidential Page 1 of 72 CH-1 PS Tender LKS 02: Particular Specification INDEX Confidential 1 INTRODUCTION 2 NOT USED 3 SCOPE OF THE WORKS 4 PERFORMANCE REQUIRMENTS 5 FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS 6 DESIGN REQUIRMENTS 7 INTERFACES 8 VERIFICATION, TESTING AND COMMISSIONING 9 PACKAGING, SHIPPING, STORAGE AND DELIVERY 10 INSTALLATION 11 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE SUPPORT 12 SPARES, SPECIAL TOOLS & TEST EQUIPMENTS 13 TRAINING 14 DOCUMENTATION 15 PROGRAMME REQUIREMENTS Page 2 of 72 CH-1 PS Tender LKS 02: Particular Specification LIST OF DEFINITIONS In this Particular Specification, the following defined terms shall have the meanings ascribed to them below: Availability The probability that an item will be in a state to perform a required function under given conditions, at a given instant in time or over a time interval, assuming that the given external resources are provided Corrective Maintenance Maintenance performed to correct the occurrence of an equipment or system fault Dark Fibre An available, un-switched optical fibre Engineer’s Train A specially run non-passenger train used for engineering purposes Integrated Training Facility (ITF) An additional training system integrating separate functional training simulators to provide a “realism” training environment in the area of incident training Line Replaceable (LRU) Equipment that can be replaced as a single complete unit and can be handled by a single person Unit Main Line Lines other than those within the depot Maintenance Track Maintenance tracks are those tracks within the depot on which first, second and third line maintenance will be carried out Man Machine (MMI) Interface The visual interface between the Controller and the control system. The MMI consists of the computer screens, displayed objects, icons, and equipment as well as the facilities by which the Controller executes control Mean Time To Restore (MTTR) The average time to restore equipment, subsystems, systems to full functionality Mimic A graphical representation of the railway and its global operating status Non-Passenger Train A special train run without passengers, such as engineer’s trains or freight trains Operating hours MRTS Operating hours shall be 05:30 to 01:30 (tentative) the following morning 7 days per week Possession Taking a section of the line out of service for engineering purposes Preventative Maintenance Periodic or regular maintenance performed in order to pre-empt the occurrence of equipment faults in the future. This shall include First, Second and Third Line Maintenance Reliability The measure of ability to rely upon equipment and systems to perform their intended function. The measure of reliability is MTBF Safety-Critical Failure of the system, sub-system or equipment will directly lead to a situation with the potential to cause harm, injury, damage to property, plant or equipment, damage to the environment, or economic loss Confidential Page 3 of 72 CH-1 PS Tender LKS 02: Particular Specification Stopping Position The specified point within a station at which the train is to stop Sub-system Any one of the Seven systems comprising the System; i.e. Fibre Optic Transmission system, Radio system, Public Address system, Passenger Information Display system, Closed Circuit Television system Telephone system and Uninterrupted Power Supply System. System The Permanent Works described in the Particular Specifications Train Description An alphanumeric sequence uniquely identifying a running train Train Operator/Driver The person on the train responsible for its operation and who has to view the PF monitor from his sitting position on the cab. Workstation The collection of processors, screens and input devices necessary to provide one Controller with the necessary System displays and Commands Station Control Room A room for the Station Manager to monitor the running of trains and also the surveillance of the entire station for proper security and working. Police Booth The Police person at the station responsible for the surveillance of the entire station for proper security and working and at different location than the SCR. RSS (Traction) Receiving sub station along the Metro route for provision of CCTV cameras and Direct Line Telephone, integrating with the nearest station for viewing and communication requirements from the station and OCC. Confidential Page 4 of 72 CH-1 PS Tender LKS 02: Particular Specification LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS MEANING  ABBREVIATION AAL  ATM Adaption Layers  ACC  Assistant to Chief Controller  ADPCM  Adaptive Pulse Code Modulated  AFC  Automatic Fare Collection  AGC  Automatic Gain Control  ALARP  As Low As Reasonably Practicable  ASS  Auxiliary Sub Station  ASTM  American Society for Testing and Materials  ATM  Asynchronous Transfer Mode  BCC  Backup Operation Control Centre  BER  Bit Error Rate  BS  British Standard  BSHR  Bidirectional Self Healing Ring  BSNL  Bharat Sanchar Nigam Limited (PSTN Company)  CBR  Constant Bit Rate  CC  Chief Controller  CCD  Charge Coupled Device  CCIR  International Radio Consultancy Committee  CCITT  International Telegraph and Telephone Consultative Committee  CCTV  Closed Circuit Television  CD  Compact (Optical) Disk  CDRS  Centralised Digital Recording System  CENELEC  European Committee for Electrotechnical Standardisation  CER  Central Equipment Room in OCC   CMSS   CCTV Management Software System  CODEC  Coder/Decoder  CSS  Communication System Supervisor  CTU P  Central Terminal Unit (Traction) Power  CTU T  Central Terminal Unit Telecommunication  DAT  Digital Audio Tape Confidential Page 5 of 72 CH-1 PS Tender LKS 02: Particular Specification MEANING  ABBREVIATION DCC  Depot Control Centre  DCE  Data Communication Equipment  DDF  Digital Distribution Frame  DDP  Digital Distribution Panel  DID  Direct Inward Dialing  DOT  Department of Telecommunication  DTC  Depot Traffic Controller  DTE  Data Terminal Equipment  DTMF  Dual Tone Multi Frequency  DVA  Digital Voice Announcer  EIA  Electrical Industries Association  EMC  Electromagnetic Compatibility  EMI  Electromagnetic Interference  EMU  Electric Multiple Unit  EPABX  Electronic Private Automatic Branch Exchange  FCP  Fire Control Panel  FOTS  Fibre Optic Transmission System  FSD  Fire Services Department  GPS  Global Positioning System  GS  General Specification  GUI  Graphic User Interface  HCL  Hydrochloric Acid  HQ  Headquarters  HV  High Voltage  HVAC  Heating Ventilation Air Conditioning  ICAO  International Civil Aviation Organisation  IDC  Insulation Displacement Connector  IEC  International Electro-technical Commission  IEE  Institute of Electrical Engineers  IEEE  Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers  ISDN  Integrated Services Digital Network Confidential Page 6 of 72 CH-1 PS Tender LKS 02: Particular Specification MEANING  ABBREVIATION ISO  International Organisation for Standardisation  IT  Information Technology  ITU-R  International Telecommunications Union - Radio  ITU-T  International Telecommunications Telecommunications  IVRS  Interactive Voice Response System  DMRC  Delhi Metro Rail Corporation  JPEG  Joint Photographic Expert Group  KB  Key Board  LAN  Local Area Network  LCD  Liquid Crystal Display  LCX  Leaky Coaxial Cable  LED  Light Emitting Diode  LSOH  Low Smoke Zero Halogen  LV  Low Voltage   MDF   Main Distribution Frame   MMI    Man-Machine Interface   MCK  Master Clock System  MRTS  Mass Rapid Transport System  MRTS HQ.  Mass Rapid Transport System Head Quarter office  MTBF  Mean Time Between Failures  MTTR  Mean Time To Repair  NFPA  US National Fire Protection Association  NMS  Network Management System  NTSC  National Television Standards Committee  NVR  Network Video Recorder  O&M   Operations and Maintenance  OAM&P   Operations, Administration, Maintenance & Provisioning  OCC  Operations Control Centre  ODF  Optical Distribution Frame  OLTE  Optical Line Terminating Equipment  PAL  Phase Alternation Line Confidential Page 7 of 72 Union CH-1 PS – Tender LKS 02: Particular Specification MEANING  ABBREVIATION PAS  Public Address System  PB  Police Booth  PCM  Pulse Code Modulation  PIDS  Passenger Information Display System  PPIO  Program Planning and Investigation Office  PS  Particular Specification  PSB  Platform Supervisors Booth  PSE  Power Supply Equipment  PSTN  Public Services Telephone Network  PTT  Press To Talk  PTZ  Pan/Tilt/Zoom  QA  Quality Assurance  QRA  Quantified Risk Assessment  RAMS  Reliability, Availability, Maintainability and Safety  RDSO  Research Design and Standards Organisation (IR)  RFI  Radio Frequency Interference  RSS  Receiving Sub Station  SCADA  Supervisory Control And Data Acquisition  SCR  Station Control Room  SDH  Synchronous Digital Hierarchy  SMS  Station Management System  SP  Sectioning Post  SSP  Sub Sectioning Post  STM  Synchronous Transport Module  TC&S  Train Control & Signalling  TER  Telecommunications Equipment Room in Stations and Depots  TMN  Telecommunications Management Network  TOT  Transfer of Technology  TPC  Traction Power Control  TSS  Traction Sub Station  UG  Under Ground Confidential Page 8 of 72 CH-1 PS Tender LKS 02: Particular Specification MEANING  ABBREVIATION UHF  Ultra High Frequency  UPS  Uninterruptible Power Supply  UTC  Universal Co-ordinated Time  UV  Ultra Violet  VDU  Visual Display Unit  VHF  Very High Frequency  VRLA  Valve Regulated Lead Acid Confidential Page 9 of 72 CH-1 PS Tender LKS 02: Particular Specification 1. INTRODUCTION 1.1 Scope and Purpose 1.1.1 This Specification covers the design, manufacturing, delivery, installation, testing, commissioning and support for the Public Address System, Passenger Information Display System and Master Clock System to be supplied under this Tender. 1.1.2 Not Used. 1.1.3 The Particular Specification is divided into following chapters: CHAPTER 1 General (This Chapter) 2 FOTS (Backbone DCS) 3 Telephone System 4 Train Radio TETRA System with CDRS 5 Public Address System 6 Passenger Information Display System 7 Master Clock System 8 CCTV Surveillance System 9 415V 3 phase UPS and 48V DC SMPS System 10 Appendices TABLE 1-1 1.1.4 TITLE Chapters of the Particular Specification Chapter 1 covers scope of the works, system design, verification of testing, commissioning, maintenance support, spares, special tools, test equipment, training, documentation, packing, shipping, storage, delivery, installation, operation, power distribution and programme requirements of all sub-systems. 1.1.5 Chapter 2 of this Particular Specification specify the particular scope of works and performance, functional and design requirements and interfaces of the Backbone Data Communication System i.e. FOTS. 1.1.6 Chapter 3 of this Particular Specification specify the particular scope of works and performance, functional and design requirements and interfaces of the EPABX, Direct Line & VoIP Telephone Systems. 1.1.7 Chapter 4 of this Particular Specification specify the particular scope of works and performance, functional and design requirements and interfaces of the Train Radio TETRA System based on ETSI standard including CDRS . 1.1.8 Chapter 5 of this Particular Specification specify the particular scope of works and performance, functional and design requirements and interfaces of the Public Address System. Confidential Page 10 of 72 CH-1 PS Tender LKS 02: Particular Specification 1.1.9 Chapter 6 of this Particular Specification specify the particular scope of works and performance, functional and design requirements and interfaces of the Passenger Information Display System. 1.1.10 Chapter 7 of this Particular Specification specify the particular scope of works and performance, functional and design requirements and interfaces of the Master Clock System. 1.1.11 Chapter 8 of this Particular Specification specify the particular scope of works and performance, functional and design requirements and interfaces of the IP based CCTV surveillance System. 1.1.12 Chapter 9 of this Particular Specification specify the particular scope of works and performance, functional and design requirements and interfaces of the 415V 3 phase Uninterrupted Power Supply & 48V DC SMPS System. 1.1.13 Chapter 10 of this Particular Specification includes Appendices on Interface Specifications, Key Dates & Access Dates, Cable Specifications, List of Contract Spares, Section details, Provision of MMI schedule, Earthing policy etc. 1.2 Relevant Documents 1.2.1 This Particular Specification (PS) shall be read in conjunction with the General Conditions of Contract (GCC), the General Specification (GS), and any other document forming part of the Contract. 1.2.2 In the event of a conflict between the GS and the PS, the requirements of the PS shall prevail. 1.2.3 In the event of a conflict between the PS and any other standards or specifications quoted in the PS, the requirements of the PS shall prevail. 1.2.4 Notwithstanding the contents of Sections 1.2.2 and 1.2.3 above, the Contractor shall always immediately seek advice from the Employer’s Representative in the event of conflicts between specifications. 1.3 Employers Drawings 1.3.1 Employer’s drawings consist of Volume-5 which includes Reference Drawings for typical stations & Depot layout. All drawings are conceptual design drawings and details shown on the drawings are for information only. The accuracy of preliminary details shown on the drawings can’t be guaranteed and should be treated accordingly. 1.4 Confidential Relevant Codes and Specifications. Page 11 of 72 CH-1 PS Tender LKS 02: Particular Specification 1.4.1 The Sub-system and its constituent parts shall comply with the relevant latest version of British Standards, International Electromechanical Commission (IEC) standards, International Organization for Specification (ISO) Standards, European Standard (EN) or UL Standards (Underwriters Laboratory) etc. as specified below: Safety of information technology equipment, EN 60950-1:2006 including electrical business equipment. Power Transformers IEC 60076, EN 60076 Protection Class for Components As specified for individual equipment in this PS. Surge Protective Devices IEC 61643 – 1 EMC – Immunity IEC 60801, EN 60801 EMC – Emission VDE 0875, IEC 60555, EN 60555 Electromagnetic compatibility Testing and IEC 61000-4, EN 61000-4, BS Measurement Techniques EN 50121 Inter system EMC EN 50082, EN 50121, EN 50123, EN 50155, IEC 571, IEC 1000 or equivalent RFI Suppression EN55022A or VDE 0878 Level measuring systems utilizing ionising IEC 60982 radiation with continuous or switching output Sound Level of Noise Source ISO 3746, BS 4196–6 Flammability Tests IEC 60707 Valve Regulated Sealed Lead Acid IRS: S93-96, DOT: TQ510G 92 Rechargeable Single Cells Low-voltage Switchgear and Control gear IEC 60439 – 1, EN 60439–1 Assemblies Low-voltage Switchgear and Control gear IEC 60947, EN 60947, IEC9473, IEC 60898 or EN 60898 Specification for contactors IEC60947 – 4, EN 60947-4 Code of practice for Earthing IEEE1100, NFPA 780, IEC1024 Transient Protection MIL-STD-7041A Lightning Protection BS-6651 Quality ISO9001 International Standard MPEG-4 Video ISO/IEC 13818-2:2002 or later edition Confidential Page 12 of 72 CH-1 PS Tender LKS 02: Particular Specification Specification technology for Safety equipment of including Information BS EN 60950-1:2006 electrical business equipment. Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC) : Generic BS EN 61326 (Annex A) standards immunity for Industry environments. Specification for safety requirements for equipment to be connected to BS EN 41003:1999 telecommunication networks. Safety requirements for electrical equipment for BS 61010-1:2003/A2:1995 measurement, control & laboratory use. Part 1: General requirements. 1.5 Secondary protectors for Communication Underwriters Laboratory safety Circuits. std 497A Overview of Telecommunications System (1) For efficient Metro railway management and operation, it is essential to have a well organized telecommunication network covering strategic locations like OCC, passenger stations, depot, and it is equally essential to have reliable links between the strategic locations and moving trains or working staff along the railway track/Tunnel. (2) The FOTS and Wide Area Network being provided under LKS 02 shall provide all necessary communication channels for carrying voice, data, and video signals for Metro railway management and operation from Station/Depot TER to OCCs CER. (3) A Master Clock System shall be provided under LKRS 02 to distribute time signal to all the clocks at stations and Depot and OCCs. Master Clock System shall also provide reference timing signals for all telecom and other systems like AFC, Power SCADA etc for time synchronization. (4) This backbone transmission network, which shall provide the necessary communication channels in the MRTS, shall be of adequate high quality, and shall have high reliability, availability and expandability. On this back bone network in the MRTS, a private telephone exchange network shall be constructed to provide basic telephone communication within the MRTS it shall be used for MRTS management, personnel management, facility maintenance, train operation and passenger guidance. The telecommunication system shall also consist of a direct line telephone communication network exclusively for the train operation and maintenance functions Confidential Page 13 of 72 CH-1 PS Tender LKS 02: Particular Specification (5) The Train Radio system shall enable communication between the fixed strategic locations and the moving trains as well as the moving working personnel along the railway track/Tunnel. The train radio system shall also be used for depot operation. Train Radio communication shall also be used for making PAS announcements from OCC to the passengers on the train. A Centralized Digital Recording System is to be provided in CERs at the OCC/BCC for multichannel voice recording of direct line communication, two way radio conversations, emergency or fire messages broadcast on station PAS and train borne PAS initiated from OCC. (6) At the stations, a suitable Public Address System shall be provided for making announcements to passengers regarding train arrival / departure and shall work as the primary means of communication with passengers and staff during emergencies. In the normal case, audio-broadcast shall be made from Station Control Room or Platform Supervisor’s Booth/Panel and in a train by the driver. However, it shall also be possible for the OCC to make announcement to any station, group of stations or all stations. (7) A Passenger Information Display system trigged by TC&S system shall automatically provide real time visual information about train arrival/departure throughout the station. The PIDS display shall be co-ordinated with PAS for real time passenger audio broad casts for train arrival/departure. PIDS shall enable the operator in SCRs and OCCs to display routine and special emergency messages for passengers and staff in stations. Display boards shall be provided for each platform side at all stations and in concourse at all stations of LMRC. (8) A CCTV station surveillance system shall be built for supervising strategic operational locations like Station car park, AFC gates, ticketing offices and lobby, escalator, Lifts and staircase exits and platform operational area and PF ends to ensure safe operation of the Metro and security locations at stations. It shall be supervised from the station control room and Security room at each station simultaneously, and these video signals shall also be transmitted to the OCC both as live and as recorded from the stations/Depot for remote supervision. Similarly a CCTV depot surveillance system shall be built. It shall be supervised locally from DCC & Security Room and remotely from OCC. (9) An Uninterrupted Power Supply System (3 phase 415V AC Supply) shall be built for providing UPS Supply for Telecom, AFC and Signaling contractors with on-line redundant configuration with back up plan for four hours for Telecommunication, S&TC and AFC equipment at Stations, Depot and OCC. (10) 48 V DC Power Supply System for Powering the Telephone System and also for Powering all other Telecomm Systems such as Radio, Clock etc shall be designed, Confidential Page 14 of 72 CH-1 PS Tender LKS 02: Particular Specification installed, commissioned, tested and maintained as part of the scope of LKS 02 Contract. 1.6 To achieve a completely integrated system, there is a need for the integration of Telecom subsystems and the IBMS in each of the stations and at the OCC level. To achieve this, it would be important that each of the NMS of Telecom subsystems should posses a framework, to be able to integrate with a third party centralized IBMS/SCADA system and its applications for enabling the relaying of its status and alarm information. The status and alarm information should be relayed through any of the following methods: 1. SNMP-v1 2. SNMP-v2 3. SNMP-v3 4. Web Service 5. Through API (Application Programming Interface) 6. Through CLI (Command Line Interface) 7. At Db level (Data base integration SQL, My SQL) 2 Confidential Not Used Page 15 of 72 CH-1 PS Tender LKS 02: Particular Specification 3 SCOPE OF THE WORKS 3.1 General Requirements The scope of the works includes but not limited to design, design coordination with other Contractors, design submission, design approval, supply, manufacture, FAT inspection, packing, shipping, transportation, storage, delivery, handling, insurance, installation, interfacing, interfacing with other project contractors and interface design submission, integration with other systems, testing at Site & commissioning, Integrated testing with Other Project Contractors, maintenance support, spares, special tools, test equipment, training, Maintenance supervision assistance, documentation and providing DLP warranty (Defect Liability Period) for the entire Telecommunication System described above. For Phase-IA Stations/Depot, OCC shall be at Administrative Building (to be constructed) near Sahkarita Bhawan. Priority Section (from Transport Nagar to Charbagh) shall be commissioned from BCC (at Transport Nagar Depot) shall be integrated with OCC at a later date. Hence all central equipment/ provisions for Priority section shall be created in BCC at Transport Nagar Depot. All systems are to be designed in such a manner that they can be integrated to OCC at Sahkarita Bhawan without any disruption to the services. Any equipment, interface/ co-ordination for this integration shall be part of this lumpsum contract. 3.2 Scope of Supplies 3.2.1 The scope of supply shall include all necessary hardware, software, firmware, accessories, materials and documentation. The detailed requirements shall be as given in the Chapter 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 and 9 of Particular Specifications. LKS 02 to please note that Appendix J of Annexure 2 of ITT (volume 1) gives the minimum BOQ to be covered as part of the scope of work and any other item or enhancement of the listed items required to complete the LKS 02 Contract shall also be provided as part of this lump sum Contract. 3.2.2 The contractor will have to get atleast 50% of BOQ (Appendix- J of Annexure-2 of ITT) of LED PIDS display board of Elevated and Underground Stations each of the platform type and concourse type manufactured locally in India. The satisfactory workability and performance of the display boards manufactured in India shall have to be demonstrated as part of FAT. 3.2.3 The contractor will have to get atleast 50% of BOQ (Appendix- J of Annexure-2 of ITT) of Digital clock each of the Indoor type and Outdoor type manufactured locally in India. The satisfactory workability and performance of the digital clocks manufactured in India shall have to be demonstrated as part of FAT. 3.3 Confidential Scope of Services Page 16 of 72 CH-1 PS Tender LKS 02: Particular Specification 3.3.1 The detailed requirements of the services to be provided by the Contractor shall be as given in the GS and PS. 3.3.2 The scope of services to be performed by the Contractor shall include, but not be limited to, the following: (1) Design, manufacture, delivery, system assurance, installation, testing and commissioning of the individual Sub- System as described in the relevant Chapter pertaining to each sub-system. (2) Design, Supply and Installation of Base Frame, False Floor & under False Floor Cable Trays with required risers for wall mounted units in TER of Stations/Depots. (3) Presentations, reviews and audit support as specified in the Specification. (4) Project management of the implementation of the System. (5) Quality and safety management. (6) Overall site supervision and management. (7) Decommissioning, removal and disposal of Temporary Works. (8) Operation and maintenance support services. (9) Preparation and submission of documentation. (10) Training for Employer’s Training Instructors, operations staff, maintenance staff and engineering staff. 3.4 (11) Recommendation and provision of spares, tools and test equipment. (12) Interface management. (13) Manpower resources. (14) Provision/construction of Clean earth and extension upto TER/UPS room at elevated stations. (15) Clean and Main earth extension from Earthing strip in TER to Rack (16) Prototypes, mock-ups, emulation and simulation as required. Sections and Key Dates Reference be made to the Appendix B under Chapter 10 of the PS for Key Dates and Access Dates and to Appendix C for Sections. 3.3 Work excluded from this Contract All equipment, material, facilities and services to be provided by other Project Contractor as specified in the interface Specification shall not be supplied as part of this Contract. 3.6 Confidential The Site Page 17 of 72 CH-1 PS Tender LKS 02: Particular Specification The site for the Permanent works shall include stations, depot, OCC/BCC as detailed in ITT. It will cover equipment rooms at stations, OCC/BCC, Depot, tunnels, viaducts, bridges, RSSs and at grade tracks as also all the ancillary buildings along the alignments, stations, Depot. 3.7 Employer’s Facilities The contractor shall submit to the Employer’s Representative details and notice of intention to use any of the Employer’s facilities like works area and the period of usage. This shall be submitted in accordance with the provisions in the GS. The Contractor shall note that the works areas may have to be relocated from time to time to suit the requirements of the Employer. 3.8 Contractor’s Premise (Project Office/Storage Space) The LKS 02 Contractor shall be provided space of approximately 1500 SQM to set up Project Office and Storage Space. LKS 02 shall necessarily have to station at this Project Site Office throughout the contract period, the key personnel for design and implementation- co-ordination etc. and shall submit a list for the same to review. Confidential Page 18 of 72 CH-1 PS Tender LKS 02: Particular Specification 4. PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS 4.1 General 4.1.1 The Contractor shall ensure that all equipment and material used is able to meet the specified availability throughout its service life as required to minimise disruption to the railway operation and to minimise the ongoing maintenance costs. 4.1.2 The Systems shall be so designed as to have a minimum of 15 years of service life operating continuously. The life of all the cables shall not be less than 25 years. 4.1.3 The system shall be designed to facilitate normal train and station operation, management of incidents and abnormal operations as well as of emergencies. 4.1.4 The System shall, to the extent practicable, have no credible failure mode, which will directly cause an interruption to security surveillance or delay in the train services. The Contractor shall demonstrate that the probability of occurrence of the credible failure mode, if any, has been reduced to ALARP (as low as reasonably practicable) and no further cost-effective means of improving reliability can be identified. 4.2 Reliability Requirements 4.2.1 The inability to perform a required function, the occurrence of unexpected action by the equipment, or the degradation of performance to below the required specifications shall constitute a failure. 4.2.2 The Mean-Time-Between-Failures (MTBF) figure requirements for major equipment of each sub-system shall be as given in Chapters 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 & 9 of this Particular Specification. These MTBF figures specify the minimum reliability requirement of all major equipment. If higher MTBF figures are required to achieve the required level of System availability, the Contractor shall adopt suitably higher MTBF figures in equipment selection. 4.2.3 Reliability calculations shall be based on data from past experience where such data is available for similar applications. Where there is no such information available, parts- count data or other generic data sources shall be used. The order of preference for data reliability prediction shall be as below: (1) Data from operation of identical equipment in a similar railway environment, under similar conditions of usage, maintenance and climate (2) Data from operation of similar equipment in a railway environment (3) Specific test data carried out in simulated conditions appropriate for Metro Rail. Confidential (4) Data from operation of similar equipment in a non-railway environment (5) Data based on parts-count analysis or any other generic data sources Page 19 of 72 CH-1 PS Tender LKS 02: Particular Specification 4.2.4 The Contractor shall assure reliability throughout all aspects of the design, manufacturing, installation and testing as necessary to satisfy the reliability requirements. 4.2.5 The Contractor shall submit Reliability Plan to the Employer’s Representative for review in accordance with RAMS Plan. 4.2.6 The Reliability Plan shall describe the analytical methods to be used during design and development to demonstrate compliance with reliability requirements and identification of reliability-critical items in the System offered. 4.2.7 The Reliability Plan shall identify a comprehensive list of reliability-related submissions such as specifications, standards, method statements, procedures, drawings and records to the Employer’s Representative for review. The Reliability Plan shall include the dates of the submissions. 4.3 Availability Requirements 4.3.1 Detailed availability requirements are given in Chapters 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 & 9 of this Particular Specification. 4.3.2 The Contractor shall submit calculations with reliability block diagrams for each subsystem to demonstrate the compliance with required availability figures. The availability calculation shall take all possible failure modes into consideration. The calculation shall be based on the Contractor’s submitted equipment MTBF figures, MTTR figures and the configuration of each sub-system. 4.3.3 The Contractor shall predict the system failure rate or MTBF figures of each subsystem from the availability calculations. 4.3.4 Equipment duplication, hot-standby protection, parallel-run, path diversity, etc. shall be adopted whenever necessary and appropriate to meet the required availability. 4.3.5 Error detection and correction mechanism shall be included in the communication links as appropriate depending on the nature and functional criticality of the data conveyed. 4.3.6 Switchover between redundant equipment, or between redundant routings, shall occur automatically and immediately upon failure and shall be transparent to the users. Toggling in switchovers shall be prevented. 4.3.7 The Contractor shall conduct analysis and propose methods, if any, for further improvement of the availability of each sub-system beyond the minimum required availability figures mentioned above. 4.4 Maintainability Requirements 4.4.1 The System shall be designed such that the MTTR figures for restoring the operation of the System from fault condition shall not be more than four hours (excluding time of travel). Confidential Page 20 of 72 CH-1 PS Tender LKS 02: Particular Specification 4.4.2 The MTTR figure shall be calculated from the individual equipment weighted by the failure rate of the equipment. 4.4.3 The MTTR figure shall be the total time calculated from the moment the occurrence of the fault at site is reported to the maintenance personnel to the time when the System is fully restored to normal operation. 4.4.4 The Contractor shall provide the history records from past works showing the achievement of MTTR figures declared. Where such records are not available, the Contractor shall provide simulation of faults to demonstrate that the declared MTTR figures are indeed achievable. 4.4.5 All plug-in modules shall permit hot swapping so as not to affect the normal or emergency operation of the System. 4.4.6 All line replaceable items shall not exceed the size and weight, which an average individual person can handle. 4.4.7 The System shall be suitably designed to minimise the need for frequent preventive maintenance. 4.4.8 The System shall be so designed as to avoid the need for a total shutdown for preventive maintenance. In the event that a total shutdown is inevitable, the preventive maintenance shall not require the System to be non-operational for more than two hours. 4.4.9 The System shall be so designed as to prevent failures or breakdown due to invalid or incorrect inputs. 4.4.10 Built-in self-diagnostics, power-up self test and sufficient test points shall be provided in the System to minimise the time required to locate a fault. 4.4.11 All components, materials, software and supports required for repair and servicing of the System shall be available during the entire lifetime of the System. 4.4.12 The Contractor shall submit Maintainability Plan to the Employer’s Representative for review in accordance with RAMS Plan. 4.4.13 The Maintainability Plan shall describe the analytical methods to be used during design and development stages to demonstrate compliance with maintainability requirements specified herein and to identify the maintainability-critical items of the System. 4.4.14 The Maintainability Plan shall identify a comprehensive list of maintainability-related submissions such as specifications, standards, method statements, procedures, drawings, and records to the Employer’s Representative for review. The Maintainability Plan shall include the date of submission. 4.4.15 Alarms, health status & displays generated by the System shall be shown locally, as well as at remote location in OCCs. Confidential Page 21 of 72 CH-1 PS Tender LKS 02: Particular Specification 4.5 System Safety Requirements 4.5.1 The Contractor shall perform the mandatory safety activities as detailed in Appendix 2 of the GS. 4.5.2 The Contractor shall support other Project Contractors with the provision of information and relevant analysis where the availability and usability of the Telecommunications System is a contributing factor to the overall system risk. 4.5.3 Not Used. 4.5.4 All Man-Machine-Interfaces shall be designed with the risk of Repetitive Strain Injury (RSI), eye strain and radiation-induced illness (both non-ionising and ionising radiation) taken into consideration. 4.5.5 The design of the System shall minimise the risk of fire. 4.5.6 The design of the System shall minimise the build-up of static, as well as the effects of static discharge during maintenance. 4.5.7 No toxic or asbestos-containing materials shall be used anywhere in the System. 4.6 Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC) 4.6.1 Not Used. 4.6.2 The Contractor shall ensure and demonstrate that the System is adequately protected against electromagnetic interference (EMI) among the systems. The Contractor is required to conduct type tests as well as full EMC tests (if previous type test results are not available). Tests to be conducted shall include but not limited to satisfying standards (their latest version) as following: 4.6.3 (1) Overall compliance of EN50121-1 & EN50121-4 and (2) Specific Standards of Immunity : IEC1000-4 The maximum levels of out-of-band emission shall be such as to ensure that the subsystems perform in conformity with the criteria given in the respective Chapters of the PS. 4.6.4 The maximum levels of radiated and conducted EMI of the System shall not exceed the levels specified in EN50081-1. 4.6.5 Any equipment consisting of sensitive electronic components that is likely to be handled or touched by any person shall be protected against electrostatic discharge and shall be tested as defined in IEC61000-4-2. 4.6.6 Not Used 4.6.7 All tests shall be conducted to meet EMC severity levels specified by the relevant international standards, as a minimum, the EMC severity levels for industrial equipment shall apply. Confidential Page 22 of 72 CH-1 PS Tender LKS 02: Particular Specification 4.6.8 The cost incurred in the suppression of electromagnetic or electrostatic interference including any hardware shall be deemed to be included within the contract. 4.6.9 The contractor shall ensure that all Intra system EMI are taken care of through proper design and other measures. All major subsystems shall be tested for emissions and immunities in accordance with the appropriate international standards for equipments operating in Railway environments. 4.6.10 Inter-system EMC  The contractor shall ensure that all equipments are design and constructed in accordance with latest versions of EMC standards including but not limited to latest version EN50082, EN50121, EN 50123, EN50155, IEC571, IEC1000 or equivalents to ensure proper functioning  Adequate safety margins between the immunity levels of the Telecommunication Systems and the emission levels of other electrical and electronic equipment must be maintained.  The design of the software shall take into consideration that with the interference injected into the system, it is possible to produce an abnormal condition. For example, the program may become “locked up" awaiting a signal which will never arrive (system hang). It is important therefore that the various possible failures are analysed and appropriate actions are taken when failures are detected.  The probabilities of various conditions which could lead to an unreliable operation must be determined wherever applicable. 4.6.11 Relevant EMC certificates for all standard off-the-shelf products shall be submitted to the Employer’s Representative for review. Confidential Page 23 of 72 CH-1 PS Tender LKS 02: Particular Specification 5. FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS 5.1 General The Contractor shall design the System such that operation of the System shall be in line with the provisions in the GS under normal and emergency conditions. 5.2 Operation 5.2.1 General 5.2.1.1 This part of the document only covers the general operational requirements of the System. 5.2.1.2 The particular operational requirements and modes of individual Sub-systems shall be as given in Chapters 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 & 9 of this PS. 5.2.2 Man-Machine Interfaces (MMI) 5.2.2.1 The Contractor shall provide user-friendly Man-Machine Interfaces for LMRC staff to operate, control, monitor and maintain the Systems. Confidential Page 24 of 72 CH-1 PS Tender LKS 02: Particular Specification 6. DESIGN REQUIREMENTS 6.1 General 6.1.1 Design Approach 6.1.1.1 The Contractor shall adopt a structured, modular and top-down approach for the design and exercise proper design control to ensure that the designs are in accordance with the requirements given in the Specifications. 6.1.1.2 6.1.1.3 The technologies adopted for the design of the System shall be: (1) Field proven with past successful applications references (2) Conforming to open international standards The System shall be designed for continuous unattended operation for extended periods of time. 6.1.1.4 All of the Contractor’s key design staff shall be located in Delhi. The Contractor’s design staff shall be competent with sufficient experience in the individual responsibility areas. While the supply of equipment may be done from the OEM of the equipment, competent and sufficiently experienced technical representative of the OEM (qualification and experience to be approved by LMRC) shall be available at Lucknow for design reviews/discussions and for installation supervision of the sub system during the implementation of the project. 6.1.1.5 The Contractor shall submit a Design Plan with requirements as stipulated in the GS and PS. 6.1.2 Design Verification and Validation 6.1.2.1 The Contractor shall submit detailed design calculations and supporting drawings, documents, etc., for the system to the Employer’s Representative for review. 6.1.2.2 The design calculations shall demonstrate that the Contractor’s design fully complies with the requirements given in the Specification. The design calculations shall further demonstrate that the ratings, capacity and quantity of the proposed equipment are adequate. 6.1.2.3 The Contractor shall furnish the following calculations and analysis for relevant Sub System as a minimum: (1) Estimation of the power consumption and heat dissipation per equipment and per location. (2) 6.1.2.4 Prediction of the reliability and availability of the system, The requirements on design calculations specific to the systems shall be as given in Chapters 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 & 9 of this PS. 6.1.3 Confidential Design Review Page 25 of 72 CH-1 PS Tender LKS 02: Particular Specification 6.1.3.1 Design review meetings shall be regularly held with the Employer’s Representative. 6.1.3.2 The Contractor shall ensure that all design submissions are accurate, fully compliant relevant and of good quality before they are submitted to the Employer’s Representative for review. 6.1.3.3 The Contractor shall ensure that all comments of the Employer’s Representative have been properly incorporated or otherwise resolved before resubmission. 6.1.3.4 The Contractor shall exercise adequate control to ensure that the number of resubmissions is minimum. 6.1.3.5 In addition to the Contractor’s own design reviews, the Contractor shall carry out design review meetings with the Employer’s Representative at the appropriate design stages with at least one slated prior to the conclusion of the preliminary design and the final design. Competent and sufficiently experienced staff of the OEM (the supplier of the major equipment) shall also be present during design review meetings with the Employer’s Representative. The Contractor shall include presentation of his design at the meeting and demonstrate how his design complies fully to all aspects of System requirements. The Employer’s Representative’s comments thereto shall be recorded and duly incorporated in the design. 6.1.3.6 The following issues shall be addressed during each of the design review meetings: (1) Reliability, Availability, Maintainability and Safety (RAMS) (2) Ergonomics and Human Factor Engineering (3) Design Progress (4) Interface Issues 6.1.4 MMI Design 6.1.4.1 For all MMI’s specially designed or customised for the Systems, the Contractor shall provide and organise prototypes for demonstration and submission to the Employer’s Representative for review prior to implementation. 6.1.4.2 Another Project Contractor shall carry out an ergonomic study for the MMI and console furniture design. The Contractor shall co-ordinate with the Project Contractors to ensure that the latter’s recommendations are properly reviewed, commented upon and the agreed items incorporated in the Contractor’s MMI design. 6.1.5 Submission of Samples 6.1.5.1 To assist the Employer’s Representative in his evaluation of the Contractor’s design submission, the Contractor shall submit samples to the Employer’s Representative for review, when so required and instructed by the latter. 6.1.5.2 The Contractor shall arrange site visits and/or videos for illustration if the items are bulky or impracticable for submission. Confidential Page 26 of 72 CH-1 PS Tender LKS 02: Particular Specification 6.1.5.3 Samples of installation or mounting accessories shall be properly mounted on a board, wherever feasible, prior to their submission to the Employer’s Representative for review. 6.1.5.4 The Contractor shall provide samples of individual types of cables to the Employer’s Representative prior to the commencement of cable installation. The samples shall be properly protected with transparent housing for independent cable components including sheath, armour, insulation, cable cores, etc. for ease of identification as well as inspection. Each sample shall be properly labelled with description of the cable type. 6.1.5.5 All samples submitted to the Employer’s Representative shall become the property of the Employer. 6.2 Equipment Design 6.2.1 General Considerations 6.2.1.1 Specific equipment design requirements for Telecommunication Sub Systems are given in Chapters 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 & 10 of this PS. 6.2.1.2 The offered equipment shall be field proven with past history of successful performance. 6.2.1.3 For all excess heat dissipating equipment including power amplifiers, the Contractor shall provide the following as necessary and applicable: 6.2.1.4 6.2.1.5 (1) Local warning signs (2) Local over-temperature alarm indications (3) Remote over-temperature alarm monitoring (4) Facilities for remote power ON/OFF All active equipment shall have LED/Lamp indications indicating: (1) Normal power supply (2) Summary alarm conditions All equipment shall be designed and constructed to operate without degradation in quality, performance or loss of function in the electromagnetic environment prevalent in a standard Mass Rapid Transit Railway System including underground segments. The traction system of LMRTS is planned 25 KV AC, 50 Hz (with or without BT-RC) for elevated and underground sections. 6.2.2 Fire and Smoke Precautions 6.2.2.1 The cable routes shall be suitably designed to prevent trapping of rubbish which could later become a fire hazard. Confidential Page 27 of 72 CH-1 PS Tender LKS 02: Particular Specification 6.2.2.2 Every possible precaution must be taken to prevent the flow of fault currents through the cables, especially from the traction power system. Communication cables must be kept away from high tension power supply cables. 6.2.2.3 All necessary measures shall be adopted to prevent the creation of hazardous conditions arising out of overheating and/or ignition of cables. All cables used must therefore, meet the following stipulations, unless otherwise specified: (1) The cables meant for underground installation shall be made from fireretardant, low-smoke, halogen-free materials only. (2) The cables meant for all other areas shall be made from fire-retardant, lowsmoke, materials only or as specified in the detailed specification laid down in the chapter 10 of PS. 6.2.2.4 Only cables which are housed inside closed cabinets may be as per standard specifications, as they are unlikely to cause hazardous condition. 6.2.2.5 Cabling in the elevated Sections may be exposed. Outer sheathing material for the cable specified shall be selected so that it is resistant to exposure to direct sunlight. 6.2.2.6 All of the above requirements shall be fully complied to, without compromising any of the mechanical or electrical properties of the cables. 6.3 Environmental Conditions 6.3.1 All equipment shall be protected from damage or degradation in performance due to shock or vibration as experienced in railway environment. 6.3.2 Unless otherwise specified, all telecommunication equipment installed under this Contract inside rooms with controlled environment shall be designed for operation in o o temperatures of 0 C to + 40 C. All equipment installed outside these areas shall be rated for continuous operation up to + 50 deg C. 6.3.3 No equipment other than display boards, Slave clocks, Loudspeakers, Noise Sensors, PAS control panels (in PSB), field switches and cables and their junction boxes shall be placed outside the TER/CER unless the equipments are rated for temperatures up to +50 deg C at 90% RH. 6.3.4 All MMI’s in the SCR/BCC/OCC Theatre shall be extended through Line Extenders from their respective Severs/PC’s kept in the TERs. 6.4 System Expansion 6.4.1 The Contractor shall design the System with sufficient capacity such that the System can operate properly under peak load or traffic conditions and with sufficient margins in performance to ensure normal operation for any change in design assumptions and operating conditions. Confidential Page 28 of 72 CH-1 PS Tender LKS 02: Particular Specification 6.4.2 The Contractor shall adopt a modular approach for design to enable System expansion with minor modifications such as parameter changes or addition of modules without the need for substantial equipment replacement or software rewrite. 6.4.3 The Contractor shall submit a System Expansion Plan to the Employer’s Representative for review. Confidential Page 29 of 72 CH-1 PS Tender LKS 02: Particular Specification 7. INTERFACES 7.1 Interfaces between Subsystems 7.1.1 The details of interfacing with other telecom Subsystems shall be as described in Chapters 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 and Appendix A under Chapter 10 of this Particular Specification. 7.1.2 The Contractor shall provide the description of the interfacing between Subsystems with sufficient details so as to enable the Employer to modify or expand the interfaces between the Subsystems. 7.2 Interfaces with Project Contractors 7.2.1 The particular requirements between Telecommunication Sub Systems and the relevant Project Contractors shall be as given in the Interface Specifications in Appendix A under Chapter 10 this PS. 7.2.2 The requirements specified in the Interface Specifications are by no means exhaustive. The Contractor shall submit an Interface Management Plan and Detailed Interface Documents to the Employer’s Representative for review in accordance with the requirements given in the GS. The Contractor shall ensure that the Interface Management Plan and Detailed Interface Documents are mutually acceptable to both the LKS 02 Contractor and the relevant Project Contractors before submission. 7.2.3 The Contractor shall liaise with the Employer’s Representative and the relevant Project Contractors and co-ordinate for site access. Confidential Page 30 of 72 CH-1 PS Tender LKS 02: Particular Specification 8. VERIFICATION, TESTING AND COMMISSIONING 8.1 General Guidelines for Testing and Commissioning 8.1.1 The Contractor shall perform stage-wise testing and commissioning activities in accordance with the requirements given in this Specification. 8.1.2 The Contractor shall ensure that the Employer’s Representative prior to the commencement of the test has reviewed test documentation associated with any test without objection. 8.1.3 The Contractor shall ensure the System is in a state ready for testing and commissioning before the commencement of the tests witnessed by the Employer’s Representative. The Contractor may conduct trial tests by himself before the Employer’s Representative witnesses the tests, if necessary. 8.1.4 Test results of the Contractor’s own trial tests shall be made available to the Employer’s Representative on request before the tests are witnessed by the Employer’s Representative, to indicate the readiness of the System for tests witnessed by the Employer’s Representative to commence. 8.1.5 The Contractor shall satisfy himself that all items interfacing to Project Contractors are in satisfactory condition for the Contractor’s tests to be carried out. 8.1.6 The Contractor shall provide all necessary test instruments, special tools, emulators, simulators and test software to carry out the tests. 8.1.7 The Contractor shall provide simulation for testing in case the interfacing equipment is not available for testing. 8.1.8 The Contractor shall extend full support to the Employer’s Representative and provide all necessary facilities to enable convenient inspection of materials, work and testing. 8.1.9 The Contractor shall investigate and provide corrective actions for all the faults detected during the tests. The tests shall be resumed only after all the faults are properly cleared. The Contractor shall submit fault report to the Employer’s Representative to describe the symptom and causes of the faults and the corrective actions taken. 8.1.10 If the operation of other project contractor’s system or equipment is suspected to be affected by the system during the test, the contractor shall withhold the test, investigate and provide corrective actions, if necessary, before resumption. The test shall be resumed only after the interference has been eliminated or found not to be related to the system. 8.2 Testing Stages The Contractor shall carry out testing and commissioning activities in the following phases: Confidential Page 31 of 72 CH-1 PS Tender LKS 02: Particular Specification (1) Factory Acceptance Tests (FAT) (2) Installation Tests (IT) (3) Partial Acceptance Tests (PAT) (4) System Acceptance Tests (SAT) (5) Integrated Testing and Commissioning (ITC) 8.3 Factory Acceptance Tests 8.3.1 The Contractor shall carry out factory acceptance tests at the place of manufacturing in the presence of the Employer’s Engineer. The test shall include, but not be limited to, visual, environmental, electrical and functional tests on each individual equipment and associated Subsystems as well as simulation before delivery of the equipment to the Site. 8.3.2 Factory acceptance test shall be carried out for equipment and cables. 8.3.3 The Contractor shall prepare and submit a Factory Test Plan at least Three months before the tests. In addition, the Factory Test Plan shall also include the following: (1) A list of equipment and cables for individual Subsystem to have factory acceptance test. (2) The program of all the activities related to factory acceptance tests. (3) The locations where factory acceptance tests to be carried out. (4) The estimated duration of tests activities at each locations. (5) Submission schedule of all the factory acceptance test procedures for equipment and cable. 8.3.4 The Contractor shall prepare the Factory Acceptance Test Procedures for equipment and cables and submit to the Employer’s Representative for review. 8.3.5 The Factory Acceptance Test Procedures shall describe in detail all tests to demonstrate the functional, electrical and physical performance of the equipment and cable under designed environmental conditions. 8.3.6 Where any part of testing is carried out by an independent laboratory, a copy of Test Certificate issued by the relevant authority of that laboratory shall be submitted along with the Acceptance Test Procedure. The Employer’s Representative reserves the right to demand Third Party Inspection to be carried out at the cost of CS15, if CS15 is not able to provide or substantiate test results. 8.4 On-site Testing and Commissioning 8.4.1 General The Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Employer’s Representative for review an On-site Testing and Commissioning Plan. Confidential Page 32 of 72 CH-1 PS Tender LKS 02: Particular Specification 8.4.2 Installation Tests 8.4.2.1 Installation Tests shall be carried out on Individual Sub-systems location by location after the completion of equipment physical installation. 8.4.2.2 The objective of the installation tests shall be to ensure the following: 1) The equipment is installed in accordance with the reviewed design documentation. 2) The equipment is installed in accordance with the requirements detailed in this Specification. 8.4.2.3 3) All cables are properly and accurately connected and terminated. 4) All installation works are of acceptable workmanship. The Contractor shall develop Installation Tests Procedures and submit to the Employer’s Representative for review. 8.4.2.4 The Installation Test shall not be started unless the test procedures have been reviewed with NOC/NOSC by the Employer’s Representative. 8.4.2.5 All installed equipment and cables shall be physically inspected against all relevant review design documentation. 8.4.2.6 The Contractor shall measure the end-to-end performance of all cores of the copper cables and optical fibre cables, including all spare cores, laid between different locations. 8.4.2.7 Not Used 8.4.2.8 All the installation test results, physical locations of the equipment and serial numbers shall be captured in the test record forms. The Contractor shall include completed test record forms in the Test Report and submit to the Employer’s Representative for review. 8.4.3 Partial Acceptance Tests 8.4.3.1 Partial Acceptance Tests shall be carried out on Public Address System, Passenger Information Display System and Master Clock Systems location by location, on areas or Section basis to verify the functions, performance and services coverage at the stage: (1) After successful completion of the Installation Tests with NOC/NOSC (2) After the Subsystems have been configured with correct settings and parameters. (3) Properly connected to the power supply and can be switched on for Partial Acceptance Tests. (4) Before the equipment of different locations are connected up and ready for System Acceptance Tests. Confidential Page 33 of 72 CH-1 PS Tender LKS 02: Particular Specification 8.4.3.2 The Contractor shall develop Partial Acceptance Tests in accordance with the requirements of GS. 8.4.3.3 The Contractor shall develop Partial Acceptance Tests Procedures for each Subsystem and submit to the Employer’s Representative for review. 8.4.3.4 The Partial Acceptance Tests procedures shall include: (1) Objectives of the Partial Acceptance Tests for all Subsystems (2) List of specifications and standards, reviewed design documentation for reference 8.4.3.5 (3) Step-by-step test instructions (4) List of test instrument and special tools (5) Test record forms (6) Pass or fail criteria Where performance across interfaces to Project Contractors or to other parties is required to be verified during the Partial Acceptance Tests, the Contractor shall include a list of Project Contractors and the interface test procedures agreed with the relevant Project Contractors in the Partial Acceptance Tests procedures for the relevant Subsystem. 8.4.3.6 The functional, electrical and timing performances of the Subsystems shall be verified against the requirements and relevant international standards. 8.4.3.7 Wherever applicable, the Contractor shall have local loop back tests on circuits for electrical performance measurement such as error rate and signal level measurement. 8.4.3.8 All local alarms, control and monitoring functions shall be verified. 8.4.3.9 All equipment settings and parameters shall be verified and recorded in the reviewed test record forms. 8.4.3.10 The Partial Acceptance Tests are considered completed only if the Employer’s Representative without objection reviews the Partial Acceptance Test results. 8.4.3.11 Upon completion of the Partial Acceptance Test, the individual Subsystem shall be operational and ready to be connected to other Subsystems and interfacing systems for testing. 8.4.4 System Acceptance Tests 8.4.4.1 System Acceptance Tests shall be carried out to ensure the System operates in accordance with functional and electrical performance requirements given in the Particular Specification. 8.4.4.2 Confidential System Acceptance Tests shall be carried out at the following stages: Page 34 of 72 CH-1 PS Tender LKS 02: Particular Specification (1) After completion of Partial Acceptance Tests for each Subsystem. (2) After all individual Subsystems have been connected together and the System as a whole is capable to operate in all respect in accordance with the requirements given in the Particular Specification. 8.4.4.3 The Contractor shall submit a System Acceptance Tests Plan to the Employer’s Representative for review. 8.4.4.4 The Contractor shall conduct end-to-end circuit test to verify the circuit integrity and electrical performance for all circuits including spare. 8.4.4.5 All alarm points shall be verified with simulated faults. 8.4.4.6 All protection mechanisms such as hot-standby, parallel redundancy, automatic switchover, etc, built into the System and individual Subsystem shall be verified. 8.4.4.7 The system response time of relevant Subsystems and the System shall be tested and measured. 8.4.4.8 The Contractor shall carry out load test on each Subsystem to verify the designed system capacity and performance in accordance with the requirements given in the Particular Specification under full load condition. 8.4.4.9 The Contractor shall carry out tests on the operation of the System in accordance with the normal operation procedures and emergency operation procedures, which has been reviewed without objection by the Employer’s Representative. 8.4.4.10 The Contractor shall carry out tests on the OCC/BCC operation of the System in accordance with the reviewed operation procedures as below: 8.4.4.11 (1) When OCC is the master control (2) Switchover from main to standby control within OCC, if applicable (3) Switchover from Main OCC to back up OCC (4) Switchover from back up OCC to Main OCC The Contractor shall conduct tests to verify the proper inter-operation among Subsystems. 8.4.4.12 Where performance across interfaces to Project Contractors or to other parties is required to be verified during the System Acceptance Tests, the Contractor shall include the list of Project Contractors and the interface test procedures agreed with the relevant Project Contractors in the System Acceptance Tests procedures for the relevant Subsystem or Subsystems. 8.4.4.13 The System Acceptance Tests are considered completed only if the System Acceptance Tests results are reviewed by the Employer’s Representative without objection. Confidential Page 35 of 72 CH-1 PS Tender LKS 02: Particular Specification 8.4.4.14 Upon completion of the System Acceptance Tests, the System shall operate in accordance with the functional and electrical performance requirements given in the PS. 8.4.5 Integrated Testing and Commissioning 8.4.5.1 The Contractor shall carry out Integrated Testing and Commissioning after the completion of the System Acceptance Tests. 8.4.5.2 The Contractor shall co-ordinate with the Employer’s Representative and with all the interfacing Project Contractors to ensure all the interface test activities are completed in accordance with the program on Completion Plan. 8.4.5.3 The Contractor shall provide all necessary supports, conduct investigation and provide corrective actions, if necessary, to ensure all matters related to interfacing are properly resolved. 8.4.5.4 Within one week upon completion of all interface test activities, the Contractor shall submit the test results to the Employer’s Representative for review. 8.4.5.5 After the test results of all interface test activities have been reviewed by the Employer’s Representative without objection, the Contractor shall start the reliability demonstration test in accordance with the reviewed reliability demonstration test plan. 8.4.5.6 The Contractor shall advise the Employer’s Representative in writing the commencement date of the reliability demonstration test. 8.4.5.7 The reliability demonstration test period shall be at least three months. 8.4.5.8 The Contractor shall submit a Reliability Demonstration Test Plan to the Employer’s Representative for review at least three months before the test. 8.4.5.9 The Contractor shall include the following in the reliability demonstration test plan as a minimum: (1) Calculation of the maximum allowable number of failures of equipment, Subsystems and System during the reliability demonstration period in accordance with requirements on reliability performance of the equipment, Subsystems and System given in the Particular Specification 8.4.5.10 (2) Definition of relevant failures (3) Pass and fail criteria (4) Sample of fault logs During the reliability demonstration test period, the Contractor shall record details of all faults in a fault log which shall include: Confidential (1) The date and time the fault occurs (2) The date and time the Contractor’s staff arrive on site Page 36 of 72 CH-1 PS Tender LKS 02: Particular Specification (3) The date and time the fault is cleared and the normal operation is restored (4) The description of the fault (5) The cause of the fault (6) Equipment or component replaced 8.4.5.11 All fault logs shall be submitted to the Employer’s Representative for review. 8.4.5.12 The reliability demonstration test is considered a failure if: (1) The actual number of relevant failures exceeds the maximum allowable number of failures for any equipment, Subsystems or System identified in the reliability demonstration test plan. (2) Any fault resulting from the design omission or commission of error requires design modification in order to fix the fault. 8.4.5.13 If the reliability demonstration test fails, the Contractor shall provide all the necessary corrective actions and rectify the fault to the satisfaction of the Employer’s Representative. 8.4.5.14 The reliability demonstration test shall be repeated on the affected Subsystem or Subsystems for another three months until the test is successfully completed. 8.4.5.15 Within two weeks upon completion of the reliability demonstration test, the Contractor shall submit the test results for the Employer’s Representative to review. 8.4.5.16 The Integrated Testing and Commissioning is considered completed only if all the test results of the Integrated Testing and Commissioning have been reviewed by the Employer’s Representative without objection. 8.4.6 Service Trials 8.4.6.1 The Contractor shall provide all necessary support and attendance to the Employer’s Representative during the Service Trials period in accordance with the requirements given in General Specification. 8.4.6.2 The Contractor shall provide on-Site supports to the Employer’s Representative in all aspects related to the operation of the System. The Contractor shall also conduct investigation and provide corrective actions for any problems related to the System or the interfaces with the System. 8.4.6.3 The Contractor shall assign competent staff to support the Service Trials as required by the Employer’s Representative. The persons shall be the engineering staff who shall have sufficient skills and knowledge of the System and shall have been involved in the design, installation or commissioning of the System. 8.4.6.4 The Contractor shall submit a manpower plan to the Employer’s Representative for review at least 1 month before the commencement of the Service Trials. Confidential Page 37 of 72 CH-1 PS Tender LKS 02: Particular Specification 8.4.6.5 The manpower plan shall include the organisation chart of the Contractor’s Service Trials supporting group, individual person’s role and responsibility and 24-hour contacts for emergency cases. 8.4.6.6 The Contractor shall correct all faults found during testing, and shall arrange for the relevant tests to be repeated. The relevant tests shall only be repeated when the fault has been remedied and the equipment demonstrated to function correctly. 8.4.6.7 Where remedial measures involve significant modifications that might, in the Employer’s Engineer's opinion, affect the validity of earlier tests, the Contractor shall repeat the earlier tests and obtain results satisfactory to the Employer’s Engineer before repeating the test in which the fault was first identified. 8.4.6.8 The Employer’s Engineer shall have the right to order the repeat or abandonment of any test in the event that results demonstrate that the equipment is significantly noncompliant with the Contract. 8.4.6.9 The Employer’s Engineer shall have the right to suspend any test in the event that errors or failures have become unacceptable. The Employer’s Engineer shall also have the right to suspend any test if a fault was detected by the Contractor but not reported to the Employer’s Engineer within 24 hours of the detection. In this event, the suspension shall remain in effect until reporting has been brought up to date to the satisfaction of the Employer’s Engineer. 8.5 Repeat Tests 8.5.1 The Contractor shall correct and re-test every fault detected during the tests. 8.5.2 If the test results in a failure of the item under test the provisions of GCC shall apply. 8.5.3 For each hardware failure that occurs at any stage of testing, the Contractor shall investigate the failure and prepare a report on its cause(s) and design implications, if any, resulting from such failure. Confidential Page 38 of 72 CH-1 PS Tender LKS 02: Particular Specification 9. PACKAGING, SHIPPING, STORAGE AND DELIVERY 9.1 Packaging 9.1.1 General The requirements on packaging, shipping, storage and delivery shall be as given in the GS. 9.1.2 Cable Drums 9.1.2.1 Immediately after the tests at the place of manufacturing, both ends of every length of cables shall be sealed by enclosing them with approved caps, tight fitting and adequately secured to prevent ingress of moisture. 9.1.2.2 The ends of the factory lengths of cable shall be marked “A” and “Z”, “A” being the end at which the sequence of core numbers is clockwise and “Z” the end at which the sequence is anti-clockwise. 9.1.2.3 The end which is left projecting from the drum shall be consistently “A” or “Z”, and shall be protected against damage in such a manner that the enclosure cannot be easily removed during handling while in transit. 9.1.2.4 Cables shall be supplied on drums in the longest possible lengths and within practical limits. 9.1.2.5 The maximum allowable diameter of cable drum shall be 2000mm.The use of cable drums with diameter in excess of 2000mm shall be subjected to the review of the Employer’s Representative 9.1.2.6 All cable drums shall be designed to be securely mounted on the wagon with the mounting accessories provided by the Contractor for cable lying along trackside. 9.1.2.7 The drums shall also be designed for use in conjunction with any special cable-laying equipment and accessories complete with spindles and cable drum braking gear, which shall be used to install the cables on Site. 9.1.2.8 Each drum shall bear a distinguishing number and label “DMRTS Telecommunications System Phase-III”, either printed or neatly chiselled on the outside of one flange. 9.1.2.9 Particulars of the cable, i.e. voltage, length, conductor size, number of cores, finish, section and length number, gross and net weights, shall be clearly shown on one flange of the drum. In addition the words “Running End ‘A’” or “Running End ‘Z’” as appropriate shall be marked on the flange and the direction for rolling shall be indicated by an arrow. 9.2 Storage 9.2.1 The Contractor shall provide his own storage and facilities at his Project Office in Delhi/NCR for storage of all items to be provided for this Contract before delivery to the Site for installation. Security of the same shall be responsibility of LKS 02. Confidential Page 39 of 72 CH-1 PS Tender LKS 02: Particular Specification 9.2.2 The Contractor shall maintain records of stored items for this Contract and make available for the Employer’s Representative for inspection upon request. 9.2.3 The Contractor shall ensure that the Site/Storage area provided will be neat and clean from the mosquito breeding. 9.3 Delivery 9.3.1 The Contractor shall deliver all items supplied under this Contract to the Site as desired by the Employer’s Representative. 9.3.2 The Contractor shall include the delivery activities in his programme to draw the Employer’s Representative’s attention. 9.3.3 The Contractor shall ensure the Site is ready and in good conditions for delivery. 9.3.4 The Contractor shall ensure good conditions and security of the delivered items on Site. 9.3.5 The Contractor shall remove temporary fittings, if necessary, for delivery of his items to site and shall restore the fittings to the original state and to the satisfaction of the Employer’s Representative. 9.3.6 No dangerous goods shall be delivered to the Site. 9.4 Inspection during delivery 9.4.1 Employer’s Engineer at contractor‘s site office/store will do delivery inspection for the equipments supplied by the contractor. The format for the delivery form will be as follows: Box ED/C no. D Code Refer ence a) Items/Par Qty. as Qty ticulars per BOQ Qty. as per Qty to be Deficien Remar per delivery utilised for cy/Bala ks packing inspection station nce Qty list as /section Material shall be delivered undamaged in manufacturer’s original containers, as applicable packaged as indicated, with identifying labels intact and legible. b) Deliveries shall be made in accordance with the contract documents, including general conditions and the contract schedule as approved by the Employer’s Engineer. c) Unless otherwise indicated, contractor shall notify the Employer’s Engineer at least five working days prior to proposed delivery to the placement or set-up site. The contractor shall perform unloading at placement site or setup site. d) Confidential Contractor shall arrange for the inspection of the material, which as per RDSO Page 40 of 72 CH-1 PS Tender LKS 02: Particular Specification specifications. e) Contractor shall arrange for the inspection of the material, which is as per TEC specifications. f) Confidential All inspection charges shall be borne by the LKS 02 contractor. Page 41 of 72 CH-1 PS Tender LKS 02: Particular Specification 10 INSTALLATION 10.1 General 10.1.1 The Contractor shall supervise all installation of the Works and shall ensure all technical, safety and quality matters adhered to the design reviewed by the Employer’s Representative. 10.1.2 The Contractor shall maintain the Site in a neat and tidy state at all times. The Contractor shall also clear the Site daily before leaving. 10.1.3 The Contractor shall take every precaution to protect existing equipment and facilities on Site from damage, and shall make good any damage caused. Care shall also be taken not to interfere with the operation of existing equipment. 10.1.4 The Contractor shall provide all necessary and sufficient resources such as tools, test instruments, spares, equipment, manpower and communication facilities to complete all the installation activities. 10.1.5 The Contractor shall ensure his staff are competent and possess all the necessary skills to carry out the installation in a proper and safe manner. 10.1.6 The Contractor shall carry out site surveys to ensure sufficient knowledge on the Site before submitting the relevant installation drawings and installation related submissions to the Employer’s Representative for review. 10.1.7 The Contractor shall submit calculation, if required by the Employer’s Representative, to demonstrate the proposed brackets and mounting methods are sufficient to withstand the wind loading for the equipment. 10.1.8 The Contractor shall submit installation method statements for each type of installation activities at least three months before the commencement of the activity to the Employer’s Representative for review. 10.1.9 The installation method statement shall include the details on the methods and procedures of installation, site arrangement, manpower resources, equipment and tools required. Drawings shall be included to illustrate the proposed installation details. 10.1.10 All installation activities shall commence only after the method statement and related submissions have been reviewed without objection by the Employer’s Representative. 10.1.11 The Contractor shall assign competent site supervisors for each work site to be responsible for all site-related matters. 10.1.12 The Contractor shall carry out regular site audit on both technical and safety matters and maintain records of the site audits. The Contractor shall make these records available to the Employer’s Representative for inspection upon request. 10.2 Confidential Installation Programme Page 42 of 72 CH-1 PS Tender LKS 02: Particular Specification 10.2.1 The Contractor shall submit an Installation Programme for review by the Employer’s Representative not later than 6 months before Commencement of installation. 10.2.2 The Contractor shall co-ordinate with relevant Project Contractors to agree the date of access to the physical areas to carry out installation activities. 10.2.3 The Contractor shall develop the Installation Programme and take the following into account: 10.2.4 (1) Installation schedule (2) Key Dates and Milestones (3) Site access (4) Interfacing with relevant Project Contractors The Contractor shall highlight in his Installation Programme any items, materials, equipment, resources and supports to be provided by the Employer’s Representative with dates, duration and locations. 10.2.5 The Contractor shall also highlight all relevant constraints, which may affect the Installation Programme, to the Employer’s Representative’s attention. 10.2.6 The Contractor shall include dependencies between relevant activities in the Installation Programme. 10.2.7 The Contractor shall ensure sufficient floats or slacks in all activities and avoid critical paths built in his Installation Programme. In case critical paths cannot be avoided, the Contractor shall highlight any critical paths to the Employer’s Representative’s attention. 10.2.8 The Contractor shall propose contingency plan to ensure all the major Key Dates and Milestones can be met in case there is slippage in the installation activities. 10.2.9 Any subsequent changes in the reviewed Installation Programme shall be submitted to the Employer’s Representative for review. 10.3 Installation Works 10.3.1 Installation in Equipment Rooms 10.3.1.1 The following equipment rooms will be provided by Employer/Civil Works Project Contractors to install the telecommunication equipment: 10.3.1.2 1) Telecommunication Equipment Room at station and Depot 2) Central Equipment Room at OCC 3) Telecom Power Supply Room (UPS S&T Room) These rooms shall have to be shared by LKS 02 contractor with other Project contractors (signalling, AFC, SCADA etc.). LKS 02 can co-ordinate the sharing of the room and the cable trays/cables therein. Confidential Page 43 of 72 CH-1 PS Tender LKS 02: Particular Specification 10.3.1.3 The tentative space allocation for CS15 Contractor in CER/TER will be as follows: 2 Equipment Room Approximate Total floor space (m ) CER at OCC/BCC 60 TER in stations & Depots 30 Table 10-1 Tentative space allocation at CER and TER LKS 02 contractor shall interface with other relevant project contractors for the final layout of Telecommunication Sub System for all stations, depot and OCCs. 10.3.1.4 For exact room dimensions, the Contractor shall however co-ordinate and refer to the final station building plans. 10.3.1.5 The Contractor shall liaise with the Employer’s Representative and relevant Project Contractors for access to the equipment rooms for installation. 10.3.1.6 All floor mounted equipment cabinets at the equipment room shall be securely bolted to ground with base frame, properly aligned and levelled. 10.3.1.7 All wall-mounted equipment shall be installed at appropriate height to avoid any hazards to the person passing by. The Contractor shall ensure the wall is of sufficient strength to hold the wall-mounted equipment in a secure and safe manner. 10.3.1.8 The floor mounted equipment cabinets shall be arranged in the way to allow sufficient space at the front and rear side of the cabinets for maintenance access. Sufficient space shall also be allowed for front maintenance access of the wall mounted equipment. 10.3.1.9 The equipment layout within the equipment room shall be co-ordinated with other relevent contractors, who share the same equipment rooms for their equipment. Further the equipment layout within the equipment room shall be designed to allow sufficient clearance for escape out of the equipment rooms in case of emergency. 10.3.1.10 The Contractor shall submit the following to the Employer’s Representative for review at least three months before the commencement of the installation inside the equipment room: (1) Drawings showing the equipment layouts and positions of the racks, cabinets, enclosures and Base Frame duly agreed with other project contractors. (2) Racks, cabinets layout drawings showing the arrangement of individual module Confidential (3) Specifications, sample of all the mounting brackets and accessories (4) Equipment mounting and installation methods (5) Schematic diagrams and wiring diagrams of the System Page 44 of 72 CH-1 PS Tender LKS 02: Particular Specification (6) Electrical distribution schematics within the room including the earthing details (7) Cable route diagrams for cables within the room, duly agreed with other project contractors. 10.3.1.11 Installation work inside the room shall be carried only after these submissions have been reviewed without objection by the Employer’s Representative. 10.3.2 Installation around Station areas 10.3.2.1 Not Used. 10.3.2.2 All the ducts/space between the stations for laying cables will be provided by civil works project contractors. However cable ducts and trenches required between Station/depot and the RSS for laying of cables shall be arranged by LKS 02 Contractor (If required), if not already available from Civil/ E&M. 10.3.2.3 All the mounting brackets and accessories shall be corrosion resistant, aesthetically designed to match with all architectural finishes and of sufficient strength to mount the equipment securely. 10.3.2.4 The Contractor shall submit the following to the Employer’s Representative for review at least three months before the commencement of the installation activities: (1) Specifications, sample of all the mounting brackets, Base frame, False floor and accessories; 10.3.2.5 (2) Equipment mounting and installation methods; and (3) Schematic diagrams and wiring diagrams of the System. If the equipment is installed at location exposing to direct sunlight, the equipment, mounting brackets, cables and accessories shall be made of materials which are resistant to ultra violet rays. 10.3.2.6 All trackside equipment and the mounting method shall be designed in the way to minimise the frequency of preventive maintenance. 10.3.3 Not Used. 10.3.4 Working in Confined Spaces 10.3.4.1 The Contractor shall observe the safety precautions under the Factories and Industrial Undertakings (Confined Spaces) Regulations when working in areas defined as Confined Spaces like the equipment room in the Underground Section. 10.3.4.2 The Contractor shall provide adequate mechanical ventilation for the efficient removal of any harmful or explosive gas therein throughout the full working period. 10.3.4.3 The Contractor shall carry out a physical gas test at the beginning of each work shift in the confined space to ensure that there is no ingress of dangerous fumes and no oxygen deficiency. Confidential Page 45 of 72 CH-1 PS Tender LKS 02: Particular Specification 10.3.4.4 The Contractor shall ensure that no person is allowed to enter or remain in the confined space until he has certified that the space in a specified period is safe for entry without the use of breathing apparatus by virtue of the gas test. 10.3.4.5 All electrical equipment used in the confined space shall be of flameproof type. 10.4 Cabling 10.4.1 Primary cable containment, common for all telecom sub-systems around the station/depot/OCC/BCC areas and along track-side will be provided by Civil Works Project Contractor. The LKS 02 Contractor shall however give destinations of each cable and EMI requirements to the Project Contractors. AFC and S&T Contractors shall have to pay for the cable tray used for their respective system, as per actual measurements. The price shall be determined as per the cost incurred by the E&M Contractor. This amount shall be deducted from the Payment due from the Contractors and paid by LMRC to the E&M Contractor. 10.4.2 The LKS 02 Contractor shall provide all necessary secondary cable containment and supports in addition to the primary cable containment provided, if necessary, to complete the connection to the Contractor’s equipment. The details are given in Chapter 10. 10.4.3 In Elevated/At Grade Sections, in case Optic Fibre cable is laid on the viaduct in the cable duct, then the Contractor shall provide it in a rugged “permanently solid lubricated” HDPE telecom duct of minimum diameter of 40 mm(Outer)/ 33 mm(Inner) with material characteristic as per TEC Specifications along with the accessories . HDPE Telecom duct as per TEC specifications shall be buried at a depth of 1.2 metres in the At Grade Sections and suitably supported/fixed on Elevated Sections (where the duct is not available). 10.4.4 Not Used. 10.4.5 The Contractor shall submit the working drawings with the following details to the Employer’s Representative for review at least three months before the cabling activities: (1) Cable routes (2) Details of the cables to be laid along the proposed cable routes including cable types, number of cables, cable diameter, core count and estimated cable Section length (3) Sections of the primary cable containment to be used (4) Sections of additional cable supports to be provided by the Contractor with details on dimension and type of the cable supports such as cable trays, trunkings and conduits. No surface mounted conduits shall be provided by E & M contractors. Conduits as required for laying of cables for Telecommunication Sub System shall be surface mounted and provided by Confidential Page 46 of 72 CH-1 PS Tender LKS 02: Particular Specification LKS 02 contractor. Conduits and Accessories shall comply with the requirements listed in Appendix O chapter 10 of PS. 10.4.6 All cables shall be neatly run and fitted in ducts or conduits, laid in trunkings, formed trenches or troughs, or supported by trays, hangers or cleats as appropriate. 10.4.7 The Contractor shall make any wall and slab openings, including the temporary removal of architectural finishes that shall be required for his cabling. After cabling is completed, the Contractor shall seal these openings with fire resistant materials and restore the architectural finishes and fire resistance to their original state. 10.4.8 Before commencing work on any part of the Site, the Contractor shall ascertain that the Employer’s Representative and also, where applicable, the local and statutory authorities or other bodies/persons concerned have reviewed each cable route without objection. The Contractor shall further ensure that all necessary permits in such cases have been obtained and notices served. All costs for the same shall be borne by the Contractor. 10.4.9 After conduits and ducts have been laid, they shall be thoroughly cleaned by a mandrel of diameter slightly less than the conduit or duct being drawn through. The duct ends shall be sealed temporarily to prevent the entry of foreign matter. The conduits and ducts shall be cleaned again immediately before the cables are drawn in. 10.4.10 The Contractor shall provide his own brackets and clips to secure all the cables at an interval reviewed by the Employer’s Representative. Where cables are to be laid in troughs, the Contractor shall remove and re-instate trough lids prior to and after cable installation. 10.4.11 Selection of cables and connectors shall be appropriate to their function. The Contractor must be able to demonstrate satisfactory usage of the type of cables proposed for use in a comparable MRTS under tropical conditions, be able to comply fully with the specifications herein, and be willing to guarantee 25 years or more of service life for all the cables. 10.4.12 A labelling scheme shall be applied for all cables installed. Each cable shall be uniquely identified. Labels shall be tied at both ends, at entry and exit points of cable trays, ducts and trenches and at appropriate locations where necessary. A record shall be provided to indicate clearly the type of cables, the sizes of cable, the use of each core or pair, and termination as well. 10.4.13 The installation and handling of cables shall be undertaken at all times by adequate staff suitably trained and supplied with all necessary plant, equipment and tools. The arrangement of the cables and all methods of laying shall be submitted to the Employer’s Representative for review and shall be planned to provide an orderly Confidential Page 47 of 72 CH-1 PS Tender LKS 02: Particular Specification formation, free from unnecessary bends and crossings. Following principles for laying of cables shall also be adopted: 10.4.14 10.4.14.1 During track crossings, following rules shall be observed: (1) The cable crosses the track at right angle. (2) The cable does not cross the track under points and crossings. (3) The cable is laid in concrete/GI pipes while crossing the track At culverts and at transition from at grade to elevated section the cables shall be suitably supported and protected with B-class GI pipes. 10.4.14.2 All cables shall be laid within the LMRC boundary. If it is necessary to lay the cable outside the LMRC boundary, permission shall be obtained before starting the trenching. It shall be responsibility of LKS 02 to obtain all such clearances along with all cost therein. 10.4.14.3 At elevated sections HDPE Duct shall be installed in the ducts provided by Project Contractors. 10.4.14.4 Not Used 10.4.15 Sleeves made of LSZH and flame retardant materials shall be provided for cables passing through slab or wall openings. After cable installation, the contractor shall seal empty space in the sleeves with fire-resistant compound by the Contractor. 10.4.16 No cable joints shall be allowed along trackside. 10.4.17 At no location shall the cable be bent with a radius lower than the minimum radius recommended by the manufacturers. Sharp edges shall be avoided. 10.4.18 Every precaution shall be taken to ensure that cables and equipment are not installed in a manner or under conditions likely to cause electrolytic or other corrosive action or damage to, or be detrimental to, the performance of the cables and equipment during operation. 10.4.19 Communication cables shall not run with cables carrying high voltages or heavy currents and shall conform to the requirements specified in BS 7671. 10.4.20 All cables and wires inside cabinets shall be housed in appropriate cable conduits or tied neatly along the side of the cabinet. They shall not cause any obstruction to the access of equipment within. 10.4.21 All cables shall be adequately rated for their duties. All power cables shall be able to withstand full load current for peak operation when the equipment is at its ultimate capacity. The Contractor shall comply with the latest edition of IEE Wiring Regulations. 10.4.22 Cable ties shall be made only from corrosion-resistant materials. They shall be further resistant to ultra-violet radiation if they are to be used at locations exposed to sunlight. Confidential Page 48 of 72 CH-1 PS Tender LKS 02: Particular Specification In areas of significant vibration, cable ties shall be of metallic construction and coated further with a corrosion-resistant material. 10.4.23 Wherever possible, standard multi-pin plug/socket shall be used to terminate multicore cables for connecting to equipment. Locking mechanism shall be integrated in the connector to secure the connection. 10.4.24 Use of soldering in cable connections shall be minimised and it shall be used only for terminating conductors. Cables and wires shall be terminated by more flexible means such as screw terminals, crimping or wire wrapping which shall be subject to review by the Employer’s Representative. 10.4.25 Heat-shrinkable sleeves shall enclose all exposed and terminated contacts inside multi-pin connectors. 10.4.26 Any unconnected socket shall be covered up and properly labelled to avoid exposure for short-circuit and making wrong connection by mistake. 10.4.27 Unused cable cores of multi-core cables shall be neatly tied and wrapped up inside the connectors. 10.4.28 Connectors shall be suitably configured to avoid the possibility of wrong mating. 10.4.29 Connectors at cable ends carrying high voltages or current sources shall invariably use female contacts. 10.4.30 Not Used. 10.4.31 Cables entering enclosures shall utilise suitable cable glands or grommets for protection of these cables over the service life of the System. 10.4.32 Not Used. 10.4.33 For metallic armour of outdoor cables an earthing and gapping policy shall be incorporated into an overall earthing policy to be agreed by the Employer's Representative. 10.4.34 All cables which run outside the station building shall be contained in protective conduits or where directly buried in ground shall be at minimum 1.2 Mtr depths in HDPE Duct/GI Pipe. 10.4.35 All Optic fibre cable splice and termination configuration at each location shall be designed to fulfil the system fault tolerance requirements. 10.4.36 A Correctly coloured fibre splice protector shall be used to enclose each individual splice. 10.4.37 The average splice loss per splice shall not be more than 0.1dB with a maximum of 0.3 dB per splice. 10.4.38 Each cable shall be tested to ensure correct continuity and loss. 10.5 Marshalling and Termination 10.5.1 General Confidential Page 49 of 72 CH-1 PS Tender LKS 02: Particular Specification 10.5.1.1 Main distribution frames, digital distribution frames, Patch Panel shall be provided at appropriate locations for signal termination, distribution, disconnection, diversion and in-circuit testing. Intermediate termination points shall also be provided as appropriate to allow cable network flexibility. 10.5.1.2 The signal termination and distribution practice shall adopt a consistent approach for easy circuit identification and is subject to the review of the Employer’s Representative. 10.5.1.3 The circuit terminations shall be secure enough to withstand vibration level, which is likely to be experienced in the railway environment. 10.5.1.4 These frames shall be designed to allow repeated circuit termination and disconnection. 10.5.2 Main Distribution Frame (if used) 10.5.2.1 Main distribution frame shall be provided at Telecommunication Equipment Room and Central Equipment Room for the signal distribution of all voice, analogue, alarm and control circuits. 10.5.2.2 The capacity of the main distribution frame and the associated connecting blocks shall be sufficient to accommodate all circuits including spares and the cross-connect field between equipment side and line side terminations. An extra of at least 20% capacity shall be included for future expansion. 10.5.2.3 10.5.2.4 The Contractor shall provide two set of the following accessories: (1) Tools for circuits connection and disconnection (2) Plug-in devices for circuit disconnection (3) Test cords and loop-back cords (4) Signal patch cords The outgoing circuits connecting to external lines and all circuits liable for lightning or high induced voltage, lightning arrestors and surge protection devices shall be provided with the required earth connections. For details of Transient Protection please refer to10.8 (Transient Protection) 10.5.2.5 All voice, analogue, alarm and control circuits including spares shall be properly terminated at the main distribution frame. 10.5.2.6 The main distribution frame shall be divided into different zones for different types of circuits. 10.5.2.7 The main distribution frame shall be equipped with copper earth bar to which all cable shields shall be connected. The copper earth bar shall be connected to the earth. 10.5.2.8 The main distribution frame shall be equipped with facilities such as use of different colours or markers to aid circuit pair’s identification. 10.5.2.9 The Contractor shall maintain records of all the circuit terminations. 10.5.3 Digital Distribution Frame/Patch Panel (If Used) Confidential Page 50 of 72 CH-1 PS Tender LKS 02: Particular Specification 10.5.3.1 Digital distribution frame/Patch Panel shall be provided at Telecommunication Equipment Room, Central Equipment Room and at other locations as appropriate for data circuit termination. 10.5.3.2 The DDF shall be Wire Wrapping type as per TEC Specification 10.5.3.3 The Contractor shall provide two set of the following accessories: 10.5.3.4 (1) Tools for circuit connection and disconnection (Wrapping tool) (2) Plug-in devices for circuit disconnection (3) Test cords and loop-back cords (4) Optical patch cords. All the connectors on the modules shall be of female type and equipped with locking mechanism, if applicable, for secure connection. All spare connectors shall be protected with covers. 10.5.3.5 Suitable Patch Panel/Panels shall be provided by LKS 02 contractor for FOTS System for termination of user channel i.e. TCP/IP and GBIC Port etc. All the users shall connect their respective Patch Chord/ Cable/Connector etc. at this patch panel only for connections to their respective systems. 10.5.3.6 Different modules in the digital distribution frame shall be provided for different types of data circuits. 10.5.3.7 The digital distribution frame/Patch panel shall be equipped with sufficient capacity for data circuits including spare circuits. The digital distribution frame/Patch panel shall also be equipped with an extra of 20% of termination capacity for future use. 10.5.3.8 Markers or labels shall be included in the digital distribution frame/Patch panel for easy identification of the circuits. 10.5.4 Not Used. 10.6 Identification 10.6.1 Descriptive labels shall be provided for all cabinets, enclosures, panels, assemblies and sub-assemblies. 10.6.2 Labels shall be of engraved type, with durable markings and shall have character size not less than 6mm high. 10.6.3 The details of the labels including the material and size of the characters and sample of the labels shall be submitted to the Employer’s Representative for review. 10.6.4 Labels and notices on equipment shall be fixed with roundhead brass screws or self tapping screws. Stick-on labels or fixing by adhesive shall not be accepted. 10.6.5 All enclosures containing terminals or exposed live parts where a voltage exceeds 120 volts shall have a label with lettering indicating the maximum voltage present in the enclosure. 10.6.6 Warning signs shall be provided with graphical symbols and wordings in red for hazardous electrical or optical laser equipment. Confidential Page 51 of 72 CH-1 PS Tender LKS 02: Particular Specification 10.7 Electrical Distribution 10.7.1 3 Phase 415 V AC from the UPS, to meet the requirement of Telecom, AFC and Signalling Contractors shall be provided by LKS 02 Contractor in UPS (S&T) Room. LKS 02 Contractor shall provide AC distribution panel having three MCCBs (one for Signal, one for Telecom and one for AFC). LKS 02 Contractor shall extend the AC Power supply (for Telecom) from UPS Rooms to TER/CER and provide a Distribution system in a cubicle. The AC distribution system provided by LKS 02 contractor shall meet with the requirements of all Telecom Sub Systems and IT contractor. Distribution circuits shall be suitably protected with MCBs, Earth Leakage Detectors and SPDs etc. LKS 02 Contractor shall co-ordinate and interface with the other (Signalling, AFC & IT contractor), for load requirement for their system. 10.7.2 Adequate no. of spare circuits of each type for each sub-system shall also be provided in the distribution system by LKS 02. The further cabling from AC Distribution cubicle to Equipment Racks and other required locations for powering equipments to be supplied and commissioned under LKS 02 contract for Telecom Sub Systems is to be provided by LKS 02. LKS 02 Contractor shall interface with other S&T Contractors (AFC, Signalling & IT contractors) for actual load and circuit requirements for stations/Depot/OCCBCC and shall submit the design of the AC power distribution systems for each stations /depot / OCC/BCC for review by the Employer’s Representative. The ratings of switch gears, cables etc. should have appropriate safety margin/derating factors. LKS 02 contractor shall lay a spare power cable from UPS distribution to TER distribution. Spare cables as above shall be of the same capacity as the cables in use. 10.7.3 48 V DC power supply in TER shall be provided by LKS 02. The interface will be through MCBs in DC Distribution Board. All the Telecomm Sub Systems shall shall be connected by individual cables from Distribution Board to their respective Equipment Racks for powering equipment to be supplied and commissioned under Contract. 10.7.4 LKS 02 Contractor shall advise the electrical load requirement of AC Supply to Designated Power Supply Contractor(s). 10.7.5 Earthing Policy 10.7.5.1 An earthing system shall be designed to assure personnel safety and protection of installations against damage. It shall also serve as a common voltage reference and to contribute to the mitigation of disturbances. The Earthing Policy to be followed is as per Appendix M of PS Chapter 10. 10.7.5.2 The earthing system shall generally meet the requirements of IEEE 1100, NFPA 780, IEC 1024. 10.7.5.3 To achieve the primary goal of assuring personnel safety and damage control, a low impedance path shall be made available to the current generated due to lightning or power system fault. The potential differences between any two points shall be as low Confidential Page 52 of 72 CH-1 PS Tender LKS 02: Particular Specification as possible. Safety considerations also require the chassis or enclosure to be earthed to minimise shock hazards to passengers and transit system staff. 10.7.5.4 To achieve the secondary goal of providing protection for sensitive and interconnected electronic and electrical systems, earthing shall be designed to minimise the noise voltage generated by currents from two or more circuits flowing through common earth impedance and to avoid creating earth loops susceptible to magnetic fields and differences in earth potential. 10.7.5.5 Earthing shall be designed to accomplish the following minimum requirements: a) Protect personnel and equipment from electrical hazards, including lightning. b) Reduce potential to system neutrals. c) Reduce or eliminate the effects of electrostatic interference and electromagnetic interference arising from within the MRTS and other extraneous sources. d) Provide a proper earthing method for all equipment enclosures, cabinets, drawers, assemblies and sub-assemblies. e) Provide a clean zero-volt reference point. 10.7.5.6 There shall be two separate earth connections, a Main Earth and clean earth connection Main Earth (For Elevated and Underground Stations) Main earth (< 2 Ohm) bus bar shall be provided in the TER, SCR & UPS (S&T) room by E&M Contractor with copper strip at each location consisting of minimum 20 holes (10 per row). This strip shall be used by all Telecomm/AFC and Signal contractors. All Contractors (Telecom, S&TC and AFC) shall extend Main earth to their respective racks/equipments by their own cable and arrangement. Clean Earth: For Elevated stations- Provision and extension of clean earth (< 1 ohm) up to TER to be done by telecom contractor LKS 02. The Clean Earth to be terminated in TER on copper strip with a copper bus bar having minimum 20 holes (10 per row). All Telecom Sub Systems shall be connected to Clean earth as per requirement to their respective racks/equipments by their own cable and arrangement. For underground stations- Provision and extension of clean earth (< 1 ohm) up to TER to be done by E&M contractor The Clean Earth to be terminated in TER on copper strip with a copper bus bar having minimum 20 holes (10 per row). Telecom contractor LKS 02 shall extend Clean earth to their respective racks/equipments by their own cable and arrangement. 10.7.5.7 The earthing system shall meet, but not be limited to, the following: a) The resistance to earth of the system “earth terminal” must remain within the stipulated limits at all locations and under all climatic conditions. Confidential Page 53 of 72 CH-1 PS Tender LKS 02: Particular Specification b) Any electrical joints in the earthing system shall be protected from moisture ingress by using proper wrapping, sealing with waterproof tapes, or such other measures. 10.7.5.8 Not Used. 10.7.5.9 The Clean Earthing arrangements for Telecom Equipment shall be as below: a) All Telecom Equipments (under Telecom contract LKS 02) must be protected using a mesh of copper “earth” strips of appropriate cross-sectional dimensions, forming a local Earth Bus. b) Each equipment rack shall be connected electrically to this bus. This bus shall be connected to the external ring earth at the shortest possible distance from two opposite points of this bus. c) All joints of this connection shall be protected from moisture ingress by using proper wrapping, sealing with water-proof tapes, or such other measures. d) The earthing connection shall be inspected periodically at intervals frequent enough to ensure that the earth connection meets all the requirements. 10.7.5.10 The metallic sheath and armouring of all cables shall require earthing with Earth in Elevated/At Grade and Underground Sections. 10.7.5.11 The earthing electrodes for the Clean Earth shall be located at least 20 m away from the Main Earth. 10.7.5.12 The route for the Clean Earth shall be so chosen as to minimise the effect of any inductive interference. 10.7.5.13 For the purpose of measurement of earth resistance, a small interconnecting copper strip of appropriate cross-section shall be provided in the ring earth in a small manhole chamber so that the ring earth can be broken from the loop. 10.7.5.14 The earth resistance at any point on the Clean Earth shall be below 1.0 Ohm, and that for the Main Earth shall not exceed 2.0 Ohm at any location and under any soil and/or climatic condition. 10.7.5.15 All metal work and metallic items (including chassis) shall be earthed to the Main Earth to ensure the safety of personnel. 10.7.5.16 The earthing methods and details shall be submitted to the Employer’s Representative for review. 10.8 Transient Protection 10.8.1 General 10.8.1.1 Despite the provision of earthing as specified above, sometimes failures of communication equipment do occur on account of finite earth resistance, particularly high voltage transient and also due to lightning. Confidential Page 54 of 72 CH-1 PS Tender LKS 02: Particular Specification 10.8.1.2 Typically, a transient & lightning are temporary, usually short duration, surge voltage of limited energy. Electronic equipment with high input impedance is inherently more susceptible to transients. 10.8.1.3 Physical distance from the transient source does not necessarily guarantee immunity from the transients. 10.8.1.4 To protect the Power & Telecommunication Equipments against surge voltage, external surge protection devices should be used at the input of vulnerable equipments. 10.8.2 Requirement for effective transient protection: 10.8.2.1 Suitable surge protector devices (such as MOV’s & suppressor diode & G.D Tube) having high surge handling capability, fast response time, low clamping voltage, etc., shall be incorporated in the communication equipment subsystems offered, to ensure that the latter withstands the conditions mentioned in (10.8.2.) above without any damage or permanent degradation in performance throughout the system lifetime. 10.8.2.2 The selection criteria for such devices shall include, but not limited to, the following: 1. Reverse standoff Voltage: At least twice the maximum operating voltage. 2. Pulse Power Rating: This shall have a value to handle the peak pulse power of the transients and ensure their decay in less than 10% of the rise time for the worst pulse likely to be encountered from all possible sources including lightning and transients from overhead traction power system. 3. SPD should be capable enough to handle a surge current 10kA (8/20µs) impulse for Power & Telecom Network application. 4. SPD should be pluggable & resetting type, once surge is diverted, SPD shall have health status indication. 5. Device Lifetime: This shall not be less than that the life of system for which it affords protections. 6. The devices shall be tested against IEC 61643-1, 21 & 22 or UL 1449. 7. Peak transient of up-to 700 Volts on the DC Power Supply line for several microseconds. 8. Average transient duration of 2 microseconds with a repetition frequency of 15 kHz to 100 kHz. 9. For short duration transient (<5ms) the variation approaches a sine-wave. 10. For longer duration transients (>5ms) the variation approaches rectangular 4 pulses with an initial rate of rise up to 5 x 10 Volts per second. Approved make: MTL, POLYPHASER, CRITEC, DEHN, PHONIEX, OBO Battermann or equivalent subject to meeting the above specifications as required in 25KV Traction environment in Metros. 10.9 Housing, Enclosure and Cabinet 10.9.1 All equipment installed shall be able to withstand vibration levels likely to be experienced in railway stations, tunnels and structures. Confidential Page 55 of 72 CH-1 PS Tender LKS 02: Particular Specification 10.9.2 All design of housing and enclosure shall be submitted to the Employer’s representative for review. Confidential Page 56 of 72 CH-1 PS Tender LKS 02: Particular Specification 11. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE SUPPORT 11.1 General 11.1.1 The Contractor shall investigate all failures, major failures, repetitive failures, design defects and provide all necessary corrective actions throughout the Contract period. 11.1.2 The Contractor shall investigate interference problems either from or to the systems of other Project Contractors and provide all necessary corrective actions throughout the Contract period. 11.2 Operation and Maintenance Documentation 11.2.1 The Contractor shall prepare Operation and Maintenance documentation and the Employer’s Operation and Maintenance Manual Specification. 11.2.2 The first submission shall be made to the Employer’s Representative for review at least nine months prior to the issue of the Substantial Completion Certificate for the Works. 11.3 Maintenance Plan 11.3.1 The Contractor shall submit a Maintenance Plan in accordance with provisions in GS to the Employer’s Representative for review before the commencement of installation activities. 11.3.2 The Maintenance Plan shall describe the Contractor’s proposed maintenance regime for preventive and corrective maintenance of the System, including, but not be limited to the following: (1) The maintenance philosophy and approach (2) All necessary tasks for first line, second line, third line and corrective maintenance (3) 11.3.3 Frequency of each maintenance task The Contractor shall include the following information on each maintenance task described in the Maintenance Plan: Confidential (1) The equipment, Subsystems covered in the task (2) Step by step procedure to carry out the task (3) Tools and test equipment list of each task (4) Diagrams and flowcharts for illustration, if applicable (5) Recovery procedures, if applicable (6) Precautions the maintenance personnel to follow (7) Estimated duration and manpower required Page 57 of 72 CH-1 PS Tender LKS 02: Particular Specification 11.3.4 In addition to the Maintenance Plan, the Contractor shall also submit a Yearly Routine Maintenance Schedule to the Employer’s Representative for review and shall indicate the schedule of maintenance tasks in a calendar year. 11.4 Software Support 11.4.1 General 11.4.1.1 The Contractor shall provide all changes, debugging, updates, modifications and upgrade of all the software developed or delivered for the System including data configuration tables if such changes are necessary and in order to maintain the normal operation and meet the requirements given in this Particular Specification. 11.4.1.2 All changes and modifications of the software shall not degrade the performance or have adverse impacts of the System. 11.4.1.3 The Contractor shall maintain backup copies of all software developed or delivered for the System. 11.4.1.4 The Contractor shall ensure that all new versions are fully tested and validated and reviewed without objection by the Employer’s Representative prior to loading into the System. 11.4.1.5 The Contractor shall provide training for the Employer’s staff for use of new version, as and when incorporated. 11.4.2 Security Obligations 11.4.2.1 Within 60 days of the installation of any software, which is developed or modified for this Contract, into the Permanent Works by the Contractor, the Contractor shall submit to the Employer’s Representative for retention by the Employer two backup copies of the software, which shall include, without limitation: (1) All executable code including all data configuration tables (2) All installation documentation relating to the software (3) Any specified development tools required for maintenance of the software, including, but not limited to, editors, compilers and linkers. 11.5 Support during Defects Liability Period 11.5.1 General 11.5.1.1 During the Defects Liability Period, maintenance will be conducted by the Employer with the support of the Contractor. 11.5.1.2 The Contractor shall provide workshop repair services of all defective and faulty items of the System. 11.5.1.3 The Contractor shall provide comprehensive DLP support for items supplied by him and provide call-out services to the Employer as required restoring the System to normal operation in case of faults and defects are found. Confidential Page 58 of 72 CH-1 PS Tender LKS 02: Particular Specification 11.5.1.4 DLP shall be on section-by-section basis as detailed in the SCC. 11.5.1.5 The Contractor shall submit a maintenance manpower plan showing the Contractor’s organization and committed resources level available for all types of activities to be carried out within the Defects Liability Period. 11.5.1.6 The Contractor shall ensure all his staff who provide maintenance support shall be competent and with sufficient training in the responsible Subsystems. CVs of all the staff shall be submitted to Employer’s Representative for prior approval. Normal dayto-day maintenance will be carried out by Employer’s personnel. 11.5.1.7 The Contractor shall keep sufficient stocks of Spare Parts in an off-site location in Delhi throughout the Defects Liability Period to enable rapid replacement of any item in the Permanent Works found to require replacement as part of the Contractor's obligations during the Defects Liability Periods (Defects Liability Spares). 11.5.1.8 The Contractor shall replace, free of cost, the components/consumables which may be necessary as a result of removal of the wear and tear during the period of DLP. 11.5.1.9 The Contractor’s Engineer shall check all the system once a month for its perfect working and record the observations in the log book maintained by the Employer with his signature in addition to day to day attending of faults when reported by Employer’s Representative. 11.5.2 Workshop Repair 11.5.2.1 In case a failure can not be attended to at site the Contractor shall arrange to remove the equipment from site and restore later upon rectification of the fault. In the meanwhile, the contractor shall arrange temporary replacement of defective equipment before removing the same. 11.5.2.2 The Contractor shall perform all necessary adjustments or alignments as to the repaired parts. The repair of defective parts can only be considered as completed and returned to stock or back to the System if the parts are tested and verified fit for use in the System. 11.5.2.3 The Contractor shall use only components of equal or higher specification than the original components in his repair activities. 11.5.2.4 The performance of the defective parts after repair shall not be degraded or deteriorated due to repairing. 11.5.2.5 The maximum turnaround time for workshop repair shall be less than 28 calendar days. The turnaround time is started to count when the defective parts are removed from the System and ended when the parts are repaired and returned to stock or to the System. Any extension of workshop repair time shall be agreed with the Employer. 11.5.3 Confidential Support and Call-out Services Page 59 of 72 CH-1 PS Tender LKS 02: Particular Specification 11.5.3.1 The support and call-out services shall be available 24 hours per day and 7 days per week. 11.5.3.2 The Contractor shall provide sufficient number of competent and experienced staff for the support and call-out services. 11.5.3.3 The Contractor shall provide a list of maintenance staff together with the contact mobile telephone numbers who can be contacted for support and call-out services. List of all the Contractor’s staff responsible for attending the failure during DLP shall be displayed at all the stations with their address and contact numbers. 11.5.3.4 Any changes in the call-out numbers and the maintenance staff shall be notified to the Employer’s Representative at least two weeks before such changes become effective. 11.5.3.5 The Contractor’s staff shall be available on Site for maintenance support within one hour upon receiving the call-out request from the Employer and shall proceed to perform corrective actions to restore the System to normal full operation. 11.5.3.6 The Contractor shall take every precaution to protect existing equipment from damage, and make good any damage caused. 11.5.3.7 Should any abnormal system behavior like intermittent faults, interference, frequent repeated faults, etc, or the performance be found to deviate from the specified tolerances, the Contractor shall conduct investigation and report the findings to the Employer’s Representative together with the recommendation and proceed after the recommendation has been reviewed without objection by the Employer’s Representative. 11.5.4 Monthly Maintenance Meeting 11.5.4.1 The Contractor shall attend the Monthly Maintenance Meeting with the Employer’s Representative to discuss the maintenance matters during the Defects Liability Period. The dates and agenda of the meeting shall be agreed with the Employer’s Representative. 11.6 Failure Reports 11.6.1 Hardware Failure Reports 11.6.1.1 For each hardware failure that occurs the Contractor shall investigate the failure and prepare a report on its cause(s).The report shall clearly show: 11.6.1.2 (1) The observed symptoms; (2) The most likely cause of the failure; All such reports will be retained as part of the permanent quality assurance record for the system, which shall be subject to inspection by the Employer’s Representative. Confidential Page 60 of 72 CH-1 PS Tender LKS 02: Particular Specification 11.6.2 Software Failure Reports 11.6.2.1 For each software failure that occurs, the Contractor shall generate a software failure report. 11.6.2.2 All such reports will be retained as part of the permanent quality assurance record for the system, which shall be subject to inspection by the Employer’s Representative. 11.6.2.3 11.6.2.4 The report shall clearly show: (1) The observed symptoms; (2) The likely cause; (3) The operator input. The report shall also clearly show the following information which shall be entered when the failure has been investigated: Confidential (1) The actual cause of the failure; (2) The corrective action taken; and (3) All software modules affected. Page 61 of 72 CH-1 PS Tender LKS 02: Particular Specification 12. SPARES, SPECIAL TOOLS AND TEST EQUIPMENT 12.1 Spares 12.1.1 General 12.1.1.1 The Contractor shall provide his own spares during installation and commissioning period as well as for support during the Defects Liability Period. The Contractor shall also provide spares for the Employer to enable the Employer to operate and maintain the System. 12.1.1.2 The Contractor shall submit the lists of spares within six months after the Commencement Date of the Works to the Employer’s Representative for review. The lists shall include: (1) Grouping by Subsystem, diagnostic and test equipment and special tools, as applicable, for stocking identification (2) A cross-reference and indexing system for replacement components common to more than one subsystem (3) Detailed description with references and correlation with the maintenance manuals 12.1.2 Contractor’s Own Spares 12.1.2.1 The Contractor shall keep and maintain sufficient stock of his Commissioning Spares and Defects Liability Spares. In addition, in determining the list of spare parts for the Commissioning Spares and Defects Liability Spares, the Contractor shall provide calculation to support the proposed types and quantities with the following taken into account: 12.1.2.2 (1) The expected failure rate of the parts; (2) Population of the parts in the System; (3) Criticality of the parts in the System; (4) Availability and MTTR figures of the System; (5) Spare delivery lead time; and (6) Workshop repair turnaround time. The Contractor shall submit the list of Commissioning Spares, with the types and quantities of spares the Contractor intends to hold, at least three months before the commencement of installation activity to the Employer’s Representative for review. 12.1.2.3 The Contractor shall submit the list of Defects Liability Spares, with the types and quantities of spares the Contractor intends to hold, at least three months before the commencement of the Defects Liability Period to the Employer’s Representative for review. 12.1.2.4 The Contractor shall include details of the stock of the Contractor’s own spares in the Monthly Progress Report. The status of the spares, either in store or under workshop repair, shall also be included. Confidential Page 62 of 72 CH-1 PS Tender LKS 02: Particular Specification 12.1.3 Contract Spares for Employer’s Operational and Maintenance Requirements 12.1.3.1 The Contract spares shall be as per the list specified in Appendix E under Chapter 5 of this PS. However for those of the spares not specifically included in this list but considered essential, the Contractor shall include a list of recommended additional spares. All Contract spares shall be taken over after the proper testing in presence of LMRC representative. 12.1.3.2 The Contract spares shall include, but not limited to, spare modules, sub-assemblies, special components and fuses. 12.1.3.3 Spare quantities of Cable of each type shall be supplied as per Appendix E under Chapter 10 of this PS. 12.1.3.4 The Contractor shall submit item wise unit price list with quantities of each type of spare modules, sub-assemblies, and parts in the list of Employer’s requirements and those recommended by the Contractor. 12.1.4 Special Tools and Test Equipment 12.1.4.1 The Contractor shall provide test equipment and tools during the installation, commissioning periods and Defects Liability Period. 12.1.4.2 The list of Tools and Test Equipment to be provided is as per the Appendix G under chapter 10 of PS and shall be taken over after proper testing and demonstration. 12.1.4.3 Not Used. 12.1.4.4 All special tools and test equipment shall be supplied together with operation manuals, complete diagrams, schematics, assembly and connection drawings, maintenance and calibration instructions for the special tools or test equipment. 12.1.4.5 The special tools and test equipment provided for the Employer, used on Site prior to delivery to the Employer, should be properly handed back to employer without damage/ wear & tear. Confidential Page 63 of 72 CH-1 PS Tender LKS 02: Particular Specification 13. TRAINING 13.1 Training 13.1.1 General Requirements 13.1.1.1 The contractor shall provide comprehensive training to the employer’s staff, including employer’s trainers, in accordance with the requirements contained in this particular specification and in the general specification. 13.1.1.2 The contractor shall set up training class rooms at site, where he shall provide competent training instructors, training manuals, training simulators, all necessary aids and materials as required for all the training courses. 13.1.1.3 All the training courses shall be conducted during installation period and completed before the commencement of testing and commissioning. No training course shall be started before the completion of design phase. 13.1.1.4 The training courses shall normally be conducted at manufacturers’ place and at the site(s). 13.1.1.5 The training instructors shall be qualified, competent, with sufficient years of practical experience in the relevant fields and possesses good communication skills. 13.1.1.6 The training instructors shall be either the system designer or engineering staff of the contractor, the contractor’s subcontractors or the equipment manufacturers. 13.1.2 Training Plan 13.1.2.1 The Contractor shall submit a Training Plan to the Employer’s Representative for review. 13.1.2.2 The Training Plan shall include, but not limited to, the following: (1) The program of the training courses and submission schedule of the training materials (2) Overview and description of objectives of each training course (3) The location where the training courses to be conducted (4) Set ups for practical exercises (5) The Contractor’s training organisation chart, including the role and responsibilities of individual key persons (6) The qualifications and experience of the training instructors (7) Details of training simulators to be provided or developed, if applicable 13.1.3 Training Courses 13.1.3.1 The Contractor shall provide training courses for each of the Subsystems, including, but not be limited to:  Confidential FOTS Page 64 of 72 CH-1 PS Tender LKS 02: Particular Specification  Telephone System  Public Address System  Passenger Information Display System.  Master Clock System  Radio & CDRS  CCTV System  415V 3 phase UPS and 48V DC SMPS 13.1.3.2 Not Used. 13.1.3.3 Different types of training courses of above Telecom sub Systems shall be provided for staff from different disciplines. Operations training courses shall be provided for the operations staff. System engineering and maintenance courses shall be provided for engineering and maintenance staff. The Employer’s Training Instructors shall attend all types of training courses such that the Employer’s Training Instructors shall be able to subsequently train the Employer’s staff in all aspects of operation and maintenance of the System. 13.1.3.4 The maximum number of trainees of each training class shall normally not be more than fifteen. Class size larger than fifteen shall be subject to the review of the Employer’s Representative. 13.1.3.5 The Contractor shall determine the number of classes for each type of training course to ensure the objectives of the course can be met. 13.1.3.6 Operations Training Courses 13.1.3.6.1 The operations training courses shall be developed to provide all necessary knowledge and skills for operations staff of the Employer to operate the system under normal and emergency situations and recovery from minor or simple faults. In particular, the training course shall include the following as minimum: (1) Overview of the all Telecommunication sub Systems including UPS & SMPS. (2) Brief description of the operation principle of the all Telecommunication sub systems including UPS & SMPS. (3) Operational features and functions (4) Familiarisation and use of all man-machine interfaces involved (5) Reading and interpretation of system status and alarm messages or indications Confidential (6) Normal operating procedures (7) Operating procedures under emergency situations (8) Procedures for recovery from minor or simple faults Page 65 of 72 CH-1 PS Tender LKS 02: Particular Specification (9) 13.1.3.6.2 Use of Operation and Maintenance Manuals and documentation Particular exercises shall be included in the operations training course for each trainee to operate and manage the system under normal and emergency operating conditions and simple faults recovery. Minimum 2 such courses shall be conducted – first before the commissioning of the first section and second when 50% of the sections are commissioned. 13.1.3.7 System Engineering and Maintenance Courses 13.1.3.7.1 The system engineering and maintenance courses shall be developed to provide all necessary knowledge and skills: (1) To perform full maintenance, including both preventive and corrective maintenance, on the System; and (2) To perform system engineering management including system parameter configuration, enhancement, expansion and provision of new circuits. (3) Minimum 2 such courses shall be conducted – first before the commissioning of the first section and second when 50% of the sections are commissioned. 13.1.3.7.2 The Contractor shall determine the content of the courses and the courses shall include the following as minimum: (1) Overview of the all Telecommunication sub Systems including UPS & SMPS. (2) Brief description of the operation principle of the all Telecommunication sub systems including UPS & SMPS. (3) Background theory. (4) System features and functions, System configuration and operation principles. (5) Description of system components and equipment down to card or module level. (6) Test and commissioning procedures. (7) Use of test equipment and special tools. (8) Reading and interpretation of alarm indications, messages and print-outs. (9) Preventive maintenance procedures. (10) Fault diagnosis, troubleshooting and corrective maintenance procedures. (11) Equipment settings and parameters configuration. (12) Use of equipment manuals, Operation and Maintenance manuals, circuit diagrams and wiring schematics. (13) Methods and procedures to provide new circuits, system expansion and enhancement. Confidential Page 66 of 72 CH-1 PS Tender LKS 02: Particular Specification (14) Data, software backup and loading. (15) Use of software such as peripheral control and configuration, utility, database structure, generation and modification. 13.1.3.7.3 Practical exercises shall be provided for each trainee to practise the following as minimum: (1) Use of test equipment and special tools. (2) Preventive maintenance. (3) Fault diagnosis and troubleshooting with induced faults set by the Contractor to simulate real-life situation. (4) Faulty modules or cards replacement and restore the system to normal operation. 13.1.4 Training Materials 13.1.4.1 At least one months before the commencement of the training course, the Contractor shall submit all the training materials including the trainer’s guides, training manual for trainees, training aids and presentation materials to the Employer’s Representative for review. The training materials shall be prepared in a form allow easy future reproduction. 13.1.4.2 The format of the trainer’s guides and training manual for trainees shall be submitted to the Employer’s Representative for review. 13.1.4.3 The Contractor shall, for each course, distribute two sets of trainer’s guides, one set of training manual for each trainee and one additional set of training manual to the Employer’s Representative before the commencement of the training course. 13.1.4.4 The trainer’s guide shall be prepared in accordance with the requirements given in the GS. 13.1.4.5 All the training materials shall be accurate and match with the actual design of the System. 13.1.5 Training Records 13.1.5.1 The Contractor shall devise a system, standards in assessing the level of knowledge, understanding of the course content and proficiency of the trainees. The system and standards shall be submitted to the Employer’s Representative for review four weeks before the commencement of the training course. 13.1.5.2 The Contractor shall issue appropriate training certificate to the trainees who pass the assessment. 13.1.6 Course Evaluation 13.1.6.1 The Contractor shall develop questionnaires to trainees for each training course in determining the level of satisfaction with the course content. Appropriate scoring Confidential Page 67 of 72 CH-1 PS Tender LKS 02: Particular Specification weighting shall be assigned to each question in the questionnaires such that the scores shall reflect the trainee’s satisfaction to the training course. The questionnaires shall be submitted to the Employer’s Representative for review four weeks before the commencement of the training course. 13.1.6.2 Upon completion of each training course, the Contractor shall distribute the questionnaires to the trainees to fill in. 13.1.6.3 The Contractor shall submit a training report to the Employer’s Representative for review within two weeks after completion of each course. The training report shall include a summary of the training course conducted, the results of trainees’ assessment and the course evaluation questionnaires. 13.1.6.4 The contractor shall submit the course evaluation criteria to the Employer’s Representative for review. 13.2 Transfer of Technology 13.2.1 The Contractor shall undertake to supply or make arrangement with the original manufacturer to supply additional equipment required for replacement or expansion of the network in future. 13.2.2 The Contractor shall undertake to provide, if required during the life of the equipment ordered, technical assistance in the form of additional drawings, maintenance practices and technical advice (including training). Confidential Page 68 of 72 CH-1 PS Tender LKS 02: Particular Specification 14. DOCUMENTATION 14.1 General 14.1.1 The Contractor shall submit a Submission Programme. The Submission Programme shall identify all submissions to be furnished, submission titles, submission numbers and target submission dates. 14.1.2 The Contractor shall provide configuration management to ensure that the System is correctly configured. The Contractor shall ensure that a configuration control programme is maintained. The programme shall ensure that the configuration of each item is recorded and maintained during the life of the Contract and Defects Liability Period. 14.1.3 The Contractor shall submit a Project Management Plan to the Employer’s Representative for review as laid down in the GS. The Project Management Plan shall identify the persons to be responsible and the methods and arrangement to carry out the Project Management. 14.2 Submission Requirement 14.2.1 General 14.2.1.1 The Contractor shall include records of amendment in each submission with the following details: (1) Revision history and status of the submissions. (2) Description on changes for each revision. (3) The Contractor’s signature for authorisation of the submission indicating proper design check has been carried out before the submitting to the Employer’s Representative. 14.2.1.2 The revision status and date of preparation of the submission shall be clearly indicated at the header of each page of the submission. 14.2.1.3 The first submission shall be revision 0 and subsequent revision shall be A, then B, so and so forth. 14.2.1.4 The Contractor shall maintain records of the submission and updated record shall be included in the Monthly Progress Report. The submission record shall include the following details: (1) Submission number. (2) Submission title. (3) Revision history. (4) Status of Employer’s Representative’s Response for each revision. (5) Submission dates and dates of return from the Employer’s Representative for each revision. Confidential Page 69 of 72 CH-1 PS Tender LKS 02: Particular Specification (6) Current status. 14.2.2 Levels of Submission 14.2.2.1 The Contractor shall adopt top-down approach and submit submissions of the following levels in a logical sequence for the review of the Employer’s Representative: 14.2.2.2 (1) System level related submission (2) Equipment level related submission (3) Installation design related submission (4) Design calculations (5) Management plans and procedures (6) Approval certificates (7) Miscellaneous submission System level related submission shall show the total system including the configuration block diagrams, operating principle, system features and functions, capacity, expandability, interconnection within the Subsystem, between Subsystems and between other Project Contractors. 14.2.2.3 Equipment level related submissions shall show the specifications on electrical, mechanical and functionality of the equipment/materials employed for the System and the Subsystems. 14.2.2.4 Installation design related submissions shall include: (1) The installation methods and procedures for different types of installation activities. (2) Drawings showing the equipment locations and positions, (3) Schematic and wiring diagrams. (4) Cable core plan and numbering scheme. (5) Equipment mounting details. (6) Configuration data, parameters and settings. (7) Cable route drawings. (8) Layouts in equipment racks, in equipment rooms, trackside, concourse, platform and all other equipment locations. 14.2.2.5 Design calculations shall demonstrate the performance of the System and Subsystems. Detailed requirements on calculation submissions are given in respective sections of individual Subsystem. 14.2.2.6 The Contractor shall submit a copy of certificates from relevant parties and authorities as required including equipment calibration certificates from manufacturers and laboratories. Confidential Page 70 of 72 CH-1 PS Tender LKS 02: Particular Specification 14.3 As built-documentation 14.3.1 The as-built documentation shall describe the System as installed and provide sufficient information for other users, maintainers and developers to execute their responsibilities. All documentation shall be submitted for review by the Employer’s Representative, and shall include (but not be limited to): 14.3.2 (1) Operation and Maintenance Manuals. (2) Configuration Data Tables. (3) As-built drawings. The configuration data tables shall be prepared for each individual Subsystem and on an item-by-item basis as well as on location basis. 14.3.3 The As-built drawings shall show the as-built details of the Works and shall include: (1) Bill of quantity of equipment on location basis. (2) Location and connectivity of all equipment and cables. (3) Schematic and wiring diagrams. (4) Cable core plan and numbering scheme. (5) Equipment mounting details. (6) Cable route drawings. (7) Layouts in equipment racks, equipment rooms, trackside, concourse, platform, and all other equipment locations. Confidential Page 71 of 72 CH-1 PS Tender LKS 02: Particular Specification 15 PROGRAMME REQUIREMENT 15.1 Access Dates and Employers’ Facilities Available Dates. 15.1.1 Access dates and key dates are as given in the Appendix B under Chapter 10 of this PS. Additional access along the alignment may be available from time to time. The Contractor shall note that this additional access is not guaranteed and may be subject to change from time to time. 15.1.2 Major installation works in the stations and ancillary buildings requiring co-ordination with the civil works Projects Contractors shall be co-ordinated as per provisions in interface requirements. Confidential Page 72 of 72 CH-1 PS LKS 02: Particular Specifications LUCKNOW METRO RAIL CORPORATION LIMITED MASS RAPID TRANSPORT SYSTEM DESIGN, MANUFACTURE, SUPPLY, INSTALLATION, TESTING & COMMISSIONING OF TELECOMMUNICATION SYSTEMS For Phase-1A TENDER LKS 02 PARTICULAR SPECIFICATIONS CHAPTER 2 FIBRE OPTICS TRANSMISSION SYSTEM (FOTS) Confidential PS Chapter-2 Page 1 of 36 LKS 02: Particular Specifications T abl e of Co n te n ts 1. 1 G e ner a l ................................ ................................ ................................ .... 3 1. 2 Sc op e of W ork s ................................ ................................ ......................... 4 1. 3 F u nc t i on a l R eq u ir em ents ................................ ................................ ........... 6 1. 4 G i ga Et h er n e t B ac k bo ne N e t wor k ................................ ............................. 11 1. 5 S er v ic e / M a i nt e na nc e T el e ph o ne N e t wor k ................................ ................ 15 1. 6 P er f or m anc e Re q u ir e m ents ................................ ................................ ...... 15 1. 7 Ma i nt a i na b i l it y R eq u ir em ents ................................ ................................ ... 16 1. 8 S ys t em S af e t y Re q u ir em ents ................................ ................................ .... 16 1. 9 T ec hn ic a l S pec if ic a t io n ................................ ................................ ............ 17 1. 1 0 F O T S ( Ne t wor k ) M a n a gem en t S ys t em ................................ ....................... 17 1. 1 1 O p er a t io n a l , A dm in is tr at i on , M a i n t en a nc e & Pr o v is i o n in g( O A M & P) F u nc t i ons 18 1. 1 2 A la r m an d M on i to r i n g ................................ ................................ .............. 18 1. 1 3 P er f or m anc e M on i tor i n g ................................ ................................ ........... 19 1. 1 4 Ne t wor k C onf ig ur at i o n a n d Pr o v is i o n in g ................................ .................... 20 1. 1 5 Us er I nt er f ac es ................................ ................................ ....................... 20 1. 1 6 Des i gn R e qu ir em en ts ................................ ................................ .............. 20 1. 1 7 T ec hn ic a l S ys tem P er f or m anc e ................................ ................................ 21 1. 1 8 E qu i pm ent D es i gn - G en er a l ................................ ................................ .... 22 1. 1 9 F O T S Ne t w or k M a na g em ent S ys t em ................................ ......................... 23 1. 2 0 G i ga Et h er n e t E qu i pm en t ................................ ................................ ......... 23 1. 2 1 T ec hn ic a l S pec if ic a t io n f or t h e G i g a E th er ne t (W AN) S ys t em ...................... 25 1. 2 2 P o wer S u pp l y S ys t em ................................ ................................ .............. 30 1. 2 3 Ca p ac i t y a nd Lo a d in g Re q ui r em en t ................................ ........................... 32 1. 2 4 In ter f ac e ................................ ................................ ................................ 33 1. 2 5 S ys t em Ex p ans i o n an d S p ar e Ca p ac i t y ................................ ..................... 34 1. 2 6 Ne t wor k M a na g em ent S ys t em ................................ ................................ ... 34 Confidential PS Chapter-2 Page 2 of 36 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 1. 0 F IB E R O PT I C T R AN S M ISS IO N SY ST EM 1. 1 G en e ra l 1. 2 1. 1 F or ef f ic ie nt m etr o r a i l wa y m an a g em ent a nd op er at i o n, i t is es s e nt i a l t o ha v e a we l l- or g a n i ze d c om m un ic a t io n inf r as tr uc t ur e c ov er i ng s tr a t eg ic lo c at i ons l ik e O CC , s t at i ons , de p ots an d an y ot h er L M RC l oc a t io ns . It is eq u a l l y es s e n ti a l t o ha v e hi g h l y r e l i ab l e li nk s bet we e n t h e s tr at eg ic l oc a t io ns an d m ov i ng tr a i ns or wor k i n g s t af f a l o ng t h e r a i l wa y tr ac k . 1. 2 1. 1 T his s pec if ic a t io n s pe c if i es th e tec h nic a l a n d per f o r m anc e r e q u ir e m ents of th e F i be r O pt ic T r ans m i s s i on S ys t em ( F O T S) of the T el ec om Sys t em an d S ubs ys tem f or al l l i n e s of L MR C i nc l ud i ng s ta t io ns , de p ots , R S Ss , O A/ IT an d l eas e- ou t f ac i l i ti es 1. 2 1. 1 T he F O T S s ha l l b e a h ig h l y r e l ia b l e s ys t em s i nc e it s h a l l be t h e p r im ar y m e a ns of v o ic e , d at a an d v id eo c om m un ic a t io ns b et we e n O C C, s ta t io ns , R S Ss a n d th e d ep o ts , o n wh ic h a n um ber of ot h er o per at i on a l l y c r i t ic a l s ys t e m s r el y. 1. 2 1. 1 T he F O T S s h al l pr o v i de a c om m on tr a ns m is s i on b ac k bo ne f o r a l l th e T e lec om S ubs ys tem s : T e le p ho ne S u bs ys t em , T r ai n Ra d io S u bs ys t em , P u b lic A d dr es s S ubs ys tem , Cl os e d Cir c u it T e le v is i on Su bs ys t em , P as s e ng e r Inf or m at i o n Dis p l a y S ubs ys t em , Mas t er C l oc k Subs ys t e m , and F a u lt R e po r t i n g S u bs ys t em , Ac c es s C on tr ol a nd In tr us i o n D et ec t i o n S ubs ys t em and V oic e Rec or d i n g S ubs ys tem . T he F O T S s ha l l a ls o pr o v id e E t her n et c o nn ec ti v i t y f o r th e O f f ic e A ut om at io n a nd I nf or m at i on T ec h n o lo g y ( O A an d IT ) . 1. 2 1. 1 T he F O T S b ac k bo n e inf r as tr uc t ur e s h a l l pr o v i d e d ed ic a te d d a r k f ibr es as r eq u ir ed f or t e l ec om s ubs ys t em s and no n - t e lec om s ubs ys t em s of the r a i l pr oj ec t . 1. 2 1. 1 T he F O T S b ac k bo n e inf r as tr uc t ur e s h a l l pr o v i d e d ed ic a te d d a r k f ibr es as r eq u ir ed f or le as e - o u t f ac i l it i es to ot he r s . 1. 2 1. 1 T he F O T S s h a l l pr o v i de L A N c on n ec t i v it y b et we e n te l ec om s u bs ys t em s an d no n- te l ec om s ubs ys te m s of th e r a i l pr oj ec t. 1. 2 1. 1 Di g it a l tr ans m is s i on e qu i pm en t s ha l l b e c o nn ec te d t o th e o pt ic a l f ibr e c a b l e ne t wor k f or m in g th e f ibr e o pt ic tr ans m i s s i on n et wo r k . T he F O T S s ha l l pr om i ne n tl y b e an I P ( 1 0 G E) bas e d s ys t em , op er at i n g o n a W ide Ar e a Ne t wor k (W AN ) .. 1. 2 1. 1 A N et wo r k Man a gem e nt S ys t em s ha l l b e pr o v id e d at th e T ER to m onit or s t a tus of a ll th e F O T S e q u ipm en t a n d c o ntr o l th e o p er a t io n an d m aint e n anc e pr oc es s . It s h a l l p r o v id e a l ar m s ur v ei l l anc e, per f or m anc e m onit or i ng , c onf ig ur at i o n m an ag e m ent, f ai l ur e m an a g em ent as a m in im um as pe r op er at i o na l r e q u ir em e nts . Confidential PS Chapter-2 Page 3 of 36 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 1. 2 1. 1 T he F O T S e q u ipm en t s ha l l b e l oc at e d a t e ver y s ta t io n , d ep o t an d R S S an d c on n ec t e d t o t he bac k bo n e f i br es i n a r i n g c onf ig ur at i o n t o c o ns t i t ut e th e f i br e bac k b on e n et wo r k . 1. 2 1. 1 T he F O T S s h a l l c o n s is t of a d up l ic at e d m ult i - c h a nn e l tr a ns m is s i on s ys t em em pl o yi n g c ar r ie r g r a d e G E I P s wi tc h es / r ou ter s u t il i zi n g o p tic a l f i br es as t he i nt er c o n n ec t i ng m ed ia . T he F O T S s h a ll be c onf i g ur e d wi th d u p l ic at ed f i br e op t ic r i n gs wit h di v er s e tr ans m is s i on pa t h to e ns ur e th a t i n t h e e v en t of eq u i pm ent or tr ans m is s i on m ed i a f ai l ur e, n o c ir c u i t c ar r i ed b y t he F O T S ar e af f ec t ed ex c e pt t h os e c on n e c t e d to t h e f a i l e d n od e. 1. 2 1. 1 In eac h s t at i on an d de p ot , a L oc a l Ar e a Ne t wor k ( LA N) t o G i g ab i t E th er n et s ta n dar d s h a l l be bu i lt f or l oc a l d a ta ap p l ic a t i ons . 1. 2 1. 1 T he F O T S s h a l l c o nf o r m to t he a pp l ic ab l e I T U - T and I E E E s t a nd ar ds a n d s ha l l f ulf i l t h e E MC s t a nd ar ds E N 55 0 2 2 c l as s A a nd EN 5 00 8 2 - 1 . 1. 2 1. 1 T he f unc t io n a l r e q u ir em en ts , p er f or m a nc e r e qu ir em en ts a nd t ec h n ic a l s pec if ic a t io n of th is F i ber O pt ic T r ans m is s io n S ys tem ar e s p ec if i e d h er e i n. 1. 2 1. 1 No t Us e d . 1. 2 1. 1 T he F O T S s h a l l pr o vi de tr a ns por t f or t he O A/ IT ne t wor k but th e O A / IT ne t wor k s ha l l b e t ot a ll y i s o l a te d f r om t h e F O T S s er v i c es s er v in g t h e r a il s u bs ys t em s . 1. 2 1. 1 T he F O T S ne t wor k s s er v in g t h e r a i l s ubs ys tem s s ha l l n o t b e c o n nec t ed to th e i nt er n e t. 1. 2 1. 1 S ep ar at e tr a ns m is s i on b ac k bo ne and ne t wor k s h ou l d be us ed f or Com m unic at i on Bas e d T r ai n C on tr o l S ys t em ( C BT C) b y s i gn a l li n g c on tr ac t or . 1. 2 S co p e o f W o r ks In ad d it i o n t o r e q ui r e m ents o n t h e s c o pe of th e wor k s as d es c r ib e d i n C h ap t er 1 G er e na l r e q u ir em e nt s of this T ec h n ic a l Sp ec if ic at i on , s p ec if ic r e qu ir em en ts on t h e s c o pe of t he wo r k s f or t he F O T S s h a l l b e as s p ec if i ed be l o w: 1. 2 1. 1 S co p e o f Su p p l y T he Sc o pe of Su p p l y s ha l l inc l u de al l F O T S Ne t wor k Eq u i pm ent , s of t war e a nd m anua ls f or t he f o l lo wi ng : a) Car r i er gr a de L 2 s wi tc hes / L 3 s wi tc hes an d r ou t er s b) Ne t wor k M a na g em ent S ys t em f or F O T S c ) S in g l e Mo d e O pt ic a l F i br e C a b les , c on n ec t or s an d O DF / pa tc h p an e ls f or bac k bo n e Confidential PS Chapter-2 Page 4 of 36 LKS 02: Particular Specifications d) SF P m odu l es - LH a n d S H e) Mu l t i M od e O p t ic a l F ib r e Ca b l es , c o n nec t or s an d O DF f or L A Ns f) S pl ic e B ox es a nd R em ak e Lo o ps g) Dis tr ib u t io n F r am es h) T er m inat i n g a nd i nt er c o n n ec t i n g eq u i pm en t i nc lu d i ng T er m inat i o n Pr ot ec t i o n De v ic es , S M o pt ic al pa tc h c or ds , MM op t ic a l p atc h c o r ds a nd CAT 6 pa tc h c or ds i) E qu i pm ent c ab i n ets , r ac k s a nd c u b ic les j) A l l r e qu ir e d c on n ec t or s k ) A l l Ins ta l l at i o n m at er ia ls l) P o wer Su p p l ies , AC Dis tr ib u t io n Box e s , c a b les , c o n nec t or s a n d E ar t h in g an d Ac c es s or ies inc l u d in g T er m i na t io n P r o t ec t i on D e v ic es m ) S par es i n ac c or da nc e wi t h th e s t ip u l at i ons in t h is P S. n) Ex pa ns i on c a p ac it y as p er C ha pt er 1 of t h is P S o) T elec om S ys tem a n d S ubs ys tem Su p er v is or p) No t Us e d q) No t Us e d . r) L AN wir i ng be t we en s e lec te d r o om s of dep o ts , s t at i ons an d R S S a r eas an d th e l oc al T E R f or O A/ I T . s ) Ne t wor k e q ui pm en t to pr o v i d e L AN c o n n ec t i v it y f or O A/ IT . t) In ter n et c o nn ec t i v i t y an d har d war e f ir e wa l l s to loc a l s er vi c e pr o v i der f or i nt er n e t s er v ic e f or O A /IT . u) F a ls e F l oor , B as e F r a m e, u nd er f l oo r t r a ys an d tr a y r is er s i n T ER . v) S pec i a l T o o ls an d T es t E qu i pm ents as pe r P S. 1. 2 1. 1 S co p e o f S erv ic e s 1. 2. . 1 Pr i or t o t h e d et a i le d des i g n p h as e , t h e C o ntr ac t or s h al l c om pi l e an d s ubm it a l oa d in g r e por t t o t h e Em pl o ye r t ha t inc l u d es d e ta i ls of th e r eq u ir e d F O T S c ap a b il i t ies , t h e n et w or k thr ou g hp u t as s oc i at e d wit h t h e d if f er en t l e v els of s er v ic e , t h e wor s t c as e tr a ns m is s i o n de l a y t i m es , l at e nc y, p ac k et d r op , tr af f ic , ut i l i za t io n t h e a v a i l ab i l it y i nc l u d in g MT T R and r ec om m end at i o ns f or m in im um eq u i pp e d r es er v e d c a pac i t y an d a dd i t io n al s p ar e c a p ac it y. T he Co n tr ac t or Confidential PS Chapter-2 Page 5 of 36 LKS 02: Particular Specifications s ha l l s ubm it t he pr op os e d ne t wor k d ia gr am al o n g wit h s ys t em c onf ig ur at i o n f or a p pr o va l of th e Em p lo ye r . 1. 2. . 2 Af t er 6 m o nt hs of r e v en u e o p er at i on , t h e C on tr ac t or s ha l l c o m pi l e a n d s ubm it per f or m anc e r e por t t o the Em pl o ye r f or ap pr o v a l. T h e Co n tr ac t o r s ha l l b e r es p o ns ib l e wh er e n e c es s ar y f or r e - c o nf i g ur in g th e ne t wor k an d pr o v i d in g ad d it i o na l h ar d wa r e to e ns u r e m a in te n anc e of t he s p ec if i ed m i n im um eq u i pp e d r es er v e c a p ac it y an d a d d it i on a l s par e c ap ac it y at n o e x tr a c os t to LM RC . 1. 2. . 3 Br anc h i ng ou td o or o pt ic al f i br e c a b les s ha l l be pr o v i de d f or e q ui pm ents in a ll RS Ss , a nd o t her loc a t i ons , r e qu ir i ng op t ic a l ac c es s f r om th e ne ar es t s t at i on T elec om Eq u i pm ent r o om ( T ER) . T he c o r e c ou n t of th e br a nc h in g op t ic a l f i br e c ab l es t o R S Ss s h al l be of m in 2 4 F i br es , de t er m in ed f r om th e d es ig n of th e r e la te d S ubs ys t em s or in te r f ac in g r eq u ir e m ents wit h r e le v a nt Des i gn a te d Co ntr ac tor s . A dd i ti o na l 30 % s p ar e c or es wi t h in e ac h c a b le s h al l b e r es er v e d f or f ut ur e ex pa ns i on 1. 2. . 4 T he tr e nc h in g i n v o l ve d f or th e c o n nec t i vi t y of RS Ss s h a l l b e c ar r i ed ou t b y E &M Co ntr ac tor . T he T e l ec om S ys t em Con tr ac t or s h a l l b e r es p ons i b le f or nec es s ar y c o - or di n at i on wi th E & M an d s h a l l pr o v id e a l l m ater i a l r eq u ir ed f or th e c on n ec t i v it y a nd o th er wor k s i n vo l v e d li k e O F C l a yi n g , t er m in at i on t o t he r es p ec ti v e R S S . 1. 2. . 5 T he Co n tr ac t or s h al l no t e th a t wor k of c om m is s io n in g of t he l in e s , de p ots an d RS Ss s h a ll b e c ar r ie d ou t in s t ag es . T he C on tr ac t or s ha l l p la n h is ne t wor k to p ol o g y t o c at er f or t h is s t a ge wo r k s . A l l t he wor k s as s oc i at e d wi t h s h if t i ng an d dis m a nt l in g etc . wi l l f or m par t of th e wor k s of the Co n t r ac t or . T he Co ntr ac tor s h a l l ens u r e t h at t he c om m unic at i on c i r c u i ts c o n ti n ue to f unc t io n dur i n g th es e t im es wit ho u t d is r u p ti o n a nd l o s s of q ua l it y of s er v ic e . 1. 3 F u n ct io n a l Re q u i r em en t s 1. 2 1. 1 G en e ra l 1. 3. . 1 T he F O T S s h al l pr o v i de t h e c om m un ic a t io n s up por t f or c ar r yi n g vo ic e, d a ta , an d v i de o s ig n a ls a n d gu ar an t ee th e as s oc i at e d q u al i t y of s er v ic e r e q ues t ed b y e ac h s u bs ys tem . In or d er to c o ver t h i s br o ad r an g e of s e r v ic es an d i nt er f ac es , t he F O T S s h al l of f er d if f er en t s o lu t io ns , m os t tec h n ic a l l y ap pr o pr i a te , b as ed on th e r es p ec t i v e s t an d ar ds a nd f u l l y c o nf or m ing t o t h e IT U - T Rec om m en da t io ns : ( a) ( b) F i br e- O p t ic C om m unic at i on m i n im um 144 F i br es G i ga Et h e r n e t ( 1 0 G E) b ac k bo n e ( W ide Ar ea Ne t wor k ) 1. 3. . 2 T he F O T S s ha l l pr o v i de s ec ur e e nd - t o- en d c on n ec t i v it y f or a l l t h e s u bs ys t em s an d a ls o g uar a nt e e th e s p ec if ic q ua l it y of s e r v ic e r e qu es t e d. Confidential PS Chapter-2 Page 6 of 36 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 1. 3. . 3 T he F O T S s h a l l pr o v i de a tr ans m is s io n n et wor k as s oc ia t ed wi t h t he r es p ec t i v e l e ve l of s er v ic e r e qu e s te d, wit h s uf f ic ie nt tr ans m is s i on b an d wi d th to c a ter f or th e a l l op er at i on a l n e eds a nd f u tu r e s ys te m ex pans i o n. T he F O T S s ha l l be bas e d o n pr o v e n, r e l i ab l e, s c a la b l e a n d s ec ur e tec h no l o g y a n d ad e qu a te s ta n dar d - bas e d, o p e n ar c h i te c t ur e . 1. 3. . 4 De p en d in g o n t h e s u b s ys tem s c on nec t io n p er f or m anc es r e q ues te d ( b an d wi d th , l e ve l of s er vic e , t yp e of da ta , n e t wor k in ter f ac e ,) a n d o n t he d if f er en t i n tr ins ic s o lu t io ns , t h e f o l l o wi n g F O T S s o lu t io n is pr o pos e d: T ab le 5. 1: De t ai ls of F O T S f or o th er s ys t em s It e m Su b s ys t e m F O T S So lu t io n 1 T ele p h on e s u bs ys t em GE 2 T r ai n Ra d io s ubs ys te m G E / D ar k F i br e 3 Cl os ed C ir c u it T e le v is i on s ys t em GE 4 Mas t er C loc k s u bs ys te m GE 5 P ub l ic A d dr es s s ubs ys tem GE 6 P as s e n ger I nf or m at i on D is pl a y S u bs ys t em GE 7 Ac c es s C o ntr o l S ubs ys tem GE 8 F a ul t R ep or ti n g S u bs ys tem GE 9 O A / IT S ys t em s GE 10 B ui l d i ng M a na g em ent S ys t em GE 11 A ut om at ic F ar e Co l l ec ti o n GE 12 P o wer S C AD A GE an d In tr us io n De t ec t i o n No t e: T he a b o ve in t er f ac es ar e te nt a t i ve an d m a y b e am e nd e d d ur i ng de t ai l e d des i g n s ta g e 1. 3. . 5 T he tr a ns m is s i o n s ys t em us e d as t h e bac k b on e f o r o p er at i on a l c o m m unic a t io ns wi l l b e a G E bas e d I P n et wo r k c ons is t i ng of c ar r ier gr ad e I P e l em ents . T he s ys tem s ha l l b e b as ed on du p l ic a te d f i br e o pt ic r in g s tr uc tur e wi t h n ec es s ar y IP pr ot oc ols a nd s u it a b le pr o t ec t i on s wi tc h i ng ( < 50 m s ) to p r o v i de to l er anc e i n th e n et wo r k to m ult i p le f a ul ts i n t he O F C b ac k b on e. Confidential PS Chapter-2 Page 7 of 36 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 1. 3. . 6 G E I P bac k b on e r i ng s , of 1 0 G b ps , s h al l be f or m ed us in g m u lt i la ye r r i ng s tr uc tu r e i n t h e n e t wo r k to s u pp o r t a l l T e l ec om Su bs ys t em s an d n on - t el ec om s ys tem s r eq u ir in g tr a ns p or t. T h e tr a ns m is s i on s ys tem s ha l l be f or m ed in th e ne t wor k to s u pp or t a l l l o w ba n d wid th ap p l ic at i ons i. e. T ET R A R ad i o, P A S, PI D S, C loc k , CD RS a nd T e l e ph o ne S ys tem etc . a l o ng wi t h h ig h ba n d wi dt h ap p l ic a t io n i. e. , CCT V s ys tem . T he Co n tr ac to r s h al l s ubm it t he pr o p os ed ne t wor k d i agr am f or i m plem en ta t io n of t he bac k b o ne n et wo r k f or a ppr o v a l of th e Em p lo ye r , 1. 3. . 7 T he d es i g n s h a ll ens ur e th at t h e h i gh - b a nd wi d t h s u bs ys t em s do no t af f ec t per f or m anc e of t h e lo w - b a nd wi d t h s u bs ys t em s . If r e qu ir e d, th e Co nt r ac tor c an pr o p os e a s e p ar a t e ne t wor k f or th e t wo ne t wor k s i . e. H ig h B a nd wi d t h an d Lo w B a n d wi dt h. I n e v en t of t he C o ntr ac tor pr o p os in g a s i ng l e b a c k bone , i t s ha l l be h is r es po ns i b i l it y t o e ns ur e a v a i l a b i l it y of per f or m anc e p a r am eter s of a ll s u bs ys t em s wor k i n g on t he s i n gl e n et w or k , f ai l i ng wh ic h t he Co n tr ac to r s ha l l h a v e t o pr o vi d e a s e par a te ne t wor k f or Lo w b an d wi dt h s ys t em s f r ee of c os t . 1. 3. . 8 T he F O T S s h a ll s up p o r t tr a ns m is s io n of v o ic e, d a ta an d vi d eo s i gn a ls be t we e n v ar io us loc at i o ns a nd d if f er e nt tr a ns m is s i o n to p ol o g ies v i z. P oi n t - t o- p o i nt an d P oi n t - t o- m ul t ip o in t. 1. 3. . 9 T he F O T S s ha l l ens ur e t ha t in e ve n t of eq u i pm ent or tr a ns m is s io n m ed ia f ai l ur e , no m or e th a n o ne s t at i on or s i t e at wh ic h a n od e is l oc a t ed , is af f ec t ed . W her e s u bs ys tem s ar e us in g d ed ic at e d f i br e op t ic c om m un ic at i o ns , th e s u bs ys t em s h al l pr o v id e i ts o wn r e d un d a nc y s o lu t io n . 1. 3. . 10 T he o pe r a t in g s ys t em s of t war e a nd c o nf i gur at i on d at a s h a l l b e s t or e d in n on v o la t il e m em or y. I n t h e e ve nt of a po we r s u pp l y f ai l ur e, t he o p er a ti n g s ys t em s ha l l au t om atic a l l y r e v er t to th e l as t s tor e d or ac t i v a te d us er p r og r am m ed c onf ig ur at i o n wi t ho u t an y m anu a l i nt er v e nt i on onc e t he po we r has b e en r es t or ed . 1. 3. . 11 T he F O T S n et wo r k s ha ll be d es i g ne d an d i m plem en te d in a m odu lar s tr uc tu r e to en a bl e it t o b e f ur th er u p gr a d ed to a h i gh er c ap ac it y s ys t em an d t o b e c ap a b le of ac c om m od at i ng ne w tec h no l o g ie s . 1. 3. . 12 T he F O T S n et wo r k s ha l l i nc or p or at e on - l i n e a ut om atic , s e lf - d ia g nos t ic m aint e n anc e f ac i l i ti es tha t s h a ll en a b le f a u lt , c o nf i gu r a t io n a nd per f or m anc e m anag em en t. A l l e qu i pm ent s ha l l be m on it o r ed to ens ur e t h at a f a il ur e, as a m inim um do wn t o an e l ec tr on ic c ir c u it l e ve l , c an b e d e tec te d an d b e r e p or t e d to t he in t er n a l f a u lt d i ag n os t ic s s ys t em , whic h s h a l l pr o v i d e s uc h f a u lt i nf or m at io n t o th e F O T S M a na g em ent S ys t e m . 1. 3. . 13 T he F O T S s ha l l b e a f i br e o pt ic tr a ns m is s i on n e t wor k wit h s u it ab l e G E s wi tc hi n g p r o toc o ls t o ens ur e f a u lt to l er a nc e, b as e d on o pe n s ta nd ar ds an d f ul l y c o nf or m in g t o i nt er n a ti o n al t e l ec om m unic at i ons r ec om m enda t i ons . Confidential PS Chapter-2 Page 8 of 36 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 1. 3. . 14 A l l ac t i ve e l ec tr on ic eq u i pm ent a nd f ibr e op t ic c a b l e t er m in at i o ns s h a l l b e l oc a te d i n t he t e l ec om m unic at i on eq u ipm e nt r oom s . 1. 3. . 15 O n e eq u ipm e nt r ac k s ha l l b e ho us e d in R S S c o ntr o l r oom f or ho us i ng t he f ol l o wi ng t e lec om m eq u ipm en ts / s ys tem s :  CCT V ,  In tr us i o n De t ec t i on S ys tem ,  Ne t wor k i ng e q u ipm en t s f or O A /IT ,  O p er a t io n a l T e le p h on e s , an d a lo n g wit h a l l t er m in a t i ons an d ac c es s or i es f or Dar k F i br es r e q ui r ed f or P S S SC A D A. 1. 2 1. 1 So f t w a r e Re q u i r em en t s 1. 3. . 1 T he op er at i n g s ys t em s of t war e a nd pr o toc o l of t he F O T S n et w or k s h al l b e tr a ns par e nt t o a l l n et wor k us er s . Ac c es s t o t he op er at i ng s ys t em s of t war e f or m aint e n anc e p ur pos e s s ha l l b e pas s wo r d pr ot ec te d t o a l lo w ac c es s b y ap pr o pr i a te l y q ua l if i e d le v e ls of per s o n n e l f or m ai nt e na nc e / d at a bas e pr o gr am m in g. 1. 3. . 2 T he F O T S n et w o r k s ha l l i nc or p or at e a c e ntr a l m on it or i ng s ys t em to ga t her op er at i o na l d at a f o r per f or m anc e c hec k i ng , his t or ic a l tr en d a n a l ys is , a nd m aint e n anc e. T his m on it or in g s ys t em s ha l l pr o v i d e f ac i l it i es to h an d l e f i l i ng , s tor a ge , d is pl a y, an d pr in t in g of h is t or ic a l r ec or ds . 1. 3. . 3 T he F O T S ne t wor k s h a ll i nc o r p or at e s of t wa r e a n d/ or f ir m war e f ac i l it i es f or f a u lt de t ec t i on a nd a ut om at ic r e - c o nf ig ur at i on of th e op er at i ng s ys t em un d er f a u lt c on d it i o ns . 1. 3. . 4 A du p l ic a t e c o p y of a l l s of t war e s h a l l be pr o v i de d on s u it a b le s t or ag e m ed i a f or bac k u p a nd f ur th er d e v e lo pm en t pur p os e. 1. 2 1. 1 Ha rd w a r e Req u i r em e n t 1. 3. . 1 T he F O T S n e t wor k s ha l l be des i g ne d t o m inim i ze s ys tem br e ak do wns , or r ed uc ti o ns i n t he le v e l of s er v ic e , c a us e d b y a s i n g le p o i nt f a i l ur e . It s ha l l a ls o b e d es ig n e d t o f a c i l it at e e a s y ex t e ns io n s a n d ad d it i o ns . 1. 3. . 2 T he F O T S n et wo r k sha l l b e bas e d o n a h ig h l y m o du l ar , d i ver s e r e d un d an t ar c h i tec t ur e to f ac i l it at e e as y m a in t en a nc e an d u pgr a d in g, an d to m in im i ze th e c ha nc es of a br eak d o wn oc c u r r i n g d ue t o c om m on m ode f ai l ur es or ef f ec ts . 1. 2 1. 1 O p t i ca l F ib r e Ca b l e 1. 3. . 1 T he s c op e of s u pp l y s ha l l i nc l ud e, bu t n ot b e l im it ed t o, t h e f o l l o wi ng : Confidential PS Chapter-2 Page 9 of 36 LKS 02: Particular Specifications ( a) S in g l e a nd m ult i - m o de o pt ic a l f ibr e c a b les ( b) S pl ic e b ox es a nd r em ak e l oo ps , j oi n t c l os u r es , dis tr i bu t io n f r am es an d pa tc h pa n e ls , ( c ) E qu i pm ent c ab i n ets , r ac k s a nd c u b ic les , ( d) A l l c o n nec t or s , pa tc h c or ds , p i gt a i ls , a tt en u at or s an d I ns ta l la t io n m ater ia l 1. 3. . 2 T he O p tic F i br e Ca b l e ( O F C) i nf r as tr uc t ur e s ha l l b e f or m ed b y t wo s i n gl e m od e op t ic a l f i br e c ab l es , l a id a l o ng t wo p h ys ic a l l y d is t i nc t r o ut es , on e a lo n gs id e th e u p - tr ac k a n d th e o th er a l on gs i de t h e do w n - tr ac k . 1. 3. . 3 T he C o ntr ac t or s h a ll pr op os e an d s ubm it , f or Em pl o ye r ’s a p p r o va l n et wo r k to p ol o g y f or t he pr o p os e d F O T S s ys tem to ens ur e th a t th e o v er a ll ne t wor k per f or m anc e an d n et w or k pr ot ec t i o n r e qu ir e m ents of t h e F O T S ar e m et. 1. 3. . 4 T he Co nt r ac to r s ha l l pr o p os e a f ibr e c a b le tha t s u pp or ts th e s p ec if ic m etr o r a il wa y c ons tr ai n ts , a nd s h a l l de te r m in e t he ex ac t t ot a l num b er of f ib r es ne e de d a nd r es er v e a t le as t 30 % of f ib r es , wit h in e ac h c ab l e, a s s p ar es f or f utur e us e. N e ver t he l e s s , as a m in im um two Q u an t it y 1 44 f i br e c a b l e ( on e o n Up tr ac k a nd o ne o n DN T r ac k ) s ha l l be pr op os ed , eac h t er m in a te d be t we en s ta t io n T E Rs a nd d e p ot T ERs . C o n nec t i vi t y of t h e R S S 's wi l l b e do n e us in g s ep ar at e F O c a b les of m in im um 24 f ibr es . 1. 3. . 5 L MR C He a dq u ar t er B u il d i ng wi l l b e in v ic i n it y of S a hk ar i ta B h a wa n wh ic h is a wa y f r om Me tr o A l i gnm en t. H enc e F i br e s r eq u ir ed f or c o nn e c ti n g L M RC He a dq u ar t er wi th M etr o N et wor k s h a ll b e pr o v id e d b y LK S 0 2 c o n tr ac to r . L K S 02 c o n tr ac t or s ha l l b ear al l c h ar ges in th is r e g ar d . N ec es s ar y per m is s i on /a p pr o va l , i f r eq u ir e d to b e o b ta i ne d b y t h e c o n tr ac t or as par t of th is c o ntr ac t s c op e . 1. 3. . 6 T wo Q ua n ti t y of O pt ic a l d is tr i bu t io n f r am es ( O DF s h a l l be ins t al l e d i n e ac h T ER or C ER or a t a pr e no m inat e d l oc at i on . Al l O pt ic a l f ib r e c ab l es i n c l ud i ng th e s par e f ibr es s h al l b e t er m in at e d o n th e O DF an d s h a ll b e s p lic e d wi t h o p tic a l p ig ta i ls an d t er m in a te d o n t h e o pt ic a l p a tc h pa n els . T he s tr an d t u bes , of t h e op t ic a l c a b l e, s h a l l b e c on nec te d in o r d er t o al l o w a l l k in ds of to p o lo g ies an d l ink s n e e de d; po i nt - t o- po i nt , d ir ec t or bus . 1. 3. . 7 At l eas t 2 0 m eter s c a b le s lac k s h al l be r es er ve d at a l l T E R a nd CE R f or f ut ur e ne t wor k m odif ic a t io n a nd ex pa ns i on b y p r o vi d i ng F ibr e Lo o p box . F ur th er m or e , f i br e l o ops s h a l l b e pr o v i d ed a t in ter v a ls ag r e ed b y th e Em pl o ye r . 1. 3. . 8 No c ab l e j o i nts s h al l be a l lo we d a lo n g tr ac k s ide . B es i des th at t he Co n tr ac t or s ha l l c o n duc t s ur v e y of the c ab l e r o ut e an d e ns ur e t h at c a b le le n gt hs s up p l ie d ar e s uc h as t o a vo i d pos s i b le was t ag e of c a b le a n d ad d it i on a l j o i nts . Pr op os a l of a n y i ne v i ta b le F O c a bl e s p l ic e an d o th er j o i nts a lo n g t he t r ac k s i de wi l l b e r e qu ir e d t o b e s ubm i tt ed al o n g wi t h r e as o ns f or s p ec i f ic ap pr o va l of t h e Em pl o ye r . Confidential PS Chapter-2 Page 10 of 36 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 1. 3. . 9 A l l f ibr es s h a l l b e s p l ic e d a n d te r m in at ed i n th e o pt ic a l f ib r e p atc h p a ne l a t e ver y s t at i o n a n d s h a l l b e m ad e thr o ug h u p t o th e n ear es t s ta t io n us in g op t ic a l p a tc h c or ds . T he f i br e p atc h p an e l a nd pa tc h c or ds s ha l l b e a n i nt e gr a l par t of F O T S h ar d wa r e. 1. 3. . 10 No b r a nc hi n g of f ibr e c or es of th e s am e tu b e or r i b b on t o d if f er e n t c as s e tt es or m od u l es f or s pl ic i n g or s t or a g e s h al l b e p er m itt e d. 1. 3. . 11 O F c a b l es , wh ic h r u n i n t h e ex p os e d a r e as o r wher e d ir ec t l y b ur ie d i n gr ou n d s ha l l b e c on ta i n ed i n pr o t ec t i v e c o n du i ts a nd s h a l l b e as a ppr o v e d b y Em pl o ye r . L a yi n g of f ibr es s h a ll c o nf or m to th e m a nuf ac t ur e r ’s r ec om m end at i on c o nc er n i n g t he m ec h a n ic a l c ons tr a i n ts , s uc h as t he m i nim um be n d in g r a d ius . 1. 3. . 12 T he C o ntr ac t or s ha l l e ns ur e th at t he o pt ic a l bu d ge t, of t he e nd - t o- en d l on g es t c on n ec t i ons , is m i nim um ad eq u at e l y s at is f i ed f or th e op t ic al s p e c if ic at i o ns of h ig h c a pac i t y t r a n s m i s s i on e q ui pm en t s uc h as G E . Ca b l e at te n u at i on va l u es an d o th er p ar am eter s s ha l l n ot ex c e ed t h e v a lu es a d voc a te d i n t he s t a nd ar d G .6 5 2, IT U - T No n d is per s i o n - Sh if t e d F i br e. T he Co ntr ac t or s h a l l s ubm it t he s am e f or Em p lo ye r ’s a ppr o v a l. 1. 3. . 13 T he d et a i le d O F C c om m is s i on i ng pr oc e dur e wi l l b e s u bm it te d b y t h e Co ntr ac tor t o t he Em p lo ye r f or a ppr o v a l. T h is ac c e p ta nc e tes t in g d oc um en t s ha l l c o v er a l l t h e s p ec if ic m eas ur em en ts of th e o pt ic al f i br e i n f r as tr uc t ur e c ou p l ed wi t h t h e m ax i m um “ s tat e of ar t” e x p ec t e d v a l ues a nd c om p l y wi t h t h e l at es t I R S or IT U s t an dar ds . Co nc er ni n g th e lis t of f ibr e o pt ic p ar am eter s , i t s ha l l i nc l ud e, bu t n ot be l im ite d , t o t h e f o l l o wi n g v a lu es : ( a) ( b) (c) 1. 4 Co n nec to r l os s ≤ 0 .3 d B e ac h S pl ic e l os s ≤ 0. 1 d B e ac h Ref lec ta nc e ≤ - 55 d B G ig a Et h e rn et Ba c kb o n e N et w o r k 1. 2 1. 1 G en e ra l 1. 4. . 1 T he G i ga Et he r n et b a c k bon e s ha l l b e b as e d on s u i ta b l e pr o t ec t i on t o ac hi e v e c on v er g enc e tim e of < 5 0 m s ec i n e ve nt of a n y l ink f ai l ur e a n d or an y n et wo r k d is r u pt i o ns a lo n g wi t h c on d it i o ns def in e d i n a bo v e p ar as . 1. 4. . 2 A h ig h l e v e l of r e d un d anc y a n d pr ot ec t i on is to be pr o v i de d at e ac h l e ve l of t h e G i ga E th er n et Ba c k bo n e. T h e C o ntr ac t or s h a l l d em ons tr a t e h o w i ts c onf ig ur at i o n an d l a y o ut c om p li es wit h t he h i g h l e ve l of r e du nd a nc y a nd pr o t ec t i on r eq u ir em ent s . 1. 4. . 3 No t Us e d Confidential PS Chapter-2 Page 11 of 36 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 1. 4. . 4 A n ex ha us ti v e d e s c r i p ti o n of th e d if f er en t f e at ur es im pl em en te d , i nc lu d in g d u a l c on n ec t i v it y b e t we en eq u i pm ent a n d f as t c on v er g enc e o pt im i za t i on , is t o b e pr o v i d ed b y th e C on tr ac t or . 1. 4. . 5 A l l I P e lem e nts in t h e n et wor k s ha l l s u p p or t / c om pl i an t to I P V 6 a ddr es s i ng s c hem e. 1. 2 1. 1 M ain S yst em El em en t s 1. 4. . 1 W AN No d e s ( i) T he W AN s ha ll c o n ne c t a l l s i tes i n r i ng t op o lo g ies vi a W AN No de s wh ic h s ha l l be pr o v id e d a t a ll m a in s i tes i nc lu d i ng s ta t i ons ,L M RC H Q an d de p ot / BC C . ( i i) In t h e de p ot a n d s ta t io ns , W AN no des s ha l l b e i ns t a l le d i n T ER . ( i i i) W AN Nod es s ha l l i n te r f ac e t o th e o pt ic a l f ib r e c a bl e n e t wor k whic h s h al l be c o nf i g ur e d i n a h i gh l y r es i l ie n t r in g t op o lo g y. S witc h i ng t im e a nd l at enc y p er f or m anc e par am et er s f or t h e W AN s h a ll b e e q u i va l e nt or be tt er t h an th a t of t he SD H n et wo r k ( < 5 0 m s ec s ) s o th at t h er e is n o d is r u pt i o n i n a n y d at a / v o ic e s er v ic e at t im e of a ne t wor k ( f ibr e / n od e) f ai l ur e . ( i v) At eac h s it e, th e W AN n od es s h a l l pr o v id e in te r f ac es to t h e L oc a l Ar e a Ne t wor k . ( v) T he W AN no d es s h al l be of c ar r i er gr a de wi t h h ig h r e l i ab i l it y. 1. 4. . 2 No t U s e d 1. 4. . 3 Et h e rn et Sw it ch e s a) T his e qu i pm en t s h al l pr o v i d e i nt er f ac es t o s it e L A Ns a nd ot h er an a l og u e an d d i g it a l i nt er f ac es at s it es . b) A l l s wi tc hes us e d i n t h e s ys tem s h a l l b e c ar r i er gr ad e s t an d ar ds . c ) T he s wi tc hes in ad d it i on t o n or m al G E / F E i nt er f ac es s h a ll be m od u lar . d) No t Us e d 1. 4. . 4 S erv e rs a) D yn am ic Hos t C onf ig ur a t io n Pr o t oc o l ( D CH P) a n d Dom a in Nam e Ser v er s ( DN S) s ha l l m an ag e t he I P a d dr es s i n g a n d no d e n am in g t hr ou g ho u t t he Da ta N e t wor k s ( i nc lu d i ng t h e L ANs ) . b) DC HP an d D NS s er ve r s s h a l l be loc a te d i n t he D e po t / B CC an d O C C CE R Confidential PS Chapter-2 Page 12 of 36 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 1. 4. . 5 Net w o r k M an ag em en t S ys t em A Ma n ag em en t wor k s ta t io n wi th G UI f e at u r es s h a l l b e ins ta l l ed in C ER at O CC an d BC C t o p r o v i de th e n ec es s ar y c on tr ol , s u p er v is io n , m a in te n anc e , c onf ig ur at i o n a n d pe r f or m anc e m an a g em ent . T he d es i gn s h a ll c at er f o r s ta n dar d N M S f u nc ti o n s . 1. 4. . 6 En g in e er in g T er mi n a l a) A da t a p or t s h a l l be pr o v i d ed f or c on n ec t i on of a p or ta b le E n g i ne er i ng Com pu te r T er m in a l i n th e T ER a t e ac h s t at i o n. b) T he E n g in e er in g C om pu t er T er m ina l s ha l l b e e q ui p pe d wi th a l l n ec es s ar y s of t war e t o e n a bl e au t hor i ze d p er s on n e l to p er f or m s ys t em s et - u p, d ia g nos t ic s a n d m ai nt en a nc e f unc t io ns of t he l oc al l y i ns t a l le d e qu i pm en t at e ac h s i te . c ) E ac h p or ta b l e s er v i c e ter m i na l s h a l l b e p o wer ed b y a n i nt er n a l r ec h ar g ea b le b at t er y wi t h m or e t h a n 4 ho ur s n or m al c on t in u ous t im e wi t ho ut r ec h ar g in g . d) T er m ina l ac c es s s h a l l be pr o v i de d v ia a p as s wor d c o ntr o l s ys t e m whic h s ha l l r e q u ir e t h e e ntr y of a u n iq u e us e r nam e as we l l as a pas s wo r d. e) A l l s uc c es s f u l l o gg i ng on a n d a tt em pts to ga i n ac c es s s h a l l b e r ec o r d e d an d t im e/ d at e s tam p e d b y t he W AN Ma na g e m ent s ys tem . 1. 2 1. 1 F u n ct io n a l Re q u i r em en t s 1. 4. . 1 W AN F u n ct io n al it y – t o i n c lu d e t h e f o llo w i n g f ea t u re s a) T yp e ap pr o v ed b y T EC ( T el ec om En g i ne er i ng C e ntr e) f or net wo r k i nt er c o n n ec t i on ( if r eq u ir ed) a nd c om pl i an t wi th In d ia n r e gu l at or y r eq u ir em ents ; b) Com pa t ib l e wit h in t er n a ti o n al l y em pl o yi n g o pe n s ys t e m pr ot oc ols . r ec o g n i z ed i nd us t r y s ta n da r ds a nd c ) T he e q u ipm en t s ha l l be r u g ge d C om m erc i al of f th e S he lf ( C O T S) f or i nd us tr i a l p ur p os es a nd h ar s h en v ir o nm ent l ik e m etr o, wi d e l y d e p l o ye d ac r os s a wi d e r a ng e of m etr o / in d us tr i a l ne t wor k s . d) O f m odu lar c ons tr uc t i on , h ig h l y f lex i b l e, f ul l m u lt i - v en d or i nt er op er a b i l it y, an d h i gh s ys t em a v a il ab i l it y. e) A bl e t o s u p por t o per at i on wi th a wid e r a n ge of en d us er i nt er f ac es f or v o ic e , v i de o a n d d at a a pp l ic at i ons inc l ud i n g a ll of t he s u bs ys t em i nt er f ac es d et a il e d h er e in . Confidential PS Chapter-2 Page 13 of 36 LKS 02: Particular Specifications f) Re a di l y ex p an d ab l e c onf ig ur at i o n. a nd e as i l y c o nf i gu r ab l e wi t h f ac i l it y f or a ut o - g) A v ai l a b le m igr at i on pa th f or f ut ur e en h anc em en ts / n et wor k ex p a ns i on . h) A bi l i t y to in te gr at e wit h No n - I P bas e d e qu i p m ent an d n et wo r k s . i) S op h is t ic at e d p er f or m anc e m an ag em en t ac c es s i b le v ia an op er at or ’s wo r k s tat i on . an d s ys tem m anag em en t, 1. 4. . 2 Net w o r k S yn ch ro n iz a t io n a) T he C o ntr ac tor m us t b e a war e of s e v er a l k e y c o ns id er at i ons f or d ep l o yi n g s yn c hr o n i za t io n s o l ut i on in I P ne t wor k s s inc e d if f er e nt ne t wor k t ypes ha v e un i q ue c h ar ac t er is t ic s th a t af f ec t pac k e t d e la y a n d de l a y v ar ia t i on . A n ef f ec t i ve s ync hr o ni za t i on s o l ut i o n ab l e t o de l i ver c ons is te nt an d a c c ur a t e s yn c hr o n i za t io n ac r os s th e e nt ir e ne t wor k s h al l b e pr op os ed b y t h e Co ntr ac tor f or Em pl o yer ’s ap pr o v al . b) IP n et wor k c o ns is ts of r ou te r s a nd s wi tc h es an d do es n o t s u p por t en d - toen d s yn c h r o n i za t io n c ha i n l ik e c ir c u it s wi tc he d ne t wor k s s o pac k et b as e d s yn c hr o n i za t io n tec h n i qu es ar e r e q ui r e d to be im p lem en t ed i n or d er to de l i v er s yn c hr o n i za t io n s ig n a ls ac r os s I P n et wor k s t o v ar io us de v ic es a t ne t wor k e d ge . c ) S inc e t h e I P n et wor k is a c om pl ex ar r a y of r ou ter s an d s wi tc h es wh ic h i nc r e as es ne t wor k d e l a y an d d el a y v ar i at i on th e C on tr ac t or m us t d es ig n a n op t im i ze d s yn c hr on i z at i on a lg or it hm tha t has th e a b i l it y t o d ynam ic a ll y adj us t its e lf t o c h an g i ng ne t wor k b e ha v i ou r . d) T he F O T S eq u i pm ent s h a ll s up p or t Et her n et s ync hr on i za t i o n pr ef er ab l y S yn c t o I EE E 1 5 88 V 2 s t a nd ar d / NT P . T he s yn c hr o n i za t i on s h a l l ha v e f r eq ue nc y as we l l a s p has e s yn c hr on i za ti o n / NT P S er v er an d C l ie nt f unc t i o na l it y. e) T he G . 8 26 1 /NT P s t an dar d f r om IT U - T s pec i f ies n et wor k t op o l og i e s , tr af f ic pa tt er ns , a n d t es t c a s es f or t es t i ng s ync h r on i za t i o n per f or m anc e in I P ne t wor k s us i n g s ym m etr ic an d as ym m e tr ic d a ta r a t es . f) Ho l do v er , or th e ab i l i t y of a c l oc k to pr o v i de a n ac c ur at e s ig n a l in th e abs e nc e of a r ef er e nc e tim i ng i np ut , is an o th er k e y c ons i d er at i on i n c ho os i ng t h e r i gh t s yn c hr o n i za t i on s ol u ti o n. g) W hen a s yn c hr on i za t i on r ef er e nc e is r es tor ed af t er f ai l ur e, i t is i m por ta n t th at t he t im ing c l i e nt s ha l l qu ic k l y r e - qu a l if y a r es t or ed s yn c hr on i za t i o n r ef er enc e , as is t h e a b il i t y of th e s ys t em to ho ld o v er t hr o u gh t h e net wo r k ou t ag e s o t ha t s yn c hr on i za t i o n is n e ve r ou t. Confidential PS Chapter-2 Page 14 of 36 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 1. 4. . 3 T ime- o f - D a y S yn ch r o n iz a t io n a) Ne t wor k T im e Pr o t oc o l ( NT P) an d Pr ec is io n T im e Pr ot oc o l ( PT P) ar e t wo pac k e t - b as ed pr o t oc o ls f or de l i v er y of en d - t o- e nd t im e - of - da y s yn c hr o n i za t io n ac r os s I P n et wo r k s . b) B ec a us e s om e s ubs ys tem s m a y n ot ye t be c om pat i b le wi t h PT P , t he W AN f unc t i o na l it y i nc l u des d e li v er y of NT P or PT P t o e ac h s u bs ys tem as r eq u ir ed b y eac h s u bs ys t em . 1. 5 1. 6 No t U sed . P erf o r m an ce R eq u i re men t s 1. 2 1. 1 G en e ra l 1. 6. . 1 T he t ec h n ic al s ys tem per f or m anc e r e qu ir em en ts f or t h e F O T S ar e s pec if i e d i n th is T ec h n ic a l Sp ec if ic at i on . 1. 6. . 2 F a ul t t o ler a nt d es i gn wi t h pr ot ec t i ons ag a i n s t f ai l ur e s ha l l b e pr o v i de d i n or d er to ac h ie v e th e s ys tem a va i l ab i l it y. Pr ot ec ti o n s s h al l i nc l ud e, b ut n o t b e l im it ed to p at h d i v er s it y, r e du nd a nc y a nd d u p lic a ti o n of r e l i a bi l i t y c r it ic a l eq u i pm ent , c om pon e nt a n d c ir c ui ts . T h e us er s o f t he F O T S s ha l l n ot s uf f e r a s er v ic e i nt er r up t io n wi t h a n y o ne f a i lur e of a f i br e o r a F O T S e qu i pm ent . 1. 2 1. 1 Re li ab il it y 1. 6. . 1 T he i n ab i l it y to p er f or m an y r eq u ir ed f u nc t i on , t h e oc c ur r enc e of un ex pec te d ac t i on or t he d egr a d a ti o n of pe r f or m anc e b e lo w t h e s p ec if ic a ti o n s s ha l l b e c ons i d er e d as a f a i lu r e. 1. 6. . 2 MT BF s ha l l be th e a v er a g e o p er a t in g t im e ac c um u la t ed b y t he to ta l po p ul a ti o n of id e nt ic al it em s b et w ee n f a il ur es . 1. 6. . 3 T he F O T S e qu i pm ent s ha l l c om p l y wi t h th e r e li a b il i t y f ig ur es h er e i n: T ab le 5. 2 : MT BF F i g ur es F O T S Eq u ip me n t M T BF ( Ho u r s) G E E q u ipm e nt > 15 0 00 0 h o ur s HM I W ork s tat io n > 50 0 00 ho ur s Ne t wor k M a na g em ent S ys t em > 50 0 00 ho ur s 1. 2 1. 1 Av a i l ab i lit y Confidential PS Chapter-2 Page 15 of 36 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 1. 6. . 1 T he a v a i la b i l it y of F O T S at c ir c u it l e v e l s h a ll b e def in e d as t he a va i l ab i l it y of th e c i r c u i t b et we e n b o th en d p o i nts of t h e F O T S wh er e t he r eq u ir e d b an d wi d th is a va i l ab l e f or ac c e s s . T he e qu i pm en t c on n ec t e d f or th e ac c es s f or th e c ir c ui t b a nd wi d th s ha l l b e ex c l ud e d f r om t he a va i l ab i l it y c a lc u l at i on . 1. 6. . 2 A n y c ir c u it of th e F O T S s h a ll be c ons i de r e d un a v a il a b le wh en : a) th er e is a l os s of c om m unic at i on be t we en e nd po i nts of t he c ir c u i t ; or b) T he q ua l it y of s ig n a l tr a ns m is s io n wit h i n th e c ir c u i t is b e l o w per f or m anc e s ta n dar d s s t i pu l at e d i n th is T e c hn ic a l S p ec if ic a t io n . the 1. 6. . 3 T he a v a i l ab i l it y of a n y c ir c u i t wi th i n F O T S s h a ll b e be tt er t ha n 9 9. 99 9 % as s um i ng ze r o tr a v e l t im e. 1. 6. . 4 T he Ne t wor k Ma na g e m ent f unc t i o ns p r o v i de d b y th e ex er c is e d. T h e a v ai l a b i l it y th a n 99 . 6% as s um in g ze r o 1. 7 S ys tem s ha l l b e c o ns i d er ed u n a va i l ab l e if a n y Ne t wor k M a na g e m ent S ys t em c an n ot be pr o per l y of t he N et wo r k Ma na g em ent S ys t em s ha l l be b et t er t r a v e l t im e. M ain t ai n a b i lit y R eq u i re m en t s 1. 2 1. 1 T he Me a n T im e t o Re pa ir , no t i nc l u d in g tr a v e l t im e, of t h e F O T S , its e l em ents an d n et wo r k in g s h a ll b e l es s th a n 4 ( F o ur o n e) h our s . 1. 2 1. 1 No t wi ths ta n d in g t he ab o ve MT T R, it s ha l l r eq u ir em ents of t he F O T S s ys t em ar e m et . be e ns ur e d t h at a v a i l ab i l it y 1. 2 1. 1 T he s er vic e l if e of t h e F O T S eq u i pm ents ex c ep t s er v er / wor k s t at i o n s ha l l n ot b e l es s th a n 1 5 ye ar s . T he s er v ic e l if e of a l l t yp es of c ab l es s h a l l no t b e les s th a n 25 ye a r s . T he s e r v ic e l if e of S er v er /W or k St a ti o n s h al l n ot be l es s t ha n 10 ye ar s 1. 8 S yst em S af et y R eq u i re m en t s 1. 2 1. 1 In t h e e v en t of a n o p ti c a l f ibr e c a b l e br eak , th e o pt ic a l tr ans m i tt er las er o u tp ut s ha l l s hu t d o wn t o a s af e l e v e l as def in e d b y I E C - 82 5 , IT UT - G 95 8 . T he s hu t do w n m ec h an is m s ha l l n ot be s of t wa r e de p en d en t. 1. 2 1. 1 T he a bs o lu t e gr o u p d e la y a t t h e f r e qu e nc y of m in im um gr ou p d e la y s h a ll n ot ex c e e d 6 00 m ic r os ec o nds t ak i ng in to ac c o u n t of t he wor s t d el a y s c en ar i os . 1. 2 1. 1 As a m in im um , F O T S eq u i pm ent s h al l s up p or t f ol l o wi n g t yp es i nt er f ac es : ( a) Confidential of s i gn a l No t Us e d PS Chapter-2 Page 16 of 36 LKS 02: Particular Specifications ( b) (c) 1. 9 IS O / IE C 8 80 2. 3 ( I E E E 8 02 .3 ) 1 0 0 B as e - T , 1 00 0 B as e - T an d 1 00 0 B as e X ,1 0 G B etc . ; A n y ot h er in ter f ac e t yp e , n ec es s ar y t o s u pp or t l o ng d i s ta nc e c om m unic a ti o n be t we en E &M S ys t em eq u ipm en t pr o vi d e d b y th e Co ntr ac tor . T ech n ic al Sp ec if ic at i o n 1. 2 1. 1 F ib re O p t i c Ba c kb o n e Ca b l e 1. 2 1. 1 T he o p tic a l f i br e bac k bon e c ab l e s pec if ic a ti o ns s ha l l f o l l o w I E C 6 0 79 3 tes t m etho ds . 1. 2 1. 1 A l l F O b ac k b on e c a b l es us e d o n v ia d uc ts an d t u nn e ls wi l l b e a r m our e d a n d f ol l o w I R S or r e l e va nt in t er n at i o na l s ta n dar ds . Ar m our e d F O c a b l es s h a l l b e us e d a t a l l l oc a t io ns w her e r o d en t d am ag e is p os s ib l e. 1. 2 1. 1 T he c har ac ter is t ic s of s i n gl e - m od e o pt ic a l f ibr e ba c k bo ne c a b les s h a ll f o l lo w IT U - T G .6 5 2 - D . 1. 2 1. 1 T he o pt ic a l f i br e c a b l e s h a l l b e ins t al l e d a l on g t h e v ia d uc t on th e c a b l e tr a ys / duc ts / h an g er s o n b ot h s i des of t he v ia d uc t . 1. 2 1. 1 T he op t ic a l f ib r e c a b l e s ha l l b e i ns t a ll e d i n t h e tu n ne ls o n th e c ab l e tr a ys / duc ts / h an g er s o n b ot h s i des of t he t u nn e l. 1. 2 1. 1 T he at t en u at i on of th e f ibr es s ha l l e ns ur e th at t h e f i br e op t ic a l bu d ge t of t he F O T S is a d eq u at e l y s at is f i e d u nd er a l l s p e c if i e d c on d it i o ns wit h the m ar g i n r ec om m end ed b y th e m anuf ac t ur er of th e f i br e op t ic d e vic e . 1. 1 0 F O T S ( Net w o rk) M an ag em en t S ys t em 1. 2 1. 1 S yst em Co n f ig u ra t io n 1. 1 0. .1 F O T S Ne t wor k Ma n ag em ent S ys t em s ha ll e ns ur e m on it or in g , c e n tr a l i ze d an d r em ote c on tr ol f or a l l t he F O T S E qu i pm ent . 1. 1 0. .2 T he NM S s h a l l b e pr o v i de d f or th e pr o pos e d G E n et wo r k . 1. 1 0. .3 NM S f or G E n et wor k , LA N an d W AN s hal l be i nt e gr a t ed i nt o s in g le ne t wor k m anag em en t wo r k s ta t i on . 1. 1 0. .4 F O T S N et wo r k Ma n ag em ent S ys t em s an d t h e ir W or k s tati on s h a l l be i ns ta l l ed i n th e O C C an d BC C . 1. 1 0. .5 E ac h F O T S Ne t wor k Ma n ag em en t wor k s ta t i on s h a l l be e qu i p pe d wit h a lo g pr in te r f or a l ar m a nd e v en t pr i nt o ut. 1. 1 0. .6 T he F O T S N et wo r k Man a gem e nt s ys t em s ha ll b e e qu i p pe d wi th m as s s tor a g e de v ic e f or s tor a ge of t he c onf ig ur at i on an d a l ar m da ta - f i les . Confidential PS Chapter-2 Page 17 of 36 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 1. 1 0. .7 T he m as s s tor a ge de v ic e s ha l l pr o v i d e f ac i l it i es f or do wn l oa d i ng th e c onf ig ur at i o n a n d a lar m data f i l es t o s tor a ge m ed ium , t he f i l es s ha l l b e in f or m at e as i l y r e ad an d pr oc es s e d b y c om m er c i al l y a v a i la b l e s of t wa r e. 1. 1 0. .8 T wo L ap t op S er v ic e T er m ina ls lo a de d wi t h N et wo r k Man a g em ent S of t war e an d f o ur Q u a nt it i es of por ta b l e s er v ic e ter m ina ls f or m ain t en a nc e ac c es s t o th e N et wor k el em en ts at var i o us No d e l oc a t i ons s ha l l b e pr o v id e d. 1. 1 1 O p e r at io n a l, F u n ct io n s Ad m in ist r at i o n , M ain t en a n c e & Pr o v i sio n in g ( O AM & P) 1. 2 1. 1 T he F O T S N e t wor k M a na g em ent s ys t em an d th e n et wor k e l em en ts s ha l l pr o v id e op er at i o n, a dm in is tr a t i on , m ain te n anc e & p r o v is i o n in g ( O A M& P) f unc t i o ns i n ac c or d a nc e wit h t he T el ec om m unic at i o ns M an a g em ent N et w or k ( T MN) c onc e pt d es c r i be d i n I T U - T Rec om m end at i o ns M - 30 1 0. 1. 2 1. 1 T he F O T S N et wo r k Man a gem e nt s ys t em s ha ll be a bl e t o a u tom at ic al l y dis c o v er th e n et wo r k Equ i pm ent a n d as s oc ia te d li n k s and p lac e t h em on a t op o l og y m ap. 1. 2 1. 1 T he F O T S Ne t wor k M an a gem e nt s ys t em s h a ll pr o v id e a pr o ac t i v e a n d ef f ic i en t m onit or i ng s ys tem t ha t h e l ps t o d et ec t an d a v o i d p ot e nt i a l b ac k bo n e pr o b l em s . 1. 2 1. 1 Pr ot ec t i o n a n d a l t er n at i v e r ou tes s h a l l b e pr o vi d ed f or ne t wor k m ana gem en t tr af f ic i n c as e of f a u lts i n t he F O T S . 1. 1 2 Al a r m an d M o n it o ri n g 1. 2 1. 1 T he O p er a t io n a l s ta tu s a n d per f or m anc e of a l l t he n e t wor k e l em en ts s h a ll be i nd ic at e d us in g G U I f unc t io n a li t y o n a r e a l tim e bas is b y t h e F O T S Net wo r k Ma n ag em en t s ys t em . T he s t at us m o ni t or i n g s ha l l b e do wn t o t h e c ar d le v e l as a m in im um . 1. 2 1. 1 T he n et wo r k elem e nt s s ha l l h a v e a l ar m log g i ng f ac i l it i es s o t ha t a de t ai l e d h is t or y of t he f a i lu r e a l ar m s c an be r et r i e v ed ei th er loc a l l y us i ng th e p or t a b le s er v ic e t er m in a l or r e m otel y b y t h e F O T S N et wor k Ma n ag em en t s ys t em . 1. 2 1. 1 T he F O T S N et wor k Ma n ag em en t S ys tem s ha l l b e a b l e to c or r e la te a ll t h e s ubs ys t em s lo gs a n d a lar m s f or d et a il e d a na l ys is an d de b ug g i n g i n c as e of an y p r o b l em of f ai l ur e. 1. 2 1. 1 A la r m s to b e c o l l ec t e d f r om net wo r k el em ents s ha l l i nc lu d e, bu t no t b e l im it ed to , th e f o ll o wi n g: ( i) an y c ar d / m od u l e/ i n te r f ac e f ai l ur e; ( i i) bac k - u p m od e ac t i va te d; ( i i i) l ink do wn , h i gh / lo w p o wer ; Confidential PS Chapter-2 Page 18 of 36 LKS 02: Particular Specifications ( i v) ( v) ( v i) ( v i i) ( v i i i) ( ix ) (x) ( x i) ( x i i) ( x i i i) po we r u ni t f ai l ur e; i np ut f a i lu r e ; l os s of f r am e al i g nm en t; h ig h er r or r a te al ar m ; l os s of s ync hr o ni za t i o n; a lar m i n d ic a t io n; ex t er na l s ync hr on i za t i on f a i lur e ; E qu i pm ent f a n f a i l ur e. P or t u p /d o wn a l ar m A n y ot h er a la r m nec es s ar y to m on it or s t at us of t h e eq u i pm ent 1. 2 1. 1 F a i lur e a l ar m s s ha l l b e c l as s if i ed i nt o us er c onf ig ur a bl e m aj or / m inor a l ar m s . A l l a l ar m s an d s t at us c ha n ges s h a ll b e s t or e d i n l oc a l s t or ag e of ne t wor k e lem en ts , s tor e d in m as s s t or ag e d e v ic e a t th e m ai n T ER an d o ut p ut t o t h e pr in te r o n d em an d. A l l a l ar m s an d s ta t us s ha l l be s t am pe d us i n g t he Cl oc k S ys t em ’s t im e a n d da t e r ef er e nc e . 1. 2 1. 1 E ac h a lar m lo g s ha l l i nc lu d e d et a i ls o n t he t yp e a n d n at ur e of t h e f au l t, al ar m c at e gor y, f au l t l oc at i o n, da te a nd tim e f a u l t is d et ec te d a n d d at e a nd tim e t h e f au lt is c l ear e d. 1. 2 1. 1 A n au d ib l e a la r m s ha l l b e gi v e n at m ana g em en t wor k s t at i o n an d s ha l l b e r es e t b y m ai n te n anc e s t af f o n ac k no wl e d gem en t. 1. 2 1. 1 A l oc a l a l ar m ind ic at i on f or t h e n et wo r k el em ent s ha l l b e g i v e n an d s h a ll b e r es e t a ut om at ic a l l y u p on t h e a la r m is c l ear e d. 1. 2 1. 1 T he F O T S N et wo r k Ma n ag em en t S ys t em s ha l l p r o v i de f u nc ti o n f or us er t o en a b le a n d d is ab l e o ut pu t of a lar m e v e nts t o th e l o g pr in t er . 1. 1 3 P erf o r m an ce M o n it o r in g 1. 2 1. 1 T he F O T S N e t wor k Man a gem e nt s ys t em s ha ll c a lc u l at e , d is p la y an d pr o v i d e pr in t - ou t of t h e p er f or m anc e s ta t is t ic s f or t h e F O T S. 1. 2 1. 1 In- s er v ic e p er f or m anc e m oni t or in g f or a l l n et wor k e lem e nts s ha l l inc l u de , b ut no t b e l im it ed t o , on t h e f o l l o wi ng per f or m anc e p ar am et er s : ( i) B an d wi d th U t il i za t i o n ( i i) P or t F r am e Er r o r R a te ( i i i) P or t I n Dr op R at e ( i v) P or t O ut Dr op R a te ( v) Rx Ut i l i za t io n ( v i) Rx T hr ou g hp u t ( v i i) T x Ut il i za t i o n ( v i i i) T x T hr ou gh p ut ( ix ) T ota l T hr o ug h p ut Confidential PS Chapter-2 Page 19 of 36 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 1. 2 1. 1 Los s of p o wer s h a l l no t c a us e a n y c or r u p ti o n or l os s of da t a i n th e n et wo r k e lem en ts a nd t h e m an ag em en t s ys tem . 1. 2 1. 1 T he in - s er v ic e pe r f or m anc e da t a f i l es s ha l l b e ab l e to b e tr ans f e r r e d t o d is k or an y o th er s tor a g e m ed ia s u bj ec t t o r e v ie w b y t h e Em pl o ye r . T h e d a ta f i les s ha l l b e i n f or m at to a l l o w a n al ys is us i n g c o m m er c ia l l y a va i l ab l e s of t war e. 1. 2 1. 1 T he F O T S s ys t em s ha ll b e i nt er f ac ed wi th th e F R S f or p ur pos e of i n te gr at e d f au lt m ana g em ent . A l l a la r m s an d e qu i pm en t s ta t us of t he F O T S s h a l l be f or wa r d e d to t h e F R S f or r e por t i ng a n d a na l ys is p ur p os e. 1. 1 4 Net w o r k Co n f ig u r at io n a n d P ro v i s io n in g 1. 2 1. 1 T he C o ntr ac t or s h al l pr o vi d e a m ai n an d s ta n db y d at a bas e f o r s tor i n g t h e s ys tem h ar d wa r e a n d s of t war e c o nf i gur a ti o ns . B o th t he wor k i ng an d b ac k up c onf ig ur at i o n da ta b as e s ha l l b e au t om atic a l l y u pd at e d f or a n y c h an g es i n t h e da t ab as e. 1. 2 1. 1 T he F O T S N e t wor k M an a gem e nt S ys t em s ha ll a l l o w t h e us er t o c onf ig ur e a l l ex is t i ng a n d n e w c ir c u its wi th t h e f o l l o wi ng f unc t io ns : ( i) i nt er f ac e p or t a l l oc a t io n; ( i i) l og g in g of c ir c u it r o u t i ng da ta lo g ge d i n to c o nf i gur a ti o n D at ab as e; an d ( i i i) O p er a to r ’s c o nf i gur a ti ons c h ec k f unc t io n pr ior to m a in a nd b ac k up da t ab as e up d at e 1. 1 5 Us e r In t erf a c es 1. 2 1. 1 F O T S N et wor k M a na g em ent S ys tem f unc t i o ns s h a l l b e per f or m ed vi a a us er f r ie nd l y g r a p hic a l us er i n ter f ac e ( G U I) i n r e a l - tim e m od e . 1. 1 6 De si g n R eq u ir em en t s 1. 2 1. 1 G e ner a l 1. 2 1. 1 T he s ys t em des i gn s ha l l b e b as ed o n a pr o v e n, r e l i ab l e, s c a l ab l e, s ec ur e, s ta n dar d - b as ed s o l u ti on us i n g o pe n ar c h it ec tur e. 1. 2 1. 1 In a dd i t io n to t he d es i gn r e q u ir em en ts g i ve n i n t h is T ec hn ic a l S pe c if ic at i o n, th e Co ntr ac tor s h a ll s u bm it t he f ol l o wi n g inf or m a ti o n t o t h e Em pl o yer f or r e vi e w / ap pr o v al : ( i) O pt ic a l l i nk bu d ge t c a l c u la t io ns f or a l l th e tr ans m is s i on li nk s ; ( i i) th e c a lc ul a ti o ns f o r th e G E b ac k bo n e e nd - t o - en d j i tt er a n d l at enc y; ( i i i) de t ai ls o n th e h ar d w ar e m od ul ar it y of e a c h t yp e of d at a a nd v o ic e i nt er f ac e i nc lu d i ng t h e i nc r em ent a l n um ber of in ter f ac es t h at c a n b e Confidential PS Chapter-2 Page 20 of 36 LKS 02: Particular Specifications ad d ed to a p ar ti a l l y e qu i p pe d e q u ipm en t s h e lf an d l im it a ti o ns o n th e ad d it i o n of th e i nt er f ac es t o t h e eq u i pm ent a lr ea d y e qu i p pe d wi t h m ix ed t yp es of i nt er f a c es s h al l b e d ef i n ed ; ( i v) de t ai ls o n th e e l ec t r ic al a n d p h ys ic a l s pec if ic a t io ns of t h e l oc al m aint e n anc e p or t wh ic h s u pp or t r em ot e a nd loc a l o pe r at i on , adm i n is tr at i on , m a in t e na nc e a nd pr o v is i on i n g ( O A M & P) f unc t io ns of t he eq u i pm ent ; ( v) a l is t of a l ar m s f or wh i c h th e f au l ts s h al l b e de t ec t ed ; ( v i) f or m at in wh ic h a l ar m s s ha l l b e d is p l a ye d a nd r em ote l y ac c e s s ed f or pr in t in g a n d d is p l a y; ( v i i) th e de ta i ls of t he s yn c hr o n i za t i on n et wo r k des i g n a n d a s yn c hr o n i za t io n p la n wh ic h des c r i b es th e f al l b ac k ar r a n g em ent , f ai l ur e a n d r e s tor e c r it er i a us e d to d e ter m ine th e s wi tc h o ver of s yn c hr on i za t i on s o ur c es , th e as s oc i a te d t im in gs u nd er e ac h f a i lur e a n d r es t or at i on e v e nt a n d t h e m etho d us e d i n pr e v en t in g r e pe at e d s wi tc ho v er s of s yn c hr on i z at i on s our c es a u tom at ic a l l y wh en in t er m itt e nt /f r e qu e nt f a i lu r e oc c ur in th e c l oc k s our c es ; ( v i i i) th e d e ta i ls of th e m an a gem e nt ne t wor k d es ig n, f lo w of m anag em ent tr af f ic a n d pr ot ec t i on ag a i ns t G E no d e f ai l ur es or c a b le f a i lur es ; ( ix ) t yp e s an d m ax im um num ber of tr ans m is s io n eq u i pm ent s u pp or te d b y t h e F O T S Ne t wor k M a na g em ent S ys t em ; a n d (x) s e lf - he a l i ng m ec h an is m , nor m al tr af f ic f l o w di agr am s , pr o t ec t ed tr af f ic f lo w de ta i ls f or v ar i o us s i ng l e a nd m ult i p l e c ab l e( s ) a n d/ or n o de( s ) f ai l ur es , ( x i) Nor m a l a n d pr ot ec te d ba n d wi dt h al l oc at i on , m ax im um tr af f ic c a pac it y a nd m etho d of c a lc u l at i o n f or t h e G E I P N et wo r k ( x i i) De ta i ls of th e s ync hr o n i za t io n p l an f or t he G E I P S ys tem . ( x i i i) De ta i ls on th e in t e r f a c e d es ig n of F O T S, wi t h t he Des i g na te d Pr oj ec t Co ntr ac tor s . 1. 2 1. 1 It is t he C o ntr ac t or ’ s d ut y t o es t im at e t he b a nd wi d t h ne e de d i n or der t o gu ar a nt ee t h e l e ve l of s er v ic e r eq u es t ed b y a l l th e s u bs ys t em s . 1. 1 7 T ech n ic al S yst em P e rf o rm an c e 1. 2 1. 1 T he F O T S e q ui pm en t s ha l l o p er at e s a tis f ac t or il y at 16 0 - 2 80 V A C, 5 0 H z. T h e eq u i pm ent s h a l l b e c ap a b le of wi t hs t a nd i n g v o lt a ge s p ik es of u p to 3 t im es o ver t h e m ax im um vo lt ag e . Confidential PS Chapter-2 Page 21 of 36 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 1. 2 1. 1 T he a bs o l ut e g r o u p de l a y f o r v o ic e tr af f ic s h al l no t ex c e ed th e IT U - T Rec om m end a ti o n G . 71 2 wh ic h r ec om m ends a l im it of 60 0 m ic r os ec on ds . 1. 2 1. 1 V oic e c ir c u its s h a l l h a v e an e nd t o en d p er f or m anc e in ac c or da nc e wi th IT U - T Rec om m end a ti o n G . 71 2. 1. 2 1. 1 Da ta c i r c u i ts s h a l l ha v e an e n d t o e nd er r or per f or m anc e in ac c or d anc e wi t h th e IT U - T Rec om m en da t io n G - 8 21 . 1. 2 1. 1 At l e as t 3 0% s par e t r af f ic b a nd wi d t h a n d c ap ac it y b et we e n no des s h a ll b e pr o v i d ed . Sp ar e c ap a c it y s h a ll b e ac h i e ve d b y c a te r i n g f or ad d it i on a l c ar ds an d /or m od ul es , as s o c i at ed s of t wa r e , l ic en s es an d wir i ng t o e na b le t he us er us e / c onf ig ur e th e s p ar e c ap ac it y 1. 2 1. 1 T he m ax im um tr af f ic i nt er r up t io n t im e o n a n y c ir c ui t d ue t o l ink , n od e or a n y ot h er f ai l ur e s ha l l b e l es s th a n 5 0 m s f or the F O T S ne t wor k . T his s ha l l i nc l ud e th e t im e d ur at i on f or pr o t ec t i on s wi tc h in g c om pl et i on i n ac c or d an c e wit h th e s eq u enc e of e v en ts b e l o w. ( i) f r om the o ns et of a f ai l ur e d et ec t i on to t he c om pl et i o n of pr o tec t io n s wi tc hi n g; ( i i) f r om the c l ea r i n g of a f a i lu r e t o t h e c om p l et i on of pr o t ec t i on s w itc h i ng r es t or at i on in c as e of r e ve r t i v e s wi tc hi n g; ( i i i) f r om the ac ti v a ti o n o f the r es t or at i on c om m and t o t he c om pl et i on of pr o t ec t i on s wi tc h i n g r e s tor at i o n i n c as e of n o n - r e ver t i ve s wi tc h i n g; an d ( i v) r ef r am in g t im e r eq u ir e d b y F O T S e qu i pm en t 1. 2 1. 1 Co nc er n i n g t h e G E n e t wor k th e m ax im um tr af f ic in te r r u pt i o n t im e on a n y c ir c u it du e t o li nk , no d e or an y o t her f a il ur e s h a l l be l es s t ha n 5 0 m s b y us in g s u it ab l e s wi tc h in g pr o t oc o ls . 1. 2 1. 1 T he s ys tem r es p ons e tim es of t h e F O T S Ne t wor k M an a gem e nt S ys tem s h a ll be as f o l l o ws : ( i) Com m ands pr es e nt e d to t he F O T S N et wor k Man a gem en t S ys te m f r om F O T S m an ag em en t W ork s tati o n s ha l l b e pr o c es s e d an d pr od u c e an ap pr o pr i a te o u tp ut wi t h in 2 s ec o n ds m ax im u m ; ( i i) Re a l- t im e d at a pr es e n te d t o t h e F O T S Ne t wor k Ma n ag em ent W ork s ta t io n f r om the ne t wor k el em ents s ha l l b e pr o c es s e d a n d pr od uc e the ap pr o pr i a te o u tp ut wi t h in 2 s ec o n ds m ax im u m ; an d ( i i i) Ex ec u t io n of pa r am et er c h a ng es to G E I P No d es i n it i at e d t hr o ug h t h e F O T S Ne t wor k M a na g em ent S ys t em s h al l b e l es s t ha n 2 s ec o nds . 1. 1 8 Eq u ip men t De si g n - G en e ra l Confidential PS Chapter-2 Page 22 of 36 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 1. 2 1. 1 T he F O T S eq u ipm e nt des i g n s ha l l b e of s t a nd ar d r ac k wit h p lu g - i n un i ts . H ot s wa p pi n g c a p ab i l it y s ha l l b e pr o v i d ed f or a l l c ar ds / u n its inc l u di n g r e d un d an t po we r s u p pl i es . Ho t - s wa p pi n g of t he p l u g - in u ni ts s h a l l n ot af f ec t t he eq u i pm ent o p er at i on . 1. 2 1. 1 T he Co ntr ac tor s ha l l u s e i n h is of f er pr o v e n eq u i pm ent wit h s a t is f a c tor y r es u lts i n e q u i va l en t ne t wor k s a nd e n v ir o nm en t f o r a m in im um per io d of o ne ye a r af ter c om m is s i on i ng . 1. 2 1. 1 A s um m ar y a lar m in d ic at i on s ha l l b e pr o v i de d at th e t op of eac h r a c k to in dic a te th e s um m ar y a l ar m s t a tus of th e e q u ipm en t w it h i n th e r ac k . 1. 2 1. 1 E qu i pm ent s h a l l b e e qu i p pe d wi t h pr ot ec t e d t es t po i nts f or m ea s ur em e nt a nd per f or m anc e m on it or i ng wi th o ut af f ec t i n g th e tr af f ic . T es t ac c e s s f ac i l i ti es s ha l l b e pr o v id e d at di f f er en t tr a ns m is s io n l e v e ls . 1. 2 1. 1 T he F O T S e qu i pm ent s ha l l pr o vi d e n a tur a l c oo l i ng ar r a ng em en t, ho we v er if na t ur a l c oo l i ng ar r an gem en ts a r e no t a d e qu a te , t he us e of f an s h a l l b e pr o v i d ed . 1. 2 1. 1 T he C on tr ac t or s ha l l ens ur e t h at a ll th e r eq u ir em ents of t he s pec if ic a t io ns per t ai n i ng t o i n ter f ac e s ar e pr o per l y s a t is f i e d. 1. 1 9 1. 2 0 No t U sed G ig a Et h e rn et Eq u ip men t 1. 2 1. 1 T he Co n tr ac t or is r es p ons i b le f or t h e n et wo r k la y ou t a nd f or ac h i e v i ng t h is h i gh l e ve l of s er v ic e f or t he b ac k bo n e, n e v er t h el es s t he Et h er n et n et wo r k eq u i pm ent is ex p ec te d t o h a ve as a m in im um t he f o l lo wi n g m ai n f u n c ti o ns : ( i) V ir t u a l L A N ( VL A N) i n or d er to pr o v id e n et wo r k s egm ent at i on a n d e ns ur e th e da t a s ec ur it y an d is o la t io n , br oa dc as t f i lt er in g , a ddr es s s um m ar i za t i on a n d tr a f f ic f lo w m an a g em ent ; ( i i) Q u al i t y of S er v ic e ( Q o S) t o g ua r a nt ee th e e n d - t o- e nd ne t wor k per f or m anc es r eq u es t ed f or th e s u bs ys t em s i nt er c on n ec t i o n b y us in g r es o ur c e r es er v at i on a nd c on tr o l m ec h an is m s . ( i i i) Cl as s of Ser v ic e ( C o S ) f or m anag i ng th e tr a f f ic in a n et wor k b y gr ou p i ng s im il ar t yp e s of tr af f ic tog e th er a n d tr ea t in g eac h t yp e as a c l as s wit h its o wn l e ve l of s er v ic e pr io r i t y n ee d ed . ( i v) IP v 6 c om pa t ib i l it y f or t he des i gn a te d s uc c es s or of I P v 4 ( v) Confidential L ink a g gr e g at i on C o ntr o l Pr ot oc o l ( L AC P ) i n or de r t o i nc r ea s e th e ne t wor k l i nk s p e ed , r e du n da nc y a n d a v ai l a bi l it y; PS Chapter-2 Page 23 of 36 LKS 02: Particular Specifications ( v i) S im pl e Ne t wor k M a n ag em en t Pr ot oc ol ( S NM P) t o m on i tor n e t wor k at tac h ed de v ic es f o r c on d it i o ns th at war r a nt adm i n is tr at i v e at t en t io n; ( v i i) S ec ur i t y i n or der t o pr o v id e d if f er e n t op t io ns f or th e n et wo r k s ec ur i t y ( v i i i) A l l t he Ne t wor k S wi tc h i ng De v ic es /N M S Pr ot oc ol f or SD N tec h no l o g y s ho u l d s u p por t O p e n f lo w 1. 2 1. 1 Mo r e o v er t he f e at ur e s pr e v i ous l y des c r i b e d, t h e c or e e q ui pm ent s ha l l h a v e l e ve l 3 f u nc t i o ns , in par t ic u l ar : V ir tu a l R ou ter R e du n d anc y Pr ot o c o l ( V RR P) an d r o ut i n g pr ot oc ols s uc h as O S PF as a m i n im um . 1. 2 1. 1 In o r d er t o e ns ur e a n aut om at ic a n d c o her en t c o nf i g ur a t io n of t he bac k b on e V L AN c onf ig ur at i o n t he G e n er ic V L A N R eg is tr a t i on Pr ot oc o l ( G V R P) is r ec om m end ed . 1. 2 1. 1 Co nc er n i n g th e n et w or k s ec ur it y, a n o ver a ll s et - u p is ex p ec t e d to pr e v e nt ex t er na l att ac k s an d def e n d th e n e t wor k ag a ins t “ W AN - i n- t he - m idd l e” or hac k er a tt ac k s . T his s et of s ec u r i t y f e a t ur es f or c o nn ec t i v i t y a nd ac c es s c on tr ol s h a l l i nc l u d e as a m in im um : AC Ls , V L AN AC Ls , a ut h en t i c at i on , p or t l e ve l s ec ur it y an d i d e nt i t y - b as ed ne t wor k s er v ic es . P or t m ir r o r i n g f or tr af f ic d ia g nos t ic s f e at ur e s h a ll be a v a i la b l e. 1. 2 1. 1 F ur th er m or e s p ec if ic f ea t ur es i nc l ud i n g a g l ob a l “ S ec ur i t y P l an” ar e ex p ec t e d f or a g l ob a l a p pr o ac h c o nc e r n i ng th e s e c ur it y is s u es . T he C on tr ac t or is r eq u ir ed t o s u bm it a S ec ur i t y P l an f or im ple m enta t io n o n t he n e t wor k . 1. 2 1. 1 T he e q u ipm en t s ha l l be b as ed o n no n - b loc k i ng s witc h i ng f abr ic f or a n y s wi tc hi n g p at ter n . 1. 2 1. 1 T he C o ntr ac tor , i n h is o f f er , s h a l l dem on s tr at e a nd d et a i l h o w i ts c o nf i gu r a t io n an d l a y o ut c om pl ies wi t h th e a bo v e s t at e d r eq u ir em ents . 1. 2 1. 1 It is t h e C o ntr ac t or ’s du t y t o es t im at e t h e t ot a l num ber of Et her n et p or ts r eq u es t e d in e ac h T E R f or s ubs ys t em s c on nec t io n a nd r e du n d an t b ac k bo n e up l i nk s . I n a dd i t io n, s par e p or ts s ha l l b e i nc l ud e d f or f ut ur e ex pa n s i on . 1. 2 1. 1 Ac c or d i n g t o t he ba n d wi dt h r e q u ir e d an d op t ic a l l ink b ud g et es tim at i ons , t h e Co ntr ac tor s ha l l pr o p os e t h e m os t ap pr opr i at e s o lu t io n f or e ac h eq ui pm en t c on n ec t i on t o t he b ac k bon e . T h is r ed u nd a n t u p l ink s h al l b e b as ed o n I E E E 80 2 .3 c o l l ec t i on of s t a nd ar ds d ef i n in g t he p h ys i c al la ye r a n d o pt i on a ll y L A C P. 1. 2 1. 1 F ur th er t he N M S s h a l l ha v e t he f o l lo wi n g f e at ur es : ( i) W eb bas e d UI i n ter f ac e ( i i) T eln e t an d T F T P ac c e s s ( i i i) RMO N - R em ot e M o n it or in g ( R M O N) wi th 4 R MO N gr ou ps ( h is t or y, s ta t is t ic s , al ar m s , an d e v e nts ) . ( i v) SN M P a g en t - • SN M P v 1, SN M P v2c , S N M P v 3 ( v) P or t s n o op i n g an d c o n nec t io n s t ee r i n g 1. 2 1. 1 In t h e c as e of s t ac k ab l e e qu i pm ent a bu i l t - in s tac k i ng c ap a bi l i t y is r eq u ir ed . Confidential PS Chapter-2 Page 24 of 36 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 1. 2 1 T ech n ic al S p e c if i c at i o n f o r t h e G ig a Et h er n et ( W AN ) S yst em – R e d un d an t La ye r - 3 s witc h es at e ac h s t a ti o n, de p ot /B C C & O C C s h a ll be pr o v id e d as a m inim um as p ar t of t h is C o ntr ac t. H o we ve r t o m ee t t h e r e qu ir em en t of th is Co ntr ac t an d D es ig n at e d Pr oj ec t Co nt r ac tor s , a d d it i on a l e q u ipm en ts if r eq u ir ed s ha l l a ls o be pr o v id e d b y L K S 0 2 Co ntr ac tor wi th i n t he c ur r enc y of th is c o nt r ac t. N o a dd i t io n al Cos t t o m eet wi th t h e r e q uir em en t of ot h er pr oj ec t c on tr ac t or s wi l l b e g i ve n . T he C or e s wi tc h a t O CC / B CC / D e p ot s h al l be c h as s is bas e d a n d s ha l l h a ve r ed u n da nt c r it ic a l m odu l es l ik e s up er v is or / c on tr ol /m an ag em en t c ar d & po we r s up p l y c ar d e tc . T he W AN s wi tc hes s h ou l d b e e qu i p pe d f or t he in t er f ac es g i ve n b e l o w as a m inim um : S N o. In ter f ac e Cor e s wi tc h St a ti o ns / d ep o t La ye r - 3 2. 0 s wi tc hes 1 40 G op t ic a l u p l ink i nt e r f ac e 2 Ni l 2. 10 G op t ic a l u p l ink i nt e r f ac e 10 2 3. 1G o pt ic a l up l i nk i nt er f ac e 8 4 4 10 / 10 0/ 1 00 0 Bas e T p or t 48 20 1. 2 1. 1 Co re Sw it ch Ar c h i t e c t u r e ( i) Cor e d at a s witc h ( R e du n da n t S wi tc h es ins t a ll e d at O CC) c o ns is t i ng of Pr im ar y M an a g em ent m odu le a nd R ed u n da n t M a na g em ent m od u l e f unc t i o ni n g i n Ac t i ve A c ti v e m ode . ( i i) G i ga b it Et h er n e t M od u l e. ( Sh a l l be C om bo [ 1 00 0 B as e T X an d S F P] ) ( i i i) 10 G i ga b it Et h er n et M od u l e wi t h 10 G i g LR SF P /S F P + ( i v) No t Us e d ( v) Du a l r e d un d an t p o wer s o ur c e to m ee t t he f u l l p o wer r eq u ir em en ts i nc l u d in g t he ex p a nd e d l oa d i n f ut ur e ( v i) T he Cor e D at a S wi tc h s ha l l h a v e t he f o l lo wi n g f e at ur es a nd r eq u ir em ents . o Mo d u lar an d Sc a l ab l e wi t h f u l l ex pa ns i on c a pa b i l it y o Num ber of S l o ts - M i n i m um of 6 s l o ts Confidential PS Chapter-2 Page 25 of 36 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 1. 2 1. 2 P erf o r m an ce Sp ec if i c at i o n s ( i) B ac k pl a ne B a n d wi dt h s ha l l s u p por t n on - b l o c k ing wir e s pe e d f o r c ur r en t por ts inc l u di n g f ut ur e ex p a ns io n p or ts as we l l. Ho we v er th e c or e s wi tc h s ho u l d s up p or t m i n i m um 100 0 G b ps n o n - b l oc k i ng s wi tc h i ng f abr ic c ap ac it y. ( i i) La ye r 3 F or wa r d i ng P er f or m anc e s h a l l s u pp or t no n - b loc k i n g wi r e s pe e d f or c ur r en t por ts inc l ud i n g f ut ur e ex p ans i o n p or ts as we l l. T h e c or e s wi tc h s ho u l d s up p or t m in im um 700 Mp ps n o n - b l oc k in g r ou t in g per f or m anc e ( i i i) Re d un d an t M an a gem e nt M o du l es wi t h s ta t ef u l f a i l o ver . F a i l ur e of o n e CP U s h a l l no t af f ec t t h e p er f or m anc e of t h e s wi tc h. ( i v) T he Sec ur it y f e a tur es s ha l l s up p or t p or t f il t er in g, e n ab l i ng of i n di v i du a l por ts to ac c es s on l y s e lec t ed n od es , I P pe r m it l is ts to pr e ve n t un a ut h or i ze d ac c es s to t he s wi tc h, Ac c es s Co n tr o l L is ts ( AC L ) to s ec ur e n e t wor k s f r om un au th or i ze d u s er s , s tr o n g a ut he n tic a ti o n an d s ec ur e c om m unic a t io ns o v er un - s ec ur e c ha n ne ls f or ac c es s t o t he ne t wor k . 1. 2 1. 3 L a ye r 2 F eat u r e s ( i) V L ANs c r e at e d o n th e c or e s wi tc h s h al l b e pr o p ag a te d to a l l t he e d ge s wi tc hes au tom at ic a l l y. T h us h e lp i n g r e du c e t he m is - c o nf i g ur a t i on / m anag em en t o v er h e ad i n t ur n r ed uc i ng tr o ub l es h o ot i ng . ( i i) No of V L AN S : - > = 40 0 0 ( i i i) S pa n n in g T r e e En h an c em ents : B PD U G ua r d, R oo t G uar d etc .. . t o a v o i d De n ia l of S er v ic e at ta c k s ( i v) 80 2 .1 p / q - VL A N T a g g in g ( v) 80 2 .3x - F l o w Co nt r o l ( v i) S up p or t f or f e a tur es l i k e Un i t- D ir ec t i o na l L i n k Det ec t i on ( U D LD) /D LD P or eq u i v al e nt . I n c as e of on e of t h e c or es f ib r e c ut , t he s wi tc h s h al l d et ec t un i t- d ir ec ti o na l tr ans m is s io n a nd s h ut d o wn t he p or t t o a vo i d l oo ps a nd he l p br i ng up t h e bac k up l ink s . ( v i i) Et h er ne t I E EE 80 2. 3 , 10 Bas e T ( v i i i) F as t E t her n et ( I E E E8 02 . 3u , 10 /1 0 0 B as e - T X , 1 0 0 Bas e F X , 10 0 0 Bas e FX) ( ix ) G i ga b it Et h er n e t - ( I E E E 8 03 z, 8 02 . 3a b) ( x ) 10 G i ga b it Et h er n et ( I E E E 8 02 .3 a e) Confidential PS Chapter-2 Page 26 of 36 LKS 02: Particular Specifications ( x i) No t Us e d ( x i i) W AN In ter f ac e Su p por t - L A N/ /W AN in te gr at i on 1. 2 1. 4 La ye r 3 F ea t ur es Su p p or t ( i) La ye r 3 o r 4 s wi tc h i n g a n d r ou t i ng ( i i) P or t M ir r or i ng ( i i i) L2 , L 3 a nd L 4 ac c es s c on tr ol f i l ter s . ( i v) L3 / L4 f r am e c las s if ic a t i on ( v) VR R P or e q u i va l en t f o r H i gh A va i l ab i l i t y ( v i) Ra p id S pa n ni n g T r e e Pr ot oc ol ( R ST P) ( 8 0 2. 1 w) ( v i i) Mu l t ip l e S p an n i ng T r e e Pr ot oc o l ( M ST P) ( v i i i) Ra p id c on v er ge nc e L a ye r 3 pr ot oc o ls ( ix ) 80 2 .1s - P er - V L AN G r ou p S p a nn i ng T r e e Pr ot oc ol (x) BG P v 4 ( x i) BG P/ O p e n S ho r t es t P at h F i r s t ( O S PF ) i nt er ac t i ons ( x i i) UD P ( x i i i) BO O T P , BO O T P ex t e n s i ons ( x i v) O S PF v 2 ( x v) O S PF v 2 M a na g em ent Inf or m at i o n B as e ( MI B ) , tr a ps ( x v i) M PL S V PN ( x v i i) RI P v 1 ( x v i i i) RI P v 2 ( x ix ) Ef f ic ie nt I n tr a n et M u lt i m edi a a nd m ult ic as t s up p or t ( x x ) IG M P ( I n ter n et G r ou p m anag em en t pr ot oc ol ) ( x x i) IG M P v 1, v 2, v 3 Confidential PS Chapter-2 Page 27 of 36 LKS 02: Particular Specifications ( x x i i) IG M P v 1, v 2, v 3 S n oo p i ng ( x x i i i) Pr ot oc ol- I nd e pe n de n t Mu l t ic as t ( P I M) - SM ( x x i v) Mu l t ic as t S o ur c e D is c o ver y P r ot oc ol ( M SD P ) ( x x v) PI M ( Pr o t oc o l I nd e p en de n t Mu l t ic as t) ( x x v i) Mu l t ic a s t Re g is tr a t io n Pr ot oc ol ( x x v i i) IP V er s i o n 6 ( I P v 6) s u pp or t i n h ar d wa r e . ( x x v i i i) La ye r 3 F or war d in g P e r f or m anc e f or b ot h I P V 4 a nd I P v 6 > = 7 0 0 M p ps 1. 2 1. 5 Q u a lit y o f S e rv ic e F e at u re s ( i) E nt er pr is e wi de Q o S m anag em en t: ( i i) T r af f ic C las s if ic a t io n: P h ys ic a l P or t, I P D A/ S A, I P D A / S A/ L4 P or t ( i i i) A dm is s i on C o ntr o l: I P DA / S A, I P D A /S A L4 , ( i v) T r af f ic M ar k in g : IE E E 80 2 .1Q / P CO S, I P v 4 T os s , v ia AC Ls ( v) Co n ges t io n A v o i da nc e ( v i) Sc he d u li n g I P pr ec e de nc e, 80 2. 1 p a nd IS L pr i or it y, t hr e e tr ans m it qu e ues o n a p er p or t bas is , W RR, St r ic t P r i or it y Q u eu e T O S < - > CO S m app in g ( v i i) M ic r o- F lo w P o l ic i n g ( l i m its BW of s pec if ic us er / a pp l ic at i on) ( v i i i) A ggr e ga t e - F lo w P o l ic i ng ( de d ic at ed BW per c us t om er SL A) ( ix ) Ex c es s - R at e P o l ic i n g ( p er m its t r af f ic b ur s ts , en a b les gr a nu l ar pr ior i t y v a lu es /s er v ic e - le v e l) (x) Str ic t - Pr io r i t y Q u e ue ( pr o t ec ts m is s i on - c r i t ic a l, d e la y- s e ns it i v e tr af f ic ) 1. 2 1. 6 S ec u r it y F e at u re s ( i) P or t b as ed an d p o l ic y bas e d V L AN a n d S p an n in g tr ee ( i i) Ne t wor k f i lt er in g ( i i i) IP br o a dc as t f or war di n g c o ntr o l ( i v) Ra te l im it in g us i ng AC Ls Confidential PS Chapter-2 Page 28 of 36 LKS 02: Particular Specifications ( v) S es s i o n c o ntr o l ( v i) Ce ntr a l i ze d p o l ic y e nf or c e m e nt t hr ou g h a S e c ur e P ol ic y M a n ag er ( v i i) No im pac t o n p ac k et f or war d in g p er f or m anc e ( v i i i) "W ir e r at e Ac c es s C on tr o l L is ts ( ix ) St a nd ar d/ Ex te n d ed (x) Ref lex i v e ( s t at ef u l) ( x i) D yn am ic ( tim e of da y) ( x i i) IP per m it l is ts ( x i i i) M AC a d dr es s f i l ter i n g bas e d o n S our c e a n d Des t in at i o n A ddr es s ( x i v) S ha l l s u p por t V L AN b a s ed AC L ( x v) V AC L D en i e d Lo g g in g ( x v i) T r aps a nd S ys lo g m es s ag es s e nt on s ec ur i t y v i o l at i ons ( x v i i) Pr i v at e V L AN s u p po r t / P or t Is o l at i o n or e qu i v a le nt ( x v i i i) 80 2 .1x N et wo r k Sec u r it y an d Au th e nt ic at i o n. Su p por t f or th e 8 02 . 1x s ta n dar d a l lo ws us e r s to b e au t he nt ic at e d r e gar d l es s of whic h L AN p or t th e y ar e ac c es s i n g, an d pr o v id es u n i qu e be n ef i ts t o c us tom er s who ha v e a lar g e b as e of m obi l e ( wi r e l es s ) us er s ac c es s in g t he ne t wo r k . ( x ix ) 80 2 .1x wi th VL A N as s i gnm en t a l lo ws a d yn am ic VL A N as s i gnm en t f or a s pec if ic us e r r eg ar d le s s of wh er e th e us er i s c o n nec te d . ( x x ) 80 2 .1 x a nd as s ig n i n g VL A N a n d pr i or it y f or I P ph o n es a ut om at ic al l y, s im pl if yi n g n et wor k c o nf i gur a ti o n a nd m ai nt e na nc e. ( x x i) 80 2 .1x wit h p or t s e c ur it y f or au t he nt ic a ti ng t h e por t a nd m ana g i ng ne t wor k ac c es s f or a l l M AC a d dr es s es , i nc lu d in g t ha t of t h e c l i en t. ( x x i i) IP Ac c es s L is ts t o l im it t e l ne t a nd SN M P ac c es s ( x x i i i) S SH , R AD IU S , T A C AC S + or e q u i va l en t , A A A f or l og i n a ut h en t ic a t io n ( x x i v) Loc a l C om m and Ac c o u nt i ng an d l o gg i n g 1. 2 1. 7 Ad d i t io n a l F e at u r es Confidential ( i) DH CP an d B O O T P r e l a y ( i i) St a nd ar d DN S s up p or t PS Chapter-2 Page 29 of 36 LKS 02: Particular Specifications ( i i i) P er p or t br o adc as t, U n ic as t a n d Mu l t ic as t s t o r m c ontr o l ( i v) D yn am ic tr unk i n g p r ot oc ol ( DT P) / Li nk A ggr e g at i on Co n tr o l P r ot oc ol ( L AC P) or eq u i va l e nt IE E E s ta n da r d f or t he au t om atic c o nf i gur a ti on of r eq u ir ed T r u nk in g pr o toc o l o n t he por ts , wi th o ut m anu a l l y c o nf i g ur in g it . 1. 2 1. 8 V en d or s c a n pr op os e al ter n at e e q ui v a l en t op e n ar c h it ec t ur e pr o toc o ls wit h a pr o v is o t ha t a l l f unc ti o na l s p ec if ic a ti o ns a lo n g wit h d es i r e d p r o ve n n es s i n MRT S s ys t em s as d et a il e d a bo v e ar e m et . 1. 2 1. 9 Di st rib u t io n Sw it c h - T h e l a ye r 3 sw it ch es t o b e u s ed at st at io n s. 1. 2 1. 10 Sw it c h Ar c h it ect u r e : i) D is tr i b ut i on S wi tc h s ho u l d ha v e R e du n da nt P o wer s up p l y. i i) De d ic at e d s tac k i ng P or ts s u p por t i ng 4 0 G bps . P erf o r m an ce Sp ec if i c at i o n s : ( a) ( b) B ac k pl a ne Ba n d wi dt h : m in im um 20 0 G b ps n on - b l oc k in g La ye r 2 /3 F or war d in g P er f or m anc e : m i nim u m 10 0 M pps L a ye r 2 F eat u r e s: i) V L ANs c r e at ed o n th e c or e s wi tc h s h ou l d b e p r o p ag at e d t o a l l t h e ed g e s wi tc h es a u tom at ic al l y. T h us he l p in g r e duc e th e m is c onf i g ur a t io n / m anag em en t o v er h e ad in t ur n r e duc i ng tr o u bl es h oo t in g. i i) No of V L AN S : - > = 10 0 0 i i i) S pa n n in g T r e e En h an c em ents : B PD U G ua r d, Ro o t G uar d etc .. . to a vo i d D en i a l of Se r vic e at t ac k s i v) 80 2 .1 p / q - VL A N T a g g in g v) 80 2 .3x - F l o w Co nt r o l v i) S up p or t f or f e at ur es l i k e Un i t - D ir ec t i on a l L i n k Det ec t i on . In c as e o f on e of t he c or e s f ibr e c ut, th e s witc h s ho u l d d et ec t un i t - di r ec t io n a l tr a ns m is s i o n an d s hu t do wn t h e p or t t o a vo i d l o o ps a n d he l p br i n g up t h e b ac k up l i nk s . v i i) Et h er ne t I E EE 80 2. 3 , 10 Bas e T v i i i) F as t Et h er ne t ( I E E E8 02 . 3u , 1 0/ 1 00 Bas e - T X , 10 0 Bas e F X , 1 0 0 0 B as e F X ) ix ) G i ga b it Et h e r n e t- ( I E E E 8 03 z, 8 02 . 3a b) x) 10 G i ga b it Et h er n et ( I E E E 8 02 .3 a e) L a ye r 3 F eat u r e s Su p p o rt : ( a) ( b) (c) ( d) Confidential La ye r 3 o r 4 s wi tc h in g a n d r ou t i ng P or t M ir r or i ng L2 , L 3 a nd L 4 ac c es s c on tr ol f i l ter s . L3 / L4 f r am e c las s if ic a t i on PS Chapter-2 Page 30 of 36 LKS 02: Particular Specifications ( e) (f) ( g) ( h) ( i) (j) (k) ( l) (m) ( n) ( o) ( p) ( q) (r) (s) ( t) ( u) ( v) ( w) (x) ( y) ( z) Q u a lit y o f ( a) ( b) (c) ( d) ( e) (f) ( g) ( h) ( i) (j) VR R P or e q u i va l en t f o r H i gh A va i l ab i l i t y Ra p id S pa n ni n g T r e e Pr ot oc ol ( R ST P) ( 8 0 2. 1 w) Mu l t ip l e S p an n i ng T r e e Pr ot oc o l ( M ST P) Ra p id c on v er ge nc e L a ye r 3 pr ot oc o ls 80 2 .1s - P er - V L AN G r ou p S p a nn i ng T r e e Pr ot oc ol BG P v 4 f or C or e S wi tc h o nl y BG P/ O p e n S hor t es t P at h F ir s t ( O S PF ) in t er ac t i ons f or d is tr i b ut i on an d C or e s wi tc h on l y UD P BO O T P , BO O T P ex t e n s i ons O S PF v 2 f or Cor e a n d d is tr i bu t io n S wi tc h o n l y O S PF v 2 M a na g em ent Inf or m at i o n B as e ( MI B ) , tr a ps RI P v 1 f or c or e a n d d is tr i b ut i on S wi tc h on l y RI P v 2 f or c or e a n d d is tr i b ut i on s wi tc h on l y Ef f ic ie nt I n tr a n et M u lt i m edi a a nd m ult ic as t s up p or t IG M P ( I n ter n et G r ou p m anag em en t pr ot oc ol ) IG M P v 1, v 2, v 3 IG M P v 1, v 2, v 3 S n oo p i ng Pr ot oc ol- I nd e pe n de n t M u lt ic as t ( P I M) - S M f or C or e an d d is tr i bu t io n s witc h o n l y Mu l t ic as t S o ur c e D is c o ver y P r ot oc ol ( M SD P ) PI M ( Pr ot oc o l I n de p e nd e nt M u lt ic as t) f or Cor e an d d is tr i bu t io n S wi tc h O n l y Mu l t ic as t Re g is tr a t io n Pr ot oc ol IP V er s i o n 6 ( I P v 6) S e rv ic e F e at u re s: E nt er pr is e wi de Q o S m anag em en t: T r af f ic C las s if ic a t io n: P h ys ic a l P or t, I P D A/ S A, I P D A / S A/ L4 P or t A dm is s i on C o ntr o l: I P DA / S A, I P D A /S A L4 , T r af f ic M ar k in g : IE E E 80 2 .1Q / P CO S, I P v 4 T os s , v ia AC Ls Co n ges t io n A vo i d an c e: W RED/e q ui v a l en t, m ul t ip l e Queue T hr es h o l ds Sc he d u li n g I P pr ec e d enc e , 8 0 2. 1 p a n d I S L pr ior i t y, th r e e tr a ns m it qu e ues o n a p er por t bas is , W RR, S tr ic t Pr i or i t y Q ue u e T O S < > CO S m ap p in g M ic r o- F lo w P o l ic i n g ( l i m its BW of s pec if ic us er / a pp l ic at i on) A ggr e ga t e - F lo w P o l ic i ng ( de d ic at ed BW per c us t om er SL A) Ex c es s - R at e P o l ic in g ( p er m its tr af f ic bu r s ts , e na b l es gr an u l a r pr ior i t y v a lu es /s er v ic e - l e ve l) Str ic t - Pr io r i t y Q ue u e ( pr o t ec ts m is s io n- c r it ic a l, d el a y- s e ns i t i ve tr af f ic ) S ec u r it y F e at u re s: ( a) ( b) (c) ( d) Confidential P or t b as ed an d p o l ic y bas e d V L AN & S pa n n i ng tr e e IP br o a dc as t f or war di n g c o ntr o l W ir e r at e Ac c es s C o nt r o l L is ts St a nd ar d/ Ex te n d ed PS Chapter-2 Page 31 of 36 LKS 02: Particular Specifications ( e) (f) ( g) ( h) ( i) (j) (k) D yn am ic ( tim e of da y) IP per m it l is ts M AC a d dr es s f i l ter i n g bas e d o n S our c e a n d Des t in at i o n A ddr es s Pr i v at e V L AN s u p po r t / P or t Is o la t io n or eq u i v a le nt 80 2 .1x N et wo r k Sec ur it y a n d A ut h en t ic a t i on . S up p or t f or t h e 80 2 .1x s t an d ar d a ll o ws us er s t o b e au t he nt ic at e d r eg ar d les s of wh ic h L AN por t th e y a r e ac c es s i n g, IP Ac c es s L is ts t o l im it t e l ne t a nd SN M P ac c es s Loc a l C om m and Ac c o u nt i ng an d l o gg i n g Ad d i t io n a l F e at u r es: ( a) ( b) (c) ( d) DH CP an d B O O T P r e l a y St a nd ar d DN S s up p or t P er p or t br o adc as t, U n ic as t a n d Mu l t ic as t s t o r m c ontr o l D yn am ic tr u nk in g pr ot oc ol f or th e a ut o m atic c onf ig ur at i o n of r eq u ir ed T r u nk in g p r ot oc ol o n t he por t s , wit ho u t m anu a l l y c onf ig ur i ng it . V en d or s c a n pr o p os e a lt er n a te e qu i v a le n t o pe n ar c h i tec t ur e pr ot o c o ls wit h a pr o v is o t h at a l l f unc t i on a l s p ec if ic at i o ns a l on g wi th d es ir e d pr o ve n es s in MRT S s ys t em s as d et a il e d a b o v e ar e m et . 1. 2 2 Po w e r Su p p l y S ys t e m T he F O T S e q u ipm en ts s h al l b e po we r e d b y e it h er AC Vo l ta g e f r om th e U PS or f r om 48 V DC s ys t em s . 1. 2 3 Cap a cit y an d L o a d in g R eq u i re me n t 1. 2 3. 2 T he F O T S s h a l l b e I P G E n e t wor k to IT U - T s ta n dar ds a nd c a p ab l e t o tr ans p or t a ll of t h e us er c om m u n ic a t io n i nt er f ac es a n d t h er ef or e t he b a nd w i dt h pr o v i de d b y t he F O T S s h al l be m atc he d t o t he l oa d i n g r e q uir e d b y t h e d at a s pe ed of th e s ubs ys t em ’s in ter f ac e s . T he F O T S s h a ll pr o v i de s uf f ic i en t b a nd wi dt h a nd por ts to c a t er f or th e d at a l oa d i ng r eq u ir ed a t t he pr es en t im pl em en ta t i on s t a ge an d s ha l l pr o vi d e an a dd i ti on a l s par e ba n d wi dt h of at l e as t 3 0% of th e us e a b le to t a l ba n d wi dt h. 1. 2 3. 3 T he Co nt r ac tor s ha l l p r o v id e a t l eas t 2 0% s p ar e c ir c ui t c a pac i t y a v a il a b le a t t he tim e of s ys t em ac c ep t anc e f or f ut ur e ex p an s i on of f ibr e n et wor k , v o ic e c ir c ui ts an d d a ta c om m unic at i ons c ir c ui ts or ba n d wi dt h. T h e F O T S s h a ll b e c a pa b l e of ex p a ns io n to u ti l i ze t h is s p ar e ba n d wi dt h b y ad d it i on of per i p h er a l i nt er f ac es s uc h as ne w n od es or a dd i t io n a l c ha n ne l c a r ds at a n ex is ti n g n od e bu t wi t h ou t r e- en g in e er in g of th e o ver a l l s ys t em ar c h i te c tur e. 1. 2 3. 4 T he F O T S s ha l l be d e s i gn e d a n d im p lem en t ed i n a m o du l ar f or m to e n ab l e it to be f u r t he r u p gr a d ed to a h i g her c a pa c it y s ys tem , t o b e c ap a b le of ac c om m odat i n g ne w t ec h n o lo g ies an d to b e c on n ec t e d t o o th er tr ans m is s io n s ys tem s i n f u tu r e . T h e F O T S t o po l o g y s ha l l b e des i gn e d to m in i m i ze s ys t em Confidential PS Chapter-2 Page 32 of 36 LKS 02: Particular Specifications do wn t im e, o r r e d uc t i o ns i n th e le v e l of s er v i c e, no s i n gl e f a i l ur e s ha l l af f ec t t h e a va i l ab i l it y of t he F O T S. 1. 2 3. 5 Pr i or t o t he d es i gn of t he F O T S , t h e Co nt r ac t or s h a ll as s es s t h e da t a r at es , ba n d wi dt h r e q u ir em en ts an d le v e l of us ag e of eac h i nd i v i du a l s ys tem tha t t he F O T S is r eq u ir ed t o s up p or t a n d s ha l l es t i m ate t o ta l l o ad i ng a n d s ubm it s uc h de t ai ls f or a p pr o v a l b y t he Em pl o ye r . -9 1. 2 3. 6 T he b it er r or r a t e of tr ans m i t t ed d a ta on t h e F O T S s ha l l b e b et te r t ha n 1 0 . 1. 2 3. 7 Pr i or to t h e f in a l d es i gn a n d m anuf ac tu r e of th e F O T S, t he C o ntr ac t or s h a l l c om pi l e a n d s u bm it a l oa d i ng r e por t t o th e E m plo ye r t h at i nc l u d es de t ai ls of t he r eq u ir ed F O T S c a p ab i l it i es , t he n et wo r k thr o u gh p u t , t h e wor s t c as e tr a ns m is s i o n d el a y t i m es an d s ys t em an d c ir c ui t a v a il a b i li t y f ig ur es inc l u di n g MT T R a nd MT BF f ig ur es . 1. 2 3. 8 No wi t hs t a nd i n g t h e RA M S ta r g et m e nt i on ed i n th e c on tr ac t , t he C on tr ac t or s ha l l c om p i le a tr af f ic r ep or t of th e F O T S f or th e a ppr o v a l of th e E m plo ye r af t er th e 3 m on ths tr i a l r u n per i o d t o d em ons t r at e th a t t o a l l pos s i b l e ex t en t th e s ys tem is ab l e t o ac h i e ve th e gr ad e of s er v ic e r e q u ir em en ts . S u bs e q ue n tl y, a f ur th er r e p or t af t er 6 m onths of R e v e nu e S er v ic e s h a l l als o b e p r o v id e d wh ic h wi l l a ls o d et a i l t he ab i l it y of t he F O T S to s at is f y t h e gr a d e of s er vic e r eq u ir em ents . If t he F O T S f ai ls t o m eet th e gr a d e of s er v ic e r e q u ir em ents , t he Co ntr ac tor s ha l l r e - c onf ig ur e th e s ys t em a nd wh er e ver n ec e s s ar y pr o v id e ad d it i o na l h ar d war e, t o e ns ur e t h a t t he s p ec if i ed m in im um equ i pp e d r es er v e c ap ac it y a n d a d d it i on a l s p ar e c ap ac it y ar e m ain ta i ne d at n o ex t r a c os t to t he Em pl o ye r , a n d th a t th e s p ec if i ed gr a d e of s er v ic e is ac h ie v e d. 1. 2 3. 9 At s t a ti o ns or e q u ip m ent r o om s s upp or t i ng r ad i o c om m unic at i ons , a F O T S eq u i pm ent f a i lu r e s ha l l n ot r es u l t i n a n y lo s s of the r a di o c h a n n e ls f r om that par t of th e T r a i n R ad i o S u bs ys t em s er v ed b y th e s t at i on or eq u i pm ent r o om . 1. 2 4 In t erf a ce 1. 2 4. 2 T he C o ntr ac tor s h a l l c o - o r d i na t e wi th t h e Des i gn a te d Co n tr ac t o r s t o f u lf i l th e r eq u ir em en ts as s et o ut in t h e In t er f ac e S p ec if ic at i on : A p pe n dix A of Ch a pt er 10 of t h is P S. 1. 2 4. 3 In ter f ac e wi th Su bs ys t em s G e ner a l ( a) Confidential A l l eq u i pm ent in te r f ac es b et we e n S ubs ys t e m s s hal l b e pr o v i de d a t th e m ain d is tr ib ut i o n f r am e, di g it a l d is tr i b ut i o n f r am e, s tr uc t ur e d c a b l i ng d is tr i bu t io n f r am e, o r op t ic a l d is tr i b ut i on f r am e, as ap pr opr i at e, de p en d i ng o n t h e t yp e of c ir c u it c o n nec t io ns . PS Chapter-2 Page 33 of 36 LKS 02: Particular Specifications ( b) T he C o ntr ac t or s ha l l de t er m in e t he a p pr opr i at e t yp e of c ir c u its f or i nt er f ac e c on n ec t i o ns a nd ens ur e th e i n ter f ac i n g c ir c u its ar e of s uf f ic i e nt qu a nt it y a nd ba nd wi d t h t o m eet t h e r e q uir em en ts d es c r i be d in th is P S . 1. 2 4. 4 T he F O T S s ha l l in t er f ac e wi t h t h e s u bs ys t em s as s pec if ie d in P S t o pr o v i de s uf f ic i e nt v o ic e a n d da t a c om m unic at i o ns c ir c u i ts o r b a nd wi d th f o r t he s ubs ys t em s at a l l s i te s . 1. 2 5 S yst em E xp an s io n an d Sp ar e C ap ac it y 1. 2 5. 2 In a d d it i on t o t he r eq u ir em ents gi v e n i n Ch a pt er 1 of th i s T ec h n ic a l S pec if ic a t io n, r e q uir e m ents o n ex p a n da b i li t y of th e F O T S a r e d e s c r i be d i n t he f ol l o wi ng s ec t io ns . 1. 2 5. 3 It s h a l l b e pos s i b le to ins er t n o des b y a d di ti o na l 30 % in to th e F O T S n et wor k wi t ho ut af f ec t i ng th e p er f or m anc e of t he n et wor k . An y l i m its on th is r eq u ir em ent , s h a ll be s pec if ie d b y t he C o ntr ac t or f or r e v ie w b y t h e Em p lo ye r . 1. 2 5. 4 S of t war e d at a bas es w or k in g in a n of f - l i n e or on - l i ne m o de of o pe r at i on s h a ll b e des i g ne d t o al l o w f or e as e of ex pa ns i on . W her e n e w d a ta b as e s tr uc tu r es ar e im pl em ent e d wi t h f ix e d s i ze s , a t l eas t 3 0% s p ar e c ap ac it y of e a c h en tr y t yp e an d a ttr i b ut e s h al l b e pr o v i d ed . 1. 2 5. 5 A l l eq u i pm ent s h a l l b e m od u la r l y e x p a nd a b l e t o t he f o l lo wi n g c a pac i t y wi t ho u t th e n ee d to r e p l ac e t he ins ta l l ed h ar d war e a nd s of t wa r e of th e s ys tem as a m inim um : ( a) ( b) A n ex p a ns io n i n c a p ac it y of 3 0% b y a d d it i o n of c ar ds a n d/ or m o du l es A n ex p ans i o n in c a p ac it y of 3 0% b y ad d i ti o n of eq u i pm ent r a c k s or c ab i n ets 1. 2 5. 6 T he C o ntr ac tor s h a l l s u bm it de t ai ls of t he s p ar e c ap ac it y a nd ex p ans i o n c ap ac it y f or a p pr o v a l of t h e Em pl o ye r . 1.26 Network Management System The Network NMS shall have the following specifications as minimum: 1. Network Management Workstation shall be equipped with minimum 21 inch colour monitor to provide graphical representation and display of the network 2. The mass storage device shall provide storage capacity for at least three months configuration and alarm data for all the Networking equipments. 3. Graphical User Interface (GUI) shall be provided for user-friendly operations with auto discovery of network elements functionality. Confidential PS Chapter-2 Page 34 of 36 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 4. The Networking NMS shall be synchronized for time-of-day with the timing of the master clock via a LAN interface using NTP or PTP protocol. 5. A database shall be built for defining the system configurations. Any change in the network device shall automatically be updated on to suitable storage devices such that an up to date version of the configuration is available, in case of a system or power failure 6. The NMS shall incorporate on-line, automatic, self-diagnostic maintenance facilities that shall enable fault, configuration and performance management. 7. In addition to Networking NMS, two laptop computers shall be provided, together with the necessary hardware and software to facilitate connection into any Networking node for monitoring of system activity 8. The Layer 3 switch in OCCs should be modular chassis based switch. Bidders should provide FCAPS certified NMS Solution which can support & manage multiple vendor devices. 9. The proposed Network Management Software shall be a standalone, comprehensive management platform that delivers integrated, modular management capabilities across fault, configuration, accounting, performance, and security (FCAPS) needs 10. The software shall be designed on a service-oriented architecture (SOA) using a business application flow model and capable of including additional modules to the base platform to provide deeper functionality 11. The software shall be compatible with Microsoft Windows and/or Linux operating systems 12. The software shall come with an initial license for 1000 managed devices. The NMS software shall have the capability to extend the node limit in future by purchasing the additional node licenses. 13. The software shall enable centralized management of proposed network elements with a variety of automated tasks, including discovery, categorization, baseline configurations, software images, configuration comparison tools, version tracking, change alerts, and more. 14. Shall have rich Resource Management like Discovery, full inventory, L2/L3 topology etc 15. Shall provide performance management including CPU utilization, Memory utilization, Bandwidth utilization, TopN statistics, threshold-based alarming etc 16. Shall support centralized VLAN Management to view current VLAN configuration, VLAN topology, bulk VLAN deployment etc 17. Shall have integrated ACL Management to simplify definition and deployment of ACLs and perform ACL rule optimization 18. Shall support comprehensive configuration Management like Bulk configuration, scheduled backup and restore, base lining and notification of changes etc Confidential PS Chapter-2 Page 35 of 36 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 19. Shall have fault management features like in-depth correlation and analysis of alarms 20. Shall provide flexible reporting capabilities including pre-defined and custom reports with scheduled and flexible delivery options. NMS should support Software Defined Network Management including Open Flow devices. 21. Centralized and Distributed deployment capability 22. The software shall have modular architecture supporting other software plug-ins to enrich the network's management capabilities. This shall include W ireless Network Management, AAA/RADIUS Server, Network Access Control, Network Traffic Analyzer (using sflow/Netflow), User Behavior Analysis etc Confidential PS Chapter-2 Page 36 of 36 LKS 02: Particular Specifications LUCKNOW METRO RAIL CORPORATION LIMITED MASS RAPID TRANSPORT SYSTEM DESIGN, MANUFACTURE, SUPPLY, INSTALLATION, TESTING & COMMISSIONING OF TELECOMMUNICATION SYSTEMS For Phase-1A TENDER LKS 02 PARTICULAR SPECIFICATIONS CHAPTER 3 TELEPHONE SYETEM Confidential PS Chapter-3 Page 1 of 59 LKS 02: Particular Specifications TABLE OF CONTENTS 1 INTRODUCTION 1.1 1.2 3 GENERAL OVERVIEW OF TELEPHONE SYSTEM 3 3 2 NOT USED 7 3 SCOPE OF THE WORKS 8 3.1 3.2 3.3 3.4 4 11 GENERAL RELIABILITY AVAILABILITY MAINTAINABILITY REQUIREMENTS SAFETY CONNECTION TIME POWER FAILURE TRANSFER CIRCUITS. ALARMS REMOTE MONITORING PSOPHOMETRIC NOISE 11 11 11 12 12 12 12 13 13 13 FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS 5.1 5.2 5.3 6 8 8 10 10 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS 4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 4.5 4.6 4.7 4.8 4.9 4.10 5 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SCOPE OF SUPPLY OF TELEPHONE SYSTEM SCOPE OF SERVICES SCOPE OF SUPPLY/SERVICES EXCLUDED FROM THIS CONTRACT 14 EPABX DIRECT LINE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM IP PBX TELEPHONE SYSTEM 14 23 27 DESIGN/APPLICATION ENGINEERING REQUIREMENTS 6.1 6.2 6.3 6.4 6.5 6.6 6.7 6.8 6.9 49 GENERAL TECHNICAL SYSTEM PERFORMANCE EPABX SWITCH SPECIFICATIONS NOT USED TELEPHONE NETWORK MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (EPABX/DIRECT LINE, IP PBX & IP NETWORK) TELEPHONE EQUIPMENT POWER SUPPLY SYSTEM LINE DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM EXPANSION 7 INTERFACES 7.1 58 INTERFACES WITH SUBSYSTEMS TO BE PROVIDED UNDER THIS CONTRACT Confidential 49 49 50 51 52 55 55 55 57 PS Chapter-3 58 Page 2 of 59 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 1 INTRODUCTION 1.1 General 1.1.1 This Chapter-3 specifies the Particular Technical and performance requirements of the Telephone sub System of the Telecommunication system. This Chapter shall be read in the conjunction with other Chapters of the Particular Specification (PS), General Specification and other documents forming part of the Contract. 1.2 Overview of Telephone System The Telephone System shall provide the LMRC staff with voice, fax and data communications between LMRC personnel internally and also externally to the PSTN on IP PBX Exchange. Objective is to use the network infrastructure which is redundant. The same infrastructure shall be used on a separate CAT6 / CAT 7 for Voice / Video application on IP-PBX. In addition to IP-PBX and DLT telephones, help points shall also be provided for passengers for assistance when they are within the concourses, platforms and elevators inside the stations. The Telephone System shall consist of the following subsystems: 1.2.1 IP PBX Network 1.2.1.1 It shall be a highly reliable State of the art, non-blocking, ISDN compatible IP PBX Telephone network for voice, facsimile and data communication services throughout the LMRC Metro Corridor. Telephone sets (where applicable) shall be provided in the control rooms, offices, administration offices, rooms for operation, maintenance, security and equipment rooms, staff rooms in the OCC/BCC, depot, TSS/RSS and all stations. Each OCC controller position shall also be provided with IP PBX telephones. 1.2.1.2 IP PBX network shall be equipped with IP PBX switches, line and trunk interface units and different type of telephone sets for telephone communication. 1.2.1.3 Telephone System user shall have voice mail facility which shall be 20% of the total user of this project. (Users = number of extensions provided) 1.2.1.4 The Telephone System shall interface to the Radio System to enable radio users to initiate and receive calls from IP PBX extension or from the PSTN telephones. 1.2.2 Confidential Direct Line Telephone Communication PS Chapter-3 Page 3 of 59 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 1.2.2.1 The Direct Line Telephone Communication System shall provide control telephone lines for train operation, traction power supply control and maintenance telephone lines for track, rolling stock, signalling and telecommunication. The system shall ensure instant, uninterruptible, communication between key points, which shall include, but not be limited to: (1) Between OCC/BCC and different key locations like all Station Control Rooms (SCR), Depot Control Centre (DCC), Traction Substation (TSS), Receiving Sub Stations (RSSs), Auxiliary Sub Station (ASS), each signalling equipment room, telecom equipment room at stations and depot. (2) Between adjacent/interfacing station control rooms; (3) Between adjacent/interfacing interlocked station control rooms; (4) Between adjacent interlocked station control room and DCC; (5) NOT USED. (6) Between OCC/BCC and UPPTCL Sub-stations and control rooms through leased PSTN (BSNL / Private Operator) telephone lines; The leased line shall be arranged by LKS 02 but paid for the initial cost & recurring cost by LMRC. (7) Between RSSs and UPPTCL Control room through leased PSTN (BSNL/Private Operator) telephone lines; The leased line shall be arranged by LKS 02 but paid for the initial cost & recurring cost by LMRC. (8) 1.2.3 Between OCC / BCC and security control rooms at stations, depot. Voice Over IP Phones (IP PBX) System The Voice Over IP telephone communication system shall provide telephone lines over IP network using proven protocols such as H.323, SIP etc for stations, depot and OCC/BCC. The system shall ensure instant, uninterruptible, real time audio/video communication between key points, such as between OCC and different key locations like all Station Control Rooms (SCR), Depot Control Centre (DCC), Auxiliary Sub Station (ASS), each signalling equipment room, telecom equipment room at stations and depot, between adjacent/interfacing station control rooms, between station control room and DCC as a minimum. Confidential PS Chapter-3 Page 4 of 59 LKS 02: Particular Specifications The IP PBX network shall be equipped with state of art switches and other related hardware and software such that it shall provide sufficient bandwidth and processing speeds to allow low delay, jitter and echo free, high quality, low latency audio/video communication over IP network. The IP PBX enabled phones, switches etc should be POE type with appropriate wattage. The IP PBX network shall integrate with PSTN, IP PBX and Direct Line Telephone network allowing calls to be made between these networks. IP PBX network too shall support facsimile and other data communication services throughout LMRC Metro System including administrative offices 1.2.4 48 Volts DC Battery Backup System 1.2.4.1 48 Volts DC Battery Backup System common for Telephone System & Radio System (and any other system as required as per design) shall be provided by LKS 02 Contractor. 1.2.5 Centralised Digital Recording System (CDRS) 1.2.5.1 The Telephone System shall be interfaced with a Centralised Digital Recording System for recording of designated telephone lines including emergency telephone lines. CDRS shall be provided as part of the LKS 02 Contract and it shall be the responsibility of LKS 02 Contractor to coordinate, finalise the number and type of channels, interface, test and commission the recording of Telephone Communication in the CDRS. All Direct Line Telephone communication from and to all the Direct Line Consoles in both the OCC / depot shall have to be recorded in the CDRS. The number of channels has to be accordingly finalized by LKS 02 Contractor. 1.2.5.2 The CDRS and Telephone System termination shall be such that it shall not be possible to disable recording from Direct Line Consoles or the Direct Line Telephones. Also calling & called party information and other relevant information viz. date, time etc for recording shall be provided by LKS 02 Contractor through the Telephone System to the Radio system duly making all the required interface arrangements, 1.2.6 Confidential Network Management System PS Chapter-3 Page 5 of 59 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 1.2.6.1 The Telephone Network Management System (NMS) in redundant configuration with Maintenance Supervisory Console, Keyboard and Log Printer shall be provided by LKS 02 Contractor at OCC. IP PBX, Direct Line Telephone System, IP PBX system and IP Network shall be monitored, supervised and controlled by Network Management Systems. NMS for 48V DC Power Supply for monitoring of DC Power System shall be provided by LKS 02. The LKS 02 Contractor can propose a common NMS for IP PBX, Direct Line Telephone System, IP PBX, IP Network and 48V Power Supply System. The number of NMS MMI should be minimum keeping the availability of space in mind. Confidential PS Chapter-3 Page 6 of 59 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 2 NOT USED Confidential PS Chapter-3 Page 7 of 59 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 3 SCOPE OF THE WORKS 3.1 General Requirements 3.1.1 In addition to the requirements on the scope of works as identified in Chapter 1 (General Requirements) of the Particular Specification, the specific requirements on the scope of the works for the Telephone System shall be as specified below. 3.2 Scope of Supply of Telephone System The Contractor shall design, supply, deliver, install and conduct testing and commissioning of all necessary hardware and software to meet the specified requirements in this Technical Specification. The Contractor shall provide, but not be limited to, the following 3.2.1 EPABX Network (1) EPABX nodes/switches; (2) Line and trunk interfaces; (3) Basic Telephone sets; (4) Digital telephone and Satellite TEL subsystem (5) Workstations and Servers (6) IP Telephone sets (7) Emergency Telephone sets / Help point units (8) Voice mail system (9) Network management system (10) Digital Voice Recording System (11) Distribution Frames (12) Portable PC notebook suitable for site equipment programming/testing and local maintenance of Telephone Exchange. (13) Testing and commissioning facilities; (14) Power supply equipment, cables, accessories, distribution frames, cabinets, enclosures, mounting brackets, equipment housing, racks and earthing etc. (15) 3.2.2 Direct Line Telephone Communication (1) Confidential Minimum 50% pairs in cables shall be available as spares Automatic exchange/processor unit with line and trunk interfaces. PS Chapter-3 Page 8 of 59 LKS 02: Particular Specifications (2) Multifunction control console (direct line console) with key pad etc. (3) Appropriate subscriber telephone sets (Digital/Analog). (4) Power supply equipment, cables, accessories, distribution frames, cabinets, enclosures, racks and earthing etc. 3.2.3 IP PBX Phones (1) Automatic exchange/processor unit with line and trunk interfaces. (2) Gateways for interface between the LAN and switched circuit network (3) Gatekeeper for admission control functions, (4) Network Switches (5) Multifunction control console (audio/video) with key pad etc., FAX support equipment (6) Power supply equipment, cables, accessories, distribution frames, cabinets, enclosures, racks and earthing etc 3.2.4 Network Management System The Telephone Network Management System (NMS) in redundant configuration with Maintenance Supervisory Console, Keyboard and Log Printer shall be provided by LKS 02 Contractor at OCC and at BCC in Transport Nagar Depot. EPABX, Direct Line Telephone System, IP PBX system and IP Network shall be monitored, supervised and controlled by Network Management Systems. NMS for 48V DC Power Supply for monitoring of DC Power System shall be provided by LKS 02 Contractor. The LKS 02 Contractor can propose a common NMS for EPABX, Direct Line Telephone System, IP PBX, IP Network and 48V Power Supply System. The number of NMS MMI should be minimum keeping the availability of space in mind. Also a printer shall be provided at BCC at Transport Nagar Depot for alarms and event printing. 3.2.5 48 Volts DC Battery Backup System 48 Volts DC Battery Backup System, including charger, battery and changeover logic complete with accessories, common for Telephone System & Radio System shall be provided by LKS 02 Contractor. Functional and design specifications of the Battery Backup System are detailed in Chapter 9 of this Particular Specification. Confidential PS Chapter-3 Page 9 of 59 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 3.3 Scope of Services 3.3.1 The LKS 02 Contractor shall coordinate with civil works project Contractors and provide comments or recommendations on subjects of station building materials, finishes and architectural layouts. LKS 02 Contractor shall also coordinate with civil works project Contractors to ensure the availability of proper duct/support facilities for telephone cables in the stations, depot and other areas like connectivity to TSS/RSS. 3.3.2 Telephone System shall have the provision to support 6/7 digit numbering scheme. The Network shall support closed homogeneous numbering plan across the network such that the user has to just dial the extension number of the user, he wishes to reach from anywhere in the network. 3.4 Scope of supply/services excluded from this contract Un-interruptible Power Supply (UPS) 230 V AC to meet with the power supply requirements of the Telephone System for all locations including OCC, Stations and Depot is included in the scope of LKS 02 Contract. Provision of Two 3 Phase 415 V AC Power Supply Feeders (Main & Emergency) terminated in Distribution board on wall to meet with the Power Supply requirements of the LKS 02 Contract for all locations including OCC, stations and depot to be provided by E&M contractor. 3.4.1 Main earth (<2Ω) provision and extension to TER, SCR & UPS (S&T) with a copper strip at each location consisting of minimum 20 holes (10 per row) shall be provided by E&M contractor. Confidential PS Chapter-3 Page 10 of 59 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS 4.1 General 4.1.1 In addition to the overall system performance requirements as identified in Chapter 1 (General Requirements) of the Particular Specification, the specific performance requirements for the Telephone System shall be as specified below. 4.1.2 The technical system performance requirements for the Telephone System are specified in Section 6 Chapter 3 (this chapter) this Particular Specification. 4.2 Reliability 4.2.1 The inability to perform any required function, the occurrence of unexpected action or the degradation of performance below the specifications shall be considered as a failure. 4.2.2 MTBF shall be the average operating time accumulated by the total population of identical items between failures. 4.2.3 The Telephone System equipment supplied under the contract shall comply with the reliability figures given below: Equipment MTBF (Hours) Switching module > 150,000 Processor module > 200,000 Memory module > 200,000 Line and trunk interface module >100,000 Power supply equipment >50,000 Multifunction direct line console >20,000 Network Management System >50,000 Network Switch > 200,000 Gateway > 200,000 Table 4-1 MTBF Figures 4.3 Availability 4.3.1 The LKS 02 Contractor, in meeting the required availability mentioned below, shall substantiate his design by providing detailed calculations and evidence of statistical failure rates for the equipment for review by the Employer’s representative. Confidential PS Chapter-3 Page 11 of 59 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 4.3.2 The availability of the Telephone System (EPABX, Direct Line and IP PBX) shall be defined as the availability of the connections between extensions. 4.3.3 The availability of the connection between any extensions shall be better than 99.99%. 4.3.4 The availability of connection between extensions within Direct Line Communication system shall be better than 99.99%. 4.3.5 The Network Management System for the Telephone System shall be considered unavailable if any functions provided by it could not be properly exercised. The availability of the Phase 1A Network Management System for the Telephone System shall be better than 99.95%. 4.4 Maintainability Requirements 4.4.1 The mean time to restore (MTTR) of the Telephone System to normal operation after a failure shall be less than four hours (excluding the time required to travel to the site). 4.4.2 The Telephone System shall be of modular design and designed with Line Replaceable Units to minimize the system MTTR. 4.4.3 The service life of the Telephone System shall not be less than 15 years. Service life of all type of cables shall not be less than 25 years service life shall be counted from the commencement date of the Defects Liability Period. 4.5 Safety 4.5.1 The Telephone System is classified as safety related and as such should incorporate necessary protection measures. 4.5.2 All equipment must comply with and be installed in accordance with IEC 65, IEC 64. 4.5.3 All metal enclosures shall be provided with an earthing terminal. Earthing of all equipment shall be carried out in accordance with the overall earthing policy stipulated in chapter 1 as well as Appendix-M of chapter 10 of the particular specification 4.6 Connection Time 4.6.1 The time taken to connect one extension line to any other extension line (to application of ring tone) within the network shall conform to latest ITU-T recommendation. 4.7 Confidential Power failure transfer circuits. PS Chapter-3 Page 12 of 59 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 4.7.1 The connection time of any fallback lines on failure of the main switching equipment shall not be greater than 200 milli-seconds. 4.8 Alarms 4.8.1 Alarms shall be received and implemented by the Network Management System with delay no longer than 500ms. 4.9 Remote Monitoring 4.9.1 Remote scanning of system conditions, alarms and traffic data shall not take longer than 10 seconds for the total network. 4.10 Psophometric Noise 4.10.1 The Psophometric Noise Voltage of any emergency telephone line shall not exceed 3.5 mV under normal traction load conditions. Joint tests, as part of EMI/EMC tests, need to be conducted by Telephone System Contractor with the concerned Traction Power Supply Contractor to demonstrate compliance of this requirement as detailed in the Interface specifications. 4.10.2 Confidential The Psophometric Noise Voltage of any other telephone line shall not exceed 2 mV. PS Chapter-3 Page 13 of 59 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 5 FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS 5.1 EPABX 5.1.1 EPABX Switch network 5.1.1.1 Main Nodes There is one main node at BCC at Transport Nagar Depot. The main node shall be connected with ETHERNET links to the Telephone Exchanges at individual stations. The ETHERNET Links should form a ring with not more than 4 station exchanges in each ETHERNET ring as further explained in next Para. The interconnection plan should be designed and approval taken from employer. The LKS 02 Contractor shall provide necessary ETHERNET Link port cards in his system and all required materials for ETHERNET connectivity between exchanges. 5.1.1.2 EPABX Network Topology For EPABX network, stations shall be connected on a Line topology and the EPABX at BCC at Transport Nagar Depot shall be main node and Station nodes shall act as the transit node forming a line topology in effect. To form the “Line”, the stations shall be grouped together with 4 stations in each group and each such group shall be connected to the main switches of BCC directly on one Ethernet link. In each group, EPABX in one station shall be connected to the EPABX in the next station through an Ethernet link and the first and last node of the group is connected to the switch of BCC at Transport Nagar Depot thus forming an Ethernet Ring with automatic ring protection provided as part of the DTS mechanism. Alternative route Ethernet links shall be provided for each of the groups. The EPABX’s shall be installed in TER at all locations. The EPABX node/switches shall be connected to each other through Ethernet links of the FOTS to form the EPABX switch network. The Ethernet channels shall be provided by FOTS on a DDF in the TER. The LKS 02 Contractor shall lay cable up to the DDF to access the Ethernet channels. EPABX network with requisite ETHERNET rings as described above, as a minimum, shall be provided. However to meet the requirements of the contract and requirements of the Designated Project Contractors, additional equipment/services as required shall also be provided by LKS 02 Contractor at no additional cost to the Employer. Confidential PS Chapter-3 Page 14 of 59 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 5.1.1.3 Requirements of EPABX Telephone System are given in Table 5-1 below. Table 5-1: EPABX Telephone System Requirements Item No Description of Item Stations Depot/BCC OCC/HQ 1. Equipped Ports 48 512 256 2. Wired Ports including the 96 1024 512 License therein 3. Basic analog Telephones 27 150 100 4. Digital Phones 01 20 32 5. CLIP Yes Required Yes Required 6. Management PC + Printer - As required As required 100 512 256 02 PRI LINK & 02 PRI LINK & 12 CO Lines. 12 CO Lines. - 2 2 Yes Required (Common for EPABX & Direct Line System) 7. MDF including protection devices No. of pairs 8. Ports for connectivity of CO Lines/PRI lines/PRI - Lines from PSTN (BSNL) 9. PFCT (For CO Lines) 10. DCR (Detail Call Records) Yes Required Yes Required Yes Required 11. ETHERNET Ports As Required As Required As Required Confidential PS Chapter-3 Page 15 of 59 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 5.1.1.4 The EPABX switch network shall be synchronized to the master clock signal from the Master Clock System provided by LKS 02 Contractor. 5.1.1.5 The EPABX switch network shall have internal clock in free running mode in the event of the failure or absence of the master clock signal. 5.1.1.6 The EPABX switch network shall synchronize automatically back to the master clock signal when master clock signal is recovered. 5.1.1.7 The EPABX switches at all locations shall provide extensions locally: i) at depot throughout LMRC boundary and OCC including other buildings (like ancillary buildings of LMRC (TSS, RSS, police station, etc.)) in close proximity to OCC/Depot and ii) ii) at the particular stations where exchange is located through multi pair telephone indoor/outdoor cables. Two 50 pair cables are to be laid for staff quarter from TER/CER at Depot to the guard room. Cables are to be terminated at MDF/IDF which shall be provided inside guard room of staff quarter. Further extensions within the Staff Quarters are not within the scope of LKS 02 Contractor. 5.1.1.8 A number of PSTN (BSNL) PRI/CO lines essentially to provide power failure transfer links for operational services as defined in row 8 of table 5-1 above shall connect on total failure of the exchange to pre-defined extensions: The EPABX switch shall restart automatically when the power supply to the EPABX switch resumes normal after failure. 5.1.1.9 Numbering Plan of the EPABX & IP PBX Telephone System The Network shall support closed homogeneous numbering plan across the network such that the user has to just dial the extension number of the user, he wishes to reach from anywhere in the network.. The numbering plan shall be required to be finalized by LKS 02 Contractor with Employer as a part of detailed design. 5.1.1.10 Network Features The EPABX switch network shall provide feature transparency across all the EPABX switches throughout LMRC. The minimum required network features shall be as given in Table 5-2. Any additional features available in the exchange and not listed in the Table may be indicated, during the Design phase. Confidential No. Feature Requirements of the feature 1. Automatic callback The Telephone System shall allow internal PS Chapter-3 Page 16 of 59 LKS 02: Particular Specifications No. Feature Requirements of the feature extension users who have placed a call to a busy internal extension to have the call automatically set up when the busy extension becomes free. 2. Call forward The Telephone System shall allow all incoming calls to an extension number to be forwarded or diverted to a selected internal extension. The Telephone System can be defined in three modes: 3. Call park (1) Call forward without exception; (2) Call forward on busy; and (3) Call forward on no reply. The Telephone System shall allow a called extension to put call on hold and retrieve new call. 4. Caller party The Telephone System shall display internal call extension number party’s extension numbers on the telephones with display alphanumeric displays. The display shall operate during telephone ringing. 5. Call pick-up The Telephone System shall allow an extension to answer calls made to other extensions within the call pick-up group. The call pick-up group shall be user programmable. 6. Call transfer The Telephone System shall allow extensions to transfer internal or external calls to other extensions. 7. Call waiting The Telephone System shall notify an extension user, who is engaged on an established call, that another call is waiting to be connected. 8. Conference call The Telephone System shall allow an extension on an established call to add additional parties to the call connection. 9. Direct inward dialing The Telephone System shall allow calls external to the Telephone System to call an internal extension directly without attendant intervention. 10. Confidential Direct outward The Telephone PS Chapter-3 System shall allow internal Page 17 of 59 LKS 02: Particular Specifications No. Feature Requirements of the feature dialing extension users to obtain external network lines directly by keying an appropriate access digit. 11. Distinctive ringing The Telephone System shall provide different ringing tones and cadences for assignment. 12. Hot-line The Telephone System shall allow calls to be placed, to a pre-assigned extension group or external network number, when the telephone handset is off-hooked. 13. Hunting The Telephone System shall support different modes of hunting to route calls from extensions to idle telephones in a pre-programmed hunt groups. The hunting groups shall be user programmable. 14. Abbreviated Dialing Authorised extensions shall be able to dial frequently called extensions by abbreviated numbers. 15. Access to Paging Extensions and attendant shall have dial access to a loudspeaker or any other type of voice paging system. 16. Executive Override An extension with class of service shall be able to access a busy extension. A warning tone shall be given to the parties. 17. Attendant Recall Facility to draw the attention of the exchange operator on an attendant established call 18. Alternate Route Primary and secondary routes shall be provided for Selection inter exchange routing with facility of automatic alternate route management over the network. 19. Forced Release Measure applicable - User exceeds preset inter digit time interval. - Calling user exceeds preset time while listening to ringing or busy tone. - When any one of the two users of normal call terminates. Confidential PS Chapter-3 Page 18 of 59 LKS 02: Particular Specifications No. Feature Requirements of the feature 20. Line lock out Automatic line lockout if user does not start dialing after a preset time or when there is permanent loop on the line. 21. Malicious call trace The Telephone System shall provide functions for user to activate and deactivate a call trace. On activation a printed report of the calling and called parties shall be generated. 22. Music on hold The Telephone System shall provide music to a party on hold, waiting in a queue, parked or on an external call that is being transferred. 23. Recorded The Telephone System shall provide a pre- announcement recorded announcement to intercept different kinds of incoming calls that cannot be completed. 24. Voice mail Voice mail facility to 20% telephone users Table 5-2:-List of Network Feature to be supported by the IP PBX Switch Network 5.1.1.10.1 The assignment of the class of services and features to any telephone extension shall be configurable. 5.1.1.10.2 The EPABX switch network shall support a minimum of the following four levels of programmable restrictions to each telephone extension: (1) Totally restricted level which user cannot make or receive calls to and from the PSTN (MTNL/BSNL/Private Operators) through the telephone extension; (2) Semi-restricted level which user cannot make PSTN (BSNL/Private Operators) calls but can receive PSTN (MTNL/BSNL/Private Operators) calls through the attendant console telephone/DID; (3) Local level which the telephone extension user can make or receive local PSTN (BSNL/Private Operators) calls only and (4) Unrestricted level which there shall be no restriction on the telephone extension for call connection. 5.1.1.10.3 The EPABX switch network shall be connected to the Radio system to provide switching and connection for user to make telephone call connection through the hand portable/train mobile radios and call to hand portable/train mobile radios through telephone extension. This facility shall be programmable. 5.1.1.11 Confidential Line Interfaces PS Chapter-3 Page 19 of 59 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 5.1.1.11.1 The EPABX switch shall be equipped with modules to support a minimum the following interfaces: 5.1.1.11.2 (1) PRI trunks/PRI/CO outgoing trunks (at OCC/BCC); (2) 2W/4W E&M trunks (at OCC/BCC) (3) Digital trunks ETHERNET ; (4) DID Trunks; (at OCC/BCC) Digital trunks at ETHERNET level from FOTS (shall be used as tie lines between EPABX switches. Common channel signaling conforming to ITU-T recommendations I.431 and I.441 shall be supported. The frame structure shall contain voice, data, synchronization and signaling channels. 5.1.1.11.3 The EPABX shall provide analogue and digital subscriber line cards to support analogue and digital telephone sets. (1) The analogue subscriber line card shall provide, but not be limited to, the following:  Over voltage protection to protect the line equipment from lightning and power line induction;  Test and monitoring circuitry which connects test equipment to the two wire lines to test the line for continuity , short circuits , and impedance characteristics;  (2) Signal to light up the telephone message waiting indicator. The digital subscriber line card shall support digital telephone sets and digital terminals for voice and data services. The digital subscriber line card shall provide, but not be limited to the following:  Over voltage protection to protect the line equipment form lightning and power line induction;  Test and monitoring circuitry which connects test equipment to the two wire lines to test the line for continuity , short circuits , and impedance characteristics;  Signal to light up the telephone message waiting indicator; and  Voice and data communications to and from digital telephones and digital terminals using a standard unshielded twisted pair (UTP) cable at the same time without any degradation in transmission quality. 5.1.1.12 Block Wiring 5.1.1.12.1 All the voice circuits from the EPABX switch shall be terminated at the main distribution frame inside the TER for distribution of the internal and external lines and Confidential PS Chapter-3 Page 20 of 59 LKS 02: Particular Specifications interface with relevant Subsystems and Project Contractors. The circuit termination shall be of IDC (insulation displacement contact) type. 5.1.1.12.2 All the data circuits from the EPABX switch shall be terminated at the digital distribution frame inside the TER or CER for distribution of the internal and external lines and interfaces with relevant Subsystems. 5.1.1.12.3 Multi-core cables shall be provided and connected from the distribution frames inside TER or CER to the distribution frames at the MDF for connection between the EPABX switch and the trunk circuits of PSTN. The interface between the Telephone System and the PSTN circuits shall be at the MDF. 5.1.1.12.4 Telephone distribution boxes shall be provided and installed at suitable locations for intermediate distribution of the circuits from the EPABX switch. The telephone distribution box shall include connection blocks for the circuits termination. 5.1.1.12.5 Multi-core cables shall be provided and connected from the distribution frames inside TER or CER to the telephone distribution boxes. A minimum spare capacity of 50% pairs shall be reserved in the multi-core cables, distribution frame and the telephone distribution boxes. Where only one phone is required there also the cable used shall be of 2 pairs to provide reserve spare capacity 5.1.1.12.6 Standard RJ-11 modular socket shall be provided for termination of the telephones via plug and socket arrangement. The RJ-11 modular socket shall be connected to the nearest telephone distribution boxes to complete the connection between the EPABX switch and the telephone. 5.1.1.12.7 Short circuit and over voltage protection device shall be provided to protect circuits from faults occurring in all outdoor cables. 5.1.1.13 Operation Telephone Instruments (EPABX) At least two types of telephone instruments shall be provided and equipped with minimum components as follows: 5.1.1.13.1 Basic Telephones The basic telephones shall be analogue telephone of DTMF dialing in accordance with ITUT recommendation Q.23 with following facilities: Confidential (1) Handset; (2) Lamp for message waiting; (3) Powered by the EPABX switch; (4) 12 push-button keypad; (5) 4 feature buttons for redial, hook flash, mute and hold. (6) CLIP PS Chapter-3 Page 21 of 59 LKS 02: Particular Specifications (7) A minimum of 20 memory keys with 10 keys for speed dialing and 10 keys for programmable system features which shall include but not be limited to, call pickup, call forward, call back, system speed dial, call park, direct pickup, cancel call forward, cancel call back, personal speed dial and one spare key; (8) Desktop/Wall mounted type as per site requirement. 5.1.1.13.2 Not Used. 5.1.1.13.3 Digital Feature Telephone The digital feature telephone shall be equipped with, but not be limited to, the following facilities: (1) Handset; (2) 12 push-button keypad; (3) Adjustable volume control for speaker and ringer; A minimum of 10 programmable function keys for assignment of features or additional extension circuits; (4) A minimum of 20 memories for speed dialing; (5) Hands-free operation through built-in speaker and microphone; (6) Powered by the EPABX switch; (7) Visual display of details for incoming and outgoing calls; (8) Display of call duration; (9) Dial by name, dictionary (10) Intercom facility; (11) System clock display; (12) On-hook dialing; (13) Programmable for multi-lines operations with more than one extension number assigned; and (14) Support “boss-secretary” combination with intercommunication between the two parties via the depression of a single button (15) Lamp for message waiting; and The digital feature telephone shall support ISDN BRI (2B+D) signaling (supply to exclude the supply of the adapter module) The digital feature telephone shall be programmable for multi-lines with more than one extension number assigned. Confidential PS Chapter-3 Page 22 of 59 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 5.2 Direct Line Communication System 5.2.1 General 5.2.1.1 The Direct Line Communication system shall provide non-blocking Direct Line Communication between (1) OCC/BCC and different key locations like all station control rooms (SCR), Security room, depot control centre (DCC), traction substation (TSS), receiving substation (RSS), auxiliary substation (ASS), and emergency telephones, each signalling equipment room and telecommunication equipment room in stations and depot; (2) Between adjacent/interfacing station control rooms; (3) Between adjacent interlocked station control rooms; (4) Between adjacent interlocked station control room and DCC; (5) Between OCC/BCC and other locations like UPPTCL Control Room, RSSs, TSS, Stations, Depot and Security Control Room through leased telephone line of PSTN (BSNL/Private Operator). (6) NOT USED (7) Between RSS and UPPTCL, Security Control room through leased PSTN (BSNL/Private Operator) telephones lines. (8) 5.2.1.2 Between OCC/BCC and security control rooms at stations, depot etc. The Direct Line Communication system shall be logically independent of the EPABX network on the LMRC network. 5.2.1.3 The Direct Line Telephones shall be single button selection connected to OCC so that an audible alarm is sounded and the location of the calling telephones is displayed on appropriate console at OCC. At the locations other than the OCC, Direct Line Telephones shall be terminated on standard telephone sets. Consoles shall be provided with single button selection for each direct line connection. 5.2.1.4 The EPABX Switch at each station shall also provide additionally Direct Line communication. But to make Direct Line Communication network more reliable and non-blocking, the EPABX switch network shall be kept logically separated from this network. Direct Line Communication network shall have separate extension cards, its own separate network links and its own routes defined for establishing the communication. With this architecture, during emergencies when the Direct Line Confidential PS Chapter-3 Page 23 of 59 LKS 02: Particular Specifications Communication does not work or is overloaded, the EPABX network can be made available on demand for Direct Line communication. 5.2.1.5 Direct Line Communication Network Topology Direct Line Communication network shall use line topology similar to the EPABX for stations described above. The ETHERNET Links should form a ring with not more than 4 station exchanges in each ETHERNET ring as further explained in next Para. The interconnection plan should be designed and approval taken from employer. The EPABX at BCC shall be the main central node The network shall have alternate call routing paths to make it totally non-blocking. Direct Line Telephone network with its exclusive ETHERNET rings as a minimum shall be provided. However to meet with the requirements of this contract and requirements of the Designated Project Contractors, additional equipment/services as required shall also be provided by LKS 02 Contractor at no additional cost to the Employer. The system will cater to the requirements of control telephone circuits for operation, maintenance and the direct lines between key locations. 5.2.1.6 The Direct Line Telephone System shall permit (1) Individual selective calls with privacy of communication; (2) Group call ; (3) General call; (4) Conference call, to add additional users to an established call connection; (5) Emergency call with priorities. The LKS 02 Contractor shall specify in his Design all the detailed interlocking and switching arrangement for all the direct lines. 5.2.1.7 For provision of Direct Line Console in the OCC and the Depot refer to MMI Provision Schedule Chapter 10 of this Particular Specification. 5.2.1.8 Underground Stations, each shall have 20 numbers of Direct Line Telephones and each of all other Stations/Depots/OCCs shall have 10 numbers of Direct Line Telephones and 01 number at each RSS, which shall be programmed for the required Direct Lines, to be reviewed by Employers representative. 5.2.2 Direct Line Console 5.2.2.1 Direct Line Consoles shall be provided at OCC for each of the controls refered at 5.2.1.7 above. 5.2.2.2 The Direct Line Console shall be configured as a desktop model/flush mounted in a desk ergonomically matching with the control room furniture. Confidential PS Chapter-3 Page 24 of 59 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 5.2.2.3 The Direct Line Console for each of the controller positions shall have a minimum direct line capacity of 90 lines and shall be capable of interfacing with required Direct Line Extensions defined in this Chapter the Particular Specifications including MMI Provision Schedule of this Particular Specification. The exact size of each Direct Line Console and the Direct Line Extensions to be terminated on each Console shall be determined by LKS 02 Contractor and reviewed and approved by the Employer’s Representative. 5.2.2.4 The Direct Line Console shall provide selection facilities, in the form of push button and/or soft keys with visual display unit for user to perform, but not be limited to, the following functions as a minimum: (1) Originate outgoing calls to the selected user; (2) Select and answer any incoming calls destined for the direct line console; (3) Originate outgoing calls to a pre-defined group of users; (4) Originate outgoing calls to a group or all users defined by the Direct Line Console at the time before the call is placed; (5) Make conference calls to add additional users to an established call connection; 5.2.2.5 (6) Patch calls or put through two individual users for call connection; (7) Transfer call to EPABX extension; (8) Make and receive emergency call (over ride facility). The Direct Line Console shall be equipped with, but not be limited to, the following facilities: 5.2.2.6 (1) Handset; (2) Push button or soft key for each Direct Line Telephone; (3) 12-push button keypad for dialling; (4) Adjustable volume control for speaker and ringer; (5) Hands-free operation through built-in speaker and microphone; (6) Powered by the Central communications processor; (7) Visual display of details for incoming and outgoing calls; (8) Display of call duration; (9) System clock display; (10) Lamp for message waiting; (11) Lamp for ringing signal; and (12) Transmit DTMF signal when call has been connected. The Direct Line Communication system shall support a minimum of 8 simultaneous incoming calls to the Direct Line Console to be queued before these calls are Confidential PS Chapter-3 Page 25 of 59 LKS 02: Particular Specifications answered. The identity of the calling parties in the queue shall be displayed on the Direct Line Console in ascending order of the incoming sequence. Console controller shall be able to answer calls in queue in any sequence. Call answered shall be removed immediately from the display. 5.2.2.7 The selection facilities of the direct line console, in the form of physical push button and/or soft key, shall be labeled with identity of the called party or functions of the selection facilities. 5.2.2.8 The selection facilities shall provide selection status indication in the form of LCD or LED displays. 5.2.2.9 Dedicated push button and/or soft keys shall be assigned to each telephone line which can be connected to the direct line console. 5.2.2.10 At least 10 spare push buttons and/or soft keys shall be provided for assignment of additional functions or telephone lines. 5.2.2.11 The push buttons and/or soft keys of similar functions or nature shall be grouped together to facilitate the user to locate the required selection. 5.2.2.12 The Direct Line Console shall also be provided with functions for operation as an ordinary telephone set. The Direct Line Console shall be equipped with keypad for dialing to originate IP PBX telephone call and support on-hook dialing. 5.2.2.13 The Direct Line Console shall give different audio/visual indication for normal and emergency calls. 5.2.2 Once the Direct Line Extensions have been programmed on the Direct Line Telephones it shall not be possible for unauthorized change of program from the Direct Line Extensions (Direct Line Telephones). 5.2.3 Direct Line Telephones Direct Line Telephones shall be standard Telephones connected to OCC Direct Line Console through single push button selection. In each station 1 Nos. of such telephones, 20 lines for SCR/DCC, and 10 lines for each of the other locations in the Stations/Depot/RSS shall be provided. It shall be possible for the SCR to make normal and emergency direct line calls to the designated controllers in OCC. Different audio/visual indications shall be provided for incoming direct line calls on the Direct Line Telephones for normal and emergency calls. 5.2.4 Confidential Help Points Phone ( 1 at each PSB/PSP) PS Chapter-3 Page 26 of 59 LKS 02: Particular Specifications (i) Another type of DLT connected to SCR (ii) Powered by the EPABX switch (iii) Hands free operation with a call button, a microphone and a speaker (iv) Function as a uni-directional Direct Line Telephone with a built-in induction loop to provide better reception for hearing-impaired passengers wearing hearing aids. It shall meet the requirements of IEC 60118-4 – Magnetic Strength in Audio Frequency Inducting Loops for Hearing Aid Purposes. The induction loop shall be operated in RF with the modulating frequency suitable for the usage in India. The Contractor shall ensure the frequency used meet the statutory requirements and apply for the license required; and (v) Suitable for wall mounting 5.2.5 Emergency Telephones at cross passages in Tunnels. 5.2.5.1 Normally when a train becomes disabled in a tunnel, the driver will be able to call for assistance by means of his train radio. However, to cater for the possibility of a train radio failure, trackside telephone from the Direct Line Communication system shall be provided at regular intervals close to the cross passages in each tunnel separately and also at the start of the tunnel at the Platform ends. These shall be situated next to the Traction Power Supply Contractor’s ETS Boxes (Emergency trip Switch). The exact position shall be coordinated by the LKS 02 Contractor as part of the Interface requirements. 5.2.5.2 Passenger emergency evacuation design for cross passages between running tunnels which are constructed either by cut and cover or bored method shall be in accordance with the requirements of NFPA 130-2007 as follows: (1) The distance between two Emergency phones should not exceed 250 meters. (2) Emergency Phone must be provided at cross passage and mid way shaft compulsorily. (3) Emergency phones must be provided at platform ends of underground stations. (4) Emergency phone to be provided, as far as possible, adjacent to ETS Boxes (Emergency trip Switch) of Traction Power System. (5) Marking of Emergency phone indication throughout the tunnel at 25 meters interval to indicate the location of nearest Emergency phones Confidential PS Chapter-3 Page 27 of 59 LKS 02: Particular Specifications (6) Track cross-over shall not be considered as cross passages 5.3 IP PBX Telephone System 5.3.1 VOICE OVER IP Switch network 5.3.1.1 The IP PBX Call Management Server, in redundant configuration, will be placed at BCC at Transport Nagar Depot and should be configurable in two different subnets. It shall be configured in hot standby configuration such that no single failure should affect the availability of the system. IP PBX facility shall be provided at OCC/BCC, stations and depot. At OCC, the IP PBX facility shall support 10 voice phones + 5 video phones. IP PBX shall provide facility for connecting to other exchange networks. For this, IP PBX shall provide Media Gateway with gatekeeper (1+1 redundant) to support PRI Trunks to connect exchanges in the LMRC network in feature transparent manner (QSIG in heterogeneous environment). For connectivity to the IP PBX network 4 PRI trunks shall be made available as a minimum. A NMS for managing the IP PBX, IP network switches will also be provided at BCC at Transport Nagar Depot. This NMS can be common or separate from the EPABX System NMS. 5.3.1.2 Main Nodes IP PBX at BCC at Transport Nagar Depot shall form the main node with backup at DCC at Transport Nagar Depot. This main node shall be connected with central switches (1+1 hot standby) at OCC/BCC and through Ethernet links to the station managed switches (L2 Managed POE) in Star and Ring Topology. The IP phones at OCC/BCC and stations will connect to POE switches. Indicative inter connection between main node and station nodes is as given in table 5.3 .The above arrangement has to be commissioned providing dedicated link to maintain connectivity. 5.3.1.3 IP Network Topology For IP PBX network it is envisioned that a group of 4 stations shall be connected in a ring topology and the IP PBX at BCC shall be main node forming a Star topology in effect. Each group shall be connected to the main node of BCC directly on Ethernet link in redundant configuration. In each group, L2 Managed Switch in one station shall be connected to the switch in the next station through an Ethernet link. The first node is connected to switch of BCC and last node of the group is connected back to switch of BCC. IP PBX network as a minimum shall be provided as per this topology. Alternative route Ethernet links shall be provided for each of the groups. Confidential PS Chapter-3 Page 28 of 59 LKS 02: Particular Specifications The managed switches shall be installed in TER at all locations. The switches shall be connected to each other through Ethernet links of the FOTS to form the IP PBX switch network. The Ethernet link shall be provided as part of FOTS by LKS 02 Contractor in the TER’s and CER.. The LKS 02 Contractor shall lay the cables up to the FOTS rack to access the Ethernet. IP PBX network as a minimum shall be provided as per indicative network topology in table 5.3 shown below. However to meet the requirements of this Contract and requirements of the Designated Project Contractors, additional equipment/services as required shall also be provided by LKS 02 Contractor at no additional cost to the Employer. 5.3.1.4 # Requirements of IP PBX System are given in Table 5-3 below as a minimum. Description Stations BCC at Transport Nagar Depot Depot 1. Bandwidth on Ethernet 5Mbps - 10Mbps between Station/Depot and BCC. 2. Bandwidth on Ethernet - 150Mbps - 3. Call Server - 1 - 4. Media Gateway with - 04 PRI/Ethernet link - 1 no., Layer 2 Two no. Layer 3 twenty four 1 no., Layer 2 managed, 8 port Port, Two no. Layer 2 eight managed, 8 port POE, port POE 2 uplink ports POE, gatekeeper (1+1 redundant) 5. Switch 2 uplink ports 2 uplink ports 6. Voice mail facility Required Required Required 7. FAX Support 8. IP PBX Phones (Voice) On PC based application 2 FAX support for 300 users in the network 10 On PC based application 2 9. IP PBX Phones (Video) 1 5 2 10. NMS + Printer (refer - As required - Clause 1.2.6) 11. Total Number of user (Voice Phones) Confidential 350 PS Chapter-3 Page 29 of 59 LKS 02: Particular Specifications # Description Stations BCC at Transport Nagar Depot Depot 12. Total Number of user (Video Phones) 13. 150 IP Trunks - 30 Channels for SIP Trunk and - 30 Channels for H.323 Trunks Table 5-3: IP PBX Telephone System Requirements 5.3.1.5 Class of Service (COS) A Class of Service (COS) allows or restricts access to a group of features or functions. For instance, an Extension COS may allow Call Forwarding features. In the System, both extensions and trunks use classes of service trunks use classes of service. The System should have the following COSs for trunks and extensions: COS - Trunk/Tie COS - Ext/Ext Restriction COS - Extension Feature COS - T1 or equivalent Trunk Ring Back Service Tone COS - Trunk to Trunk Restriction 5.3.1.5.1 Class of Service – Trunk / Tie 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 5.3.1.5.2 Intercom Ringing Tone Dial Tone to Tie Lines Forced Recover on Fast-Busy Tone DID/DDI Dialled Number Conversion Table Paging on DISA/Tie-Line Call DISA Security Code Verification Network Flash Forwarding Network Flash Receive Brokers Hold for Network Calls Priority Message-Waiting Set/Cancel Network-to-Network Transfer Camp-On for Tie-Lines T1 or equivalent Trunk Ring Back Service Tone Class of Service – Ext / Ext Restriction Ext/Ext Restriction COS allows or restricts calls placed to other extensions based upon the Extension COS. Each Extension COS is programmed to either originate or not originate calls to another Extension COS. Confidential PS Chapter-3 Page 30 of 59 LKS 02: Particular Specifications Class of Service - Ext/Ext Feature Extension COS allows or restricts access to certain extension features. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 Intercom Call Type (Tone/Voice) On-hook Transfer at Ring-back (Allow/Restrict) On-Hook Transfer at Camp-On (Allow/Restrict) On-hook Transfer at Talk (Allow/Restrict) Exclusive Hold for Non-Appearing CO (System/Exclusive) Exclusive Hold on SLTs (System/Exclusive) Brokers Hold on SLTs (3-Party Conference/Brokers) Hook-flash During Talk on SLTs (Allow/Restrict) SSD Assignment (Allow/Restrict) SSD Assignment to MCO Tenant Groups (Allow/Restrict) SSD Dialing (Allow/Restrict) Intercom Redialing (Allow/Restrict) Direct Trunk Access (Allow/Restrict) MCO Incoming Call Answer (Allow/Restrict) Paging (Allow/Restrict) Auto Repeat Dial (Allow/Restrict) DND Set/Clear (Allow/Restrict) DND Set/Clear (Other) (Allow/Restrict) Call Forward/All Calls (Allow/Restrict) Call Forward/No Answer (Allow/Restrict) Call Forward-Busy (Allow/Restrict) Call Forward (Other) (Allow/Restrict) User Maintenance Log-in (Allow/Restrict) Priority Message Waiting Send (VM) (Allow/Restrict) Message Waiting Send (Allow/Restrict) System Mode Switch (Allow/Restrict) Busy Override Send (Allow/Restrict) Manual Camp-On Send (Allow/Restrict) Manual Camp-On Receive (Allow/Restrict) Call-back Request Receive (Allow/Restrict) Call-back Request Send (Allow/Restrict) Trunk Queuing (Allow/Restrict) Manual DND Override Send (Allow/Restrict) Forced DND Override (Allow/Restrict) Party Conference (Allow/Restrict) Voice Call Send (Allow/Restrict) Voice Call Receive (Allow/Restrict) Dial Tone Stop (Allow/Restrict) Dial Tone Pre-Pause Check (Check/No check) Long Talk Alarm for Outgoing CO Calls (Enable/Disable) Recall Timer Apply (Recall to Extension/Recall to Attendant) Forced ARS (Not Forced/Forced) API Event Reporting (No/Yes) Call Forward/Outside (Allow/Deny) On hook Trunk-to-Trunk Transfer (Allow/Deny) Call Park Answer (Allow/Deny) Station Call Park Transfer (Allow/Deny) OHVA (Allow/Deny) Call-Waiting Answer at HOLD On-Hook Park Station Lockout (Own) Station Lockout (Other) UNA Pickup Intercom Ring Tone at CO Confidential PS Chapter-3 Page 31 of 59 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 55 56 57 58 59 60 BGM Access CFD Setting For a PDN By Pressing the NPDN Busy Override Silent Monitor Initiate Silent Monitor Receive Transfer Recall 5.3.1.5.3 Class of Service – T1 or equivalent Trunk Ring Back Service Tone The system can be programmed to send a simulated ring back tone to T1 or equivalent trunks when the CO does not provide a ring back tone. 5.3.1.5.4 Class of Service – Trunk to Trunk Restriction Trunk to Trunk COS allows or restricts call transfers from one trunk to another trunk based on the originating and receiving trunk COS. 5.3.1.5.5 Class of Service – Extension (Station) Timers 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 5.3.1.6 Number Station Timer Hold Recall Timer Hold Recall Timer Transfer Recall Timer Hold/Transfer Recall Ringing Timer Call Park Recall Timer Call Forward No Answer Timer (1) Call Forward No Answer Timer (2) Call Forward No Answer Timer (3) Floating Hold Recall Timer UNIFIED MESSAGING APPLICATION (UMA) A Unified Messaging Application (UMA) shall be provided for IP PBX system with facilities such as Email, Voice mail, Faxes, Conferencing & Collaboration and inbuilt Soft phone. The Unified Messaging Application shall be accessible from desktop clients and shall support features such as making calls, sending, replying, forwarding Voice messages and recording live conversation and accessing the IP PBX services. UMA must have a Unified directory that allows the IP Phone, Soft phone user to call by name and identify their correspondents. The Unified Messaging Application shall support minimum 300 users expandable in future up to 750 users. 5.3.1.6.1 The IP PBX network shall support FAX on protocols such as T.38. Media Gateway at OCC shall be equipped to provide support over Desktop PC’s at stations and depot 5.3.1.6.2 The Fax support for Unified Messaging Application shall allow Web Administration for searching, viewing FAX contents, monitor FAX status, forwarding, re-routing or blocking Fax messages. The administration features shall support creating, editing, deleting User fax profiles. The Fax support shall also be able to access Unified directory. Fax support shall allow archiving of all inbound & outbound faxes in central system database. The Fax users shall be able to access the Fax support via web Confidential PS Chapter-3 Page 32 of 59 LKS 02: Particular Specifications interfaces such as browsers using their user id’s and passwords to view, send or search faxes. Notifications shall be available to Users for successful or failed faxes. The Fax facility shall provide Group 3 Fax support with minimum resolutions 400x400. The Fax application should have 2 port minimum to send and receive the fax. 5.3.1.6.3 A Conferencing and Collaboration application shall also be provided for all types of IP Phones (soft-phones included) under UMA for Audio Conferencing, Data collaboration & Video Conferencing. The Audio and data collaboration should be with recording capabilities upto 50 hrs minimum. The facility shall be accessible to Users over web interface 5.3.1.6.4 Audio conferencing shall be Ad-Hoc/On Demand Conferencing, allowing the users to start an audio conference at any time by just aggregating the participants from the list or by calling them at any telephone number. Audio conferencing via “Conference Room” facility where in Users call a particular number with access code to log into a conversation room shall also be supported. Scheduling, notification & confirmations for such “Conference Room” shall be over web interface. The Audio conference application should have at least 24 port with various combination as:- 1 no. of 24 parties or 2 nos. of 12 parties or 3 nos. of 8 parties or 4 nos. of 6 parties or 6 nos. of 4 parties or 8 nos. of 3 parties 5.3.1.6.5 Data Collaboration shall allow attaching and sharing any documents during conferencing. It shall also enable sharing Conferencing initiator’s desktop to allow demonstration of presentations, applications etc. The Data collaboration application should have at least 24 port with various combination as:- 1 no. of 24 parties or 2 nos. of 12 parties or 3 nos. of 8 parties or 4 nos. of 6 parties or 6 nos. of 4 parties or 8 nos. of 3 parties 5.3.1.6.6 Video Conferencing shall allow Selective switch mode, 24 party conference in a single group achieved by built in soft video conference bridge with various combinations as:- 1 no. of 24 parties or 2 nos. of 12 parties or 3 nos. of 8 parties or 4 nos. of 6 parties or 6 nos. of 4 parties or 8 nos. of 3 parties. Hardware video conference bridge can also be provided but they should support all features as available in software video bridges. During a conference the collaboration tool must allow the ability to attach other participant into the conference. Casual, immediate, on the fly, 3 ways, 3 party or 6 party conferences operate in the same way as Ad hoc conferences. No conference identification is provided or required. No conference resources are reserved. They are acquired from a pool of resources. If no resources are available, the conference will not be established. 5.3.1.6.7 IP PBX system shall have provision to support Video Conferencing between OCC rd and Stations to provide Continuous mode Video Conferencing thorough 3 Party solution. Confidential PS Chapter-3 Page 33 of 59 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 5.3.1.6.8 Presence and Instant Messaging must use icons and colors for On-Line Presence, Telephony Presence (like free, busy or on phone etc), Calendar Presence, coming from Outlook calendar, User-Choice Presence, (Busy, Be right back, Away, Out to lunch and Appear off-line). The instant messaging application must allow instant messaging (chat) sessions between members. 5.3.1.7 The IP PBX Server shall be synchronized to the master clock signal from the Master Clock System to be commissioned by LKS 02 Contractor. 5.3.1.8 IP PBX shall synchronize time signal with Station and BCC IP PBX equipment. 5.3.1.9 The IP PBX Server shall have internal clock in free running mode in the event of the failure or absence of the master clock signal. 5.3.1.10 The IP PBX Server shall synchronies automatically back to the master clock signal when master clock signal is recovered 5.3.1.11 IP PBX should provide Logical Partitioning to segregate IP to IP, IP to PSTN calls as per DOT regulations. 5.3.1.12 IP PBX system shall provide 30 channels on SIP Trunk and 30 channels on H323 Trunk as minimum for high availability. 5.3.1.13 IP PBX should be type approved for latest TEC GR (Interface Type Approved). 5.3.1.14 Call Servers shall have minimum 2 Ethernet 10/100/1000BT ports with redundant power supplies, hot swappable. The Call server shall be high performance, server grade machine. 5.3.1.15 The IP PBX network shall be linked with EPABX network at BCC to enable calls between IP phones and Analog/Digital Phones at OCC/BCC, Stations, Depot etc. 5.3.1.16 The IP PBX network shall link with PSTN lines to enable calls between IP phones to PSTN through PRI/CO lines. 5.3.1.17 The IP PBX shall provide extensions locally at depot in DCC, OCC in close proximity to OCC/Depot and at all station TER/SCR, through CAT 6 indoor/outdoor cables. 5.3.1.18 The IP PBX system shall restart automatically when the power supply to the IP PBX system resumes normal after failure. 5.3.1.19 The LKS 02 Contractor shall submit Bandwidth utilization plan to evaluate the Traffic calculation of IP PBX network. . 5.3.1.20 At least 25% spare traffic bandwidth and capacity must be planned. Minimum requirement is given in Table 5.3. The detailed calculations have to be submitted to Employer for review. 5.3.1.21 Confidential 25% free slots must be available in Media Gateways for future expansion. PS Chapter-3 Page 34 of 59 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 5.3.1.22 The maximum traffic interruption time on any circuit due to link, node or any other failure shall be less than 50 ms. 5.3.1.23 The Layer 3 Managed switch at BCC shall provide 24 ports, delivering intelligent services with optimal quality of service (QoS) and integrated security, as well as network admission control (NAC). The Switch shall be mounted in IP PBX rack. 5.3.1.24 The Layer 2 Managed switch at BCC and stations shall support Virtual LANs delivering intelligent services with optimal quality of service (QoS) and integrated security, as well as network admission control (NAC) The Switch for stations shall be installed in wall mounted rack provided by LKS 02 Contractor. 5.3.1.25 The Layer 3 Managed and Layer 2 Managed switches at OCC and Stations shall have the following specifications as a minimum (Table 5.4). Table 5-4:- Specifications of Switches for IP PBX Network. Specifications Switch Type # 1. 3. L2 Managed Switch 8 Ethernet 10/100/1000BT PoE Ports supporting IEEE 802.3AF and 802.3AT compliant PoE (dynamic PoE allocation) with 2 combo 10/100/1000Base-T/SFP ports for Uplink, 1K VLANS. Basic L3 features for Static routing, IPv4 and IPv6 support. Provision for local/remote configuration backups. L3 Stackable Managed Switch 24 Ethernet 10/100/1000 RJ-45, 2 10G SFP+ for Uplink, 4 combo 10GBase-T CX-4 ports, Redundancy at all levels including power supplies, software and hot-swappable Small Form Factor Pluggable (SFP) modules. One SFP port should be populated in switch to carry data upto 40kms minimum. IPv6 compliant. Routing protocols such as OSPF, Border Gateway Protocol, Multicasting protocol, Flood control, 4K VLANS. Provision for local/remote configuration backups. Minimum 128 MB RAM & 16 MB Flash Memory 4. Minimum 256 MB RAM & 64 MB Flash Memory Layer 3 5. Physical Stackable. Layer 3 6. ACL’s supported based on IPv4/v6 address, Protocol type, Time based ACL, Vlan-ID, MAC-ID, DSCP, TCP/UDP Port, Switch port & user defined packet content Support for VRRP/HSRP Layer 2 and 3 8. Support IEEE 802.3u, IEEE 802.3ab, IEEE 802.3ad, IEEE 802.1P/Q, IEEE 802.1x Layer 2 9. Support IEEE 802.1x, 802.3ad, IEEE 802.1P/Q, IEEE 802.1ag, Layer 3 2. 7. Confidential PS Chapter-3 Layer 2 Layer 3 Layer 2 Layer 3 Page 35 of 59 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 10. 11. 12. IEEE 802.3ah. Switching and routing at 10G and gigabit speeds. 10 Gb/s stacking ports. Stacking ports to be separate from Uplink port. Support for QoS, ToS, Diffserv Support the operating temperature up to 0-40°C and can be operated in 10% -90 % RH Layer 3 Layer 2 and 3 Layer 2 and 3 5.4 IP PBX Functionality 5.4.1 General 5.4.1.1 It shall be able to define at least 6 different classes of service that can be allocated to each extension. 5.4.1.2 Direct dialed outgoing calls to the PSTN (i.e. long distance, international and mobile) shall be restricted by the appropriate class of service allocated to the extension. 5.4.1.3 Call statistics shall be compiled and stored on hard disk. 5.4.1.4 The function of direct incoming dialing (DID) shall be restricted according to the class of service allocated to the extension. 5.4.1.5 The function of direct outgoing dialing (DOD) shall be restricted according to the class of service allocated to the extension. 5.4.1.6 A warning tone shall be provided to alert in the event of an extension being off-hook. 5.4.1.7 It shall be possible to transfer a call from any one extension to any other subject to any restriction applied to the class of service for the extension. 5.4.1.8 A pre-determined code dialed from any extension phone shall be treated as an emergency call and routed to the Controller. 5.4.2 System Features The telephone Tandem and Satellite IP PBX switch shall provide, but not be limited to, the following system features: 5.4.2.1 Automatic Ring Back - This feature allows internal users who have placed a call to a busy or unanswered internal user to be called back automatically when the called extension becomes available. 5.4.2.2 Automatic Overflow - This feature allows users to place tie line calls via public switch networks automatically when all tie lines are not available. 5.4.2.3 Automatic Trunk Call Back - This feature allows internal users who experience an “all trunks busy condition” to be called back automatically when the trunk becomes available. Confidential PS Chapter-3 Page 36 of 59 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 5.4.2.4 Break-in - This feature allows a priority user to break-in an established connection in case of an emergency. 5.4.2.5 Busy Hunt - This feature allows calls which encounter busy extension to automatically route to another extension. Hunting path can be user defined within a specific group and is useful for a group of extensions having high volume of calls. 5.4.2.6 Call forward / divert - This feature allows all incoming calls to an extension number to be forwarded to a selected internal extension number. This feature can be defined in three conditions:  Call forward on any conditions;  Call forward on busy; and  Call forward on no answer. 5.4.2.7 Call Park - This feature allows users to put a call on hold and then retrieve the call from any other extension within the system. 5.4.2.8 Calling Party Name Display - This feature provides internal station users with an enhanced visual aid in making and receiving calls. In addition to the calling or called party's extension number, a customer definable identification (typically the party's name) also appears on a set capable of displaying alphanumeric characters. 5.4.2.9 Call Pick Up - This feature allows users to answer calls to other extension numbers within the user's specified Call Pick Up group. 5.4.2.10 Call Transfer - This feature allows users to transfer trunk or internal calls to other users within the system without attendant's assistance. 5.4.2.11 Call Waiting - This feature notifies a station user on an established connection (internal or external) that an external call is waiting to be answered. 5.4.2.12 Conference - This feature allows a station user on an established call to add additional parties to the conversation. The conferencing parties may be inside or outside the PABX and at least one party must be an internal extension. And this feature shall support three or more than 3 connections at a time. 5.4.2.13 Direct Inward Dialing - This feature connects calls from the public telephone network directly to the dialed extension number without attendant's assistance. Direct Inward Dialing provides the outside calling party with immediate contact with the called party. 5.4.2.14 Direct Outward Dialing - This feature allows users to access the public telephone network without attendant's assistance. 5.4.2.15 Distinctive Ringing - This feature helps users to distinguish between various types of incoming calls by means of different ringing cycles. The incoming call can be internal, external and automatic call back on Local or Trunk calls. Confidential PS Chapter-3 Page 37 of 59 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 5.4.2.16 Do Not Disturb - This feature allows users to request that no calls, other than priority calls, terminate at a particular extension number for a specific time. 5.4.2.17 Hot Line - This feature allows single-line users, by simply lifting the handset, to automatically place a call to a pre-assigned extension number or public telephone number. 5.4.2.18 Intercom - This feature allows users of feature telephones to communicate by speak call with hands free mode. 5.4.2.19 Last Number Redial - This feature allows users to redial the last number dialed automatically when user presses the Last Number Dialed button or dial the Last Number feature access code. 5.4.2.20 Loudspeaker Paging - This feature allows authorized users to page locations via Loudspeaker Systems on a zone basis. 5.4.2.21 Music On Hold - This feature provides music to a party that is on hold, waiting in a queue, parked, or on a trunk call that is being transferred. The music lets the waiting party know that the connection is still effective. 5.4.2.22 Recorded Announcement - Provides a pre-recorded announcement to intercept different kinds of incoming calls that request for call set up cannot be completed. 5.4.2.23 Speed Call - This feature allows a user to place calls by dialing a one, two or three digit code. Speed Call can be used for both internal and external calls. 5.4.2.24 Voice Mail - This feature allows an incoming trunk or internal call to be automatically routed to a Voice Mail Box if it is not answered at the original destination. In addition, authorized users can compose a message and send or broadcast it to one or a group of users in the form of Voice Mail. 5.4.2.25 Voice Message Retrieval - This feature allows users to retrieve messages from Voice Mail Box in the form of a voice output from any telephone set within the network. The user shall also be able to retrieve messages through the PSTN by using a standard DTMF telephone set. 5.4.2.26 Voice Monitoring - This feature allows system administrator / console operator / user with special right to monitor but not to disturb an existing conversation by using system console / administration phone. 5.4.2.27 Access to Paging – Extensions and attendant shall have dial access to a loudspeaker or any other type of voice paging system 5.4.2.28 Executive Override – An extension with a higher priority level shall be able to access a busy extension by overriding the ongoing call. A warning tone shall be sent to the parties concerned. Confidential PS Chapter-3 Page 38 of 59 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 5.4.2.29 Attendant Recall – Facility to draw the attention of the exchange operator on an attendant established call. 5.4.2.30 Forced Release – A feature applicable when 5.4.2.31 A user exceeds pre-set inter-digit time interval; or 5.4.2.32 The calling user exceeds pre-set time while listening to ringing or busy tone; or 5.4.2.33 When either of the two users (calling and called party) terminates call 5.4.2.34 Line Lock-out – Automatic line lock-out if the user does not start dialing within a preset time after receiving dial-tone or if there is a permanent loop on the line 5.4.2.35 Malicious Call Trace – The system shall provide functions for the user to activate and deactivate a call trace. On activation the system shall generate a printed report of the calling and called parties to locate source of the malicious call across the network including calls from PSTN. 5.4.3 Network Features 5.4.3.1 The telephone Tandem and Satellite IP PBX switch shall provide, but not be limited to, the following network features: (i) Automatic Re-route - This feature provides alternate routing to public network when all tie lines busy is encountered. (ii) Call Party Name Display - This feature provides users in the network with an enhanced visual aid in making and receiving calls. In addition to the calling or called party's extension number, a customer definable identification (typically the party's name) also appears on a set capable of displaying alphanumeric characters. Call parties name shall be displayed on the calling parties‟ telephone when ring back tone is returned to the calling party. (iii) Centralized Voice Mail - This feature allows network users to be served by a single message centre. Both internal and external callers shall be able to leave message in the Centralized Message Centre for network users at any location within the network. The system shall be able to inform the network user the presence of voice mail in his mail box by lighting an indicator on the telephone set, or in case of an analogue set user, giving a special tone when the handset is off-hook. (iv) Centralized Voice Mail Retrieval - This feature allows users to retrieve messages from the Message Centre in the form of a voice output. (v) Facsimile - This feature allows FAX users to send hard copies to any other users within the network, from G4 FAX terminal in dial up operation. (vi) Network Call Forward - This feature allows a called station to be forwarded to any station within the network pre-defined by the user, when it is busy, no answer or in all conditions. (vii) Network Call Hunting - This feature allows a call from a calling party (station A) reaching a called party that is busy (station B) to be routed to any other telephone number in a hunt group within the network. Confidential PS Chapter-3 Page 39 of 59 LKS 02: Particular Specifications (viii) Network Call Transfer - This feature allows a called party (station B) to transfer the calling party (station A) to any other station within the network (station C), any time during the established call. (ix) Network Conference - The feature capabilities are extended throughout the network, allowing someone within the network to establish a three-party conference. The conferencing parties may be inside or outside (PSTN) the network, but the conference shall be under the control of the parties inside the network. (x) Network Ring Again - This feature allows a caller from location A, encountering a busy station in location B, to press the Ring Again key and be notified when the busy station becomes idle. (xi) Network Speed Call - This feature allows callers within a network to make calls that are normally restricted to them. This feature allows a user to temporarily override Class of Service and access restrictions for calls placed. (xii) Network Voice Mail - This feature allows callers to leave messages to a group of users within the network. In addition, authorized users can broadcast messages to a group of users in the form of Voice Mail. (xiii) Network Management System - The Telephone Subsystem shall incorporate on- line automatic, self-diagnostic maintenance facilities that enable fault management, configuration and performance management. All equipment shall be monitored to ensure that a failure at card level can be detected and be reported to the internal fault diagnostics system. A database shall be built for defining the system configurations. Any change in the database shall automatically be updated on to suitable storage devices such that an up to date version of the configuration is available in case there is a system or power failure. The Network Management System shall have GUI functionality, auto discovery features and will be able to monitor and provide overall control and supervise all station/depot PABXs as well as the Tandem switch to carry out the following system administrative and monitoring functions:        Call Management; Fault Monitoring; Performance Management; and Record and History Management. Traffic Monitoring. Graphical view of the Telephone network Call details recording of PSTN, between the extensions and between the PABXs with the date, time, duration, caller no., called no. etc. for billing purposes  The NMS shall support billing services,  The Telephone Subsystem shall have provision of at least one month call details record in case of Network management system fails. GUI functionality of the NMS shall be provided with proper hierarchy to enable proper monitoring and operation of all elements of the voice network at all Stations, Depots, and other locations. The Contractor shall submit details of the proposed GUI interface and functionality for Employer’s approval before implementation. 5.4.4 Fault and Alarm Management (i) Confidential The network management system shall be equipped with a, self-diagnostic, fault and alarm management of all elements of the operational Telephone Network and associated interfaces. PS Chapter-3 Page 40 of 59 LKS 02: Particular Specifications (ii) All relevant information shall be accessible to the operator from the Management Workstations. (iii) The fault management system shall, on a real-time basis, monitor and display the fault, event and alarm status in addition to the acknowledgement and resetting of alarms. (iv) The system shall store alarms in the database for future analyses. (v) All incidents together with equipment and software failure shall be recorded, time and date stamped with an immediate alert provided to the Workstation operator. (vi) The Management Workstations shall provide a centralised and integrated colour display of all the Operational Telephone Subsystem alarms and events. 5.4.5 Voice Mail System (VMS) 5.4.5.1 General (i) A Voice Mail System (VMS) shall be integrated with the Tandem Switch at the TER such that the access to the Voice Mail System shall be via the switch at the TER. (ii) The VMS shall provide voice mail boxes for users to retrieve, record, playback and broadcast voice messages. (iii) The assignment of voice mail box to any telephone extension of the Telephone System shall be programmable. (iv) The VMS shall alert the user of the presence of new voice messages in his voice mail box by providing a special tone when the handset is off-hook. Where the users telephone set is equipped with a message waiting lamp, the lamp shall also be either on or flashing in addition to the tone indication. Both the visual and audio indication shall be reset automatically after the voice message has been retrieved. Both the visual and audio indication shall be programmable to be enabled or disabled. (v) The VMS shall be fully operational across PABX switches over the Telephone System. (vi) All messages left in the VMS shall be immediately stored in a hard disk or other storage medium subject to review by the Employer. The hard disk or the storage medium shall be backed up with a mass storage device automatically and periodically. The interval between back up shall be user-programmable. (vii) Incoming calls to the VMS shall be served on a first-come-first-serve basis. The PABX switch network shall provide automatic call distribution functions to evenly distribute the calls to input ports of the VMS. (viii) The VMS shall automatically and periodically run diagnostic tests to ensure normal operation. (ix) The VMS shall provide on-going and historical statistical reports on the usage, traffic handling and the storage capacity on an hourly format. (x) The VMS shall be equipped with automatic gain control with digital speech compression to provide quality playback and to minimise the storage size of the voice messages. (xi) Alarms from the VMS shall be managed by the PABX management system. Confidential PS Chapter-3 Page 41 of 59 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 5.4.5.2 Call Handling (i) Calls to extensions assigned with voice mail boxes shall be automatically forwarded to the VMS when the call is not answered, when the called subscriber is busy or when the call is forwarded by the called subscriber. (ii) Calls forwarded to the VMS shall be greeted by playing a greeting voice message. The default greeting message shall include the extension number of the called party. (iii) The Contractor shall develop the VMS default greeting messages which shall be submitted to the Employer for review. (iv) Calls forwarded to the VMS shall be informed of the reason by a standard message playback which shall include, but not be limited to, the following:  the called party is busy; and  No answer from the called party. (v) The caller shall be guided with the voice message playback to leave his message into the voice mail box assigned to the called party. The caller shall be notified of the start of recording by a beep tone. (vi) The recording of the caller’s message shall stop immediately after the call is disconnected. (vii) The VMS shall automatically disconnect the call for message recording if the duration of message exceeds the user-programmable limit. 5.4.5.3 Voice Mail Box Access (i) Callers from any extension of the Telephone Subsystem or from PSTN may directly access the voice mail box by dialling the access number. (ii) Once the call is connected to the VMS, access to the voice mail box shall be protected by correct entry of an extension number and a password. The password shall be of at least 4 digit lengths and user programmable. (iii) The VMS shall verify the entries. Calls shall be disconnected immediately after a number of successive invalid passwords are detected. The number of password entries shall be programmable by the VMS. The system default value shall be at least 3 trials. (iv) Upon successful log-in, a mailbox summary on the number of new messages or no new message shall be played back to the user. (v) A warning message shall be delivered to the user to delete unwanted messages if the total duration of the messages exceeds the storage limits assigned to the voice mail box. (vi) The VMS shall provide voice message playback to the user on the available functions and the associated push button entry for selection. The functions shall include, but not be limited to, the following: a.Listen to the messages in the voice mail box; b.Repeat playing of the same message; c.Skip messages until the desired message for retrieval; d.delete any message from the voice mail box; Confidential PS Chapter-3 Page 42 of 59 LKS 02: Particular Specifications e.Forward any message from the voice mail box to other mail boxes or extensions; f. compose messages and broadcast to other voice mail boxes; g.Customize the voice mail box greeting message; and h.Help messages. (vii) All commands to activate the voice mail box functions shall be via the DTMF signals transmitted from the user’s telephone set when the user pushes the button on the telephone keypad. (viii) The VMS shall provide facilities for users to: a.Record his own customized greeting message; b.Playback for verification; c.Replace the system default greeting message for his own voice mail box; and d.Restore the system default greeting message. (ix) Functions shall be grouped into different levels and users shall select functions by dialling a single digit command. No more than 10 functions shall be grouped into the same level. (x) No more than 2 entries shall be required for users to listen to the new messages in the voice mail box. (xi) A message summary of the sender, time and date sent and duration shall be played prior to the message playback. 5.4.5.4 VMS System Administration (i) The VMS shall be accessed by means of a VMS Workstation through a EIA-422 or equivalent digital interface. The VMS Workstation shall be installed at the TMR. (ii) The maintenance functions shall include the following: a. b. c. d. e. f. Assign or remove voice mail box to any extension; Configuration of the VMS; Programming of system parameters and settings; Performing system start-up and backup; Monitoring system status and display of alarms; and Generating system and user statistical reports. 5.4.6 Engineering Terminal 5.4.6.1 A data port shall be provided for connection of a local portable Engineering Computer Terminal for system set-up, testing, diagnostics, and administration and maintenance operations. 5.4.6.2 The terminal shall be equipped with a colour display and shall be preloaded with appropriate software to access full management facilities. 5.4.6.3 Access to the Operational Telephone Subsystem functions shall be provided via a password control system which shall require the entry of both a unique user name and password. Confidential PS Chapter-3 Page 43 of 59 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 5.4.6.4 Various hierarchical levels of access shall be provided so that access is restricted to users in accordance with the pre-determined functions which they are permitted to access. 5.4.6.5 All successful logging on and attempts to gain access shall be recorded and time/ date stamped by the Operational Telephone, Network Management System. 5.4.6.6 Numbering Plan & IP Plan of the IP PBX System The Network shall support closed homogeneous numbering plan across the network such that the user has to just dial the extension number of the user, he wishes to reach from anywhere in the network. The IP Telephone System shall support 6/7 digit numbering scheme and it shall be flexible to manage. LKS 02 Contractor shall provide IP Plan for the IP PBX network. The numbering plan & IP Plan shall be required to be finalized by LKS 02 with Employer as a part of Detailed Design. 5.4.6.7 IP PBX Features The IP PBX network shall provide feature transparency across all the IP PBX switches throughout LMRC for voice communication. IP PBX shall support PRI trunk and to connect other exchanges in future in a transparent manner (Q SIG in heterogeneous environment). The minimum required features shall be as given in Table 5-5, in addition to features mentioned in Table 5.2. Any additional features available in the exchange and not listed in the Table may be indicated as part of design. In addition the following shall also be provided No. Feature Requirements of the feature 1. Voice mail Voice mail facility to all IP telephone users of LMRC. 2. Call Barge As per IP PBX standard 3. Soft Phone IP PBX supported Soft phones installable on desktop computers with RTP, RTCP supporting SIP, H.323. PIP, Conferencing support. 4. Auto Attendant As per IP PBX standard 5. Corporate Directory As per IP PBX standard (active directory integration) Confidential PS Chapter-3 Page 44 of 59 LKS 02: Particular Specifications No. Feature Requirements of the feature 6. IP Faxing (Fax Support) As per IP PBX standard 7. Extension Mobility As per IP PBX standard Table 5-5:- 5.4.6.8 List of Network Feature to be supported by the IP PBX. The assignment of the class of services and features to any telephone extension shall be configurable. 5.4.6.9 The IP PBX network shall support a minimum of the following four levels of programmable restrictions to each telephone extension: (1) Totally restricted level which user cannot make or receive calls to and from the PSTN (MTNL/BSNL/Private Operators) through the telephone extension; (2) Semi-restricted level which user cannot make PSTN (BSNL/Private Operators) calls but can receive PSTN (MTNL/BSNL/Private Operators) calls through the attendant console telephone/DID; (3) Local level which the telephone extension user can make or receive local PSTN (BSNL/Private Operators) calls only and (4) Unrestricted level which there shall be no restriction on the telephone extension for call connection. 5.4.6.10 Line Interfaces 5.4.6.10.1 The IP PBX shall be equipped with modules to support a minimum the following interfaces: 5.4.6.10.2 (1) PRI trunks (2) Interconnection with EPABX (3) Fax support The IP PBX shall provide support for Video and Audio phone sets over H323 and SIP protocols. The system shall support the following as a minimum Description Standard Call Signaling Protocol RAS (ITU-T Rec. H.225.0), H.245 SIP : RFC 3261 FAX: T.38 RFC 3550, RFC 3551 Real Time Protocol, Real Time Control Protocol Confidential PS Chapter-3 Page 45 of 59 LKS 02: Particular Specifications Device Control Protocol MGCP Support for other Protocols H.325 (up-and-coming standard) Audio Codes for Voice Compression G711, G722, G723.1, G729a Video Codes H.263/H.263+/H.264 Internet Protocol QoS support, TOS diffserv, 802.1 P/Q, 802.1AB LLDP Table 5-6:- List of Protocols to be supported by the IP PBX. 5.4.6.11 Block Wiring 5.4.6.11.1 All the IP phone circuits shall be terminated at the IP network switch inside the TER for distribution of the internal and external lines and interface with relevant Subsystems and Project Contractors. 5.4.6.11.2 The LKS 02 Contractor shall provide all installation materials which shall include all cables, cable glands, connectors and junction boxes for the installation of the IP PBX and associated interfaces 5.4.6.11.3 CAT6 cables shall be provided and connected from IP network switch inside TER or CER to end points in station rooms. All terminations at end points in rooms shall be RJ45 type with Flush mount wall jack RJ-45, Category 6, Terminations in TER or CER shall be done with patch panels, cable manager etc. 5.4.6.11.4 The LKS 02 Contractor shall provide 19” 6U space wall mounted rack in Station & DCC TER for installation of Layer 2 Managed POE switch, Patch Panel, cable manager etc. to be supplied and installed by LKS 02 5.4.6.11.5 A minimum spare capacity of 25% pairs shall be reserved in the cables, Flush mount wall jacks and patch panels. Where only one phone is required there also the cable used shall be of 2 pairs to provide reserve spare capacity. 5.4.6.11.6 Standard RJ-45 modular socket shall be provided for termination of the telephones via plug and socket arrangement. 5.4.6.11.7 Short circuit and over voltage protection device shall be provided to protect circuits from faults occurring in all outdoor cables. 5.4.6.12 5.4.6.12.1 Operation Telephone Instruments IP PBX Telephones The IP PBX telephones (Audio & Video) shall be equipped with, but not be limited to, the following facilities: (A) Desktop Voice Phone (from OEM of IP PBX) (1) Confidential * Handset with 12 push-button keypad; PS Chapter-3 Page 46 of 59 LKS 02: Particular Specifications (2) Adjustable volume control for speaker and ringer (3) Monochrome 4 line text display screen (4) A minimum of 4 programmable function keys for assignment of features or additional extension circuits and a minimum of 20 memories/phone book for speed dialing; (5) Hands-free operation through built-in speaker and microphone; (6) Display of call duration; (7) System clock display (synchronized); (8) On-hook dialing; (9) Visual display of details for incoming and outgoing calls; (10) CLIP support (11) Support for H.323/SIP (12) Two 10/100 BT PC port, POE Type Class 1/2 (13) Supporting DHCP Client or static IP address allocation plan (14) Inbuilt Lost-packet compensation mechanism, Self-adaptive jitter cache and echo suppression for smooth voice function Voice compression standards G711, G722, G723.1, G729a (B) (15) QoS support, TOS diffserv, 802.1p/q (16) RTCP and RTP support (17) XML support Video Phone (from OEM of IP PBX) * (1) Handset (2) Adjustable volume control for speaker and ringer (3) Hands-free operation through built-in speaker and microphone; (4) Display of call duration; (5) System clock display (synchronized); (6) On-hook dialing; (7) Visual display of details for incoming and outgoing calls; (8) CLIP support (9) Powered via POE Class 2/3 (10) Support for H.323/SIP (11) 5" Screen or better, Picture in Picture support (PIP) (12) Preferably integrated camera with high quality video for video calling. Provision for support of external HD camera. Confidential (13) Automatic low light correction (14) Video codec support ITU-T H.263/H.263+/H.264 as a minimum (15) Video frame rate CIF 30FPS or better (16) Bandwidth Support: 16kpbs-512kpbs or better (17) 2 RJ-45 10/100/1000BT Ethernet port POE PS Chapter-3 Page 47 of 59 LKS 02: Particular Specifications (18) Supporting DHCP Client or static IP address allocation plan (19) RTCP and RTP support (20) QoS support, TOS diffserv, 802.1p/q (21) XML support * In case of phones from manufacturer other than IP PBX, all features of IP PBX switch, Telephone features as per 5.3.1.26 of this chapter, features of UMA as per clause 5.3.1.5 of this chapter and features of NMS shall be available to the users and Non OEM equipments shall not put any limitation during implementation. All liability of support shall equally be applicable on IP Phone providers. Non OEM IP Phones and Video Phone (manufacturer other than OEM of IP PBX) should be reputed and proven. Confidential PS Chapter-3 Page 48 of 59 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 6 DESIGN/APPLICATION ENGINEERING REQUIREMENTS 6.1 General 6.1.1. In addition to the Design/Application Engineering requirements as identified in Chapter 1 (General Requirements) of this Particular Specification, the Telephone System shall meet technical system performance and equipment specification as specified herein. 6.2 Technical System Performance 6.2.1 EPABX Switch Network 6.2.1.1 The Telephone System shall provide non-blocking connection for extension to extension calls. The Telephone System shall offer a fully integrated and transparent digital service acting as a single digital switch. 6.2.1.2 Redundancy for the important interfaces/modules such as power supply, processor, control card, etc. shall be provided. The EPABX network shall be designed such that there is redundancy and diversity in terms of the communication links for call routing and call establishment. 6.2.1.3 The system design shall ensure high system availability with minimum common mode failure allowing graceful degradation. 6.2.1.4 Network and system shall be resilient to failure providing automatic reconfiguration of equipment with minimum system loss in particular the avoidance of common mode failure of site equipment, fiber, cable and power supply and soft ware affecting system operation. 6.2.1.5 Network architecture shall be future proofed to accommodate in the flexible manner enhancements to equipments and systems with respect to hardware and software upgrades. 6.2.1.6 EPABX switch network shall be synchronized to the master clock signal for merging into a single synchronized network along with the digital transmission system. The EPABX switch network shall have internal clock in free running mode in the event of the failure or absence of the master clock signal. The slip allowable in the exchange network shall confirm to ITU-T Rec. G.822. A highly resilient Telephone network synchronisation scheme shall be developed possibly employing multiple fall back protection and details furnished to the Employer’s representative for review. Confidential PS Chapter-3 Page 49 of 59 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 6.2.1.7 The Telephone System shall have the capacity of ringing up to minimum of three telephone sets connected in parallel. 6.2.2 Direct Line Telephone System System shall be configured as described in section 5.2 6.2.3 NOT USED 6.2.4 IP PBX Telephone System The System shall be configured as described in section 5.3 6.3 EPABX Switch Specifications 6.3.1 The EPABX switch shall be a digital, non-blocking, stored program controlled (SPC). 6.3.2 The EPABX switch shall be of modular, plug-in unit and keyed design. 6.3.3 The EPABX switch shall support (2B+D) ISDN and 2Mbps digital interfaces confirming to ITU-T recommendation G 703 and G 704. 6.3.4 The EPABX switch shall support digital DID Trunks for incoming calls from PSTN (BSNL) 6.3.5 The EPABX switch shall utilise 8Khz sampling rate and PCM “A Law” digital companding method conforming to ITU-T recommendations G.711,G.712 and G.731 6.3.6 The transmission characteristic including frequency/attenuation response, group delay, cross talk and noise shall meet the ITU-T recommendation Q. and G series. 6.3.7 The extension line interface in the exchange equipment shall match analogue or digital extension equipment as required and fulfill the following requirements : (1) Loop resistance of subscriber connected on physical cable pairs shall be limited to 1200.The minimum value of the leakage resistance of the line shall be 20 K Ohms; (2) Shall connect long distance subscriber lines with loop resistance upto1800 Ohms and minimum leakage of 15 K ohms; Confidential PS Chapter-3 Page 50 of 59 LKS 02: Particular Specifications (3) The exchange line shall block the extension line after certain period of “OffHook” condition without a selection being received. This period shall be between 10 and 20 seconds. Busy tone shall be sent to the blocked extension; (4) The working distance of the digital subscriber line for 0.6 mm dia single unshielded twisted pair shall not be less than 800 meters. 6.3.8 The digital extension line equipment shall be capable of data transmission simultaneously with speech (ISDN working). 6.3.9 The EPABX switch shall support both common channel Signalling and channel associated signaling. Common channel signaling shall conform to ITU-T recommendations I.431 and I.441. The frame structure shall contain voice, data, synchronization and Signalling channels. 6.3.10 All software and configuration data operating the EPABX switch shall be stored in non volatile memory and shall not be corrupted or lost in case of EPABX failure or loss of power supply. 6.3.11 The EPABX switch shall be equipped with the capacity of ringing up to a minimum of three standard telephone sets connected in parallel. 6.3.12 The interface for trunk lines shall meet ITU-T Rec. G734 or similar. 6.3.13 The exchange equipment shall be capable of interfacing with traffic to and from the PSTN (BSNL) exchange. All incoming calls from DOT/BSNL system shall be received via DID or PRI Trunks. All outgoing calls to PSTN (BSNL/Private Operator) system shall utilize PRI/CO outgoing trunks individually equipped. 6.4 Confidential Not Used. PS Chapter-3 Page 51 of 59 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 6.5 Telephone Network Management System (EPABX/Direct Line & IP Network) 6.5.1 General Telephone Network Management System shall be provided at CER at BCC for the overall control, supervision, maintenance and configuration of the entire LMRC Telephone Switch Network. The Telephone Network Management System shall be equipped with a management Workstation, printer and mass storage device. Notebook computers or equivalent suitable for field maintenance shall be provided as given in List of telecom spares of this Particular Specification. Appropriate software shall be pre-loaded onto the computers to access the local maintenance port of the EPABX and Direct Line Communication switches for system administration and management. The EPABX Notebook shall include simulation tools such as a. For testing and simulation of RTP and RTCP packets etc, manual creation and terminate RTP sessions, independent of call-signaling protocols such as SIP, H323, or MGCP. b. Test routines to support testing of  Analog 2-wire interfaces such as PSTN and Media Gateway  Interactive Voice Response testing,  Voice Quality Testing,  Delay Measurements,  Echo measurements,  Round Trip Delay measurement,  One Way Delay Measurements,  Measurement of Jitter Buffer Statistics, Degradation Factor. The LKS 02 Contractor shall submit the specification and make of notebook computers with software or equivalent for Employer’s review and approval and shall supply these portable note books with the supply of Telephone Exchanges and accessories. Access to the Telephone Network Management System shall be password protected. Confidential PS Chapter-3 Page 52 of 59 LKS 02: Particular Specifications Failure in the Telephone Network Management System shall not affect the normal operation of the IP PBX, Direct Line Communication switch network,& IP Network. The Telephone Network Management System shall provide the following management and administrative functions through the management Workstation: 6.5.2 (1) User data management; (2) Alarm monitoring; (3) Performance management; (4) Call detail recording (EPABX, Direct Line ); and (5) System administration. (6) Graphical Topology View User Data Management A database shall be built for defining the hardware and software configurations for all the EPABX, Direct Line Communication switches, IP PBX & IP Network. Any changes in the database shall be updated automatically on the mass storage devices. One copy of the database shall be downloaded to secondary off-line storage, either tape or disk. The database shall contain all configuration data pertaining to switching system equipment and connecting details including data on subscribers, lines, trunks, service circuits, switching network equipment, call routing, features, traffic data collection schedules and data for network management purposes. Upload, download, addition, deletion and editing of subscriber’s data, trunk data, assignment of class of services, features, programming of system parameters and settings shall be provided through the management Workstation. NMS shall be capable to take Backup/Restore configurations & firmware to the equipments. 6.5.3 Alarm monitoring The Telephone Network Management System shall monitor and display the status of the EPABX, Direct Line Communication switches,& IP Network on the management Workstation on a real-time basis. All alarm records shall include details of the faults, be time stamped with date, hour, minute, and stored in the Telephone Network Management Systems. All alarm events including the detection of alarm, alarm acknowledgement and reset shall be recorded and stored in the Telephone Network Management Systems. Confidential PS Chapter-3 Page 53 of 59 LKS 02: Particular Specifications The Telephone Network Management Systems shall monitor the network traffic and give alarm in case of traffic overload. The Telephone Network Management Systems shall be programmable to enable or disable the alarm print out by the printer. When the printer is enabled, the alarm event shall be printed real time by the printer. Failure of the printer or paper jam shall not affect the operation of the Telephone Network Management Systems. Reports based on network inventory, network elements, alarms, events, health checks to be visible from GUI interface to allowing users to monitor the health of the network. 6.5.4 Performance Management The Telephone Network Management Systems shall collect the network performance data continuously and provide reports upon user’s request. Types of network performance data shall include, but not be limited to, the following: (1) Traffic within the same EPABX, Direct Line Communication switches & IP Network; (2) Traffic between switches; (3) Traffic offered, blocked; and (4) Traffic of individual trunk and tie circuit. Upon user’s request, the Telephone Network Management Systems shall print out hard copy of the reports or download the reports to disk for further processing by software applications commonly available in the market. 6.5.5 System Administration The Telephone Network Management Systems shall store commands entered through the management Workstation and display the command history log or provide print out upon user’s request. The Telephone Network Management Systems shall provide facilities for users to run diagnostics on the control, voice and data circuitry without causing interruption to the operation of the system. As part of threat isolation and tracking provision for IP Network, MAC/IP tracing associations for troubleshooting and intrusion control is required. Isolation of networks based on such assessments should be possible from IP Network NMS to contain potential threats. Confidential PS Chapter-3 Page 54 of 59 LKS 02: Particular Specifications The Telephone Network Management Systems shall provide housekeeping functions for database backup, files deletion, download and upload. 6.5.5.1 Call detail logs for all types of call from an extension shall be generated. 6.5.6 Graphical Topology View 6.5.6.1 The Telephone Network Management Systems shall provide Server/Client architecture. NMS to provide Web View over browsers and Command line interface support for network configuration. The NMS should support Network-wide visibility with Physical and Logical Network Topology View and Device auto discovery. Topology Views to allow the network manager to launch specific applications to manage Network resources. 6.5.6.2 The Telephone Network Management Systems shall support for integration with other systems. 6.6 Telephone Equipment 6.6.1 The telephones shall be of modular design and construction to allow easy replacement of keypad and PCBs. 6.6.2 All analogue telephones shall be of DTMF dialing in accordance with ITU-T Recommendations Q.23. 6.6.3 The transmission and reception including sending, receiving and side tone sensitivities shall comply with relevant ITU-T Recommendations P series. 6.6.4 At stations and depot where Direct Line Telephones are used to access the control consoles at OCC basic telephone instruments shall be provided with single selection push buttons for each direct line. More than one telephone instrument, wherever necessary, may be provided. 6.7 Power Supply System 6.7.1 The Telephone equipment shall operate satisfactory at –48 V +/- 10 % DC. The LKS 02 Contractor shall provide power supply equipment for power conversion if necessary. The equipment should be capable of withstanding voltage spikes up to 3 volts over the maximum voltage. 6.7.2 All equipment of Telephone System (except printer, Servers etc) shall be powered from 48 Volts DC from Common System Battery Backup. The printer, servers and DLC shall be powered by 230 V AC from the common S&T UPS provided by LKS 02. 6.8 Confidential Line Distribution PS Chapter-3 Page 55 of 59 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 6.8.1 Cabling System 6.8.1.1 A cable network shall be provided at each facility to support operation of the Telephone System. 6.8.1.2 The network shall include all cables, distribution, termination and installation facilities together with RJ11 socket outlets or equivalent. 6.8.1.3 Termination facilities shall be provided within TER at each site to serve as the interface connection point between the equipment and the cable installation. 6.8.1.4 The termination equipment shall be arranged with separate equipment side and line side facilities which shall include all necessary insulation displacement connectors (such as IDCs), fuses, circuit test and isolation facilities, patch fields, patch cords and audio/data connectors. These shall provide a highly flexible and reliable cross connect arrangement which shall be readily accessible and shall cater for future reconfiguration and expansion, as appropriate. 6.8.1.5 Sub-distribution facilities shall be provided external to the TERs for the termination and distribution of the external field cables. 6.8.1.6 These termination facilities shall consist of IDC or equivalent terminal blocks equipped with circuit test and isolation facilities installed within a cabinet unit suitable for wall mounting in non-public areas throughout the site. 6.8.1.7 A quantity of at least 25% of the used pairs shall be provided as extra pairs in each distribution cable rounded up to the nearest whole pair. 6.8.2 Main Distribution Frame (MDF) 6.8.2.1 Within each TER, a floor or wall mounted MDF as appropriate shall be provided equipped with IDC terminals. The MDFs shall be equipped with sufficient capacity to terminate and cross-connect as appropriate all internal and external cabling including the 50% spare capacity. 6.8.2.2 All MDFs shall be of the same type and standardized throughout and shall serve as the interface connection point between the central equipment and field devices at each location. 6.8.2.3 The outgoing sections (connecting external lines) of the frame shall be fitted with lightning arrestors and surge protection devices with the required connections to the protective ground. The protective grounding point will be provided by others and made available inside the equipment room. 6.8.3 Cabling of Remote Telephones 6.8.3.1 Where telephone equipment is located between sites at locations not served by the FOTS either telephone type or optical fibre cables, as appropriate to meet the Confidential PS Chapter-3 Page 56 of 59 LKS 02: Particular Specifications psophometric noise requirement, shall be provided and installed by the LKS 02 Contractor. 6.8.3.2 All external cables installed within the local site shall be terminated at one end on the MDF and at the equipment device end via a local junction box as required. 6.8.3.3 Telephone type cables used in telephone systems, shall be as per general requirements of cable specifications detailed in Appendix of Part –II of this Particular Specification and specific requirements of telephone cables as described below in Section 7 of this Chapter 6.8.3.4 Data cables (UTP Cable CAT 6 & 5e) and Low Voltage power cables wherever used in telephone system should conform to the details given in Chapter 10 of this PS. 6.9 System Expansion 6.9.1 The Telephone System shall be expandable to include additional EPABX switches into the central EPABX switch network and telephone switching equipment at stations, OCC and depot for Direct Line Telephone communication system without affecting the performance and the operation of the Telephone System. 6.9.2 The Network Management System shall be expandable to control and monitor the additional EPABX switches and Direct Line Telephone switching equipment required for expansion of the network. 6.9.3 The EPABX switches shall be expandable to the maximum line capacity by adding extra line cards only with the common control equipment, including the processor unit, memory modules, switching modules, power supply unit, remaining unchanged. However the software license for the full line capacity as per the wired requirement given in this PS shall be provided as part of this Contract. 6.9.4 Direct Line Communication system shall be expandable for future sections with the facility for providing additional consoles in OCC/BCC. Confidential PS Chapter-3 Page 57 of 59 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 7. INTERFACES 7.1. Interfaces with Subsystems to be provided under this contract 7.1.1. General 7.1.1.1. All equipment interfaces between Subsystems shall be provided at the main distribution frame, digital distribution frame or optical distribution frame, as appropriate, depending on the type of circuit connections. 7.1.1.2. The LKS 02 Contractor shall determine the appropriate type of circuits for interface connections and ensure the interfacing circuits are of sufficient quantity and bandwidth to meet the requirements. 7.1.2. Interface with FOTS and Clock 7.1.2.1. The Telephone System shall be synchronized with the master clock source and timing reference provided by the master clock system provided by the LKS 02 Contractor. 7.1.2.2. The IP PBX switches shall be connected with appropriate types and quantities of the subscriber and junction line circuits provided by the FOTS and this shall be ensured by LKS 02 Contractor. 7.1.2.3. The switches and processors for Direct Line Communication shall be connected with appropriate types and quantities of circuits of the FOTS. 7.1.2.4. The central EPABX switches shall be interconnected with junction lines of appropriate quantity of circuits of the FOTS. 7.1.2.5. LKS 02 to provide the Ethernet links at TER/CER as per their EPABX communication bandwidth requirements. LKS 02 shall provide such link at patch panels inside their rack and shall extend for their further use. 7.1.2.6. In addition LKS 02 shall provide redundant links for IP PBX redundant Call Servers and switches at BCC at Transport Nagar Depot. 7.1.2.7. Bandwidth requirement mentioned in table 5.3 above are taken as tentative. LKS 02 shall provide exact bandwidth as per requirement and shall interface for ultimate / exact bandwidth requirement (for IP PBX communication network) at BCC and each station in compliance of this particular specification for IP PBX communication. 7.1.2.8. LKS 02 Contractor shall provide required Bandwidth for extension of all NMS Workstations at CER/CSS. Confidential PS Chapter-3 Page 58 of 59 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 7.1.2.9. Provision and extension of clean earth (< 1 ohm) at elevated stations up to TER to be done by LKS 02 contractor. A minimum cross section of 16 mm2 insulated copper wire shall be used for earthing. The earthing to be terminated in TER/CER on copper strip with a copper bus bar having minimum 20 holes for use of all the telecommunication equipments. 7.1.2.10. LKS 02 shall use the main earth strips provided by E&M in SCR and TER for their equipments. Further cabling from the earth strips shall be done by LKS 02 Contractor himself for his equipment. 7.1.3. Interface with Radio System. 7.1.3.1. The Radio system shall connect to the Telephone System and the Telephone System shall provide necessary circuits and facilities so that user can make telephone call through the hand portable/train mobile radios and call to hand portable/train mobile radios. 7.1.3.2. CDRS shall be provided as part of the Radio System and the number and type of channels have to be finalized by the LKS 02 for interface, testing and commissioning the recording of Telephone Communication in the CDRS. The interface shall be at ETHERNET or an agreed link approved by the Employer. Tapping of DLC/Phones through CDRS for recording should be over unified link. Individual tapping of each Phone/DLC is not permitted for feeding to CDRS for recording. 7.1.4. Interface with Civil Project Contractors. 7.1.4.1. The interface requirement between the Telephone System and civil works project Contractors shall be as given in Appendix A of chapter 10 of this Particular Specification. 7.1.4.2. For Telephone System Equipment, conduits with junction/termination/gang box are to be provided by LKS 02 Contractor as per system requirements in technical/non technical rooms, Administration rooms, PSP etc in station, depot and OCC areas. These conduits are to be extended from nearest S&T Data/Power trays up to location of the telecom equipments to be installed. Separate conduit for Data and Power cable to be extended. Confidential PS Chapter-3 Page 59 of 59 LKS 02: Particular Specifications LUCKNOW METRO RAIL CORPORATION LIMITED MASS RAPID TRANSPORT SYSTEM DESIGN, MANUFACTURE, SUPPLY, INSTALLATION, TESTING & COMMISSIONING OF TELECOMMUNICATION SYSTEMS For Phase-1A TENDER LKS 02 Particular Specifications CHAPTER 4 RADIO SYSTEM (With CDRS) Confidential PS Chapter-4 Page 1 of 114 LKS 02: Particular Specifications Table of Contents 1. INTRODUCTION................................................................................................................................. 4 1.1 1.2 GENERAL ..................................................................................................................................... 4 OVERVIEW OF RADIO SYSTEM ....................................................................................................... 4 2. NOT USED ..................................................................................................................................... 5 3. SCOPE OF THE WORKS .............................................................................................................. 6 3.1 3.2 3.3 4 GENERAL ..................................................................................................................................... 6 SCOPE OF SUPPLIES .................................................................................................................... 7 SCOPE OF SERVICES .................................................................................................................... 8 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS ........................................................................................... 10 4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 4.5 4.6 4.7 4.8 4.9 GENERAL ................................................................................................................................... 10 RELIABILITY REQUIREMENTS ....................................................................................................... 10 AVAILABILITY REQUIREMENTS ..................................................................................................... 10 MAINTAINABILITY REQUIREMENTS ............................................................................................... 11 SYSTEM SAFETY REQUIREMENTS ................................................................................................ 12 INTEROPERABILITY REQUIREMENTS ............................................................................................. 12 TYPE APPROVAL AND TYPE EXAMINATION CERTIFICATE ................................................................ 12 TYPE APPROVAL AND TYPE EXAMINATION CERTIFICATE..............................................13 INSTALLATION CERTIFICATE.............................................................................................13 5. FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS................................................................................................... 14 5.1 GENERAL ................................................................................................................................... 14 5.2 RADIO SYSTEM COVERAGE ......................................................................................................... 14 5.3 SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS ............................................................................................................ 16 5.4 SYSTEM CALL TYPES .................................................................................................................. 19 5.5 SYSTEM CALL REQUIREMENTS .................................................................................................... 21 5.6 SYSTEM FEATURES .................................................................................................................... 21 5.7 RADIO CONTROL W ORKSTATION (RCW) FUNCTIONALITY ............................................................. 28 5.8 TRAIN RADIO OPERATION ........................................................................................................... 32 5.9 HAND-PORTABLE USER RADIO CALLS.......................................................................................... 44 5.10 STATION RADIO COMMUNICATION ............................................................................................... 46 5.11 DEPOT OPERATIONS RADIO CALLS ............................................................................................. 46 5.12 OCC RADIO CALLS .................................................................................................................... 47 5.13 CALL LOGGING ........................................................................................................................... 50 5.14 NETWORK MANAGEMENT SYSTEM............................................................................................... 51 5.15 SECURITY MANAGEMENT...........................................................................................................55 5.16 FAULT AND ALARM MANAGEMENTSYSTEM..................................................................................56 5.17 VPN.......................................................................................................................... ................59 5.18 AVL/APL..................................................................................................................................59 6 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS.......................................................................................................... 60 6.1 6.2 6.3 6.4 6.5. 6.6 6.7 GENERAL ................................................................................................................................... 60 SYSTEM RADIO CHANNEL REQUIREMENTS................................................................................... 61 FREQUENCY PLANNING............................................................................................................... 62 TECHNICAL SYSTEM PERFORMANCE ........................................................................................... 63 CENTRAL SWITCHING EQUIPMENT SPECIFICATION ....................................................................... 65 AUDIO LOGGING ......................................................................................................................... 66 RADIO CONTROL W ORKSTATION (RCW) ..................................................................................... 66 Confidential PS Chapter-4 Page 2 of 114 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 6.8 6.9 6.10 6.11 6.12 6.13 6.14 6.15 6.16 7. RADIO CONTROL PANEL (RCP)................................................................................................... 72 RADIO ACCESS UNIT (RAU)........................................................................................................ 73 RADIO BASE STATION REQUIREMENTS ........................................................................................ 74 TRAIN RADIO .............................................................................................................................. 81 HAND-PORTABLE RADIO ............................................................................................................. 90 NETWORK MANAGEMENT SYSTEM............................................................................................... 94 CABLES ..................................................................................................................................... 94 ANTENNA TOWERS AT RADIO BASE STATIONS ............................................................................. 95 SYSTEM EXPANSION ................................................................................................................... 97 INTERFACES............................................................................................................................... 99 7.1 7.2 7.3 7.4 INTERFACES WITH OTHER SUBSYSTEMS...................................................................................... .99 INTERFACE WITH PROJECT CONTRACTORS ............................................................................... .100 INTERFACE BETWEEN RADIO AND POWER SUPPLY CONTRCATOR................................101 INTERFACE .REQUIREMENTS............................................................................................102 Confidential PS Chapter-4 Page 3 of 114 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 1. INTRODUCTION 1.1 General 1.1.1 This Chapter 4 of this Particular Specification specifies the particular technical and performance requirements of the TETRA Radio system of the Telecommunications System. 1.2 Overview of Radio System 1.2.1 A common radio platform shall provide radio communication for the underground, atgrade and elevated part of line. The use of radio frequency spectrum in India is regulated by the Wireless Planning and Co-ordination (WPC) Wing of the Ministry of Communications, Government of India. Metro Rail administrations (including DMRC) have been so far allotted spectrum in 380 – 400 MHz band. Frequency allotment may be in 400 or 800 MHz and the contractor’s responsibility for allotment of frequencies is further explained in section 3.3 and 6.3 of this Chapter. 1.2.2 The Radio system shall have central or distributed control equipment installed in the OCC at Sahkarita Bhawan and BCC at Transport Nagar Depot for system control from OCC/BCC. 1.2.3 Base stations shall be installed at selected locations to relay communications between all radios in the Radio system. The audio and data shall be conveyed to the central equipment or distributed through the FOTS. 1.2.4 The Radio system shall support both train radio and hand portable radio operations for system operations, maintenance and security functions throughout the LMRC. 1.2.5 The radio system in the Elevated Corridor and in general at-grade Corridor applications shall have tower mounted antennae for wide area coverage. For Underground stations and tunnels the coverage should be by leaky coaxial cable. 1.2.6 The radio system design shall cater for modular expansion at all hardware locations to accommodate future requirements and/or upgrades without the need for replacement of hardware during the equipment lifetime, as detailed elsewhere in this PS. Confidential PS Chapter-4 Page 4 of 114 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 1.2.7 The radio system shall be designed to have suitable interfaces for integrating with other related subsystems as specified elsewhere in this PS. 2. Confidential NOT USED. PS Chapter-4 Page 5 of 114 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 3. SCOPE OF THE WORKS 3.1 General 3.1.1 The LKS 02 Bidder must submit their bid based on ETSI Terrestrial Trunked Radio (TETRA) standards and fully compliant with this PS. The minimum requirement of Radio Base Station locations for the LMRC is 7. However, any more Base Stations, Repeaters, etc required in to ensure coverage shall be provided as part of this Contract, without any additional cost to LMRC by LKS 02 Contractor as this is a design & build contract. The frequency and coverage planning for the whole LMRC radio network, shall be LKS 02 responsibility, but without any additional charge. The TETRA Central Radio Subsystem shall support and manage a number of Base Stations which shall be at least 25% in excess of the number (to the nearest whole number) required to achieve the functionality and performance as stated herein. The Radio System working requirement for LKS 02 is follows:1. The Bidder can supply a circuit switch based system or an IP based TETRA Accredited System. The system can have a centralised architecture or a distributed architecture. However , the System Response times as laid down vide Clause no 6.4.3 of this Chapter have to be complied by the Contractor’s Equipment for the ultimate number of Base Stations (minimum 64) which can be supported by the Central or distributed Radio System Equipment being supplied. In case a distributed architecture is proposed and provided, the Radio Contractor shall be fully responsible for arranging at his own cost any extra networking equipment (routers, switches, etc) required to build his architecture, stipulated by the PS from each of the station to the OCC. 2 CCS Airport – Munsi Pulia section along with Transport Nagar Depot and OCC at Sahkarita Bhawan to be covered from OCC/BCC without any blank spot or loss/drop of signal strength. 3 Priority section (Transport Nagar to Charbagh) is planned to be commissioned in first stage without OCC at Sahkarita Bhawan so this will be controlled by the equipments installed at BCC at Transport Nagar only. Controller positions are planned for BCC to operate the Priority section and the BCC will work as OCC for priority section. For LMRC, the requirement is to provide the Radio System with following strategyThe installation and commissioning of Train Radios shall be the responsibility of LKS 02. Dispatchers shall be provided at OCC at Sahkarita Bhawan and DCC & BCC at Confidential PS Chapter-4 Page 6 of 114 LKS 02: Particular Specifications Transport Nagar depot. The Central System at OCC for the TETRA system should be duplicated so that failure of one system does not paralyse the whole network. The backup system will be installed at the BCC in Depot. LKS 02 contractor has to interface with Rolling Stock contractor for implementation of Train Radios, including supply of train radios. The installation and commissioning of train borne radio is the responsibility of LKS 02 contractor. Details of interface requirements for Rolling Stock are at Appendix A1 of Chapter 10 of PS & details of interface between the CBTC based Train Control System and the telecom system are also explained in Appendix A-3 of chapter 10 of PS as guidance to LKS02 for ensuring in his design of both systems. For Radio coverage sufficient BDAs, Radio Towers, cables, connectors etc and similarly for On board Train Radio antenna, cab to cab cable are to be used to achieve best performance without any degradation in the performance. All supplies for radio coverage as per PS requirement at elevated & underground stations, at grade Transport Nagar depot/BCC and OCC at Sahkarita Bhawan are to be provided by LKS 02 contractor and the system to be put into Operation and fully tested for its best performance before bringing in to actual utilisation for train services. 3.1.1.2 All costs including costs for relocation of equipment / train radios, if the need arises, any cost to be paid to other vendors, and full responsibility for coordination and liasoning , has to be borne by Radio Contractor LKS 02 and shall deemed to have been included in the LKS 02 Contractors bid price. LKS 02 shall take the lead and full responsibility for this. 3.2 3.2.1 Scope of Supplies The Radio system shall include, but not be limited to, the following: (1) Central or Distributed Infrastructure control equipment switch , Recorder, Dispatchers, router, etc for including controller , OCC with a full backup at designated location which will be at BCC at Transport Nagar depot (2) (3) The TETRA Central Radio Subsystem shall support and manage a number of Base Stations which shall be at least 25% in excess of the number (to the nearest whole number) required to achieve the functionality and performance as stated herein. Base stations including Tetra site controller, site router, base radios, environmental alarm system and RF distribution system as required to meet the contract objectives. (4) Confidential Radio access units (RCU) and panels (RCP) (Fixed Station & Depot radios) PS Chapter-4 Page 7 of 114 LKS 02: Particular Specifications (5) Radio control workstations and associated hardware (6) (7) Hand-portable radios with accessories. 20% handsets are to be similar to a GSM phone style / shape and the remaining similar to a Trunked PMR (IP-54). The Contractor shall provide at least the folloiwng handheld radio accessories: i. Clip on extension microphone with speaker ii. Carrying case with strap Battery chargers for hand-portable radios (8) Mobile train-borne radios complete with radio control head, Interfacing Unit, Control Panel, hands free microphone speakers and power supply equipment, including train-borne antennae, antenna mounting brackets, RF cables and connectors (including those connectors at other subsystem equipment). (9) Low loss coaxial cable, splitters and accessories to support wide band signal distribution over 380-400 MHz of frequencies with optimum performance and also able to support signals from 150 MHz upto 1 Ghz without much degradation. (10) Antennae and support structure for base stations in Elevated Corridor and at the depot etc. (11) Lightning protection equipment (12) Distribution frames (13) Equipment cabinets, racks and cubicles together with mounting brackets and installation material (14) Power supplies, cable, connectors, accessories, cabling and earthing necessary for all equipment for the Works (15) All software and license required for operation and maintenance of the radio system. (16) Radio network management system (17) AVL & VPN Sub system. (18) Authentication sub-system (19) Accessories to support wide band signal distribution over designated TETRA frequency band for LMRC application Any other item for fulfilling the requirements of this PS. (20) Confidential PS Chapter-4 Page 8 of 114 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 3.2.2 The scope of supply shall include all necessary hardware, software, firmware, accessories, materials and documentation. The detailed requirements shall be as given above in the Chapter 4 (This chapter) of Particular Specifications. In addition, LKS 02 to please note that Appendix J of Annexure 2 of ITT (volume 1) gives the minimum BOQ to be covered as part of the scope of work and any other item or enhancement of the listed items required to complete the deliverables of LKS 02 Contract shall also be provided as part of this Design & Build lump sum Contract without any additional cost to the employer. 3.3 3.3.1 Scope of Services The General requirements on the scope of services are given in Chapter 1 of this PS. The specific scope of work for this particular sub-system involves design, manufacture, delivery, system assurance, installation, testing and commissioning of the Radio System as specified in this Chapter of the Particular Specifications 3.3.1.1 In addition, the Contractor shall co-ordinate with Project Contractors as defined in Section 7 of this PS and provide comments or recommendation on subjects of station and depot building materials, finishes, architectural layouts and installation requirements for antenna supports. He shall also co-ordinate with the Civil Works Project Contractors to ensure the availability of proper duct / support facilities for all cables. The coordination and interface management shall be totally the responsibility of LKS 02 to see that the Radio System is timely commissioned. 3.3.2 LKS 02 shall assess the traffic requirements and level of usage of individual group of users to estimate the total loading and submit details such as frequency plan, traffic calculation, number of RF carriers, number of Base stations, masts / towers required, predicted coverage map at RF level bringing out the adequacy of the system to meet the expected levels of traffic and obtain approval of employer. 3.3.3 Based on a Radio Propagation study the LKS 02 contractor shall submit the proposed locations of towers and antennas to provide the specified area coverage throughout the elevated sections of LMRC network including full indoor coverage. 3.3.4 The Contractor shall liaise with all concerned authorities including DoT, WPC, SACFA, civil Aviation authorities and other local authorities and obtain necessary clearances/sanctions for installation and commissioning of the Radio system. All costs therein have to be borne by the Contractor. The Contractor shall provide a digital, standard radio communications system conforming to the TETRA standards as defined by ETSI (and upgradable to future revisions) that Confidential PS Chapter-4 Page 9 of 114 LKS 02: Particular Specifications should be capable of facilitating system wide voice and data communication to support the Operation and Maintenance of the LMRC. This shall include liaising for obtaining the frequency allocation & clearance also. Confidential PS Chapter-4 Page 10 of 114 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 4. PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS 4.1 General 4.1.1 Further to the general performance requirements specified in CHAPTER 1 of this particular specification, additional performance requirements for the Radio system shall be as specified below. 4.2 Reliability Requirements 4.2.1 The Contractor shall ensure that the Radio system equipment supplied under the Contract comply with the reliability figures herein: Equipment MTBF (Hours) Main Switching equipment > 50,000 hours Base Station Radio > 50,000 hours Base Station Site > 30,0000 hours Radio control panel /Unit > 25 ,000 hours Mobile radio equipment in train > 30,000 hours Radio control head > 25,000 hours Handportable radio > 25,000 hours Handportable radio Chargers > 25,000 hours Radio network management system > 30,000 hours Table 4-1 4.3 Confidential MTBF Figures Availability Requirements PS Chapter-4 Page 11 of 114 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 4.3.1 In determining the availability of the Radio system, reliability block diagrams using field failure rates for commercially available equipment shall be produced. Any equipment without field failure data shall have its failure rate determined strictly in accordance with MIL-HBK-217F or similar method, for its appropriate operating environment. Any degraded mode of operation or re-configuration functions provided by the Radio system shall not be included in the determination of the system availability. 4.3.2 The conditions which shall be considered as failures shall include, but not be limited to: (1) failure to initiate individual call (2) failure to initiate group call (3) failure to initiate emergency call (4) failure to initiate system call (5) failure to perform dynamic re-group set-up (6) failure of any one base station . Even with failure of one Base Station, the Radio coverage for any Train shall not be affected and the coverage to the SCR/OCC Fixed Radio (RAU/RCP) shall not be affected. Hence there has to be overlapping coverage design for these areas. (7) failure of control equipment (8) Radio MMI unable to receive a call The Radio system shall have an overall availability of better than 99.95%. 4.3.3 The Radio Management System shall be considered unavailable if any of the functions provided by the Management system cannot be properly exercised. The availability of the Radio Management System shall be better than 99.95%. 4.3.4 Confidential The Radio system interface to the following systems shall be reliable (1) Telephone system (2) FOTS System (3) Train-borne PA System (4) Station PA System PS Chapter-4 Page 12 of 114 LKS 02: Particular Specifications (5) Train Control and Signalling System 4.4 Maintainability Requirements 4.4.1 The Mean Time To Restore (MTTR) of the Radio system to full normal operation following a failure shall be less than four hours excluding the time of travel. 4.5 System Safety Requirements 4.5.1 All equipment must comply with, and be installed in conformance with IEC 65 IEC 364 or equivalent National Electric Code/Uniform Building Code of safety standards. 4.5.2 All metallic enclosures shall be provided with an earth terminal. Earthing of all equipment shall be in accordance with the overall guidelines for earthing laid down in Appendix – M of chapter 10 of this PS and also CHAPTER 1 of this PS. 4.6 Interoperability requirements The Radio system supplier shall have previously demonstrated working radio interoperability tests between their radio equipment and the equipment of another radio vendor. The radio system supplier must submit documentation that has demonstrated interoperability. This test certification must be issued by only Accredited Test Houses of TETRA. The Inter-Operability Profile (IOP) certificates have to be submitted for the Switching Infrastructure Equipment. Copy of IOP Certificates issued for compliance to each of the following TETRA summary features for the Switching Infrastructure Equipment to be necessarily submitted as part of the Bid. Confidential i. Core System ii. Short Data Service (minimum SDS-TL). iii. Individual Address Dynamic Group Number Assignment iv. Multi Slot Packet Data v. Air Interface Encryption (minimum Class 3) vi. Authentication. vii. End to End Encryption. viii. Inter System Interface (ISI) PS Chapter-4 Page 13 of 114 LKS 02: Particular Specifications In case of non compliance or non-availability for any of the above important summary features, the Bid shall be considered as Technically non compliant. 4.7 Application Programme Interface The radio system supplier shall submit as part of their proposal , all Application Programming Interface (API) documentation that show the functions that will be used in the interface design between the radio and non-radio system, as in the case of train management system. This is a mandatory requirement and no other document such as flow charts will be permitted as acceptable. During execution of the Contract, LKS02 shall also be required to provide the actual API’s for future use of LMRC, at no additional price. 4.8 4.8.1 Type Approval and Type examination certificate The radio system supplier shall submit as part of their proposal, Type examination certificate from only Accredited Test Houses of TETRA .The Type examination certification should be provided for Central/Switching Equipment, Base Stations, Mobiles and Portables and should indicate the ETSI Standards that have been approved to in the Certificate. Certification form issued by any other Body will not be considered and the Bid shall be treated as technically non-compliant. 4.9 Installation Certificate 4.9.1 The contractor shall establish that their proposed TETRA system is established and proven. For this the contractor shall, as part of their proposal, submit an Installation & Commissioning Certificate proving that from the same manufacturer of Radio system as being proposed, at least one similar multisite( >=5 Base Stations) TETRA system ( along with Central or distributed Infrastructure ) has been commissioned for any Rail or Metro Rail Customer anywhere in the World in last 5 years. The commissioned system should have necessarily included Remote Base Stations, Central Switch (or distributed architecture) and Dispatchers. The system must have given a trouble free satisfactory service for at least one year after commissioning. The certificate to this effect shall be issued by a Competent Authority within the Customer’s Organisation and submitted by him on his Official Company Stationery. Address for Correspondence, telephone, fax and email contact details must be provided for future communication. Certification from any other Individual/Organisation will not be entertained. In case of failure to do so, the Bid shall not be considered technically compliant. Confidential PS Chapter-4 Page 14 of 114 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 4.9.2 The Contractor/Supplier of the Contractor shall be a TETRA Accredited manufacturer of TETRA Switching Infrastructure equipment (the base station can be integrated as an OEM partnerships) and shall have Inter-Operability Certificates issued by TETRA Accredited Test House. Copy of current and valid IOP certificate has to be submitted. The Certification shall cover all features as listed above in Clause 4.6, as a minimum. 5. FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS 5.1 General 5.1.1 The Radio system shall be a digital trunked radio system operating in the 380 – 400 MHz frequency band (or in the Frequency Band allocated for the Lucknow Metro) conforming to the TETRA standards as defined by ETSI. 5.1.2 The Radio system shall support both voice and data communications. The bit rate shall be up to 7.2 KBPS per time slot for data communication as a minimum. Multi slot should be provided to allow user to use as a minimum 2 time slots simultaneously in each carrier. LKS 02 system shall be up-gradable to support higher data rates as per TETRA2 TEDS service by only software upgrades or upgradable to support broadband services by adding broadband base station based on Wimax or LTE technology on the proposed infrastructure. 5.1.3 The Radio System shall provide a common radio communication platform to all radio users. 5.1.4 The Fibre Optics Transmission System shall relay the audio and data signals between the central equipment at OCC/BCC and the base stations. 5.1.5 The CER in OCC/BCC shall be equipped with all control and monitoring equipment. The central control system shall be fault tolerant, and in a hot-standby configuration at OCC/BCC or based on a distributed architecture with full redundancy. 5.1.6 Antenna network comprising of leaky coaxial cable (for underground and in case the antennae coverage is not there for elevated/at grade) shall enable radio coverage throughout the network. 5.1.7 All the Central or distributed Equipment and MMI Workstations and Control Panels shall be synchronised to within one second by connection to the LMRC Master Clock System. Confidential PS Chapter-4 Page 15 of 114 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 5.1.8 All the radio communications shall be continuously recorded in a Digital voice recorder(s) to be provided under this Contract at OCC/BCC. 5.2 Radio System Coverage 5.2.1 The Radio system shall provide coverage throughout the entire Elevated / at grade and underground operating area. 5.2.2 The Radio System shall cover, but not be limited to: 1) all station concourses, platforms, escalators, administration areas 2) all station plant room areas, subway entrances, including passenger entrances at ground level 3) all equipment rooms, ASS, RSS, Pump room, DG room, ancillary buildings, and any other areas where the operation and maintenance staff may gain entry 4) along each railway track in the underground elevated / at grade corridors. 5) within depot area including all rooms, sheds and open area up to the boundaries of the depot. 6) bounds of sidings, crossovers, overruns, open cut areas, etc. 7) all escape routes including fireman’s escape paths, etc. 8) all on-line sub-stations, Signal and Telecommunication equipment rooms, station control rooms etc. 9) at grade areas for all elevated and at-grade stations within a radius of 250 metres from station entrances 10) All parts of OCC and Depot, DCC’s and LMRC Headquarters. 5.2.3 The Design requirements required to be submitted are given in Chapter 1 of this PS and section 6 of this Chapter. Contractor shall however submit to the Employer’s Representative for review, the coverage calculations and coverage plots (both up-link & down-link) to confirm that the required RF coverage stated above can be achieved using the Contractor’s proposed antenna locations. Confidential PS Chapter-4 Page 16 of 114 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 5.2.4 The requirements of verification, testing and commissioning are given in Chapter 1 of this PS. In addition the Contractor shall conduct continuous radio frequency signal strength test following the pre-determined paths given by the Employer’s Representative. The Contractor shall submit graphs of the signal strength measurement as part of the Partial Acceptance Test Results of the radio system to verify contract compliance for both Uplink and Down-link signals. 5.2.5 The Contractor shall perform functional check and signal strength measurement on the radio system for each channel at spots reviewed by the Employer’s Representative to verify the radio signal coverage requirements given in this Chapter, and shall cover, but not be limited to: 5.2.6 (1) Each station concourse (2) Each station platform (3) Each station plant room area (4) Each ancillary building (5) All entrances, exits, at all stations (6) Along each railway track to ensure minimum coverage as specified in this chapter (7) Within the depot area and RSS (8) OCC/HQ Building and BCC. The Contractor shall conduct continuous signal strength following the pre-determined paths given by the Employer’s Representative with the frequency of the radio system. The Contractor shall submit graphs of the signal strength measurement as part of the Partial Acceptance Test Results of the radio system. 5.2.7 The Partial Acceptance Tests are considered completed only if the Employer’s Representative without objection reviews the Partial Acceptance Test results. 5.3 System Requirements 5.3.1 General 5.3.1.1 The major functional requirements of the Train Radio System for LMRC are : 1) Instant communication between the Traffic Controller/Chief Controller and other designated controllers in OCC’s to Train Driver/Conductor for operations. 2) Instant communication between designated controllers and the Maintenance/ Security staff working along the track and at stations Confidential PS Chapter-4 Page 17 of 114 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 3) Instant Emergency communication 4) Communication between maintenance and operating staff working within the Depot area, Train Cabs and the Depot Controller 5) Data communication for text messages and other control and management functions 5.3.2 User Access Following type of MMI/access unit shall be used on the Radio system 1) Radio Control Workstation -Dispatcher (RCW) - The RCW shall have full dispatcher facilities for Controllers through the use of feature rich GUI. 2) Radio Access Unit (RAU) - The RAU shall provide all individual and group call, limited call setup and receipt through the use of a multi-function feature phone facility connected directly to the radio Control system through a fixed TETRA radio(minimum 3 W RF Output). The RAU shall also provide a back-up to the RCW (only for voice communications).As an alternative a desktop Fixed Radio with display+ a Goose Neck Desktop Mic with PTT can also be provided connected to the Fixed Radio. The complete RAU shall have display unit for the user ,to display the Radio ID of the Calling party, alias of calling party, signal strength, 3) Radio Control Panel (RCP) - The RCP shall be located at Station Control Rooms and other designated locations and provide full fixed and mobile radio functions including Individual and multi-group calls through the use of a multi-phone facility connected to the radio system by a fixed radio TETRA set.(minimum 3 W RF Output) As an alternative a desktop Fixed Radio with display+ a Goose Neck Desktop Microphone with PTT can also be provided connected to the Fixed Radio. The Complete RCP shall have display unit for the user ,to display the Radio Id of the Calling party, alias of calling party, signal strength, etc. 4) Train Radio Control Panel (TRCP) - The TRCP shall be integrated into the train cab and shall provide Train Drivers with call functions along with the radio control head. The TRCP shall be interfaced to On-Board Radio which shall be a fixed radio with minimum 3 W output. 5.3.3 Confidential OCC Operation. PS Chapter-4 Page 18 of 114 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 5.3.3.1 System-wide LMRC control functions for the Radio system shall normally be carried out at the OCC. 5.3.3.2 The OCC shall be able to log on in two modes, normal operation or training. 5.3.3.3 In training mode or training profile , a dedicated “ Log on” control level shall be provided to the Radio MMI so that training activities to the Radio System Control Equipment at OCC on one of the MMI’s shall not disturb the normal operation of the Radio System at OCC, on other MMI’s. 5.3.3.4 Talk groups for training purposes shall be set up and be activated when a controller log on the radio MMI in training mode at OCC/BCC. 5.3.4 Radio Access at OCC/DCC/SCR 5.3.4.1 OCC The LMRC shall have various control positions in OCC to be equipped with radio access/control facilities as listed in Schedule of MMI’s ( Chapter 10 of this PS). The Contractor shall supply the radio access / control equipment, minimum as per the list. 5.3.4.2 Depot Control Centre at Each Depot Controller positions shall be equipped with radio access/control facilities listed in table 5-1 below: Controller Positions Type of Radio Access/Control panel equipped with Depot Controller RCW + Backup RAU (voice only) Crew Controller RAU PPIO RAU Table 5-1 User Radio Access/Control panels in DCC. 5.3.4.3 Station Control Room (SCR) Station Controller shall be equipped with Radio Control Panel (RCP). Confidential PS Chapter-4 Page 19 of 114 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 5.3.4.4 Central Equipment Rooms (Telecommunication) at OCC One RCW with restricted access shall also be located in the Central Equipment Room for Telecommunication Systems at OCC and BCC. This unit shall be used for maintenance monitoring and shall work as spares for RCWs in the OCC. 5.4 System Call Types 5.4.1 The Radio system shall enable and provide following categories of calls in Wide Area Trunking: 5.4.1.1 Individual call The system shall support Individual (point-to-point) voice calls between any two parties. The individual call shall be full duplex, as a minimum from any radio to and from a RCW. It shall also allow Full Duplex call from Portable to Portable for the system being supplied. . 5.4.1.2 Group call The radio system shall support group voice calls, enabling communication between a number of users within a pre-defined area, all being members of the same call group. It shall be possible to modify the composition of the call groups within the network. Any user may be a member of one or more call groups. It shall be possible to modify the local area over which group calls are implemented within the network. System shall incorporate suitable mechanism to co-ordinate calls between users intending to speak during a group call. Only one member of the group involved in a group call can speak at any one time. It shall, however, be possible for a Controller (Dispatcher) to interrupt the talking member. These calls shall be half duplex and shall be permitted to all users. A Dispatcher may be a member of multiple talkgroups. 5.4.1.3 Not used. 5.4.1.4 Data Call 5.4.1.4.1 The System shall support the following: Confidential 1) Unprotected data - Upto 28.8. Kbps 2) Packet connectionless-oriented data. PS Chapter-4 Page 20 of 114 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 3) Pre-formatted/pre-defined text messages from the train radio, hand-portable radios and from the OCC/BCC. 4) Short data messages (SDS). For sending short data series via the control channel, of SDS-TL type as a minimum. 5) The system shall have the facility of transferring data from the train to the OCC automatically at predefined intervals. 6) 5.4.1.4.2 Possibility of simultaneous voice and status / SDS The system should be supplied with a Packet Data Gateway as per ETSI standards/guidelines. External access to the Radio system through the PDG should be firewall protected. The fire wall shall be supplied as part of the Contract. 5.4.1.5 Emergency Call Train-borne mobile, hand-portables and Control Centres (OCC/BCC & DCC) shall be permitted to initiate. An emergency call can be either a group call or an announcement/broadcast call. When the system is busy, emergency calls are set up immediately by ruthlessly pre-empting the lowest priority call in progress. The lowest priority call is dropped and the required resources immediately granted to the emergency call. There shall be two types of emergency calls 1) Train Emergency call: The train emergency call shall be automatically routed to the designated jurisdiction control Traffic Controller. 2) Shunting emergency call: The Shunting emergency call shall be sent to all users involved in shunting operations 5.4.1.6 Direct Mode Operation (DMO) Call 5.4.1.6.1 DMO voice calls shall be possible both ways between the train-borne mobile and another train-borne mobile, train-borne mobile and hand-portable and between hand-portables located within a radius of 1 Km in above ground areas and practically feasible range in tunnels. 5.4.1.6.2 Not Used. 5.4.1.6.3 Not used 5.4.1.6.4 The system should be supplied with one TMO Repeater and also an Analog Base Interface Module (BIM) to enable interfacing the system to a conventional Analog Radio Confidential PS Chapter-4 Page 21 of 114 LKS 02: Particular Specifications System. The TMO Repeater shall allow TMO to TMO repeater operation for range extension. The minimum input sensitivity of the TMO repeater shall be -80 dbm. 5.4.1.7 Train PA Call It shall be possible for the OCC to access the Train-borne PA system and make prerecorded or live announcements to individual trains. 5.4.1.8 Rolling Stock Restricted Manual (RM) Mode Operation The in-train mobile radio shall interface with the on board ATP system to enable the train mobile transceiver to automatically transmit an alarm message to OCC whenever the mainline revenue train has switched to non ATP/ATO mode operation. This facility shall be disabled when the train hits the cut out track circuit and enters the depot area. On acknowledgement of the alarm message, the OCC shall be able to establish a voice call or send a data message regardless of the case when either or both train driver and controller are involved in other calls. 5.5 System Call Requirements 5.5.1 A minimum of eight priority levels shall be available for assignment to radio users of varying importance. Priority-setting shall be configurable from the central control. 5.5.2 The Radio System shall as a minimum support the communication between various Voice Calls parties in accordance with the following matrix: OCC SCR Train OCC Yes Yes SCR Yes Yes Radi yes o Yes Train Radio Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes* Hand-portable Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes ** EPABX Yes Yes Yes ** Yes extension DCC Yes Yes Yes Handportable DCC Yes Yes Yes EPABX extension Yes Yes ** Yes Yes Table 5-3 System Voice Call Requirements *- Calls authorised by OCC ** -Calls between designated radios & designated EPABX extensions 5.5.3 All calls initiated by the traffic controller / crew controller to the train borne mobile shall be able to use either the Rake ID or the Radio ID number. 5.5.4 All calls initiated by the Traffic Controller/Chief Controller to the Train-borne mobile shall be able to use either the Train ID Number or the Radio ID Number. Confidential PS Chapter-4 Page 22 of 114 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 5.5.5 All calls meant for a hand-portable radio shall use the Radio ID Number. 5.5.6 Calls originating from Traffic Controller/Chief Controller and from the Train Radio shall have overriding priority over all other calls, except Emergency Calls 5.6 System Features 5.6.1 User Validation 5.6.1.1 When a user attempts to gain an entry into the system, its radio identity number (RIN) shall be verified and validated prior to permitting access to the Radio system. Users without valid RIN shall be barred from accessing the system. 5.6.2 Fast Channel Access 5.6.2.1 The average channel access time, defined as the elapsed time from the push-to-talk (PTT) operation to the time when the originator receives the transmit prompt tone shall not be greater than 300ms at 5% BER subject to the availability of a voice channel. 5.6.3 Random Retries 5.6.3.1 If access is not granted on the first attempt, all the radios shall automatically re-send the call request without user intervention. The Contractor shall submit to the Employer’s Representative for review the details on the number of retries available and the duration during which this occurs. 5.6.4 Multi-party Voice Calls 5.6.4.1 The system shall support multi-party voice communications between upto six different parties. The call shall be half-duplex and shall be authorised by RCW. 5.6.5 Continuous Channel Updating 5.6.5.1 Control channel shall continuously transmit assignment information allowing a user to join calls already in progress even if a user misses the initial assignment due to a momentary signal fade or other effects (late entry). . 5.6.6 Multiple Priority Levels 5.6.6.1 A minimum of eight different priority levels shall be available for assignment to users of varying importance. The Radio system’s different priorities shall be assigned to each Confidential PS Chapter-4 Page 23 of 114 LKS 02: Particular Specifications radio and talkgroup. When the system gets busy, radios with higher priority shall get a traffic channel allocated before radios with lower priority. 5.6.6.2 Emergency calls are assigned the highest priority. This shall be ensured even as a ruthless pre-emption. 5.6.6.3 The system shall provide the recent user priority to enhance call continuity. If a call has cleared in a pause in speech, but another user wishes to speak soon after , the priority level of the group is increased for a timed queue. Therefore call continuity is preserved whilst making the most efficient use of system resources. 5.6.6.4 The system shall allow RCW to interrupt ongoing radio traffic, should it be necessary. 5.6.7 Call Queuing and Call-back 5.6.7.1 When all voice channels have been assigned and the Radio system is fully loaded, new calls requested shall be queued according to its pre-assigned priorities until a voice channel becomes available. Equal priority users shall be queued on a first-in-first-out basis among themselves. The users shall receive a busy tone indicating that the system is currently busy and the call has been queued. 5.6.7.2 Channels shall be assigned to users, as they become available, according to their position in the queue. The user shall receive a ‘call back tone’ informing the user that a channel is now available and the call can now proceed. 5.6.7.3 The system shall support Recent User Priority. If, during a group call, a user is slow to make a response and the traffic channel is de-allocated, the call enters a recent user queue. If a user then responses within 10 seconds the call will be given priority for a traffic channel over new calls (of the same priority) also waiting for a traffic channel allocation. Recent User Priority shall let a talkgroup call have more conversational continuity when there is a busy queue. 5.6.8 Out of Range Indication 5.6.8.1 Audio and visual indications shall be available to inform the user when the radio is out of the RF coverage range of the Radio system. The indication shall be generated automatically when a request for channel is not acknowledged or when the radio fails to receive control channel information. The audio and visual indication shall remain until the radio moves back into the coverage range. Confidential PS Chapter-4 Page 24 of 114 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 5.6.9 User Registration 5.6.9.1 A user shall automatically be registered after successfully logging on to the Radio system under the RF coverage zone of a base station. The Radio system shall have a record of the location of all active users such that frequencies are assigned only at the RF coverage zone of the base station where group members are present. The Radio system shall not assign a channel at a base station where group members are not present. 5.6.9.2 The Radio system shall ensure that a user is only registered within one Base Station RF coverage zone at any one time. The registration shall be continuously updated to reflect the current user identities and locations. 5.6.10 User De-Registration 5.6.10.1 The Radio System shall de-register users to ensure that no channels are assigned at a base station unnecessarily. 5.6.10.2 The Contractor shall submit to the Employer’s representative for review the details of the de-registration 5.6.11 Handoff 5.6.11.1 The Radio system shall support handoff across all the RF coverage zones of base stations in the Radio system such that all calls in progress regardless of the call types and call modes shall be maintained with minimum interruption to an ongoing call, so that the call does not drop at all.(Type 2 Handoff minimum) 5.6.11.2 The Contractor shall submit details of the hand off process as part of the Detailed design during Contract execution. Handoff while moving from underground to the elevated section shall also be detailed. 5.6.12 Dynamic Re-Grouping 5.6.12.1 Radios in different talk-groups shall establish a new talk-group automatically on the receipt and acknowledgement of re-grouping instructions sent over the air by the Radio system. There shall not be any limitation on the number of radios in each talk group and the combination talk groups arrangements. 5.6.13 Confidential System Call PS Chapter-4 Page 25 of 114 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 5.6.13.1 A system call shall be one way broadcast call to all the radio located at one or more/all sites users in the Radio system. A system call shall be initiated only from a RCW with a predefined priority level. 5.6.13.2 A system call shall be initiated in a “polite” or “pre-emption” mode from the RCW logged in with the highest priority only. The “polite” mode shall wait until all the radios are idling before the system call can proceed. The “pre-emption” mode shall interrupt all communications in progress and broadcast to all users in the Radio system immediately. 5.6.13.3 Visual indications shall be available at the called hand-portable radios to inform the users of an incoming system call. 5.6.13.4 The system call shall be terminated only by the RCW that initiates the call. 5.6.14 Critical Site Assignment The system shall preferably but not essentially support Critical Site Assignment, which is a TETRA service that supplements the group call service. 5.6.15 Data Communication The Radio system shall support the following data applications as a minimum : 5.6.15.1 Text Messages 5.6.15.1.1 A minimum of 100 pre-formatted messages shall be stored in the Radio system and each message size shall be up to a maximum of 128 alphanumeric characters. The status message service allows a Mobile Station (MS) to send a pre-formatted status message to the dispatch console system. 5.6.15.1.2 The free-formatted message shall be input through the RCW keyboard and each message shall be up to a maximum of 128 alphanumeric characters. 5.6.15.1.3 The Radio system shall support at least 64 status messages and each message size shall be up to a maximum of 40 alphanumeric character 5.6.15.1.4 The system shall generate an acknowledgement that is returned to the originating MS to indicate that the status message has been delivered to the dispatch console system. 5.6.15.2 General data applications 5.6.15.2.1 Radio system shall support data communication between the controller and mobile users to cover timetable information and maintenance and diagnostic applications Confidential PS Chapter-4 Page 26 of 114 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 5.6.15.2.2 The data communication shall be supported by Short-Data Service and by Packet Data Gateway. It should be possible to do data transfer between Two hand portables by linking a laptop computer to hand portables. The Radio System shall provide packet data transmission essentially using one time slot right from the start and using multiple time slots (ranging minimum upto 2) combined together for transmission up to a maximum data rate. The LKS 02 supplied system shall be up-gradable to support higher data rates as per TETRA2 TEDS service by only software upgrades or upgradable to broadband services by adding broadband base station based on Wimax or LTE technology on the proposed same infrastructure. The Packet Data channels must coexist on the same Base Station site or Base Radio. 5.6.15.2.3 The system shall also be up-gradable to support higher data rates as per TETRA2 TEDS service by only software upgrades or by broadband services by adding broadband base station based on Wimax or LTE technology on the proposed infrastructure. The Contractor has to submit documents along with his Bid to substantiate his claim in this matter. 5.6.15.2.4 Emergency Alarm to be provided. The emergency alarm service allows a Mobile Station (MS) to send an emergency alarm to the dispatch system and the Radio Control Manager (RCM) application. Only MSs can send an Emergency Alarm and the Alarm is delivered to all Dispatch Consoles (DCs) that have the affiliated talkgroup of the MS assigned. 5.6.15.2.5 Short Data Transport Service The Short Data Transport Service (SDTS) lets applications access the point-to-point or broadcast TETRA Short Data Service (SDS) transfer over the air. It shall support messages of up to 140 characters per message. The radio system support concurrent voice and SDTS transmission. The SDS shall use TETRA Short Subscriber Identity (SSI) addressing and data shall be transferred between:  Mobile Station (MS) to MS  MS to fixed IP host (the IP host which has an assigned SSI and be registered with the TETRA Infrastructure) Fixed IP host to MS or group or broadcast (the destination devices must have  assigned SSIs and be registered with the TETRA Infrastructure) Confidential PS Chapter-4 Page 27 of 114 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 5.6.15.2.6 The system shall support Dedicated Data Channels This shall be achieved by dedicating specific traffic channels to only handle data. Each Base Site shall be able to accommodate up to four of these dedicated Packet Data Channels (PDCHs). Mobile Stations (MSs) shall be directed to a PDCH by the Main Control Channel (MCCH) when required to exchange data. Once assigned to the PDCH an MS must be active, otherwise it is de-allocated after a period set in the configurable READY timer. This means that the MCCH need only be accessed once at the beginning of each packet data session and not trunked data allocation, whereby the Mobile Station must access the MCCH and request a traffic channel for each individual data packet. 5.6.16 Talking Party Identification for Telephone Interconnect Calls Identity of the called or calling party shall be displayed. 5.6.17 Closed User Group Any user who is not within the list of allowed users shall not be able to gain access to any of the functions and services provided by the network. 5.6.18 to 20 Not used. 5.6.21 Call barring 5.6.21.1 It shall be possible, using network management system, to prevent individual radio users from making calls to or receiving calls from certain categories of radio users within the network. 5.6.21.2 Barring of Incoming Calls (BIC) Each radio user shall be barred by the Network Manager from receiving incoming telephone interconnect calls from certain specified numbers or number ranges. The numbers and ranges are to be specified in Exclusion Classes. Each radio user can be associated with a single Exclusion Class. If a telephone interconnect call is received from a number that matches one of the disallowed dialling patterns in the exclusion class, the call shall be rejected. 5.6.21.3 Barring of Outgoing Calls (BOC) Each radio user shall be barred by the Network Manager from making outgoing telephone interconnect calls to certain specified numbers or number ranges. The numbers and ranges are to be specified in Exclusion Classes. Each radio user can be associated with a single Exclusion Class. If a radio user attempts to make a call to a Confidential PS Chapter-4 Page 28 of 114 LKS 02: Particular Specifications number that matches one of the disallowed dialling patterns in the exclusion class the call will be rejected. 5.6.22 Not Used. 5.6.23 Preferred Control Channel 5.6.23.1 All radios shall remain affiliate to a preferred control channel of a designated base station if the signal strength is at an acceptable level in all circumstances including the base station in local trunking mode. 5.6.23.2 When the preferred control channel signal strength falls below the acceptable level, the radio shall affiliate to another control channel with acceptable signal level. 5.6.24 Requested Sites The system shall support Requested Sites which is a TETRA supplementary service that supplements the Group Call Service: 5.7 Radio Control Workstation (RCW) [Dispatcher] Functionality 5.7.1 General 5.7.1.1 All RCWs shall have their individual identities. 5.7.1.2 The Contractor shall detail the expansion ability of their RCW Dispatcher network within the switch or distributed architecture configuration that has been offered. At least 25% spare capacity shall be equipped in the system supplied to support 25% Dispatchers more in future without any hardware/software up-gradation. 5.7.1.3 The radio system shall support a Hierarchical Dispatcher configuration for the OCC. The higher a particular user is in the Hierarchy, the greater their priority within the network. 5.7.1.4 The RCW shall provide controllers with full functionality with ease of operation and enable reliable communication between users. 5.7.1.5 An unanswered call that has not been acknowledged shall result in an audible “beep” which shall be made periodically until all calls are acknowledged. 5.7.1.6 The RCW system shall enable as a minimum the types of call given below to be initiated by the OCC/ Chief Controller/ Traffic Controller to the Trains. The Train Controller shall be able to establish these calls without knowing the Radio IDs of the radios involved. 5.7.2 Confidential RCW Call Features PS Chapter-4 Page 29 of 114 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 5.7.2.1 Train PA Call A sub-window shall be activated when the Train Public Address broadcast, (either live or recorded). Initiated - The display shall allow the Chief Controller /Traffic Controller to set up and make PA announcements to an individual train. 5.7.2.2 Train Predefined Status/Message Call The Traffic Controller shall be able to enter free text message or select pre-defined Status/Message by scrolling through the list of Status Messages and then transmit to an individual Train, selected Trains or to all Trains in the section. The received text message must be displayed on the Train Radio Control Panel regardless of whether the target radio user is involved in a voice call. This shall be accomplished by using simultaneous data and voice facility. A minimum of 40 Status/Messages shall be able to be stored in the RCW. All messages must be able to be acknowledged to enable the Controller to know the message was received. 5.7.2.3 Train Radio Test A Train Radio Test feature shall allow the controller to inquire if a Train radio is operational and within the range of the system prior to sending an important message. 5.7.2.4 Train Free Format Message call Cut and Paste functions from Word Processing Applications shall be provided for selecting pre typed text before sending a free format text message. 5.7.2.5 Train Emergency Call 5.7.2.5.1 The Controller shall be able to acknowledge an emergency call by pressing a predefined key on the RCW keyboard. 5.7.2.5.2 An emergency call from a train shall have the highest priority available within the network. 5.7.2.5.3 In the RCW screen window, scroll bar shall be displayed with visual and audible alert showing detail of the Train ID, location from which the emergency call was originated. The Controller shall be informed if the call is a non ATP/ATO operation during revenue service. The Controller shall be able to acknowledge the call and then select the calling train to activate two-way communication. If such a call is not answered within a predefined number of seconds the call shall be transferred automatically to another designated controller. 5.7.2.6 Confidential Priority Alert Call PS Chapter-4 Page 30 of 114 LKS 02: Particular Specifications A pop-up window with visual and audible alert shall show details of the Train ID and location from which a priority call was originated when there is an incoming “High Priority” call. The Controller shall be able to acknowledge the call and then select to activate twoway communication. 5.7.2.7 Call Inclusion The Traffic Controller shall be able to perform 'Call Inclusion' to participate in active calls, allowing use of pre-emption and a forced call clearing capability. 5.7.2.8 Group patching 5.7.2.8.1 The Controller shall be able to perform Group Patching to handle call authorisation for specific types of call and/or specific users. 5.7.2.8.2 The RCW shall be able to pre-store configurations of the Patch groups. These shall be preferably stored in folders represented on the desktop. The Controller shall be able to click on one of the Patch folders to bring that folder forward. 5.7.2.8.3 The Controller shall be able to modify the members of the Patch groups by bringing the folder forward; clicking on the Patch Edit button and adding members to the group. Members may be removed from the group by clicking again on an "unselect" option. 5.7.2.8.4 The Controller shall be able to perform Dynamic Regrouping for modification of Individual and Group priorities. 5.7.2.8.5 The Controller shall be able to regroup the Talk-groups dynamically to allow flexible and versatile group communication. Group call shall be on an “Everyone hears Everyone” basis in line with traditional open channels. Group call communication shall be achieved by pressing a PTT switch (on the MMI or by a foot switch) following selection of the group. 5.7.2.9 Calling Party identification 5.7.2.9.1 The RCW shall include Calling Line Identification to display the calling user identification and which Radio Base Station is used. 5.7.2.9.2 The RCW shall include Connected Line Identification to display the called user identification for Telephone Interconnect Call. 5.7.2.10 Late Entry Facility Late Entry facility shall be provided for users that are busy or unavailable at the time a group call is established. They shall be invited to join in the call at regular intervals for the duration of that call. Confidential PS Chapter-4 Page 31 of 114 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 5.7.2.11 Remote Radio Activation The Controller shall be able to remotely switch on the microphone and transmitter of the Train radio or Handportable and listen to the received audio. There should be no indication on the radio to indicate that it is being monitored. 5.7.2.12 Train Radio Status Call The train driver shall be able to send pre-defined status messages to the OCC Traffic Controller. The System shall support a minimum of 20 Status Messages. These status messages shall be for common events and occurrences. The status information for example shall include, but not be limited to: 1) Test 2) Authentication / Start of Run 3) Running Late 4) Running Early 5) Trouble on Train 6) End of Run 5.7.2.13 Not used. 5.7.3 RCW-ICONS Toolbar 5.7.3.1 A toolbar as a row of icon buttons at the top of the screen to perform all the RCW call functions shall be provided and shall also include the following buttons. The finalised identification and wording of the buttons shall be reviewed and approved by the employer’s representative. These shall include as a minimum. Confidential 1) All Mute 2) Monitor 3) Transmit 4) Telephone Dialler 5) View 6) Time Out 7) ID of the Train Emergency Call by the Passenger from the Train. PS Chapter-4 Page 32 of 114 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 5.7.4 RCW Side menu A side or additional menu panel shall be provided on the display to allow the type of call to be selected such as free form PA, pre-set PA messages (digital voice stored on the Hard Disk), normal voice, status, priority or emergency calls. 5.7.5 RCW Window templates 5.7.5.1 The Controller shall be able to set up individual user screen configurations, i.e., different Controller window templates. The terminal shall save and recall up to eight different userdefined screen layouts, allowing different Controllers to quickly call up preference file based on the log-in role of the controller. 5.7.5.2 The RCW shall allow different configurations of built-in help functions, designed to assist the Controller. 5.7.6 RCW Log-on Facilities 5.7.6.1 The RCW shall incorporate Access Control features and bring up a password-protected Log-on dialogue box to provide access control and security and validation of access permissions when the system is switched on so that the RCW is set to the default condition for all available buttons and actions. 5.7.6.2 A password protected exit dialogue box shall be provided and be activated when the exit button is pressed to ensure that the user really wants to exit the system. 5.7.6.3 It should be possible to take over control of another RCW while also retaining its own RCW’s control. On taking over control calls should be routed to both the RCWs. 5.7.7 RCW Display 5.7.7.1 The RCW screen display shall be designed to be uncluttered, well-labelled and logically arranged for ease of use to help the OCC controllers to respond instantly, even during emergencies. 5.7.7.2 The RCW display shall include the display of a 24-hour format clock in the top right hand corner of the screen. 5.8 Train Radio Operation 5.8.1 General The Contractor shall be responsible for the Design, supervision, testing and commissioning of the complete Train borne Radio Communication System. Complete Train Radio system shall be installed in leading and trailing cabs, operating in hot standby mode to each other, and shall be fully independent of each other. In the event of Confidential PS Chapter-4 Page 33 of 114 LKS 02: Particular Specifications a fault in the active Train Radio Unit (TRU), all functionalities will continue to be available in the active cab by activating the redundant hot standby TRU in the other cab.. The radio including trans-receivers, cabling, connectors and terminal strips, antenna system, power supply units and train radio control head shall be manufactured and supplied by the LKS 02 Contractor and installed by the Rolling Stock Contractor in his works before delivery to LMRC. 5.8.1.1 As a backup the Contractor shall also provide one Hand portable each for each Train to be carried by Train Drivers as Backup to the Train Cab Radio. 5.8.1.2 For the Rolling Stock being procured, Contractor shall have to coordinate for the physical dimensions, positions, mounting holes , antenna type, cable routes, cable lengths, cable/pin connections to Rolling Stock PA/TIMS and Signalling ATC/ATS systems protocols, exact data to be exchanged, etc. All costs, including design identification and implementation costs, shall be borne by LKS 02. 5.8.1.3 While installing the Train Radio equipment the following must be ensured by LKS 02 contractor: 1) The mounting of the radio and its sub assemblies shall be designed to facilitate ease of maintenance. 2) The train radio control head shall be positioned and fixed to make it splash proof. 3) All cabling and terminations shall adopt standard wiring practice. 4) Cab radio installation shall be rugged and capable of withstanding vibrations expected in such type of EMUs. Information on expected level of vibration may be obtained from Rolling Stock Contractor. 5.8.1.3.1 The Contractor shall submit the following to the Employer’s Representative for review at least 3 months before the commencement of radio installation in the Cabs at Rolling Stock Contractors works: 5.8.1.3.2 (1) drawing showing equipment layout, racks, cabinets and enclosures; (2) racks, cabinets layout drawings showing the arrangements of individual modules; (3) schematic diagrams and wiring diagrams of the system; (4) electric power requirements, wiring and earthing arrangements; (5) inter cab cabling requirements; Installation works in the cabs and inter cab wiring shall be carried out after the submissions have been reviewed without objection by the Employer’s Representative. 5.8.1.4 Train Radio Interfacing Unit shall monitor the health of the radio transceivers and all other data interfaces to train borne signalling system and shall indicate to the Driver to switch to the standby Hand Portable in Active Cab upon detection of communication failure. Confidential PS Chapter-4 Page 34 of 114 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 5.8.1.5 When the train radio operates in train ID number talk group communication between twotrain radios or train radio and handportable or train radio and maintenance vehicles shall take place only when authorised by MMI in OCC. 5.8.1.6 Incoming calls to the train radio shall be automatically routed to appropriate on train users/devices such as train driver, PA system, Data Systems. Outgoing calls initiated by on-train users/devices shall be automatically established. 5.8.1.7 Calls of varying priorities shall be handled automatically. 5.8.1.8 Signal on activation of driver’s safety device (dead man’s Handle) shall be transmitted to designated Traffic controller(s) RCW, within 1 sec of its activation. Same way, the signal on activation of the Passenger Emergency Alarm Call button from the Train shall be transmitted to the designated Traffic Controller(s) RCW, within 1 sec of its activation. The same shall also be transmitted to the ATS System at the OCC. 5.8.1.9 Emergency call including activation, termination and failure of the emergency call shall be recorded in train borne TIMS recorder (supplied and installed by Rolling Stock Contractor). A continuous visual indication from initiation to termination and short audible indication for duration upto 20 seconds shall operate on activation of emergency functions. The audible indication shall appear on the loudspeaker when hand set is on hook. Emergency calls shall be routed to the loudspeaker on the Train Radio Control Panel when handset is "ON-hook" and to both loudspeaker and handset when the handset is "OFF-hook". A continuous visual indication from initiation to termination and short audible indication shall operate on activation of emergency functions. The audio shall appear on the handset speaker when it is off hook. 5.8.1.10 Automatic confirmation from each radio on receipt of emergency call from RCW shall be used to provide a means of determining which train radio did not receives the emergency calls successfully. 5.8.1.11 For broadcast call, the driver shall be informed that he can not speak as part of the broadcast call, however, in the case of group call the driver shall be able to talk when permitted on request. 5.8.1.12 Train radio shall have in display a short list of all controller positions in OCC with their unique identity from which appropriate call destination can be selected. Train ID number shall be displayed on the Controller’s MMI. Audible and visual indication from the train radio shall be given to the effect that called party is busy or network has failed to connect the call. 5.8.1.13 Confidential Enter/leave Direct Mode PS Chapter-4 Page 35 of 114 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 1) A train radio shall be capable of being manually switched to communicate directly in DMO. 2) Not Used. 3) The direct mode functional requirements shall be as detailed in Section 5.4.1.6. 5.8.1.14 Enter/leave Depot Mode 1) Train radio shall support a Depot mode of operation. 2) Means to enter and leave depot mode shall be provided. 3) This functionality shall not be available when a call involving the train radio is in progress. 4) The radio shall be addressed by Rake Identity (Rake ID) when operating in depots area and by train ID number ID (TID) when operating on the main line. 5.8.1.15 The primary communication between Driver and OCC, DCC, designated station controllers shall be provided by the Train radio. The Train radio shall operate in two major areas viz, Main Line and Depot. The Train radio shall have two modes of operation, viz, Main line mode and Depot mode. 5.8.2 Main Line Mode 5.8.2.1 General 5.8.2.1.1 In this mode train radio shall as a minimum be a member of train ID number talk group, maintenance talk group and security talk group with capability of dynamic regrouping. 5.8.2.1.2 Normally the train radio shall operate in Train ID number talk group. However communication to and from RCW’s shall be in Private Call mode, when communicating with a particular Train. The exact methodology shall be further identified during the design stage. 5.8.2.2 Call Related Functions 5.8.2.2.1 Following shall be as a minimum the driver call related functions: Confidential 1) Call OCC Controller’s 2) Call other drivers in the area 3) Send emergency call 4) Communicate with other driver on the train. 5) Call other authorised users. PS Chapter-4 Page 36 of 114 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 5.8.2.3 6) Receive incoming calls. 7) Receive text messages. 8) Enter/Leave Depot mode. 9) Enter /Leave Direct mode. OCC Call: 1) The call shall be initiated by a dedicated function key on the train radio control panel to the radio MMI in OCC. It shall be either normal or emergency call. Pressing of the function key should send a request to talk message to the Radio MMI. 2) The calls shall be directly routed to respective controllers. Routing arrangements shall be submitted to the Employer’s Representative for review. 3) A maximum of one and two keystrokes shall be allowed to initiate a normal and emergency call correspondingly. 4) Calls to the OCC RCW’s should be in Private Call mode, when used through RTT (request to talk) function. 5.8.2.4 Station Call 1) The call shall be initiated through a function menu from the radio control head display by selection of the particular Station Talk Group. 2) The call shall allow direct communication to all handportable radios of a selected station talk group without the intervention by the radio MMI controller. It shall be either a normal or emergency call. 3) A minimum action by the driver shall be required to initiate a normal and emergency call correspondingly. 5.8.2.5 Train PA Call 1) The call shall be initiated from the OCC MMI only. 2) Upon the receipt of this call, the audio shall be routed to the train borne PA system without the intervention of the train driver and broadcasted to the passengers on the train. It shall be either a normal or emergency call. In-Train PA broadcast from OCC shall operate regardless of whether the Driver is engaged in voice call. The In Train PA voice call from OCC must not interfere with radio communication between Driver and OCC. The Driver shall be able to Confidential PS Chapter-4 Page 37 of 114 LKS 02: Particular Specifications monitor the communication from OCC to the In-Train Passenger and at the same time still be able to maintain radio call with OCC Controller. Hence the Train PA call shall require the PA to be automatically routed through the rear cab Radio and on a different Group then the front cab radio. 3) 5.8.2.6 It shall be either live or recorded announcement. Train to Train call 1) A train radio shall be able to initiate and establish a call to other train radio by choosing the appropriate Train Talk Group. 2) The calling train radio ID number shall be displayed on the called radio. 3) Once connected, the driver shall be able to communicate with other driver(s) by using the push to talk button on the handset. 4) The call shall be connected to the loudspeaker until the driver picks up the handset. Once the driver picks up the Handset the speaker volume should automatically be lowered down. 5) The call shall continue until terminated by the calling driver, an authorised controller or the network. 6) If the trains move out of the call group area whilst the call is in progress, an audible and visual indication of the reasons for the loss of the call shall be provided to the driver. 5.8.2.7 Train radio in leading cab to train radio in trailing cab 1) It shall be possible for the lead driver to establish radio connection with the trailing cab in DMO. 2) The call will be established from either cab. 3) The train ID number i.e the functional identity of the train shall be configured only in the active cab. 5.8.2.8 Train to other Authorised Users The train radio shall be capable of initiating and establishing a call to any valid number subject to predefined call restrictions. The call may be initiated by Confidential 1) Selection from a predefined list ( maximum up to 99 entries) 2) Direct dialling a subscriber number PS Chapter-4 Page 38 of 114 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 3) 5.8.2.9 Calling a functional number./Radio ID Number Receive Text Messages 1) This shall be normal call received by the train radio and displayed on the radio control head display window. 2) The message shall be cleared from the display window automatically and stored for retrieval after being displayed for a configurable period or after having been acknowledged by the driver. 3) A maximum of five messages shall be stored for retrieval. 5.8.2.10 Log On 5.8.2.10.1 The log on shall be initiated by the Driver through a dedicated function key on the radio control head at the commencement of each journey on the Main Line. 5.8.2.10.2 For successful log on for main line mode of operation the Train Control and Signalling System (ATS) shall assign a train identification number (TID) through the interface with the radio system at the OCC with the RCW. TID shall also be received from onboard ATC by the onboard radio system which shall be transmitted to OCC by the radio. The TID information from the ATS and the TID information received from On-Board ATC shall be validated after which log on is treated as successful and the TID is shown on the Train Radio Control Head. The Radio system shall maintain a correlation between the Radio Identity (RIN) and the Train Identity (TID).The exact details shall be finalised during the Final Design stage. 5.8.2.10.3 Both visual and audible indications shall be available and displayed on the radio control head to inform the Driver that log on request is in progress. 5.8.2.10.4 Different visual and audible indications shall be available to inform the Driver for both successful and unsuccessful log on. 5.8.2.10.5 After successful log on, the TID shall be displayed on the radio control head and the OCC Controller shall be able to initiate call to Train radio by TID from the RCW/RAU. 5.8.2.11 Log off 5.8.2.11.1 The Radio system shall delete the TID upon receiving the deletion of TID from the Train Control and Signalling System. 5.8.2.11.2 Both visual and audible indications shall be available and displayed on the radio control. 5.8.2.11.3 The visual indication shall include a warning message together with the TID displayed on radio control head for a configurable period. After this period, both TID and the warning Confidential PS Chapter-4 Page 39 of 114 LKS 02: Particular Specifications message shall be automatically removed while the radio control head shall display the RIN of the Train radio. 5.8.2.12 Train reformation 5.8.2.12.1 The TID of the Train radio shall be subject to change in Main Line mode of operation when the need arises. 5.8.2.12.2 Upon receiving the change of TID from the Train Control and Signalling System, the Radio system shall update the TID accordingly. 5.8.2.12.3 Both visual and audible indications shall be available at the radio control head to inform the Driver of the change of TID. 5.8.2.12.4 The visual indication on the radio control head display shall include the following for a configurable period as a minimum: 5.8.2.12.5 1) new TID; 2) old TID; and 3) warning message. After a configurable period, the old TID and the warning message shall be automatically cleared from the display while the RIN of the Train radio shall be displayed on the radio control head. 5.8.2.13 Dynamic Registration of Train ID (TID) Dynamic Registration of Train ID shall be done by using the information provided by the ATS system. 5.8.2.14 Register/de-register rake number There shall be a fixed relationship between the RIN of the radios installed in the Cab and rake number, which shall remain even if the radio is changed. It shall be possible to register and de-register a rake number in one or both of the following ways: 1) Automatically using information from on board systems 2) Automatically via a fixed interface between the rake and the radio. 5.8.2.15 Not used 5.8.2.16 Interfacing with Signalling Equipment Confidential PS Chapter-4 Page 40 of 114 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 1) Train radio shall interface the Signalling Equipment to enable it to report the alarm and status of the Trainborne Signalling Equipment to the OCC through a Communication Port. 2) Train radio shall interface with the on board ATP system to enable the Train radio automatically transmit alarm message to OCC whenever the mainline revenue Train has switched to non ATP/ATO operation. This detection shall, however, be disabled for Trains operating in the depots. 3) As a minimum, the non ATP/ATO operation indication shall appear on the Traffic controller’s RCW and shall contain the Train Identity Number (TID), Rake ID. The alarm message shall be time and date stamped. RCW shall be able to send an acknowledgement and initiate a call, both voice and short data message to the Train. This service shall operate regardless of whether the Train driver or the target user is engaged in a voice or data call. Train radio shall interface with the on-board ATP system to get the Train ID automatically when the train has a valid Train ID allocated by the Signalling System. 4) Failure of the radio equipment shall not interrupt the normal operation of the Train borne Signalling equipment. 5.8.3 Depot Mode The Train radio in depot mode shall have the following features as a minimum. 5.8.3.1 DCC Call 1) The call shall be initiated through a RTT function key on the Train Radio Control Panel, once the Train Radio is logged on in that particular Depot mode. It shall be either a normal or emergency call; and 2) maximum of one and two keystrokes shall be allowed to initiate a normal and emergency call correspondingly. 5.8.3.2 Shunter Call 1) The call shall be initiated through a function key on the Train radio control head to the shunter group. The call shall allow direct communication with shunter in a group call basis without the intervention from the radio MMI Controller. It shall be either a normal or emergency call; and 2) Maximum of one and two keystrokes shall be allowed to initiate a normal and emergency call correspondingly. Confidential PS Chapter-4 Page 41 of 114 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 3) The shunting communication shall be protected from unintentional and unauthorised access. 4) It shall be possible for any member of the shunting group including the driver to transmit a shunting emergency call to all shunting group in the area. 5) It should be possible for the system to record the following :  Shunting group composition at a given instant  The source and a time a shunting emergency call was transmitted  Recipient of a shunting emergency call. 5.8.3.3 Shunter Group Membership 5.8.3.3.1 A shunting group shall as a minimum consist of the following mobile members 1) 2) The shunting leader The shunting driver, who may remain fixed (i.e. in a shunting area) or may change one or more times during a working period. 3) 5.8.3.3.2 Up to 5 shunting members In addition to the above shunting group members 1) A controller shall be able to be permanently or temporarily associated with the shunting group. 2) A shunting manager or other authorised person shall be able to temporarily associate with the shunting group. 5.8.3.3.3 It shall be possible for the shunting leader to communicate with an external authorised TETRA trunked radio user. This may be initiated by either the shunting leader or the external user. In order to avoid disturbing a shunting movement the shunting leader shall be informed by a visual and audible indication. The external trunked radio user shall be patched to the shunting group by the controller in the OCC. 5.8.3.4 Train-to-Train Call 5.8.3.4.1 The call shall be set up through DCC radio MMI or in a common Depot Talk Group for the train driver to communicate with the driver of other Train. 5.8.3.5 Confidential O & M Call PS Chapter-4 Page 42 of 114 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 5.8.3.5.1 The call shall be setup through radio MMI using trunked mode or in a common Talk Group or using DMO without the intervention of the MMI to allow the train driver to communicate with other personal using handportable radio. 5.8.3.6 Log On 5.8.3.6.1 Within Depot Boundary 1) upon the receipt of a log on request initiated by the Driver through a dedicated function key on the radio control head within Depot boundary, the Train Control and Signalling System shall signal to the Radio system through their interface that the train is within the depot boundary. The Signalling System should pass on Rake ID to the OCC-Radio Equipment which shall be validated against Rake ID received from Radio from the On-Board TIMS. 2) both visual shall be available and displayed on the radio control head to inform the Driver that the depot mode log on request is in progress; 3) different visual and audible indications shall be displayed for both successful and unsuccessful log on; 4) both the Rake ID or the talk group ID for depot of that particular train and the RIN of the Train radio shall be displayed on the radio control head after successful log on; 5) The radio Control Head shall be capable of displaying 5 different depot identity codes for future expansion by scroll down menu key. 5.8.3.6.2 Entering Depot From Main Line 1) the Train Control and Signalling System shall send signal to the Radio system for deletion of TID when the train is entering the Depot boundary from the Main Line; 2) the Train radio shall log off from Main Line mode and log on to depot mode automatically. 3) visual and audible indications shall be displayed on the radio control head to inform the Driver that log on request is in progress; 4) different visual and audible indications shall be displayed for successful and unsuccessful log on; 5) depot identifier and the RIN of the Train radio / Rake ID shall be displayed on the radio control head after successful log on 5.8.3.7 Confidential Numbering System PS Chapter-4 Page 43 of 114 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 5.8.3.7.1 Numbering system for shunting team, maintenance team, controller and others shall be based on the functional description as follows. 1) 2) 3) 4) Every shunting team number shall be based on an association of  Service area identifier  Shunting team identifier. Every maintenance team number shall be based on an association of  Service area identifier  Type of maintenance team (speciality code)  Maintenance team identifier Every controller number shall be based on an association of  controller location  controller identifier The numbering for other teams shall be treated in the same way as maintenance teams. 5.8.3.7.2 Use of alphanumeric numbers 5.8.3.7.2.1 The train identity number(TID), , radio identity number (RIN) shall be alphanumeric 5.8.3.7.2.2 The Rake ID will comprise up to 10 alphanumeric characters. 5.8.3.8 Use of group calls Group call service areas shall be freely configurable within the operational responsibility of the network. 5.8.3.9 Location dependent addressing 5.8.3.9.1 Location dependent addressing shall be provided to route calls from a Train borne radio to a destination address that is dependent upon the train’s location. 5.8.3.9.2 The destination address shall be the traffic controller of the respective section. 5.8.3.9.3 The maintenance radio’s call shall be routed to the maintenance controller RCW. 5.8.3.9.4 The security radio’s call should be routed to the security controller RCW. 5.8.3.9.5 The Traction supply radio’s call should be routed to traction supply controller RCW. Confidential PS Chapter-4 Page 44 of 114 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 5.8.3.9.6 The correspondence between locations and destination addresses shall be easily dynamically configurable to support dynamic changes in controller area boundaries. Controller area boundaries may change from peak to off peak periods during each working day or over longer period due to changes in traffic pattern 5.8.3.9.7 When operating with location dependent addressing, no manual action shall be required to update the system when a mobile moves between locations. 5.8.3.9.8 As a minimum the location information used by the system shall be derived from that available from the network like current cell or base station serving the mobile. 5.9 Hand-portable User Radio Calls 5.9.1 General 5.9.1.1 All Hand portable radios shall support the following call features. These features shall be configurable through radio field programming tools and also through the workstation of the radio management system. Hand portable radio users shall be able to call other radio users and OCC/DCC subject to their level of access. 5.9.1.2 The Contractor shall configure all the call features nominated by the Employer’s Representative. 5.9.1.3 A short audible and visual indication of functional identity of the calling party /group shall be displayed for each call. 5.9.2 Call Types The hand portable Radio shall support following voice communication as a minimum: 5.9.2.1 Individual call 1) individual call shall allow two users to talk to each other on one-to-one basis; 2) the conversation of the individual call shall not be heard by other radio users in the talkgroup; 5.9.2.2 Group Call 1) Radio users shall normally communicate with each other in a single group. All radio shall be pre-programmed to belong to a number of groups; 2) group call shall be initiated by selecting the desired talkgroup position on the handportable radio and depressing PTT; Confidential PS Chapter-4 Page 45 of 114 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 3) The user may speak in a group call when permission in the form of audio indications is granted by the network after the request by using the PTT function. 4) An out of range indication shall be provided when the user moves out of the group call area whilst the call is in progress. 5.9.2.3 Broadcast calls The user shall receive incoming call as part of Broadcast Call. (a) 5.9.2.4 Emergency Call 1) emergency call shall be initiated by handportable through a dedicated function key and depress PTT as a group call; 2) when all the channels of the base station are occupied, ruthless pre-emption shall allow the emergency call to take occupied channel away from the lowest priority talkgroup at all affiliated base stations to provide instantaneous emergency voice communication; 3) visual and audible indications shall be available at the called handportable radios and/or the OCC to inform the radio users of an incoming emergency call; 5.9.2.5 4) emergency calls shall be in the form of group or broadcast call; 5) the emergency call shall be terminated by the calling party only; Telephone Interconnect Call Designated Handportable radios shall have the capability of initiating or receiving telephone calls from designated telephones directly without the radio MMI Controller intervention. A minimum total of 30 simultaneous Telephone Interconnect calls shall be possible in the system from 30 Portables. 5.9.2.6 Station PA Call 1) designated handportable radios shall access the PAS to make public address announcement in the station; and 2) the Radio system shall support the selection of the following PA zones by the handportable radio as a minimum:  Confidential up platform; PS Chapter-4 Page 46 of 114 LKS 02: Particular Specifications  down platform;  concourse; and  all zones. 5.9.3 Hand-portable Operation 5.9.3.1 Enter/Leave Direct mode 1) The hand portable radio shall be capable of being manually switched to communicate directly in DMO. 5.9.3.2 2) Not Used. 3) The direct mode functional requirements shall be as detailed in Section 5.4.1.6 Enter/Leave Depot Mode 1) Handportable radio shall support a Depot mode of operation in a separate Talk Group. 2) Means to enter and leave depot mode shall be provided. 3) This functionality shall not be available when a call involving the handportable radio is in progress. 5.9.3.3 Register/De-register Hand Portables shall be capable of registering/ de-registering / changing functional number of handheld radio and on putting ON/OFF of the hand-portable radio. 5.10 Station Radio Communication 1) The station controller in SCR shall be able to communicate with the adjacent stations and the trains within its station boundary. 2) The station controller in SCR shall be able to transmit short text messages to any handportable and Train Radio and to receive such messages from other radio users in the network. Confidential PS Chapter-4 Page 47 of 114 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 5.11 Depot Operations Radio Calls 5.11.1 General The primary means of communication for Depot Operations shall be between handportable radios, train mobile radios in the Depot area and DCC. 5.11.2 Call types : 5.11.2.1 Individual Call 1) individual call shall allow two radios to talk to each other on one-to-one basis, of which one or both could be hand-portables 2) the conversation of the individual call shall not be heard by other radio users in the talk-group 5.11.2.2 GROUP CALL 1) a group call shall be initiated by the DCC only, by selecting the desired Depot talk-group on his RCW. 2) the hand-portable radio/train radio shall be permitted to join a group call when so selected by the DCC 3) 5.11.2.3 a DCC initiated group call shall be terminated by the DCC only EMERGENCY CALL 1) emergency call shall be initiated by the hand-portable radio/train radio through a dedicated function key 2) when all the channels of the relevant base station are occupied, ruthless preemption shall allow the emergency call to take an occupied channel away from the lowest priority talk-group or user to provide instantaneous emergency voice communication 3) visual and audible indications shall be available at the called Hand-portable radios and/or the DCC to inform the radio users of an incoming emergency call 4) 5.11.2.4 the emergency call shall be terminated by the calling party only DISTRESS CALL (using DMO) 1) a distress call shall be a special call to be operated in the manner described in Section 5.4.1.6 above 2) Confidential a distress call shall be possible without the use of radio infrastructure PS Chapter-4 Page 48 of 114 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 3) a hand-portable within the DCC area but outside the DCC building shall be able to access the DCC through the radio system 5.12 OCC Radio Calls 5.12.1 General 5.12.1.1 The controller shall be able to selectively call any train in one direction or both directions of a line by the use of the TID registered in the radio system. 5.12.1.2 The dynamic directional Group ID shall be common amongst all radio’s travelling in the same direction, i.e. UP and DN and shall be utilised for directional line calling. 5.12.1.3 A TID call shall be directly translated through the Radio system Database. If an OCC Controller wishes to communicate to a particular Train he shall utilise the TID and the system will automatically look up the database for the corresponding radio ID(RIN) and call that individual unit. This operation shall be automatic and transparent to the Train Controller. 5.12.1.4 The RCW shall maintain a list of atleast 10000 Trunking Group ID’s which are exclusive to the operation of the call scheme within the network. The remaining Trunking Group ID’s shall be available for normal dispatch calls operations. 5.12.2 All Trains Calls 5.12.2.1 Fleet call to all Trains. In a fleet call, the trunking system shall guarantee that the entire fleet is available. Before assigning a channel to a fleet call, the trunking system shall wait for all activity on the communications users which comprise the fleet to terminate. As active users end their existing calls, they are in effect put on hold, waiting for the remaining users to become clear. The system will not allow any new calls to be made. When all users are available, the fleet call is granted. 5.12.3 Train Group ID Call 5.12.3.1 The Train Group ID is a Trunked Radio ID which will be dynamically allocated by the radio system to a particular group of radio’s installed on Trains. 5.12.3.2 The Train Group ID’s will also be transparent to all the Train controller operators. During normal operation there will be no requirement for a Train Controller to utilise any of these ID’s in calling a particular Train or groups of Trains. 5.12.3.3 The OCC Controller shall input the TID in the RCW or system shall obtain it from Signalling System. The RCW, through the table in the RCW database will cross reference the relevant Train Group ID and establish the relevant call automatically. Confidential PS Chapter-4 Page 49 of 114 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 5.12.4 Not used. 5.12.5 Base Station ID Call 5.12.5.1 In order to determine the geographic area from which a call originates the radio system control shall log which Base Station site all radio users are registered on. This information shall be updated in real time. The Controller using the RCW shall be able to poll a particular user to determine their location. 5.12.6 Radio System TID/RIN/Rake Numbering Database 5.12.6.1 The Train Identity number (TID) will be employed by all Controllers to communicate with individual or groups of Trains in Main Line mode of operation. 5.12.6.2 The Radio Identity number (RIN) will be fixed while the TID shall be dynamic and may be changed many times within the same day. The system will allow for the dynamic nature of the TID and enable all the Controllers to call Trains or groups of Trains based on the TID. 5.12.6.3 This dynamic nature of the TID requires continual co-relation with the unique and independent numbering scheme of a radio system and as such the Contractor shall supply a dynamic Database within the Radio system. 5.12.6.4 Each LMRC Train will be identified by a TID, Rake ID. 5.12.6.5 The Rake ID (Fixed) is a unique identification number, the LMRC will allocate to specific Rolling Stock made up of number of coaches. The cab number denotes the cab number of both front and rear cab. 5.12.6.6 These will be allocated by the Rolling Stock contractor (RS) and the Contractor shall include setting up this element of the database at time of commissioning the system. Under normal operating conditions these numbers will not be changed. 5.12.6.7 The Rake ID will normally be fixed. It may, however, be changed occasionally in cases of maintenance or accidents where the need may arise to change the structure of a Rake. The Radio system Database shall be set up at the time of commissioning and may not require any additional maintenance under normal operating conditions. 5.12.6.8 The Radio ID’s (RIN) shall be fixed and under normal operating conditions shall not be changed. The Radio ID’s will also be transparent to all the Train Controllers. Normally OCC Controllers shall call trains in Main line mode by TID and there will be no requirement for OCC Controllers to utilise RIN for calling a particular Train or groups of Trains. Confidential PS Chapter-4 Page 50 of 114 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 5.12.6.9 The OCC Controller will normally input the TID in his RCW/RAU and the RCW/RAU, through the table in the RCW database shall correlate it to the relevant Radio ID and establish the relevant call automatically. 5.12.7 Train Radio Logging/ Initialisation 5.12.7.1 When a Train begins a new run, the radio system shall receive the new TID via the Radio/ATS interface, which will be entered automatically via the ATS. The radio system shall validate that an authorised TID has been received and shall allocate a Trunking Group ID to the Train. 5.12.7.2 The TID assigned by the ATS shall be a combination of train number, direction and crew number. 5.12.7.3 The Contractor shall interface the radio system with ATS system for initialisation of TID in the radio system. 5.12.7.4 The RCW shall interface with the ATS System to track the progress of every Train throughout the LMRC. The ATS System shall inform RCW of the occupancy of all tracks and the position of all signalling points. From this information the RCW shall determine the path of each Train and ‘steps’ the description of the Train accordingly and display its location on the railway layout map given on the RCW GUI, with its corresponding TID. This real time Trains location updating from the ATS System shall allow on-screen random selection of the Train(s) by the Train icon(s) to establish the call without having to select the Radio Base Station. 5.12.7.5 All calls from the train radios shall include corresponding identification numbering to identify the calling radio unit identification. The TID shall be displayed on the RCW display so that easy identification of the calling Train can be achieved. The Radio Database shall be utilised to automatically cross correlate the TID with the relevant Rake ID , Train Radio ID (RIN) and Crew number. 5.12.7.6 When the Train enters the Main line mode and Initialises onto the system The Train location with its respective TID shall be displayed on the RCW GUI on the appropriate side of the Station corresponding to the Directional ID. As the Train moves through the network the Train and it’s TID shall move from Station to Station on the GUI line display. If a Train registers on the system without a TID, the Train shall be shown in a different colour with the Rake ID. The TID shall also identify the direction of travel to the system and the system shall place that Train into one of the two groups of UP or Down Confidential PS Chapter-4 Page 51 of 114 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 5.13 Call Logging 5.13.1 The radio system shall log all call activities, both incoming and outgoing calls, and all Status/Messages including Free Text Messages for audit trails indicating action, result, timing. 5.13.2 Access to call logs shall be possible using the Controllers RCW and centrally in the OCC Central Equipment Rooms. 5.13.3 The call logs shall be maintained in the Radio system for extended periods of at least 4 weeks and can be archived subsequently. 5.13.4 The radio system shall include a utility for log inspection and search. 5.13.5 The call logs shall be able to be exported to Microsoft Excel, Access or similar without interrupting normal operation of the radio system. 5.13.6 Call history with an easy-to-read, on-screen listing of all the previous 32 incoming and outgoing calls including emergency calls shall be provided on a separate pop up windows. 5.13.7 The most recent outgoing calls in the call history list and the older ones shall be able to be scrolled down. 5.13.8 The Controller shall be able to scroll through the call history to see any that may have scrolled off the screen. 5.13.9 Each call log shall identify the source of the call, the time the call activated and the time of the call being acknowledged by the Called party. 5.13.10 The most recent incoming call in the call history list and the older ones shall be able to be scrolled down. 5.14 NETWORK MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 5.14.1 General 5.14.1.1 The Radio Network Management System shall cover all activities relating to the overall control, supervision, maintenance and configuration of the entire radio network to ensure the most efficient use of the available resources. 5.14.1.2 The Radio Management System shall be a centralised control system with Management Workstation, system database, printer and mass storage device to be located at the CER at OCC. Confidential PS Chapter-4 Page 52 of 114 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 5.14.1.3 A database shall be built for defining the system hardware and software configurations. Any change in database shall be updated automatically on system disk or mass storage device so that an up-to-date version of the software is available should a system failure or power down event occur. 5.14.2 Radio Network Configuration Management 5.14.2.1 The management system shall provide functions to exercise control collect and provide information to the network elements. Typical functions offered shall include, but not be limited to: 1) Provisioning, element configuration, status and control 2) Subscriber management 3) Data management 5.14.2.2 The radio network provisioning, element configuration, status and control shall include but will not be limited to the following: 1) Creation, modification, deletion of supervised entities (e.g. site, transceiver, radio channel, etc.) 2) Control channel management strategy 3) Traffic channel management strategy 4) Network Topology information 5) Adjacent cell information at system boundary 5.14.2.3 Subscriber Management shall include management of individual subscriber and subscribers in Groups: 1) 2) Confidential Individual subscribers  Train-borne mobile radio  Controller  trackside worker  general staff  data services  administration/management Subscribers in groups PS Chapter-4 Page 53 of 114 LKS 02: Particular Specifications  A mobile may be a member of more than one group. It shall be possible to activate/deactivate the mobile’s subscription to these groups  Activating a group on the mobile shall allow a user to receive a call from that group  Deactivating a group on the mobile shall prevent a user to receive a call from that group  The train-borne mobile radio shall as a minimum be a member of the following standard groups  Emergency call  All train drivers  Shunting team  All mobiles with emergency group call subscription shall be prevented from deactivating the emergency group whilst in operation 5.14.2.4 Database Administration shall include but not be limited to: 1) Creation of data for new subscribers, including all privileges, priorities and subscribed services 2) Disabling of subscriber 3) Updating of subscriber data in terms of subscriber and operator requirements 4) Deletion of subscriber data due to a subscriber request or operator description. 5) Call usage 5.14.3 Performance Management 5.14.3.1 The performance management shall provide data concerning the performance of the Radio System and individual channels with respect to traffic volume so as to optimise the system configuration, equipment deployment, user grouping and future sizing of the Radio System. 5.14.3.2 The performance management shall produce statistical reports on the channel usage and the Radio System performance. The performance management shall have facilities to monitor base station channel traffic on real-time basis. This will allow for flexible adaptation of traffic configurations to the dynamic traffic requirements. This shall include the following: Confidential PS Chapter-4 Page 54 of 114 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 1) Traffic measures for data collection and data logging. In particular the following information shall be available: 2)  Up and down link radio channel activities  Infrastructure entities activity log  Individual subscriber activity log  Group subscriber activity log The traffic activity summary report which shall have detailed breakdown of traffic information by base station, Network node, Gateway/interface and by channel. The following data shall be recorded as a minimum: 5.14.3.3 5.14.3.4  RIN  talkgroup ID  time, date and duration  type of call  base station and channel involved in the call  usage time of each channel  traffic summary for each channel for 24 hours period at 15 minutes interval  usage time of a radio The following statistical reports shall be available as a minimum: 1) Hourly 2) Daily 3) Weekly 4) Monthly 5) summary Administration of following performance measurements shall be provided as a minimum: 1) Generation of new measurements 2) Remote measurements 3) Activation/deactivation of measurements 4) Information processing of traffic measurements Confidential PS Chapter-4 Page 55 of 114 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 5) Automatic creation of statistics performed by the system administrator 6) Presentation of statistical data 7) Logging of connectivity parameters 5.14.3.5 The performance measurement data generation shall cover at least the levels of traffic produced by the users and by control signalling. This shall include the following: 1) Number of active individual users per base station 2) Number of registered individual users per location 3) Number of active user groups per base station 4) Number of queued call requests by call type and average queued times per base station 5.14.3.6 5) Number of emergency calls per individual user and per active talk group 6) Number of single site calls and average duration 7) Total number of messages per duration 8) Total number of messages per user group Measurement of service quality shall include the Average and worst case call waiting times for different call types, priority levels, supplementary services invoked per base station 5.14.3.7 5.14.3.8 Measurements on network aspects shall include the following : 1) Percentage utilisation per radio traffic channel 2) Percentage utilisation per major network entity (gateways, interfaces, switches) 3) Total number of calls 4) Sum duration of total calls 5) Number of calls by call type 6) Average queue length per priority Measurement of system availability shall include but will not be limited to the following: 1) Provision of Radio Tx/Rx availability statistics 2) Network link availability 5.15 Security Management 5.15.1 The security management functions shall be, but not limited to the following: Confidential PS Chapter-4 Page 56 of 114 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 1) Definition of different levels of permitted access to network nodes and network functions by specific authorised personnel 2) Supervision of access control 3) Access control to network management services 5.15.2 Log On Levels 5.15.2.1 The radio management system shall offer the levels of log-on as a minimum as per Table 5-5: Log on Level Control Functions 6 System administration for all system functions 5 Maintenance administration for system configuration and user data modifications 4 Maintenance supervision for user data modifications and read only to system configuration 3 Maintenance monitoring for read only to system configuration and user data 2 Spare 1 Spare Table: 5-5 Levels of Log-on 5.16 Fault and Alarm Management 5.16.1 Fault and Alarm Monitoring 5.16.1.1 The radio management system shall be provided with the capability of monitoring system alarm status on a real time basis. 5.16.1.2 The radio management shall have the ability to store the alarm details in the database for future enquires and to access the fault alarm history database for retrieval of alarm history data. Confidential PS Chapter-4 Page 57 of 114 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 5.16.1.3 In addition to the alarms and status to be shown on the management Workstation, status of major equipment of the system shall be monitored and displayed with visual indications to the local radio equipment racks. 5.16.1.4 Alarm Handling 5.16.1.4.1 The functions for alarm supervision shall include, but not be limited to the following : 1) Supervising individually the functionality of each system upto Base Station level, including monitoring and control of transfer links, power supplies, and other equipment 5.16.1.4.2 2) Performing fault recognition in real time 3) Investigation and localisation of failures up to FRU level The following alarm conditions shall be provided to the radio management system as a minimum: 1) loss of communication links 2) loss of master clock synchronisation 3) failure of power supply unit 4) changeover to redundant central equipment 5) base station health status 6) receiver coupler health status through RF distribution system fault status 7) central equipment health status 8) low power and no power alarms for all transmitters 9) Indication of receiver failures 10) Internal diagnostics failure result for radio, control console, interface or gateway equipment. 5.16.1.4.3 All failure alarms shall be time and date stamped. 5.16.1.4.4 The failure alarms shall be classified into major or minor alarms by the radio management system and be user configurable. 5.16.1.4.5 Visual and audible indications shall be available for any failure alarm reported to the radio management system. The audible indication shall be enabled and disabled through the radio management system Workstation. Confidential PS Chapter-4 Page 58 of 114 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 5.16.1.4.6 The alarm log shall display the following as a minimum: 1) description of the alarm; 2) time and date of the alarm generated; 5.16.1.4.7 The alarm history database shall be provided with sufficient capacity to store the reported alarms for a period of at least four weeks(approx 5000 alarms) without carrying out any housekeeping function. 5.16.1.5 Alarm Displays 5.16.1.5.1 The Contractor shall provide the following general capabilities and characteristics for the alarm display as a minimum: 1) the ability to quickly filter the alarm display to view alarms generated from a particular system component or by a geographic location; 2) a colour coding scheme indicating the alarm severity according to the alarm classifications and alarm priority levels; 3) the display of the alarms in chronological order along with their associated time stamps; 4) a scrollable interface, to allow the radio management Workstation user to view more alarms that can directly display on one a single screen; and 5) the facility to acknowledge alarms. 5.16.1.5.2 Fault Printing 5.16.1.5.2.1 The radio management system shall be equipped with a common maintenance printer for the production of hard copies of graphical screen information, system parameter data, maintenance fault history, listing of pre-defined system information and various performance management reports. The maintenance printer shall be connected to the radio management system Workstation. 5.16.1.5.2.2 The printer connected to the radio management Workstation shall print out real time logging of the maintenance activities as well as fault events. 5.16.1.6 Field Programming 5.16.1.6.1 All the radios including base station, hand portable radio and Train radio shall have a port for field programming and diagnostic access through a notebook computer. The Contractor shall provide one notebook computer complete with all the necessary software and hardware.(included in spare part list). Confidential PS Chapter-4 Page 59 of 114 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 5.16.1.6.2 All the radios in the system including, base station, hand portable radio and Train radio shall be based on a flexible software design to allow programming by a notebook computer. The following radio parameters shall be configurable into the radio base station and Cab radio as a minimum: 1) RIN; 2) talkgroup; 3) transmitter output power; 4) operation frequency; 5) receiver sensitivity; 6) frequency deviation; 7) uploading and downloading data to a secondary storage device. The Contractor shall submit a detailed field programming parameter of all the radios for review by the Employer’s Representative. 5.16.1.7 Diagnostic 5.16.1.7.1 The fault diagnostic shall perform the following as a minimum: 1) provide testing to individual module and card level (FRU); 2) provide on-line diagnostic help to maintenance personnel through the local maintenance port within each TER and remotely from the CER in OCC only via the centralised radio management system maintenance Workstation for base station only; and 3) provide self-test facilities and built-in diagnostic routines to enable malfunctions to be automatically displayed and updated. 5.17 Virtual Private Network 5.17.1 Both the OCC & BCC System’s shall provide creation of various Virtual Private Networks within the system provided wherein, it shall be possible to create various suborganisations managing their individual users. The physical management of the network shall take place centrally only, however dispatchers within each sub-organisation shall be able to manage all the Operational Tasks securely within their own VPN. VPN feature shall allow individual sub-organisation to have completely private communication and the capability to manage their own users. Confidential PS Chapter-4 Page 60 of 114 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 5.18 AVL/APL 5.18.1 Both the OCC & BCC system’s provided shall be supplied with a Automatic Vehicle Location and Automatic Person Location System. This application shall be supported on a separate Dispatcher for AVL/APL, in the OCC Theatre with the Fault Management Controller. The Dispatcher shall show a map of the city along with the LMRC network map. Mobiles & Portables which have the GPS feature enabled and are out in the open for the GPS to be activated, shall be tracked on the Dispatcher MMI screen. The Dispatcher screen shall show the coordinates of the location of a particular user along with the User ID and shall track its movement as it moves. For providing this feature, a separate AVL/APL Server shall be provided and interfaced to the Radio system. The Server shall have features such as message queues and prioritisation so as to avoid network congestion that might be caused by sending automated SDS for the AVL/APL application, when a large number of users congregate within the area of a single base station. 5.18.2 The System shall be supplied with Authentication feature as defined by ETSI TETRA standards. The Contractor shall detail the features available and give details of the hardware/software being provided for achieving this. Confidential PS Chapter-4 Page 61 of 114 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 6 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS 6.1 General 6.1.1 The Train Radio System shall conform to all the relevant and current ITU-R, ITU-T, ETSI and UIC Recommendations. 6.1.2 Manufacture and assembly of all equipment shall be done incorporating standard current practices adopted by the International Electro-technical Commission (IEC)/ISO 9000. 6.1.3 In addition to the Design requirements as identified in CHAPTER 1 of this Particular Specification, the Radio system shall meet the technical system performance and equipment specification as specified herein. 6.1.4 The Central Radio or the distributed system and the Base Stations shall be supplied with fault-tolerant system architecture so as to ensure continuous operation with minimal loss of facilities in the event of equipment failure. The impact of a loss of central equipment shall be detailed as part of the Bid, with the impact on base station, dispatcher position, recording, gateway and AVL / APL. 6.1.5 The service life of the Radio equipments & system supplied as part of LKS 02 shall not be less than 15 years. The Contractor shall confirm this positively. 6.1.6 The Radio System core software shall meet EN50128 requirements. 6.1.7 The Contractor shall obtain approval for all the equipment from the Employer’s representative and assist the latter, on frequency assignment and radio equipment licensing. 6.1.8 The system shall be expandable to the limits defined in Section 6.16 without the need for modification or software upgrade. 6.1.9 The software shall be designed to accommodate the ultimate, fully expanded capacity without requiring any change to the hardware or firmware of the installed system and without adversely affecting the overall operation or performance of the Radio system. 6.1.10 The system shall be designed to allow ease of use by the users of the system. 6.1.11 The system shall provide facilities to allow ease of maintenance and full reporting of system status derived from the NMS. 6.1.12 The equipment shall be reliable in use and as a minimum meet the failure rate figures defined in Section 4 of this PS. Confidential PS Chapter-4 Page 62 of 114 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 6.1.13 The system shall be inherently resilient and where reasonable not affected by faults on other systems. 6.1.14 The system shall be safe in operation and shall not place users at risk. 6.1.15 The system shall interface with other systems as defined in Section 7 of this PS. These interfaces shall be designed into the system to provide reliability and resilience. 6.1.16 The Contractor shall implement the software management and control requirement detailed in the General Specification. 6.1.17 Train mobile radio shall have higher priority on all radio channels, that is, the first free channel shall, on demand, be allocated to train mobile radio. 6.1.18 An emergency call shall, in the event of all channels being busy, be put through immediately by forcibly disconnecting any ongoing call. 6.1.19 Calls from the train mobiles shall be automatically routed to the console of the concerned Traffic Controller and the Chief Controller at OCC. The Chief Controller shall have the provision of taking over the functions of any of the Traffic Controllers in their absence. 6.1.20 The signalling between radio base stations and train mobiles, and/or portables shall conform to international standards. 6.1.21 All Base Station radio equipment with the exception of train-borne mobiles and handportables shall be capable of & be operated off (-)48 VDC (nominal) power supply with variations from (-)40 VDC to (-)60 VDC. The equipment shall be capable of withstanding voltage spikes of up to 3V over the maximum voltage. The Central (or distributed) Infrastructure equipment shall be operated from 240 V AC supply from the OCC UPS System. The Central or distributed Infrastructure Equipment shall be capable to be worked from the UPS within variations of +10 % to –20% voltages and ripple content 2%. 6.2 System Radio Channel Requirements 6.2.1 The Radio system shall provide 3% grade of service and 35 seconds of mean holding time. 6.2.2 The Radio system shall support the following modes of traffic as a minimum: 1) Normal traffic, this shall be the communication between radios under the RF coverage zone of the same base station 2) Inter-base station traffic, this shall be the communication between radios under the RF coverage zones of different base stations Confidential PS Chapter-4 Page 63 of 114 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 3) 6.2.3 Emergency traffic shall be the communications during emergency operations. Radio system shall, as a minimum, be equipped with 7 traffic channels and 1 control channel at every BTS. However at the Base Station Serving the OCC and BCC at Transport Nagar Depot, the Base Station shall be equipped minimum with 1 Control Channel and 15 Traffic Channel. 6.2.4 Channels shall be assigned dynamically on demand to meet the system-wide criteria for mobile radio communication. 6.3 Frequency Planning 6.3.1 The system shall operate within the frequency band 380-400 MHz The minimum channel separation shall be 25 kHz and the duplex frequency separation shall be 10 MHz The radio system shall be designed for DMO channels as well. 6.3.2 A total of 5 (Five) frequency pairs are likely to be allotted for use by the metro. In case more frequencies are required by the Contractor, then the same have to be arranged by the Contractor totally at his cost and without time implications to the Employer. The frequencies which may be allotted are in the band 380-400 MHz. 6.3.3 Radio Frequency planning during the Contract execution stage shall be carried out for the entire network covering both Elevated and at grade levels. It should be done in such a manner that coverage is available at OCC. 6.3.4 The Contractor shall perform radio frequency planning ensuring efficient use of the available frequency pairs. The frequency plan including detailed calculations shall be submitted to the Employer’s representative for review, as part of the Design stage. 6.3.5 The system design shall have suitable safeguards to ensure that the operation of a radio set from any other system is either debarred, or its operation does not affect the operation of this Radio System of LMRC in any way 6.3.6 The Contractor shall enclose detailed calculations as part of the Design stage, to establish that there will be no interference from other radio communication links operating in this area in the same band of frequencies. 6.3.7 The use of radio frequency spectrum in India is regulated by the Wireless Planning and Co-ordination (WPC) Wing of the Ministry of Communications, Government of India. The employer may be authorised the use of the frequency band 380-400 MHz for mobile train radio communication. However, a separate clearance for the use of specific frequencies is to be obtained. Based on the frequency plan proposed by the Contractor, approval Confidential PS Chapter-4 Page 64 of 114 LKS 02: Particular Specifications from WPC shall be obtained by the Contractor. The Contractor, if so required by the WPC, shall incorporate specific changes in the frequency plan, after mutual discussions. 6.3.8 Simulation Tool used for frequency planning shall be provided as part of the scope of supply. The Tool shall also be capable of Radio coverage simulation, both indoor and outdoor for TETRA & GSM. It is preferred that the Tool shall be a Windows based COTS product, so that future support is assured. 6.4 Technical System Performance 6.4.1 Radio Signal Strength 6.4.1.1 The minimum signal level under the worst case from the relevant base station, received by the Train borne antenna shall be at least 3 micro Volts for 98% of the worst case 50m of train run along the tracks. The uplink and down link audio quality level under such conditions also should be good. 6.4.1.2 The minimum signal level from the relevant base station, received by a reference dipole at 1.5 m above ground level in all coverage areas(except inside rooms) including inside the Moving (50 KMPH) train compartment shall be at least 3 micro Volts for 95% of the worst case 50m of run in stations and in train. Signal level of minimum 3 micro Volts for 95% Location shall be available inside all the equipment rooms, plant rooms & operation control rooms in stations, Depot and substations. The uplink and down link audio quality level under such conditions also should be good. 6.4.1.3 The above mentioned signal levels are the worst case Down Link signal levels after taking into account all losses such as propagation losses, feeder losses, body loss, Fading, train penetration losses, multiple floor / wall penetration losses, climatic losses etc. 6.4.1.4 The system should be designed and commissioned with a margin of at least 3 dbm signal level better than above mentioned worst case minimum signal levels. 6.4.1.5 The Down-Link signal to a hand portable inside all rooms on the lowest floor of all the stations and depot building should meet the signals mentioned in 6.4.1.4 above. Similarly the Up-Link signal from a hand portable inside all rooms on the lowest floor of all stations and depot building should be reasonably balanced with the down-link signal to ensure good and successful voice communication. 6.4.1.6 Any equipment like TETRA TMO Repeater, indoor antennas, etc. required to provide full indoor coverage shall have to be provided by the contractor within the contract value and time schedule. However any such equipment / antenna etc. should not reduce the Confidential PS Chapter-4 Page 65 of 114 LKS 02: Particular Specifications number of time slot channels (8 numbers) per base station in the area where the coverage is required to be improved / extended. 6.4.1.7 Any instrument required to verify the above mentioned levels during the field acceptance tests, like a field strength meter and/or a test software, shall have to be supplied by the Contractor within the Contract. 6.4.1.8 The RF Plots to be submitted by Contractor shall include both up-link and down-link plots for all types of radios. 6.4.2 Call Hand-over Time between Base Stations 6.4.2.1 The call hand-over between the RF coverage zones of different base stations shall be transparent to the radio users and should not drop / interrupt on going call. 6.4.2.2 The call hand-over time shall not exceed 500 milliseconds, which is measured as the time taken when the radio detects a signal strength below a pre-defined level to establishing communication using an adjacent base station site providing the new channel. 6.4.3 Call Set-up Time 6.4.3.1 The individual call set-up time for the radios under the RF coverage zone of the same base station shall not exceed 300 milliseconds, which is measured as the time taken after the PTT switch of the radio depressed to establish the communication link. 6.4.3.2 The individual call set-up time for the radios under the RF coverage zones of different base stations shall not exceed 300 to 500 milliseconds, which is measured as the time taken after the PTT switch of the radio depressed to establish the communication link. 6.4.3.3 The group call set-up time for radios under the RF coverage zone of the same base station shall not exceed 300 milliseconds, which is measured as the time taken after the PTT switch of the radio depressed to establish the communication link. 6.4.3.4 The group-call set-up time for radios under the RF coverage zone of different base stations shall not exceed 300 to 500 milliseconds, which is measured as the time taken after the PTT switch of the radio depressed to establish the communication link. 6.4.3.5 The call set-up time by the OCC shall not exceed 300 milliseconds, which is measured as the taken when after the Controller’s last action required to despatch a call to establish the communication link. Confidential PS Chapter-4 Page 66 of 114 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 6.4.3.6 The call set-up time by the radio control panel shall not exceed 300 milliseconds, which is measured as the time taken following the Controller’s last action required to despatch a call to establish the communication link. 6.5. Central Switching or Distributed Equipment Specification 6.5.1 General 6.5.1.1 The central switch or distributed equipment shall be highly reliable, fault tolerant and capable of supporting non-stop on line call processing. Irrespective, whether it is Circuit Switched or IP based system, the overall functionalities as in the following clauses need to be met. 6.5.1.2 The Infrastructure switch equipment shall be provided with a hot standby with automatic changeover in the event of a failure of the working unit. There has to be full redundancy of the Main equipment, either at the OCC/BCC or by distributed architecture. For the distributed solution, network management access shall be available at different sites. 6.5.1.3 The critical hardware modules including central processing device, data bus and memory device shall be redundant with built-in diagnostics software to ensure continuous operation in single or multiple module failures. 6.5.1.4 For the Infrastructure switching equipment, changeover between main and hot standby shall occur with minimum interruption to the call processing, so that an on-going call is not dropped in any case. 6.5.1.5 The central or distributed equipment hardware and software shall be of modular design for ease of future expansion. The Switch supplied, shall as a minimum, be equipped for 100 simultaneous talk group conversations between Mobiles to Dispatchers. 6.5.1.6 The central or distributed equipment shall have a database for the storage of system application software, call processing, radio-location tracking, channel allocations and diagnostics 6.5.1.7 The Central or distributed equipment audio switch shall have non-blocking functionality to allow any port to be switched to any other port without any predefined limitation (in case of circuit switched system or otherwise). 6.5.1.8 The links between the central equipment and the audio switching equipment shall be have fully duplicated functionality ( in case of circuit switched system or otherwise, as applicable). 6.5.1.9 The major components of the audio switch (or its functionality, as applicable) including the central processing unit and the power supply shall be duplicated to prevent the loss of Confidential PS Chapter-4 Page 67 of 114 LKS 02: Particular Specifications more than one connection or port during a faulty condition. In the event that any port/connection fails, the switch functionality shall continue to operate. 6.5.1.10 For central equipment, the switching controller ( or its functionality, as applicable) shall control the gateways to other type of networks such as LAN, PSTN, EPABX etc . Transcoder functionality may be needed to convert these inputs into ACELP before going into the TETRA infrastructure. For the distributed equipment the gateways to other type of networks such as LAN, PSTN, EPABX etc shall be distributed over the network and installed at the relevant location. 6.5.1.11 The contractor shall provide the interfacing equipments for interfacing the switching controller or distributed equipment into the FOTS. 6.5.1.12 There shall be no limitations on the distance of link between switch and base station. 6.5.2 Built-in Test Routine 6.5.2.1 The central or distributed equipment shall have built-in test routines or SNMP traps for the testing of base stations, User interface control equipment and central switching equipment of the Radio system. These routines shall be operated in an off-line mode to allow a complete functional test of the module in problem and be based international standard like SNMP The application to run these routine tests shall be provided in the Management Terminal. 6.5.2.2 The built-in test routines shall be initiated by the following as a minimum: 1) local maintenance commands via a notebook computer connected to the local maintenance port 2) remote maintenance commands via the radio management system Workstation 3) self initiated as a result of the on-line error detection 4) self initiated as part of the power up-initialisation process 6.6 Audio Logging 6.6.1 The Contractor shall provide the interface facilities for audio logging of the Radio system channels. 6.6.2 Audio logging shall be achieved using the Centralised Digital Recording System as provided for in this Particular Specification. 6.7 Radio Control Workstation (RCW) 6.7.1 General Confidential PS Chapter-4 Page 68 of 114 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 6.7.1.1 A self-diagnostic test shall be performed automatically upon every initialisation of the RCW readiness state. 6.7.1.2 The fault and self-diagnostics information shall be processed and displayed on the RCW to indicate the status of the RCW. 6.7.1.3 The RCWs shall be designed for 24 hours per day, seven days a week continuous operation, with an equipment design life of at least ten years. The computers and peripheral interface circuitry shall be implemented using printed circuit board technology. 6.7.1.4 All RCWs shall be designed and built to the same specification and shall be fully interchangeable. The Contractor shall ensure that they are operationally and mechanically compatible. 6.7.1.5 All RCWs shall be possible to allow OCC to assume or relinquish command and control from one OCC controller to another or possibly to only one controller managing the whole fleet of Trains and Hand portables on the mainline. 6.7.1.6 RCW shall be able of suppressing data tone signals, interference noise and squelch bursts to avoid discomfort to users wearing head sets and reduce ambient noise in the control centre. 6.7.1.7 It shall provide directional loudspeakers and restrictions on volume settings so as to keep the noise levels in the control centre at minimum. 6.7.1.8 Volume controls shall be readily and constantly accessible. 6.7.1.9 Sound fields shall be generated on loudspeakers, headset or both simultaneously. 6.7.1.10 All OCC controller activities shall be logged for audit trails indicating action, result, timing and responsibility. The logs shall be maintained in the NMS for extended periods and can be archived subsequently. The NMS shall provide a utility for log inspection and search 6.7.1.11 The RCW shall be a self-contained sub-system which shall interface to the Central Radio Control equipment, equipped with gooseneck mic, select & unselect speakers, headset, PC, console Interface, etc. 6.7.1.12 In order to maintain operational independence for maintenance and failure scenarios the RCW shall be a fully self-contained sub-system and its failure shall not impact call processing elements of the Radio Communication System. 6.7.1.13 Failure of the RCW infrastructure shall not impact Mobile and Hand-portable calls using the Radio system Infrastructure. Confidential PS Chapter-4 Page 69 of 114 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 6.7.1.14 Software upgrade or modification of the RCW sub-system and the Radio Communication System shall be independent and loading on one network should have minimum affect on the performance of the other. 6.7.1.15 The RCW control equipment (servers) shall be in a hot standby configuration or for the distributed equipment, the RCW control equipment can be installed in the workstation in order to have a full self-contained sub-system. 6.7.2 RCW/ATS Interface Functions 6.7.2.1 In order to achieve trains calling via a point and click facility on the RCW using the onscreen Train icons, the RCW shall be required to handle the real time Trains running and location information from the ATS system. 6.7.2.2 The LKS 02 Contractor shall be responsible for the interface of a hardware and software interface with the ATS (Automatic Train Supervision) system. The LKS 02 Contractor shall have to interface, test and commission Radio system with Proper interfaces with the ATS. 6.7.2.3 The Contractor shall provide and install the interfacing cables, connectors and mounting hardware deemed necessary to interface the Radio System with the ATS System. A serial RS-232C or an Ethernet communication port shall be available from the ATS System for Train running information to the Radio System. For the exact interface type, the Contractor shall interface and coordinate with the Signalling Contractors. 6.7.2.4 The data to be transferred shall preferably be in ASCII format. 6.7.2.5 All information received from the ATS shall be logged. 6.7.3 Not used. 6.7.4 RCW Functionality 6.7.4.1 The RCW functionality shall include but not limited to the following:1) Integrated Radio access through a Graphical User Interface (GUI) 2) Train ID Number/Train Radio ID correlation and management 3) Management of interface with Automatic train supervision system 4) Dynamic call set up 5) Text Transmissions 6) Status Message selection and initiation Confidential PS Chapter-4 Page 70 of 114 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 7) Emergency Call Handling 8) Not Used. 9) Database of all Rolling Stock and Train ID Number Assignment 10) Graphical display of Trains location superimposed on track/station layout 6.7.5 RCW Call Initiation 6.7.5.1 It shall be possible to initiate calls via screen selection using mouse/trackball. Normally the RCW, shall be used to initiate calls to train borne radios as detailed at 5.12.7.4 and 6.7.10.12. However, it shall be possible to initiate call to all radios by their RIN / functional identity number. 6.7.5.2 An additional display window shall show all associated TIDs, with direction IDs and corresponding Rake IDs, and all Hand-portables when the Controller activates Radio Base Station on the screen and it shall be possible to initiate call to such train radios by TIDs and the hand portable radios by their RIN so displayed on the screen. 6.7.5.3 The RCW shall enable a silent Radio check initialisation. The RCW shall receive an acknowledgement from the target radio if it is turned on and within the system’s coverage range. 6.7.5.4 The RCW shall display all Radio Base Stations current status when requested and to display high level alarms when faults are detected in the Radio Communication System by the radio NMS. 6.7.5.5 In general when alarm is raised, an audible and visual alarm shall be sounded and alarm indication on the display commences to flash and shall give a description of the fault. 6.7.5.6 Keying-in the “Cancel Alarm” command on the display shall stop the audible alarm and the alarm display shall change to steady. 6.7.5.7 The alarm display shall disappear after the fault is rectified. 6.7.5.8 Incoming train voice and data calls shall be displayed in an incoming call window on the RCW of the Controller responsible for that track section with an audible ringing tone and indicate by colour change of the Radio Base Station through which the calling Train is currently working. 6.7.5.9 The Controller shall be able to acknowledge the incoming call and select to establish twoway communication. 6.7.5.10 Incoming calls from Hand-portables shall indicate the Caller ID. The location he is operating from and the call type. The call type could be a speech. Confidential PS Chapter-4 Page 71 of 114 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 6.7.5.11 Telephone Interconnect (PSTN/EPABX call) shall be provided and include patching between radio users and telephone landline users. The Controller shall be able to include a third party so that three parties can be included in a conference type call. The Controller shall be able to leave the call, whereupon the call continues between the other two parties. For example, a Controller shall establish a call to a EPABX/PSTN party and then include a radio unit which is not authorised to make EPABX/PSTN calls. The Controller shall then detach himself from the call, leaving the radio unit and EPABX/PSTN party connected. 6.7.6 RCW Application Program Interface 6.7.6.1 The RCW shall interface to the Trunked Radio Network through an Application Program Interface (API) which will also serve as a fire wall so that no adverse operations on the RCW system will affect the operation of real time call processing of the trunked Radio Communication System. 6.7.6.2 Not Used. 6.7.7 RCW Servers 6.7.7.1 The Contractor shall offer a flexible and structured RCW system which operates on Employer server network on a stable and proven Operating system. 6.7.7.2 The Duplicated RCW Servers shall be located in OCC/BCC. 6.7.7.3 The RCW Servers shall be in a fully redundant configuration with ‘hot standby’ features whereby recovery of a failed hardware or software component can proceed without interruption of operations. Specifically there shall be one RCW server that will operate in the “master” state, processing network traffic while a second RCW standby server operates in the passive “standby” state. In the event of failure of the master RCW server the standby RCW server shall automatically assume master status and resumes processing network traffic. For the distributed equipment a RCW server can be installed in each RCW in order to have a full self-contained sub-system. 6.7.7.4 The clock timing of the RCW Servers shall synchronise with the LMRC master clock. 6.7.8 RCW Hardware 6.7.8.1 The Control Centre(s) users shall be able to access the RCW server and the voice dispatch system from a single RCW and the RCWs shall be networked together via a LAN/Ethernet. Confidential PS Chapter-4 Page 72 of 114 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 6.7.8.2 As a minimum, each RCW shall be equipped with a gooseneck microphone, loudspeakers with volume control, PTT switches for radio operation, fort switch and a head-set with input jack. 6.7.8.3 The RCW shall also include a set of dedicated function keys to enable OCC controllers to execute functions quickly without having to look at the screen. 6.7.8.4 The RCW server should be based on a proven and stable operating system with Ethernet card and TCP/IP communication protocol. 6.7.9 RCW Multi-Tasking Environment 6.7.9.1 The RCW system shall be fully integrated Console Dispatch system and offer a reliable, real time, multi tasking environment permitting multiple applications. 6.7.9.2 For the central equipment all the RCWs shall be connected together via a local area network (LAN)., For the distributed equipment all RCW shall be connected directly to the FOTS 6.7.9.3 The RCW position personality information shall be downloaded from the server's master database to RCW position computers via the LAN. A local copy of the configurations shall be stored in each RCW position computer. 6.7.9.4 In the event of failure of the LAN connection to the Server, and after reconnection the RCW positions shall continue to operate with the current configuration. 6.7.9.5 Dispatch screen configurations shall be created by the supervisor and stored on the server. Dispatcher position computers may then access the different configurations over the local area network. The screen configurations will be password protected to ensure proper usage. 6.7.10 RCW Graphical User Interface (GUI) 6.7.10.1 The GUI shall be a WIMP (Windows, Icons, Menus, Pointing) style interface that allows Controllers to have easy control and fast response. 6.7.10.2 The GUI shall employ a combination of graphic presentations and pull down menus. 6.7.10.3 The GUI shall provide a consistent style of presentation shall be used across all of the different functions. 6.7.10.4 Resources shall be displayed on the screen in "resource folders". The folders shall be organised to suit the Controller's needs. At least 6 folders should be "stored" on the screen. The Controller should simply click on the "tab" of each folder to view the contents of that folder. Confidential PS Chapter-4 Page 73 of 114 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 6.7.10.5 The Contractor shall detail the functionality and presentation of the system to meet all the requirements specified in Section 5 for review by the Employer’s Representative 6.7.10.6 The Contractor shall include full samples of all the various screen layouts and GUI configurations for review by the Employer’s Representative. 6.7.10.7 Multiple windows shall be able to be opened concurrently. 6.7.10.8 Each RCW shall be equipped with the following as a minimum: 6.7.10.9 1) keyboard 2) mouse as the pointing device 3) headset with microphone and loudspeaker 4) loudspeaker 5) desktop noise cancelling microphone with integrated PTT switch or gooseneck console mic with a separate PTT. 6) foot operated PTT switch 7) data interface socket All functionality accessible via the point device shall also be available through the keyboard via configurable (hot) keys and /or via keyboard macros. 6.7.10.10 All Workstation displays shall support high-resolution (1280x1024) colour graphics, and shall be a minimum of 533 mm TFT/LCD colour screen. 6.7.10.11 The Contractor shall provide the number of “Radio Control Workstation” at various locations as defined in the Chapter 10 of this Particular Specification. 6.7.10.12 The screen display shall as a minimum show: 1) a topological map of all the Lucknow Metro Stations highlighting the geographical location of the Radio Base Stations. 2) an exploded view showing a graphical representation of the track section which is controlled by the Controller. 3) an exploded view showing a graphical representation of the track section of the Radio Base Station which is selected by the Controller. 4) The Stations shall be shown as a block either side of the track so that it is possible to differentiate the different direction of travel (North to South, South to North, East to West and West to East) of the Trains. 6.8 Radio Control Panel (RCP) 6.8.1 General Confidential PS Chapter-4 Page 74 of 114 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 6.8.1.1 The Contractor shall provide desktop radio control panels comprising control module and radio modules for the monitoring and call processing of six talk-groups as a minimum. 6.8.1.2 The modules shall be software programmable and have various functional buttons, indicators and display windows on the front of the radio control panel to allow quick access. 6.8.1.3 The radio control panel provided shall comprise a telephone by the handset with integrated PTT switch along with interface to the Radio, along with all cables, fixtures, antennas, installation and programming manuals. 6.8.2 Control Panel 6.8.2.1 The control panel shall be used for enabling individual calls and group calls and for talkgroups not pre-assigned to the radio control panel. 6.8.2.2 The control panel shall be equipped with the following as a minimum: 1) display window for the display of in either 12 or 24 hour format and diagnostic result and 2 X 14 LED panel, as a minimum. 2) transmit button to initiate a call 3) indicator for incoming call 4) indicator for acknowledged call 5) called party busy indicator 6) volume control 7) audio level indicator 8) numeric keypad to input RIN and talk-group ID 9) Emergency call button. 6.8.2.3 Each radio control panel shall be used for call processing of a dedicated talk-group. The talk-group shall be assigned to the radio control panel through software programming. 6.8.2.4 By depressing the call transmit button, a group call to the talk-group assigned to the radio control panel shall be initiated. 6.8.2.5 The radio control panel shall have a speaker with volume control switch for audio monitoring. 6.8.2.6 The talk-group selected for communication with the radio control panel shall be routed to the speaker. 6.8.2.7 Confidential Hand free operation shall also be possible with the RCP. PS Chapter-4 Page 75 of 114 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 6.9 Radio Access Unit (RAU) 6.9.1 The radio Access unit shall be a multi-button feature phone interfaced to a fixed radio set. 6.9.2 The radio Access unit will enable users to make individual calls, emergency call and to establish Group calls. 6.9.3 The Radio Access unit shall connect to the radio system independently from the RCW and provide a backup (only for Voice) in the event of failure of the RCW. The work shall include supply, installation, test, etc of the RAU along with all necessary cables, antennas, fixtures, installation & operating manuals. 6.9.4 The RAU shall be equipped with display window to allow identification of called parties. 6.9.5 Controllers shall be able to call trains from the RAU using their RIN numbers 6.9.6 The RAU shall be compact in design to enable it to be positioned alongside the RCW. 6.9.7 Controllers RCW in OCC & DCC shall be provided a RAU in addition to RCW to work as a back-up/ all other controllers shall be provided only RAUs. One extra RAU complete with all accessories shall be provided and installed at each of the terminal stations also. 6.10 Radio Base Station Requirements 6.10.1 General 6.10.1.1 The Radio base station shall consist of a dual carrier designed with inherent redundancy. 6.10.1.2 For the central equipment each base station carrier shall be connected via a duplicated TCP-IP link to the switching controller at the OCC. The Base Stations provided, shall work in a ring configuration, so that link failure on one side shall not affect the working of any Base Station. Hence, the Base Station shall have dual ports for connection in the ring configuration. For distributed equipment, the base station shall be connected directly to the FOTS and the switching capability shall be provided by the IP network build around the FOTS. Path duplication shall be provided by the IP network routing capability 6.10.2 Radio Base Station Communication System 6.10.2.1 As a minimum ,the contractor shall supply ,install ,test and commission the following elements for each radio base station communication system: Remote controlled trunk radio base stations (including base transceivers, Base controllers, Environmental alarm system, RF distribution system, equipment cabinets, combiners and filters, low loss feeder, antenna and mounting system etc.) Confidential PS Chapter-4 Page 76 of 114 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 6.10.2.2 The contractor shall install Radio base Station equipment in the Telecommunication equipment rooms (TER) at the stations as needed to provide the specified area coverage throughout the LMRC network. 6.10.2.3 The contractor shall submit the details of network design and the locations of radio base station sites and aerial support structure necessary to provide the specified area coverage throughout the surface and elevated portions of LMRC network indicating full indoor coverage. 6.10.2.4 The contractor shall submit the details of network design and the locations of radio base stations sites and Antenna and leaky coaxial system necessary to provide the specified area coverage throughout the LMRC network indicating full indoor coverage. 6.10.2.5 Maintenance facilities (testing of base transceivers, base controllers etc) shall be incorporated such that the testing of any radio base station equipment can be carried out in the TER/CER by local operation of control switches, without interruption to the whole base transceiver station. 6.10.2.6 The contractor shall provide Fall back operation for radio base stations to operate in local site operation and maintenance, in the case of failure within the system. 6.10.2.7 In case of total failure to the base station controller, the subscriber users shall revert to the direct mode operation. 6.10.2.8 Diversity reception shall be provided for protection against failure in receive antennas or receiver multi-couplers and to provide gain in the Up-Link path. The Base Station shall preferably but not essentially support 3 diversity receiver inputs, although the system being supplied presently shall work essentially on 2 receiver inputs. The Third receiver input shall be utilised in future, in case of improvements in radio coverage are required. 6.10.2.9 Contractor to provide fault reporting and remote control functions at the Radio Base Station. The Radio Base Station shall have port for interfacing to a portable notebook computer. The portable notebook computer provided shall include the necessary software to present the data in user friendly format. The selection of functions and data to be monitored shall be menu driven by the portable notebook computer. The data indicating real-time Radio Communication System performance shall be displayed in an informative and comprehensive manner. Information shall be presented graphically where possible. The Contractor shall provide a full description of Radio Communication System performance functions to be monitored, as well as those which are not monitored. Confidential PS Chapter-4 Page 77 of 114 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 6.10.2.10 Diagnostic tests can be carried out to determine the performance of the Radio Base Station. The testing shall be able to be carried out during normal system operation without interfering with other channels. The tests shall be based on measurements related to transmitted out-put power and received RSSI (Radio Signal Strength Indication). 6.10.2.11 The Contractor shall ensure that the maintenance of the Radio Base Station can be carried out while the Radio Base Station is operational without affecting other functions. It shall be possible to carry out maintenance on all redundant cards and components without having to remove or disconnect other cards and components. 6.10.2.12 The Base Stations shall be able to work in Wide Area and also in Local Site Trunking Mode with or without GPS. The Base Stations shall be provided with dual GPS for synchronisation. In case of failure of one GPS, the Base Station shall automatically switch over to the other GPS through the site controller. In case of failure of even the second GPS, the Base Station shall immediately send an alarm to Central NMS but the Base Station shall continue to work in Wide Area for at least 20 days without synchronisation problems for wide area calls. 6.10.2.13 The Contractor shall take special care to install GPS antennas at locations sufficiently apart and through different cables following different routes. 6.10.3 Radio Base Station 6.10.3.1 The Radio Base Station shall be supplied with the following Engineering facilities: 1) Unblocked access to all channels available at the Radio Base Station for local monitoring of incoming and outgoing transmission within the Radio Base Station Radio Communication System. 2) local keying of transmitter through control software.( by a service laptop). 3) Fully shielded-removable modules with front-mount controls and diagnostic 4) Readily expendable minimum up to seven TETRA air interfaces (28 logical channels) without degradation of the final output power. 6.10.4 Confidential 5) Software upgrades applied without the need for a site visit. 6) Radio Base Stations shall operate in full duplex mode for all communications. Radio Base Station Combiner PS Chapter-4 Page 78 of 114 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 6.10.4.1 All transmitter combiners shall be totally passive. Active splitters if incorporated shall be supervised for failure and reported back to OCC NMS through the Radio Base Station Controller. N-type RF connectors shall be used for interfacing between RF equipment. 6.10.4.2 NOT USED. 6.10.4.3 NOT USED 6.10.4.4 Technical Specifications 6.10.4.5 Radio Base Station Number of Carrier Equipped for 2 carriers (TX) minimum (Base Station serving OCC for 4 Carriers (TX) Frequency Range 380-400 MHZ RF Carrier Spacing 25 kHz Mode of Operation Full Duplex; Voice and Data Duplex Spacing 10 MHZ Antenna Impedance 50 Ohm RF Connector Type 50 Ohm TX Output Power Minimum 25W at top of the Base Station cabinet (after combiner included), adjustable in specified ratio, Open/Short circuit protected Scalability 28 minimum logical channels per Radio Base Station site (Four channels per Carrier, Full Duplex Operation) Modulation Pi/4 DQPSK - Digital Phase Modulation Gross Bit Rate 1 Carrier 36 kbps Confidential Max. Data Transfer Rate 7.2kbps per slot Transmission Method TDMA Channels Per Carrier Four (4) Speech Codec ACELP (Gross bit rate 7.2 kbps) Call Set Up Time < 300 m seconds Frequency Tolerance ± 0.1 ppm Adjacent Channel Power - 60 dBc PS Chapter-4 Page 79 of 114 LKS 02: Particular Specifications Dynamic Sensitivity 4% BER for TCH 7.2 at -106 dBm (Typical Urban Conditions at 50 kph) 6.10.4.6 Static Sensitivity Better than or equal to -115 dBm at 4% BER Power Supply Nominal 48 V DC (-41 V to +60 V DC) Combiners / Active splitters/Duplexer VSWR Better than 1.5 for all ports Port impedance 50 Ohm RF Connectors 50 Ohm N-type Input RF Power Rating Adequate for simultaneous operation of all TX inputs Number of Ports Up to 7 carriers Antennas Minimum One for Tx and Two for Rx. Duplexer Internal or External Provided, so that can also operate with a single antenna for minimum 2 Carriers (TX) + 2 RX with same single antenna, in case required. 6.10.5 Base Station Control (BSC) Module 6.10.5.1 The base station shall have fully redundant base station control modules in standby mode of operation. The switchover of the base station control module and the power supply module shall automatically occur in case of failure one BSC. 6.10.5.2 The base station control module shall be co-located with the base station to perform the following as a minimum: 6.10.5.3 1) interface to the FOTS to transmit audio and data signal to central equipment; and 2) Initiate local trunking mode. The front panel of the base station control module shall have indicators for the display of base station status. 6.10.6 Local Trunking Mode 6.10.6.1 The base station shall operate in local trunking mode in one of the following situations as a minimum: 1) manually from radio management system 2) For central equipment automatically upon the detection of the loss of communication link between central equipment and local equipment, for Confidential PS Chapter-4 Page 80 of 114 LKS 02: Particular Specifications distributed equipment when the base station is isolated from the rest of the network, when the FOTS access is faulty. 3) For central equipment automatically upon the detection of central equipment failure. 6.10.6.2 Any additional equipment at the Base Station Site, like GPS receivers, for maintaining synchronisation in site trunking mode, shall be supplied as part of the work. 6.10.6.3 In local trunking mode, communicate shall be restricted to the radios under the RF coverage zone of the base station only 6.10.6.4 Manual switching of the base station to normal operation when operating in local trunking mode shall be possible. Switch shall be achieved either from the base station control module front panel or the local terminal. 6.10.6.5 The system shall support Group call, even in Site Trunking mode. 6.10.6.6 In Local Site Trunking mode, the base station shall allow up to 1000 Mobile Stations to be simultaneously registered. All radios that were registered when the site entered LST will continue to be registered and new registrations will be accepted. 6.10.7 Health Status Reporting 6.10.7.1 The Base station shall have an environmental alarm system which shall report the following health status to the radio management system as a minimum: 6.10.8 Confidential 1) RF forward power 2) power amplifier fail 3) power amplifier temperature 4) transceiver fail 5) local trunking mode 6) control channel fail 7) control channel transceiver switchover 8) power supply unit fails Built-in Test Routine PS Chapter-4 Page 81 of 114 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 6.10.8.1 Built-in test routines shall be able to test the base stations and central equipment of the Radio system. These routines shall operate in an off-line mode to allow a complete functional test of the module in problem. 6.10.8.2 Built-in test routines shall be initiated by the following as a minimum: 1) local maintenance commands via a notebook computer connected to the local maintenance port 2) remote maintenance commands via the radio management system Workstation 3) self initiated as a result of the on-line error detection 4) self initiated as part of the power up-initialisation process 6.10.9 Antenna Network 6.10.9.1 General 6.10.9.1.1 The Contractor shall provide both indoor and outdoor antenna networks for the RF coverage in LMRC 6.10.9.1.2 The antenna network for the Underground section shall be LCX in tunnels and a combination of LCX and low profile antenna if required at stations. The coverage in the tunnel, platform and concourse area shall primarily be by use of LCX cables. The LCX cable shall be able to support optimally train radio services in the frequency bands 380400 MHz and also support signals upto 1 Ghz , for future. LCX shall be supported by stand-offs installed at regular interval as per guidelines issued by EIA- Standard RS 422 and new wind tunnel vibration tests .A common LCX cable for transmission and reception of RF signals shall be used. Contractor shall, in addition, provide brackets/stand-offs for additional two LCX cables(1 -5/8 “) to be installed in each tunnel , tunnels leading out of the underground uptill out in open and throughout in underground station areas all along the TETRA LCX Cable of the CS14 Contractor, for future expansion and use for the GSM/CDMA services. 6.10.9.1.3 AC/DC blocking device shall be fitted to the equipment and LCX for the protection of equipment and personal safety. At least one Bi-directional Amplifier (BDA)/Optical-RF Repeater shall be provided for each tunnel between two stations for feeding the LCX cable. In no case a common BDA/Optical-RF repeater shall be used for feeding both the tunnels. Confidential PS Chapter-4 Page 82 of 114 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 6.10.9.1.4 The system shall also extend Radio Coverage of the Local Police & Fire Authorities Radio Systems inside whole of the Underground section either on the same cable or on a separate LCX cable & Antenna network. All the coordination with the Local Authorities, any additional equipment required at either end shall be provided by the LKS 02 Contractor. With the implementation of the system, it shall be possible for a Local Police & Fire Deptt. Handportable to seamlessly roam inside the underground station area plus the tunnels and continue communication with their on-ground Radio system(s). 6.10.9.1.5 NOT USED 6.10.9.1.6 The antenna network for the elevated / at grade section shall primarily be antennae mounted on masts for above ground wide area coverage and a combination of LCX and low profile antenna at stations, if unavoidable. 6.10.9.1.7 NOT USED 6.10.9.1.8 NOT USED 6.10.9.1.9 The antenna network shall be designed for the propagation of wide band radio signals optimally in the frequency ranges 380-400 MHz and for Radio/Fire Analog Radio Systems. 6.10.9.1.10 NOT USED 6.10.9.1.11 The antenna network shall be designed so that the signal level received at the farthest point from the transmitting and receiving ends of the radiating component of the network is not less than the minimum required RF signal level into the respective receivers. 6.10.9.1.11.1 The system should be designed so that for Down-Link signal, the signal strength received at the farthest point of required coverage area from the corresponding base station for that area, is more than the minimum dynamic. Signal strength required by a hand portable after taking into account losses for factors leave body less, indoor penetration loss, losses for factors like body loss, indoor penetration loss, feeder margin. 6.10.9.1.11.2 For Up-Link signal, the system should be so designated so that signal received at the EBTS antenna input part from a hand-portable at 1.5 m right at the farthest point of required coverage area from the corresponding base station for that area, is more than the minimum dynamic signal strength required by the EBTS after taking into account losses for factors like body loss, indoor penetration loss, feeder margin, antenna cable feeder loss multi-coupler loss, etc. Confidential PS Chapter-4 Page 83 of 114 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 6.10.9.1.12 In order to provide full indoor coverage, if required, the contractor shall provide TETRA TMO repeaters (8 channel), indoor antenna, LCX cables, etc. 6.10.9.1.13 The Contractor shall submit all the calculations of signal loss in the antenna network for the Employer’s Representative to review the adequacy of the Design as part of the Design Stage. 6.10.9.2 Outdoor Antenna 6.10.9.2.1 The outdoor antenna shall be robust construction utilising corrosion resistant aluminium alloy and shall be protected from lightning strike. 6.10.9.2.2 The feeder cable connection shall be weatherproof and fully sealed. 6.10.9.2.3 The outdoor antenna shall meeting the following requirement as a minimum: 1) Operating frequency(Tx / Rx) : 380-400 MHz 2) Bandwidth : as required for optimum operation to cover the operational TETRA Band. 6.10.9.2.4 3) V.S.W.R. : 1.5 : 1 4) maximum power input : 150 W At above ground sites, the radio system shall provide at least one aerial for transmitting and two aerial for receiving at each Base Station site. Diversity receiving aerials shall be provided. 6.11 Train Radio 6.11.1 General 6.11.1.1 The train radio shall be robust, shock proof and complete with antenna, radio transceiver unit and radio control head. The Contractor shall liase with RS Contractor on appropriate vibration level to be adopted in the Design. 6.11.1.2 Train radio shall be provided in Each Driving Cab of the Train. Each mobile shall be identified by a unique Radio identity number 6.11.1.3 The train radio shall be robust and ruggedised. All equipment and accessories shall comply with: Confidential PS Chapter-4 Page 84 of 114 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 1) US MIL STD 810C&D or equivalent International Standard for low pressure, high temperature, low temperature, solar radiation, rain, humidity, salt, fog, dust, vibration and shock. 6.11.1.4 2) IEC 529 or IP 54 concerning condensing requirements. 3) MIL-STD-810 C/D/E or IEC 68 for environmental testing Trainborne Radio equipment shall not generate EMI which affects the radio or any other equipment on, or external to the railway. Trainborne Radio equipment shall be designed for protection from external EMI. Notwithstanding this, the Contractor shall be responsible for carrying out any modifications to his equipment to rectify such interference, should it occur that the equipment supplied is the originating source. 6.11.1.5 The train radio installed on the EMU shall interface to the Train-borne PA system. The audio output from the radio receiver shall be muted by 25 dB when a PA announcement is being made on the Train. It shall not, however, be possible to reduce the receiver audio output to a level which is inaudible to a person with normal hearing. 6.11.1.6 The train radio shall interface with the Train Management System (TIMS) in order to transfer data via the radio to a central monitoring point. This shall include automatic transmission of On-Board Rolling Stock alarms to OCC (ATS Terminal) after predefined time intervals, without degrading the availability and performance of the Radio System. The priority shall always be for the Voice and data transmission shall not prevent availability of voice channels, as and when required by a Radio user. These alarms shall automatically be routed to the ATS system by the Radio-ATS link. 6.11.1.7 The train radio shall interface with the train signalling system to enable an alarm to be initiated when the train begins non ATP/ATO mode of operation. 6.11.1.8 The train radio shall have a local port for the connection to a notebook computer with interface such as RS232, RS485, RS 422 for field programming and diagnostic. 6.11.1.9 The Contractor shall provide a complete radio control system including all the interfacing software and hardware for the interface with the cab simulator computer. 6.11.1.10 As a minimum, the Train-borne Radio System to be supplied shall include the following: 1) Train Mobile Transceiver 2) Train Radio Control Panel with MMI, radio control head, speaker and handset. Fist Mic with PTT should also to be provided as an accessory. The radio shall be capable of being used with the Fist Mic with PTT, even if the Train Radio Interface Unit (TRIU) Confidential has failed (excluding the Power Supply feeding the PS Chapter-4 Page 85 of 114 LKS 02: Particular Specifications Radio).This will allow the Radio to be used for Voice only communication even in its most basic and standard form.The Fist Mic shall be provided to be plugged in only as a standby arrangement when the TRIU has failed and there shall be an option (e.g a switch) for the Train Operator to operate to use the Fist Mic instead of the Handset/TRIU. 3) Train-borne Antenna 4) Equipment cabinets, racks and cubicles together with mounting brackets, vibration mountings and installation materials in accordance with requirement of Rolling Stock. 5) Power Supply, cables, connectors, accessories, cabling and earthing necessary for all train-borne radio equipment 6) 6.11.1.11 Interfacing hardware and software for following systems  Trainborne PA System  Train information management system (TIMS)  Signalling Equipment (ATC)  Signalling for automatic registration of TID in mainline mode of operation  Relay contacts from RS for RS status / alarms, if any. Auxiliary interfaces for connecting external portable first microphones, loudspeaker, handsets shall be provided. 6.11.1.12 Cables and wires used for onboard wiring shall be low smoke, fire retardant, halogen free type and confirm to flammability test specified in IEC332 Part 3. Cabling, wiring and termination details shall be submitted to the Employer’s Representative for review . 6.11.2 Radio Control Head 6.11.2.1 The radio control head shall be complete with a display window and function keys. 6.11.2.2 The radio control head shall be splash proof. 6.11.2.3 The display window shall be back-lit . 6.11.2.4 The display window shall display two lines of alphanumeric characters and >10 characters on each line simultaneously. The display shall be easily readable. 6.11.2.5 Confidential Brightness of functional keys, indicator lights and displays shall be adjustable. PS Chapter-4 Page 86 of 114 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 6.11.2.6 All Train radio Control heads shall be designed and built to the same specifications and shall be fully interchangeable. 6.11.2.7 All call related functions shall be possible with the handset ON or OFF hook. 6.11.2.8 The display window shall display the following information as a minimum: 1) incoming call type 2) incoming call mode 3) calling party identification 4) message even when voice call is in progress 5) Call proceeding (Call proceeding (outgoing private and interconnect call) 6) Call ringing (Call ringing (private and interconnect call) 7) Call waiting 8) Radio failure and alarms 9) real time signal strength bar display 10) TID in main line mode 11) depot identifier and RIN /Rake ID in depot mode 12) function menu 13) the result of radio start-up diagnostic 14) the result of train radio log on These indications shall be specified such that they cannot be confused with any indications related to the safety within the cab. 6.11.2.9 The following function keys shall as a minimum be available on the radio control head and Train Radio Control Panel (TRCP). Item 4, 5, 6, & 7 should be on TRCP and rest on RCH. (or TRCP) Confidential 1) volume control 2) acknowledge of incoming call 3) initiate emergency call 4) initiate train radio log on – in Depot or Main line mode. 5) initiate OCC call PS Chapter-4 Page 87 of 114 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 6.11.2.10 6) initiate DCC call 7) initiate depot shunter call 8) initiate group calls in various talk groups 9) selection of pre programmed status messages and transmission 10) lamp test 11) back light 12) 1 to 10 with # and * keys for data entry 13) ‘enter’ key to confirm the input data 14) heavy duty PTT switch 15) ON/OFF Control The emergency button and ON/OFF Control shall be protected against accidental activation/deactivation. Red and green colours shall be prohibited from use on the radio display. 6.11.2.11 Switching ‘ON’ the radio MMI shall cause self test of MMI and display status of the Train radio. 6.11.2.12 Switching ‘OFF’ the radio MMI intentionally or on power failure shall be “soft” so that the Train radio completes the following house keeping functions before actually switching off. 1) Controlled termination of a current call. 2) De-register running number. 3) Store required data. 4) Train borne public address function shall continue to be available. 6.11.3 Radio Unit 6.11.3.1 The Radio shall be fully compliant with the relevant ETSI TETRA radio equipment, EMC and Environmental. 6.11.3.2 The train radio shall be provided with sufficient filtering and suppression circuit to immune radio interference from the driving cab electronics. 6.11.3.3 110V DC input power supply from rolling stock power supply shall feed the train-borne radio unit. Contractor shall use DC/DC converters, if required, to power the train radio Confidential PS Chapter-4 Page 88 of 114 LKS 02: Particular Specifications and associated equipment. The Contractor shall liase with RS Contractor to determine the characteristics of the rolling stock 110 V DC power supply and provide necessary protection from expected level of spike and interference voltages. Cables and wiring shall be adequately screened. 6.11.3.4 Technical Specifications Train Radio The technical specifications of the Train radios and associated equipment are given below : Mobile Radio Set Frequency Range : 380-400 MHZ Channel Spacing : 25kHz Modulation : Mode of Operation : Pi/4 DQPSK Both single and dual frequency, simplex and full duplex, trunked and direct mode. Antenna Impedance : 50 Ohm RF Connector Type : N-type 50 Ohm TX Output Power : Minimum 3W, Open/Short circuit protected Transmitter/Receiver : 10MHz Separation Dynamic sensitivity : -103 dBm Static sensitivity : -112 dBm Train Radio Control Panel Confidential Keyboard : Numeric lighted keypad / splash proof Talkgroup buttons : Lighted when activated / splash proof Telephone Type Handset : with ear piece, Microphone and PTT. PTT switches Heavy duty rocker switches : PS Chapter-4 Page 89 of 114 LKS 02: Particular Specifications Radio Control Head User Interface : Back-lit LCD providing a minimum of 2 X 10 ; 20 characters Volume control knob Menu operation mode Indication of operation mode Telephone directory Auxiliary Interface in TRIU :Connection to a personal computer for terminal software up-date; Connection to data terminal for data transmission using Packet Data Gateway and Short Data Service. Connection to a, loudspeaker and handset. DC/DC Converter Input Voltage : 80 to 130V d.c., 110V d.c. nominal Output Current : 10 A (Continuous), 15A (Peak) Ripple Factor : 2% or better at the output Other Protection : Short-circuit protection Over voltage protection Overload protection Self recovery Antenna Confidential Impedance : 50 Ohm Maximum Input Power : 100W VSWR : 2:1 over the full operating bandwidth PS Chapter-4 Page 90 of 114 LKS 02: Particular Specifications Radiating Pattern : Omni-Directional Environment : Water proof, shock proof. TIMS interface : As per protocol / physical Interface fixed with RS ATC Interface : As per protocol / physical interface fixed with Signalling. PA Interface : Interface 6.11.3.4.1 As per protocol / physical interface fixed with RS. The microphone and audio circuits shall be sensitive enough to provide full modulation when it is used within 150 mm from the speaker’s mouth. 6.11.3.4.2 Protection against mismatch of RF output impedance is essential. 6.11.3.4.3 When handset is taken off-look the speech should be routed to the speaker of handset and the cab-speaker volume should be lowered. 6.11.4 Built-in Test Routine 6.11.4.1 Built-in test routines shall be able to test the train radio unit and the radio control head. These routines shall operate in an off-line mode to allow a complete functional test of the module in problem. 1) The Contractor shall ensure that shall perform automatic self diagnostic routine test on the all Trainborne Radio Communication Equipment and associated equipment upon every initialisation. An audible tone shall indicate the readiness state of the Train Radio Communication System and associated equipment. 2) The fault and self diagnostics information shall be processed and sent to Dispatcher to indicate the status of the Train borne Radio Communication equipment to facilitate prompt fault diagnosis and enable LMRC staff to locate faulty modules for first line replacement. The information shall include, but not limited to the following: Confidential  ATC Link Failure  TIMS Link Failure  TRCP failure PS Chapter-4 Page 91 of 114 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 3) The Train borne Mobile Transceiver shall be provided with a radio test port to enable full specification testing of the Train borne Radio Communication equipment. The port shall be able to interface to a Notebook Computer (RS232, RS485/422). As a minimum, one Notebook Computer shall be supplied (already included as part of spares list in Appendix P of this PS) and shall include the necessary software to present the data in user friendly format. The selection of functions and data to be monitored shall be menu driven by the Notebook Computer. The data indicating the Train borne Radio’s performance shall be displa yed in an informative and comprehensive manner. Information shall be presented graphically where possible. The Contractor shall provide a full description of Train borne Radio Communication System performance functions to be monitored, as well as those which are not monitored. 6.11.5 Run Time Diagnostics 6.11.5.1 The Train radio shall be capable of performing a suite of runtime diagnostic tests on all physical interfaces. 6.11.5.2 Failure of an interface shall be reported to the driver via the display on the TRCP indicators. 6.11.5.3 All failures shall be recorded in the activity log at OCC. 6.11.5.4 Diagnostic tests shall not interfere with normal operation of the Train radio 6.11.6 Train borne Antenna 6.11.6.1 The antenna shall be mounted suitably on each EMU Cab to meet the required performance specifications without causing any electromagnetic interference to other equipments on board the Train. The contractor shall interface with the RS contractor for location, type and fixing the antenna. The present arrangement is of antenna on the roof and exactly same antenna is to be used along with the exactly same arrangement to be followed. 6.11.6.2 The Contractor shall submit the drawings showing the placement of the antenna on the EMU cab in relation to the high-point antenna. The Contractor shall submit the path calculations for the received signal for areas of coverage for review by the Employer’s Representative. 6.11.6.3 The low profile antenna on each of the EMU Cab shall not infringe the schedule of dimensions. Confidential PS Chapter-4 Page 92 of 114 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 6.11.6.4 The antenna and mounting brackets shall be extremely rugged low profile design and shall withstand the effects of car washing plants, mechanical vibration, dust accumulation and other physical hazards typical of underground mass transit railway environments. 6.11.6.5 Where applicable, the antenna feed shall consist of pre-terminated, double screened, flexible, 50 Ohm, RF feeder cable. The feeder routing shall be designed to avoid effects of EMI. 6.11.6.6 NOT USED. 6.12 Hand-portable Radio 6.12.1 General 6.12.1.1 The Contractor shall provide all Hand-portable radio of full function key model. 6.12.1.2 The Hand-portable shall be robust, splash proof rugged and made with die-cast chassis or equivalent to withstand dropping test at 1 m above concrete ground without any damage. 6.12.1.3 The portable radio shall comply with the following international standards: 1) EIA RS – 316 A or equivalent International Standards for humidity, vibration and shock. 2) US MIL STD 810C/D/E or equivalent International Standard for low pressure, high temperature, low temperature, solar radiation, rain, humidity, salt, fog, dust, vibration and shock. 6.12.1.4 3) IP 54 or better concerning condensing ( Water& Dust) requirements . 4) Shall conform to ETSI 300019 standard for climatic conditions. It shall provide emergency buttons on the equipment. The emergency buttons shall be designed not to be evoked easily by inadvertent action. 6.12.1.5 The Hand-portable radio shall complete with antenna, belt clip and battery. 6.12.1.6 The Hand-portable radio shall have “auto power off” feature to protect the battery from over-discharging at low voltage. It shall not consume any power when the radio is switched off. 6.12.1.7 The Hand-portable radio shall have a local port for the connection to a notebook computer for field programming and diagnostic. 6.12.2 Confidential Display Window PS Chapter-4 Page 93 of 114 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 6.12.2.1 The Hand-portable radio shall have a back-lit display window. The display window shall display a minimum of four lines of alphanumeric characters and twelve characters on each line simultaneously. 6.12.2.2 The display window shall display the followings as a minimum: 1) calling party identification 2) incoming call mode including individual call, group call, emergency call and system call message 3) real time signal strength 4) real time battery power level 6.12.3 Indicators and Switches 6.12.3.1 The Hand-portable radio shall incorporate the following indicators and switches as a minimum: 1) rotary switch for volume control and button/switch for power on/off control 2) rotary switch to allow minimum 16 talk-group selection at a time and minimum 16 ranges through menu button , to give minimum 256 talk group selection. 6.12.3.2 3) back-lit on/off key 4) call feature selection key 5) call feature scroll key 6) software programmable key 7) PTT switch 8) transmit indicator 9) power on indicator It shall provide Standard interface such as RS 232 for connecting computer equipment for data services. 6.12.3.3 It shall be able to adjust the RF power automatically according to the distance. It is away from the Base station /repeater. 6.12.3.4 Confidential It shall have audible or visual indication for low battery status. PS Chapter-4 Page 94 of 114 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 6.12.4 Transceiver 6.12.4.1 All the Hand-portable radios shall meet the following requirement as a minimum (1) Normal operating frequency Tx /Rx : 380-400 MHz (2) Channel spacing : 25 KHz (3) Priority Scanning (4) Transmit /Receive separation : 10 MHz. (5) Modes of operation : Both single and dual frequency : Equipped with it simplex and full duplex, trunked and direct mode. (6) Operation temperature : -20C to 55C (7) Maximum size incl. Battery : 200mm x 50mm x 70mm (8) Maximum weight (including battery) : <700 gm (9) Spurious harmonics 1. adjacent channel : Less than – 60 dB below carrier 2. wide band noise : Less than –80 dB below carrier (10) RF Power Output : 1W minimum (11) Frequency Stability : 0.2ppm Locked (12) Modulation : Pi/4 DQPSK (13) Transmission method : TDMA (4 Channels per carrier) (14) Speech coding method : ACELP, 4.8 Kbps (15) Maximum Data Rate : 7.2 Kbps per slot (28.8 Kbps with 4 Time slots) (16) Confidential Dynamic Rx Sensitivity PS Chapter-4 : <-103dBm Page 95 of 114 LKS 02: Particular Specifications (17) Static Rx Sensitivity : < -112 dBm (18) Audio output : Not less than 500 Mw (19) Power on adjacent Channel : < 60 dBc (20) With AVL/APL localisation facility : Equipped with it (21) Capable for Air Interface Encryption : Shall support if required in future. facility (minimum Class 3) (22) Display : LCD Display (23) GPS : With inbuilt GPS feature. 6.12.5 Hand-portable Radio Accessories 6.12.5.1 The Contractor shall provide the following Hand-portable radio accessories as a minimum: 1) clip on extension microphone with speaker or being able to wear the Handportable on the chest. 2) carrying case with strap and shoulder strap 3) earpiece & portable’s clip 6.12.6 Built-in Test Routine 6.12.6.1 Built-in test routines shall test the Hand-portable radio. These routines shall operate in an off-line mode to allow a complete functional test of the module in problem. 6.12.6.2 Built-in test routines shall be initiated by the following as a minimum: 1) local maintenance commands via a notebook computer connected to the local maintenance port 2) self initiated as part of the power up-initialisation process 6.12.7 Battery Charger 6.12.7.1 The Contractor shall provide single unit desktop battery charger with each Portable Radio, capable of operating from AC mains of 240 V + 10% -20% , single phase at 50 Hz + 5%, for the recharging of battery packs completed with over-charged and over- Confidential PS Chapter-4 Page 96 of 114 LKS 02: Particular Specifications discharged protection. The charger shall have suitable protection against wide voltage variations and transients 6.12.7.2 AC mains voltage circuits must be isolated from low voltage circuits and all exposed metal parts of the charger must be properly earthed by an earth continuity conductor to the mains plug. 6.12.7.3 One Battery Charger and Battery Unit shall be supplied for each Handportable supplied. 6.12.7.4 The battery charger provided shall have the following facilities as a minimum: 6.12.7.5 1) power on or charging-in-progress indication 2) quick charge mode 3) Battery pack fully charged indication. The charger shall provide automatic charging current regulation (constant current), including avoidance of over charge and regulation by cell temperature sensing. It shall have trickle charging capability after a full charge. 6.12.8 Battery Unit 6.12.8.1 The Hand-portable radio battery unit provided shall be leak-proof Li-Ion and shall not exhibit any memory effect. 6.12.8.2 The battery when fully charged, shall supply power to the Hand-portable radio for a minimum of 15 hours of continuous operation at 5% transmit, 5% receive and 90% standby duty cycle or with 5/20/75 cycle. 6.12.8.3 The battery pack shall be securely and firmly connected to the Hand-portable radio by a simple-locking mechanism. No tools shall be required to connect and disconnect the battery. 6.12.8.4 The battery shall sustain a minimum of 400 charging and recharging cycles without degrading by 10% of the nominal operating voltage. 6.13 Network Management System 6.13.1 The network management system shall be equipped with a proven real-time operating system to support the specified management functions. 6.13.2 Each network management Workstation shall be equipped with a 533 mm TFT/LCD colour display with at least “1280 x 1024” pixels resolution to provide graphical representation and display of the Radio system. Confidential PS Chapter-4 Page 97 of 114 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 6.13.3 The mass storage device shall be provided with storage capacity for at least 4 weeks or 5000 alarms of event logging data and system configuration data. 6.13.4 The mass storage device shall be provided with the necessary facilities for downloading the configuration and alarm data files to other secondary storage medium . The file shall be in format easily read and processed by commercial available software applications. 6.14 Cables 6.14.1 All cables and wiring inclusive of base station power supply circuit cabling shall meet the cable specification, where ever applicable, as defined in Appendix – D of this PS and Chapter-1 (General Requirements) of this PS. 6.14.2 In Elevated/At Grade Sections, in case Radio Frequency cable from TER to the Antenna is to be buried in the ground then the LKS 02 Contractor shall provide it in a rugged HDPE telecom duct of minimum dia 40mm (Outer)/33mm (Inner) with material characteristic as per TEC Specifications along with the accessories. HDPE Telecom duct shall be buried at a depth of 1.2 metres in the At Grade Sections and suitably supported/fixed on Elevated Sections (where the duct is not available). 6.15 Antenna Towers at Radio Base Stations 6.15.1 The towers shall be designed and constructed for working and installation in the geographical and environmental conditions of Lucknow. 6.15.2 All steel towers shall comply with the requirements of Standard EIA/TIA-222-E and Indian Standard IS-800, 226/2062, 1367, 1161, 2629, 5358 and Spun concrete tower shall comply IS 875:1987 ( Part III). In case of any conflict between the two standards, the Indian Standards shall prevail. User certificates for similar type of towers at least from 5 different sites for proven-ness of tower shall have to be provided by the Contractor for Spun concrete tower. 6.15.3 The towers shall be self-supporting steel structure or spun concrete structure with minimum M-60 Grade of CC. 6.15.4 All steel used for steel towers shall be hot dip galvanised in full compliance with the relevant ISO or ASTM specifications or IS 4759. The galvanised tower members shall further be treated suitably to protect from rusting. 6.15.5 Any damage to the galvanising during the erection shall be made good by the Contractor before acceptance by the Employer’s representative. 6.15.6 The towers shall be designed to withstand a minimum wind load of 200 kmph or the maximum wind speed of the concerned zone as currently defined by the Indian Confidential PS Chapter-4 Page 98 of 114 LKS 02: Particular Specifications Meteorological Department (whichever is higher) while supporting the maximum number of antennae plus four additional antennae required of the same type/size, located at full height. 6.15.7 For design purposes, the combined projected area of these antennae shall be maximised against the wind direction. 6.15.8 The tower loading must take into account the wind load, seismic conditions, antenna loads, all tower accessories and at least 100% safety margin against structural failure for the actual anticipated configuration. 6.15.9 The Contractor shall design/build/erect the base/foundations / earthing / fencing of the tower. It is expected that the foundations can be constructed from standard concrete and reinforcing steel. However, the Contractor shall ensure the adequacy of the soil bearing pressure to support the weight of the tower as well as the antennae/support structures and to resist the overturning moments generated in the survival wind speed, which shall be the highest recorded wind gust speed for the Lucknow area .During construction of the Tower foundation, the Contractor shall be responsible for the safety of the site and the structures nearby. The earthing design shall be as per IS 3043 or better standard for Radio Towers and the foundation and earthing design shall be got approved by the Employer before implementation. 6.15.10 A rest platform with guard railing and seat approximately at every 20 m. and a 400mm wide climbing ladder with 20 mm diameter rungs at intervals of 300 mm to the top of the tower shall be provided. 6.15.11 The ladder shall be securely and rigidly fixed so that the tower faces form a safety cage. Backward tilt shall not be acceptable. 6.15.12 The linear and torsional sway of the tower under the worst loading conditions shall be restricted to a value such that no degradation of system performance is experienced. 6.15.13 All tower connection nuts and bolts shall be made of steel conforming to the requirements of ASTM A-39A or A-325 or an equivalent international standard, and shall be hot galvanized. Lock nuts shall be provided and installed for all bolts without exception. 6.15.14 All towers shall be equipped with a suitable external cable rack to house the feeder cable to antenna, and cable clamps of suitable design shall be provided and installed. 6.15.15 The towers shall be equipped with Aviation Warning Lights in conformity with the relevant requirements of ICAO. Confidential PS Chapter-4 Page 99 of 114 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 6.15.16 Pockets and depressions likely to hold water shall be avoided, and where unavoidable, shall have suitable draining facility. 6.15.17 For earthing of the tower, holes of suitable diameter shall be made near the base of the tower. At least two earths at adequate distance apart bit interconnected shall be provided. The earth resistance should be less than one ohm under all weather conditions. 6.15.18 The tower shall have lightning conductors of appropriate design and size, which shall be earthed through dedicated copper conductors of suitable cross section coming down from the top of the tower to the base of the tower to be grounded. 6.15.19 A means of preventing unauthorised access onto the ladder shall be provided. 6.15.20 Land space of only 8m x 8m shall be made available for erection of Radio Antenna Towers at tentative station locations including the Depot. At other locations, no space is available, hence this may be considered while designing Radio system. At some locations, only 3m X 3m space shall be available and accordingly foundation has to be designed to take the load of the Tower under worst case wind conditions. 6.15.21 It would be preferable to have Radio Tower structure similar to that already existing in Phase-1&2 of Delhi Metro Rail, so as to use less space and erect tower in the shortest possible time of around 1 Day. However, Contractor can propose alternate design which can meet similar requirements. At some places where land for ground based tower is not available, antennae structure shall be installed at the station building for which suitable Radio Tower structure to be designed by LKS 02. 6.16 System Expansion 6.16.1 All equipment shall be possible to be modularly expandable without the need to replace the installed hardware (except adding cards/modules/racks) and software for the service life of the system (except additional Base Station Licenses) 6.16.2 Central equipment for OCC shall be modularly expandable without causing the installed hardware (except adding cards/modules/racks) and software to be replaced within the service life of the Radio system. With the ultimate expansion capacity of the Central equipment, the Radio System should be able to support minimum 64 remote Base Station sites. The contractors shall list equipment wise expansion capacity built in the system and possible in future. This list of expansion capacity built in, should include the capacity for additional radios available at every Base station site, capacity for additional dispatchers available at Central Infrastructure , central infrastructure equipment available for supporting remote base station sites, maximum voice logging channels available at the Central Infrastructure, maximum simultaneous voice calls possible between Mobiles Confidential PS Chapter-4 Page 100 of 114 LKS 02: Particular Specifications to Dispatchers, available central audio switch size, maximum EPABX ports available, maximum ports available for remote site linking, etc. The same information shall also be provide for maximum expansion possible in future by addition of cards, modules and racks. 6.16.3 The System shall be capable of supporting in future, encryption as defined by ETSI TETRA standards for Air Interface Encryption (minimum Class 3) and for End to End Encryption. The Contractor shall detail the features available and give details of additional modules , software ,etc required to be procured by the Employer to support these ,in future . 6.16.4 The LKS 02 system shall be up-gradable to support higher data rates as per TETRA2 TEDS service by only software upgrades or upgradable to broadband services by adding broadband base station based on Wimax or LTE technology on the proposed infrastructure . Contractor to detail how this shall be achieved. 6.16.5 All central equipment OCC shall be equipped and supplied with at-least 25% spare capacity each , so that without any software & hardware expansion, it shall be possible to link & to add at least 25% more Base Stations and 25% more Dispatchers at OCC. All licenses for this shall be supplied as part of this Contract. Confidential PS Chapter-4 Page 101 of 114 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 7. INTERFACES 7.1 Interfaces with other Subsystems 7.1.1 General 7.1.1.1 All equipment interfaces between Subsystems shall be provided at the main distribution frame, structure cabling distribution frame or optical distribution frame, as appropriate, depending on the type of circuit connection. 7.1.1.2 The Contractor shall determine the appropriate type of circuits for interface connections and ensure that the interfacing circuits are of sufficient quantity and bandwidth to meet the requirements described in this Chapter. 7.1.2 Interface with FOTS 7.1.2.1 The base stations shall interface with the FOTS to convey audio and data signal between base stations and central or distributed equipment. 7.1.2.2 The Radio system shall receive time data message from the Master Clock system at central equipment for time synchronisation.. The LKS 02 contractor shall provide and install the interface to the Master clock System. The Radio system has to be designed in such a way that all Base Stations of his system LKS 02 are synchronised with the FOTS system, so that the links between the Base Stations and the OCC on the FOTS do not have difference of synchronisation. 7.1.2.3 The Radio base station equipment shall work from 48 volts dc supply to be derived by LKS 02 from the UPS to be supplied as part of the LKS 02 contract. 7.1.3 Interface with Telephone System 7.1.3.1 The Radio system shall interface with the Telephone system to permit selected Handportable radios to initiate radio-to-telephone calls and vice versa without the intervention OCC and also for Radio to PAS call through EPABX link. 7.1.3.2 Contractor shall plan and provide suitable interface telephone cables to the EPABX systems via the MDF. 7.1.3.3 The CDRS for the recording of voice communication of LMRC Radio Communication System shall be provided as part of the LKS 02 Contract. The LKS 02 contractor shall plan and make necessary arrangement for recording of the Direct Line Communication in the same CDRS. For this the LKS 02 Contractor shall finalise the number of channels required and plan to interface to meet and commission the requirements. 7.1.4 Confidential Interface with Public Address System PS Chapter-4 Page 102 of 114 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 7.1.4.1 A Radio system interface for both audio and control shall be provided to allow the authorised hand portable radio access to any one of the predefined PAS zone combinations at each station as selected by the radio user via the alphanumeric keypad on the hand portable radio. For this, LKS 02 Contractor shall make all the arrangements to interface with Telephone/ PA systems. 7.1.4.2 Audio indication shall be generated at the hand portable radio to inform the user to start audio broadcast. 7.1.4.3 The Radio-to-PAS call shall be terminated by the hand portable radio, the Radio system shall disconnect the call to the PAS; and the PAS shall automatically close down the station audio connection. The PAS shall include programmable delay time-out facilities to terminate the call if the call is held on or if no termination signal is given. 7.1.4.4 To standardise the broadcast audio level, to prevent feedback and to ensure that Radioto- PAS broadcasts can be maintained at the same level as other types of broadcasts, the PAS shall equipped with a feedback reduction unit as necessary. 7.1.5 As a minimum, it should be possible to have at least One Hand portable at each station making a PA call at that station, i.e simultaneously N number of PA calls ( N=total number of stations ) shall be possible in the system. 7.1.6 Interface with Signalling and Train Control System 7.1.6.1 Train radio shall interface the Signalling Equipment to enable it to report the alarm and status of the Train borne Signalling Equipment to the OCC through a Communication Port. Train radio shall interface with the signalling system for Dynamic Registration of Train identity numbers (TID) and tracking of train position using the information provided by the ATS system. 7.1.6.2 The LKS 02 Contractor shall interface, coordinate, test and commission the requirement. 7.2 Interface with Project Contractors 7.2.1 The interface details between LKS 02 Contractor and respective Project Contractors are identified in the Interface Specification listed in Appendix A of this PS. 7.2.2 In particular, the interfaces for Radio System between the LKS 02 Contractor and the relevant Project Contractor are highlighted below. 7.2.3 Interface Between Radio and Rolling Stock Contractor RS 7.2.3.1 The Radio system shall interface with the following train borne equipment: Confidential PS Chapter-4 Page 103 of 114 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 1) Train borne PA system to allow messages to passengers on the train from radio MMI in OCC; 2) Train Information Management System to record emergency calls:- activation, deactivation and failure , made by the train driver; 3) On-Board Rolling Stock alarms to automatically be transmitted to OCC (ATS terminal) after predefined intervals, via the radio, without degrading the availability and performance of the Radio System. 7.2.3.2 The Contractor shall liase with RS contractor to provide a designated earthing arrangement for the Train borne Radio Communication equipment. The earthing shall be designed to minimise the noise voltage generated by currents from two or more circuits flowing through common earth impedance and to avoid creating earth loops susceptible to magnetic field and differences in potential. 7.2.3.3 LKS 02 Contractor shall furnish all equipment of train radio including radio unit, radio control head, antenna, power supplies, racks, cabling and associated equipment for on board installation to the RS Contractor. RS Contractor shall install the complete Train borne radio system, at the designated locations in the driving cab under supervision of LKS 02 Contractor, for the First Train. For the subsequent Trains, the LKS 02 Contractor shall provide sufficient training and documentation to the Rolling Stock Contractor staff to do the installation on their own. After the Installation is done, the commissioning and the testing shall be carried out by LKS 02 Contractor for his equipment. 7.2.3.4 It shall be ensured that the Train Radio Control head, transceiver, cable routes, power supplies, antenna and associated equipment are installed in such a manner that they are easily accessible and maintainable. 7.2.4 Interface between Radio and Civil Project Contractors 7.2.4.1 NOT USED 7.2.4.2 LKS 02 Contractor shall interface with Civil Project Contractors for installation of antenna on towers for above ground sections/depot, indoor antennas for elevated stations and depot. 7.3 Interface between Radio and Power Supply Contractor 7.3.1 LKS 02 Contractor shall interface with the designated Power Supply Contractor for obtaining the input power for their dedicated UPS system at the OCC, Stations and Depot. Confidential PS Chapter-4 Page 104 of 114 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 7.4 Interfaces Requirements 7.4.1 The electrical and physical interface shall conform to recognised standards, such as TCP/IP or their equivalent as accepted by the Employer’s Representative. 7.4.2 The OCC, Depot and Station Radio Communication System shall have interfaces with the FOTS/Networking equipment for the management and control of voice and data traffic. The interface shall adhere to Open Standard Interfaces (OSI), such as TCP/IP. 7.4.3 The interfaces between the Radio System and other systems shall be so designed that systems are properly protected and normal operation of one shall not be interrupted due to failure of the other. Confidential PS Chapter-4 Page 105 of 114 LKS 02: Particular Specifications Central Digital Recording System 1.0 Overview of Centralised Digital Recording System 1.1 CDRS facility shall be provided in OCC at Sahkarita Bhawan and BCC at Transport Nagar Depot. CDRS Shall provide multichannel voice recording and indexing of direct line communication including communication from all direct line consoles and emergency telephone lines, two way radio communications, emergency or fire messages broadcast on station PAS initiated from OCC/BCC and on train borne PAS initiated from OCC/BCC/DCC. 1.2 A CDRS for multichannel voice recording is to be provided at OCC and BCC for recordings over the lines. 1.3 Integrated recorder shall be provided for recording all calls on the corridor. The recorder shall be highly reliable and secure and shall be provided with redundancy and shall comply with ITU-T recommendation and Indian regulations, as appropriate. 2. 2.1 SCOPE OF THE WORKS General In addition to the requirements on the scope of the Works as identified in chapter 1 of this Particular Specification, the specific requirements on the scope of the Works for the CDRS shall be as specified below: 2.2 Scope of Supply for CDRS: 2.2.1 The scope of supply shall include, but not be limited to, the following: 1. Complete CDRS Equipment with all interfaces to meet with the scope of work for OCC at Sahkarita Bhawan and BCC at Transport Nagar depot. Confidential 2. All installation, testing & commissioning, including the material therein. 3. CDRS provided at OCC and BCC shall work as backup to each other. 4. Any other item required to complete the scope of the work. PS Chapter-4 Page 106 of 114 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 3.3 3.3.1 Scope of Services: The general requirements on the scope of services are given in Chapter 1 of this PS. 3.3.2 LKS 02 shall provide a digital voice recorder in OCC for recordings over Line 3.3.3 In addition, the contractor shall interface and coordinate with relevant sub systems for telephone System, PAS, Rolling Stock, etc. Confidential PS Chapter-4 Page 107 of 114 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 4. PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS 4.1 General 4.1.1 The technical system performance requirements for the CDRS are specified in this Particular Specification. 4.1.2 Fault tolerant design with protections against failure shall be provided in order to achieve the system availability. 4.2 Reliability 4.2.1 The inability to perform any required function, the occurrence of unexpected action or the degradation of performance below the specifications shall be considered as a failure. 4.2.2 As per the design requirements CDRS has to be provided at both OCC and BCC as back-up to each other. Contractor shall provide MTBF values for the CDRS and submit calculations for the availability of the designed system. 4.3 Maintainability Requirements 4.3.1 The Mean Time to Restore (MTTR) of the CDRS system shall be less than four hours excluding the time of travel. Confidential PS Chapter-4 Page 108 of 114 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 5 5.1 FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS A multi channel, rack mounted, IP Based Centralized Digital Voice Recording System (CDRS) shall perform the following: (1) direct line communication with the direct line consoles at OCC; (the minimum number of channels same as the number of Direct Line Consoles in the OCC , to ensure that all the communication from and to the Consoles in OCC is recorded) Interface between CDRS and the direct line system shall be at Ethernet or Digital port level. The exact interface to be mutually finalised with telephone sub system. (2) two way radio conversations ;  Multi-channel voice recording @ two channels per RCW and minimum 75 channels for talk groups other than through RCW at OCC at Sahkarita Bhawan and BCC at Transport Nagar Depot.  All Private Radio Calls between any type of Radios, in the OCC.  All emergency calls and broadcast calls from any type of radios  EPABX and IP PBX calls to radios (3) emergency broadcast on train borne PAS initiated from OCC through RCW; (4) live/emergency broadcast on station PAS initiated from OCC (5) the recording channels on the recording medium shall be allocated among the consoles at the OCC. 5.2 The choice of recording medium shall be subject to the review by the Employer’s representative. 5.3 The Contractor shall interface the Radio System with the multi-channel digital voice recorder in main and hot-standby mode (1+1) of operation, for the recording of all radio communications including Private Calls between any Radios (except DMO for all radios).The number of Channels in the recorder should be sufficient to record all communication as per clause 5.1 above and to archive this information for at least 4 weeks duration. Confidential PS Chapter-4 Page 109 of 114 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 5.4 The CDRS shall be synchronised with the Master Clock system with the time deviation not more than 2 seconds without manual adjustment. Date and time stamp shall be encoded and recorded. 5.5 Each of the CDRS shall be built by an array of identical modules with 1+1 protection. 5.6 The CDRS shall automatically changeover to the standby module within 1 second for the standby unit to become active and start recording under the following conditions: (1) pre-scheduled daily changeover from the active to the standby module; (2) whenever fault is detected on the active module which affects the normal recording; and (3) whenever the capacity of the active recording medium reaches its end before the daily changeover time. 5.7 During changeover, overlap recording of a minimum of half an hour shall be provided to ensure there is no time gap in recording for the changeover mechanism. 5.8 The CDRS shall support simultaneous recording and playback or change recording medium without disrupting the on-line recording. 5.9 The CDRS shall provide facilities for user to place a marker on the recording medium to mark any conversation on any channel or any combination of channels at any time. 5.10 The CDRS shall provide search function for user to locate any part of the recording medium in terms of: 5.11 (1) date and time; (2) by channel; and (3) search by marker placed by the user. (4) By User ID The search shall be on channel basis or a combination of a minimum of two channels simultaneously. 5.12 The CDRS shall provide automatic gain control for voice message recording. 5.13 The CDRS shall provide voice operated start/stop (VOX) operation for automatic recording of conversation without user intervention. Confidential PS Chapter-4 Page 110 of 114 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 5.14 The CDRS shall automatically reposition the recording medium to the end of the last recording when the record command is initiated. 5.15 Control, administration and management function shall be provided through the front panel of the CDRS or a Workstation (to be supplied) connected to the CDRS and the following functions, as a minimum, shall be provided: (1) audio monitoring of any channel under recording or playback mode; (2) recording medium movement control including playback, fast forward, fast backward, record, stop and pause; (3) recording medium counter indicating the recording time elapsed; (4) recording medium movement indicator; and (5) display of operation status including power on/off, current time, channel number, operation mode. (6) Export of the recorded conversation between any two parties, so that it can be played back on any Computer with standard commercially available software for playing back audio files. The conversation between two parties shall automatically be played back in the actual sequence of conversation between the two parties. 5.15.1 The centralised digital recording system shall meet the following specifications: 1) wow and flutter : < 0.8% peak; 2) frequency response : 300 to 3400 Hz within + 3 dB; 3) Signal to noise ratio : > 42 dB; 4) Cross talk immunity : > 60 dB at 1 KHz; 5) Distortion : < 3% 6) Automatic gain control level : +3 dB in recording level for all input levels 7) Number of drives : 2 minimum 8) The recorder head shall support at least 100,000 hours of continuous recording. 5.16 Audio Recorder Functions 5.16.1 The audio recorder shall automatically and continuously record both analogue and digital speech channels providing high voice quality on playback of recordings. Confidential PS Chapter-4 Page 111 of 114 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 5.16.2 Line inputs shall include, as a minimum, for Voice over IP -VoIP (SIP, RTP, ITU-T- H.323, H.325, H.248 and MGCP), Skype, digital ISDN (PRI and BRI), analogue voice channels, CTI circuits and facsimile. 5.16.3 The audio recorder shall be able to operate in conjunction with major, industry standard, and analogue and digital telephone exchange equipment. 5.16.4 The channel capacity of the recorder shall be established by the Contractor with future channel upgrades available in incremental steps, such as 8 or 16 channels. 5.16.5 Audio channel interfaces and speech compression shall comply with industry standard specifications including ITU-T recommendations and Indian regulations, as appropriate. 5.16.6 The voice recorder shall not reduce the voice quality of the channels to be recorded. 5.16.7 Not Used. 5.16.8 Call Line Identification shall be included in compliance with ITU-T and Indian standards. 5.16.9 The recordings and call logs for each of the Corridor shall be separate and contained within their own dedicated databases. 5.16.10 The software operating system and recording system applications shall be on separate recording media. 5.16.11 Recording media shall be on removable drives which shall be hot-swappable. 5.16.12 Mechanical locking facilities shall be provided to prevent unauthorized access to the recorders. 5.17 Recording of Voice Channels All of the following speech calls shall be recorded for the duration of the call: a. All TETRA Radio voice communications including all Public and Private Calls; b. All calls on direct line telephones provided in: (i) Stations and Station Control Room / SCO (ii) OCC (iii) Depots/DCC (iv) Help Points (v) Emergency Telephones (vi) Traction and Receiving substations (vii) Any telephone connected on the IP PBX network by suitable selection / configuration of the VRS. Confidential PS Chapter-4 Page 112 of 114 LKS 02: Particular Specifications c. Calls on the dedicated phones in the SCR, DCC and OCC/BCC for contacting the emergency services d. Incoming calls from the PSTN to public phones in depots (to track hoax calls/to facilitate investigation) e. It shall be possible to select any PABX phone conversations for recording purposes from the HMI. f. Recording of free space voice conversations of all Controllers in SCR, DCC, and OCC/BCC. The micro phones shall be so placed in SCR, DCC, OCC/BCC to enable clear recording of all controller positions without any mixing / disturbance. g. All live PAS audio messages originating from PAS operators and Telephone- toPAS operations Confidential PS Chapter-4 Page 113 of 114 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 6. INTERFACES 6.1 Interfaces with other Subsystems 6.1.1 General 6.1.1.1 All equipment interfaces between Subsystems shall be provided at the main distribution frame, structure cabling distribution frame or optical distribution frame, as appropriate, depending on the type of circuit connection. 6.1.1.2 The Contractor shall determine the appropriate type of circuits for interface connections and ensure that the interfacing circuits are of sufficient quantity and bandwidth to meet the requirements described in this Chapter. 6.1.2 Interface with Master Clock System and PAS 6.1.2.1 The CDRS system shall receive time data message from the Master Clock system at central equipment for time synchronisation. For this the CDRS shall suitably interface with the Clock System. The Radio System shall provide and install the interface to the Master clock System. LKS 02 shall take care of all the interface requirements of Master Clock system for recording of live emergency broadcast on station PAS initiated from OCC/BCC. 6.1.3 Interface with Telephone System 6.1.3.1 The CDRS system shall interface with the Telephone system to permit recording of all Direct Line Console communication from and to the OCC DLC’s and the Depot DLC’s. Contractor shall provide suitable interface telephone cables to the EPABX systems via the MDF. NOT USED. CDRS and telephone system termination shall be such that it shall not be possible to disable recording from DLC. Also calling and called party information and other relevant information viz. date, time etc. for recording, if provided by telephone system contractor to radio system contractor, shall also be recorded in the CDRS. 6.1.3.2 6.1.3.3 6.1.3.4 6.2 Interface with Project Contractors 6.2.1 LKS 02 shall interface with the Rolling Stock Controller for recording of emergency broadcast on train borne PAS initiated from OCC through RCW. Confidential PS Chapter-4 Page 114 of 114 Tender LKS 02: Particular Specification LKS02 TELECOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM CHAPTER –5 PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEM Confidential Page 1 of 28 CH-5 PS Tender LKS 02: Particular Specification TABLE OF CONTENTS TABLE OF CONTENTS ......................................................................................... …………2 1. INTRODUCTION ........................................................................................................... 3 1.1 1.2. GENERAL…………………………………………………………………………………………3 OVERVIEW OF THE PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEM………………………………………….3 2. NOT USED ................................................................................................................... 4 3. SCOPE OF THE WORKS .......................................................................................... 5 3.1 3.2 3.3 3.4 4. G ENERAL ………………………………………………………………………………………..5 S COPE OF S UPPLY FOR P UBLIC A DDRESS S YSTEM …………………………………………5 SCOPE OF SERVICES…………………………………………………………………………….6 W ORKS EXCLUDED FROM THIS C ONTRACT …………………………………………………...6 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS............ …………………………………………. 4.1 4.2 G ENERAL ………………………………………………………………………………………..6 RELIABILITY………………………………………………………………………………………7 AVAILABILITY REQUIREMENTS……………………………………………………………………7 MAINTAINABILITY REQUIREMENTS……………………………………………………………….8 SYSTEM SAFETY REQUIREMENTS……………………………………………………………….8 4.3 4.4 4.5 FUNCTIONAL REQUIIREMENTS……………………………………………………………….8 5. 5.1 5.2 5.3 5.4 5.5 5.6 5.7 5.8 5.9 5.10 5.11 5.12 5.13 GENERAL ...................................................................................................................8 OPERATION ................................................................................................................9 PAS COVERAGE..........................................................................................................9 MESSAGE INITIATION ..................................................................................................10 MESSAGE CONSTRUCTION .......................................................................................... 12 MESSAGE PRIORITIES.................................................................................................13 NON OPERATIONAL BROADCASTS .................................................................................13 AUTOMATIC LEVEL CONTROL ....................................................................................... 14 LOUDSPEAKER MUTING............................................................................................... 14 USER INTERFACE ......................................................................................................14 SYSTEM MANAGEMENT ............................................................................................... 16 FAULT AND ALARM MANAGEMENT .............................................................................17 FAULT DIAGNOSTICS ..................................................................................................18 DESIGN ENGINEERING REQIUREMENTS ............................................................ ..19 6 6.1 6.2 6.3 6.4 7 6 GENERAL ................................................................................................................19 TECHNICAL SYSTEM PERFORMANCE ..............................................................................19 EQUIPMENT SPECIFICATION ........................................................................................ 20 SYSTEM EXPANSION .................................................................................................26 INTERFACES ............................................................................................................. 27 Confidential Page 2 of 28 CH-5 PS Tender LKS 02: Particular Specification 1. INTRODUCTION 1.1 General 1.1.1 This Chapter 5 specifies the particular technical and performance requirements of the Public Address System of the Telecommunication System. 1.1.2 This Chapter shall be read in conjunction with other chapters of the Particular Specification (PS) General Specification (GS) and other documents forming part of the Contract. 1.2. OVERVIEW OF THE PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEM 1.2.1 The PAS shall be provided to broadcast voice messages to passengers/staff in all stations and to staff in the depot. 1.2.2 The PAS shall have control equipment located at the equipment room(s) of each station and depot. 1.2.3 The station PAS control equipment shall be interfaced to the FOTS for connection to the equipment located in the CER of LMRTS at the OCC/BCC to facilitate system control from OCC/BCC. 1.2.4 The PAS facilities for the depot shall be standalone without any control and access from OCC/BCC. 1.2.5 1.2.6 The PAS at stations shall be accessed from the following locations as a minimum: (1) Platform supervisors Booth/Panel (PSB/PSP). (2) Station Control Room, (SCR); (3) Operations Control Centre (OCC/BCC). The PAS and Passenger Information Display System (PIDS) (refer to chapter 6 of this PS) shall be coordinated automatically to provide real time passenger audio broadcast and visual information at each station. The PAS and PIDS shall respond to special train running interrupt messages from the Train Control and Signalling System and also enable any PAS operator to send special announcement or emergency messages for passengers and staff. Also, upon receiving Coach length information from TC&S, it shall be responsibility of LKS 02 to automatically announce exact train configuration arrival information of train at stations platform. Train Control and Signalling System will be done by Signalling Contractor(s) 1.2.7 Confidential Four major types of messages shall be provided by the PAS as a minimum : (1) Fixed digital recording; (2) Pre-formatted with data to be added; (3) Instantly recorded; and (4) Live audio broadcast. Page 3 of 28 CH-5 PS Tender LKS 02: Particular Specification 1.2.8 The PAS shall be capable of maintaining the required intelligibility at all times regardless of the changing environment including crowd density, temperature, humidity and noise level. 2. Confidential NOT USED Page 4 of 28 CH-5 PS Tender LKS 02: Particular Specification 3. SCOPE OF THE WORKS 3.1 General 3.1.1 In addition to the requirements on the scope of the works as identified in section 3 Chapter 1 of this particular specification, the specific requirements on the scope of the Works for the PAS shall be as specified herein. 3.2 Scope of Supply for Public Address System The Public Address System (PAS) shall include, but not be limited to, the following: (1) Integrated PIDS/PAS control equipment; (2) Audio switching matrix functionality (3) Digital voice announcers and recorders functionalities; (4) PAS/PIDS integrated MMIs; (5) PAS backup Goose Neck Desktop Microphone; (6) PAS control panels; (7) PAS management system including PAS local and remote alarm at OCC/BCC; (8) Microphones; (9) Pre-amplifiers and power amplifiers; (10) Digital Equalizer functionality (11) Noise sensing devices and automatic level control equipment; (12) Voice and data communication equipment; (13) Loudspeakers and line impedance matching transformers; (14) All software required for the operation of the PAS; (15) Testing and commissioning facilities; (16) Distribution frames; (17) Equipment cabinets, racks and cubicles; (18) Mounting brackets and installation materials; (19) All equipment power supplies, cables, connectors, accessories, cabling and earthing necessary for the works. (20) Confidential Any other item to complete the scope of LKS 02 Contract. Page 5 of 28 CH-5 PS Tender LKS 02: Particular Specification 3.3 Scope of Services 3.3.1 The requirements on the scope of services are given in Chapter 1 of this PS. For implementation of PAS on Line 1 (CCS Airpot – Munsi Pulia), LKS 02 will be required to provide PAS/PIDS server to interface to lines 1 ATS (signalling) and should co-ordinate/interface with the TC&S Contractor. For Phase-1A Stations/Depot, Main OCC shall be at Shakarita Bhawan. The Backup Control centre has to be constructed in the depot at Transport Nagar. Priority section shall be operated from BCC at Transport Nagar depot only. Latter on the OCC at Sahkarita Bhawan will be constructed and act as main control centre for the Phase-1A. The equipments installed at BCC shall be backup for the equipments installed at OCC. The Main and Backup MMI shall be provided as under: (a) The Main MMI’s shall be provided at OCC for Phase-1A. (b) Backup MMI’s for Phase-1A shall be provided at BCC. 3.3.2 In addition, the contractor shall co-ordinate with Civil Works Project Contractors and provides comments or recommendations on subjects of station building materials; finishes and architectural layouts. 3.3.3 The contractor shall carry out an acoustic simulation to verify his proposed design. 3.3.4 The contractor shall provide all the required audio recording services at a professional recording studio for production and recording of messages for the PAS. 3.4 Works excluded from this Contract 3.4.1 Train-borne Public Address System shall not be supplied as part of this contract. 3.4.2 3 Phase 415 V AC Power Supply to meet the requirement of Telecommunication Sub systems and IT Contractor shall be provided by LKS 02 at an AC Distribution Board (to be provided by LKS 02 Contractor) in TER. The interface will be through MCBs in AC Distribution Board. LKS 02 Contractor shall lay cables from AC Distribution Board to Equipment Racks for powering equipment to be supplied and commissioned under LKS 02 for their systems. 4. PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS 4.1 General 4.1.1 In addition to the overall system performance requirement as identified in Chapter 1 of this Particular Specification the specific performance requirements for the PAS shall be as specified herein. 4.1.2 The technical system performance requirements for the PAS are specified in section 6 of Chapter 5 of the PS. Confidential Page 6 of 28 CH-5 PS Tender LKS 02: Particular Specification 4.2 Reliability 4.2.1 The inability to perform any required function from the OCC/BCC, occurrence of unexpected action or the degradation of performance below the specifications shall be considered as a failure. MTBF shall be the average operating time accumulated by the total population of identical items between failures. 4.2.2 The PAS equipment supplied under the contract shall comply with the reliability figures given below : PAS Equipment MTBF (Hours) Control and switching equipment > 50,000 Amplifier redundancy control equipment >100,000 Power amplifier > 50,000 Digital voice announcer equipment > 50,000 Microphone > 50,000 PAS management system (Server) > 50,000 PIDS/PAS MMI + Station Server > 50,000 Loud speaker > 150,000 Noise logic control sensor > 50,000 Noise logic controller > 100,000 Table 4-1 MTBF Figures 4.3 Availability Requirements 4.3.1 In determining the Availability of the PAS, reliability block diagrams using field failure rates for commercially available equipment shall be produced. Any equipment without field failure data shall have its failure rate determined strictly in accordance with MIL-HBK-217F for its appropriate operating environment. 4.3.2 PAS announcement initiated by any mode of operation shall be considered unavailable under the following failure conditions as a minimum: (1) Failure of both, main MMI and its backup MMI at the OCC/BCC; (2) Failure of PAS MMI at any station. (3) Failure of one or more PAS control panel at any location; (4) Failure of co-ordinated message capabilities with the PIDS at any location; (5) Failure of audio broadcasts as initiated by the Train Control and Signalling (TC&S) System at any location; and (6) Confidential Failure of more than 10% of PAS loudspeakers at any location Page 7 of 28 CH-5 PS Tender LKS 02: Particular Specification 4.3.3 The PAS shall have an overall system Availability of better than 99.99%. 4.3.4 The PAS management system shall be considered unavailable if any function provided by the PAS management system cannot be properly executed. The Availability of the PAS management system shall be better than 99.95%. 4.3.5 The Radio-to-PAS announcement shall have an Availability of better than 99.9%. 4.4 Maintainability Requirements 4.4.1 The Mean Time To Restore (MTTR) of the PAS to full normal operation following a failure shall be less than four hours, excluding the time required to travel to Site. 4.4.2 The service life of the PAS shall not be less than 15 years. Service life of all types of cables shall no be less than 25 years. Service life shall be counted from the commencement date of Defects Liability Period. 4.5 System Safety Requirements 4.5.1 The output of the PAS Amplifier should be tapped and recorded automatically either locally or remotely at OCC/BCC, so that record of actual announcement made can be analyzed at a later date. The record to be kept for 7 days. 4.5.2 All equipment must comply with and be installed in accordance with IEC65, IEC364 and to current safety standards applicable in India. 4.5.3 All metal enclosures shall be provided with an earthing terminal and earthing of all equipment shall be carried out in accordance with the overall earthing policy. Please refer to Appendix M chapter 10 of this PS. 5. FUNCTIONAL REQUIIREMENTS 5.1 General 5.1.1 The PAS shall support message announcement in Hindi and English or any combination of these languages. 5.1.2 The PAS shall have the necessary facilities to direct different live or recorded announcements to separate zones or group of zones simultaneously within a station. 5.1.3 PAS announcement shall be capable of being originated from designated handportable radios also to a set of pre-defined PAS zones at each station. It should be possible to make simultaneously Radio to PAS announcement at minimum 20 different stations. This needs to be coordinated and demonstrated with Radio/Telephone sub systems. 5.1.4 The PAS shall have the necessary facilities to enable up to 2 different messages to be simultaneously broadcast over different zones or group of zones in the station. 5.1.5 When broadcasting pre-stored messages, the PAS shall deliver a single message as selected by the PAS operator. Confidential Page 8 of 28 CH-5 PS Tender LKS 02: Particular Specification 5.1.6 The PAS shall broadcast different pre-stored messages in either one of the following orders : (1) Broadcast of the first message in different languages followed by the second message in the same order of languages and so on; and (2) Broadcast of set of messages in one language followed by the same set of messages broadcast in another language and so on. 5.1.7 The PAS equipment’s internal clock shall be synchronized to the Master clock being provided as part of this contract. Refer to Chapter 7 of this PS. 5.2 Operation 5.2.1 Mode of operation The PAS shall support the following modes of operation as a minimum: (1) Time mode as initiated by the PAS internal system clock via a Time Table & message scheduler provided as part of the MMI facilities, both at OCC/BCC and SCR. (2) Automatic mode based on information from the TC & S System for train related information broadcast; (3) Manual mode as initiated by a PAS operator at OCC/BCC and SCR on the MMI. (4) Manual mode as initiated by a PAS operator at SCR/PSB on the PAS Control Panel. 5.3 PAS Coverage 5.3.1 Station Coverage The following PAS zones shall be provided for each station as a minimum: (1) Concourses and entry/exits (divided into more zones if required); (2) UP Platform; (3) Down Platform; (4) Staff areas including Office rooms, equipment rooms, plant rooms, staff toilets mainly for emergency / fire announcements. (5) All Common area in between Property Development and Station area used for passenger movement. 5.3.2 PAS Station Zones 5.3.2.1 PAS zones shall be fully co-ordinated with the fire protection zones in all stations. The contractor shall co-ordinate with Civil Works Project Contractors to obtain all the latest fire protection zoning details necessary for his Design Engineering. Confidential Page 9 of 28 CH-5 PS Tender LKS 02: Particular Specification 5.3.2.2 The contractor shall develop full details of the PAS zone assignment for each station and submit to the Employer’s representative for review. 5.3.2.3 Please note that Transport Nagar station have three platforms. All other stations will have two platforms each. Additional PAS zones shall have to be provided at such station. 5.3.3 Depot Coverage and Zoning 5.3.3.1 The contractor shall develop full details of the PAS zone assignment for full coverage of work shops, servicing shed(s) and covered stabling lines and submit to the Employer’s representative for review. 5.3.4 OCC Sahkarita Bhawan 5.3.4.1 OCC at Sahkarita Bhawan shall be commissioned at a later date. The contractor has to provide a PAS rack for full coverage for OCC Sahkarita Bhawan similar to a PAS rack provided at a typical elevated station with expansion capacity. Provision of a hard wired control panel, complete with microphone and zone selection shall be made for OCC Sahkarita Bhawan to make live PAS broadcasts to any zone or group of zones or all zones of OCC Sahkarita Bhawan including Administrative building of LMRC. Loudspeakers shall be provided accordingly. 5.4 Message Initiation 5.4.1 Messages Initiated from the station 5.4.1.1 The SCR MMI shall have the necessary facilities to initiate any fixed or instantly recorded messages and add in any additional information required to complete the pre-formatted messages. 5.4.1.2 The SCR MMI shall have the selection facilities to direct the message to any zone, combination of zones or all zones within a station. The operator shall be required to confirm this selection before the message is transmitted. 5.4.1.3 The SCR MMI shall have the instant recording facilities to store “ad-hoc” messages for repetitive broadcast. 5.4.1.4 The SCR MMI shall have the facilities to make live broadcast to any zone, combination of zones or all zones within the station. 5.4.1.5 Each PSB shall be provided with a hard-wired PAS control panel and microphone. The PAS control panel shall have the facilities to make live broadcast to a particular zone/all zones. 5.4.2 Messages initiated from the OCC/BCC 5.4.2.1 The OCC/BCC shall have full announcement facilities as described for the SCR MMI and shall be provided with the necessary facilities to access every station. Confidential Page 10 of 28 CH-5 PS Tender LKS 02: Particular Specification 5.4.2.2 Multi-drop data links (TCP/IP) of adequate bandwidth through FOTS shall be provided to each station PAS allowing the OCC/BCC to broadcast messages to the following as a minimum: (1) One station; (2) A group of stations; (3) All stations; 5.4.2.3 The OCC/BCC shall not be required to access the PAS facilities at the depot. 5.4.3 Messages initiated from the TC&S system 5.4.3.1 Data will be sent in a coordinated manner to the PAS and the PIDS by the TC&S System to broadcast pre-defined train information including train arrivals and departures on the designated platform at all stations. 5.4.3.2 Designated PAS message shall be initiated and co-ordinated with the PIDS, based on the train information received from the TC&S System. 5.4.3.3 The PAS shall maintain the data integrity of the train information received from the TC&S System. 5.4.3.4 PAS announcements shall be made to alert passengers of all non-stopping trains based on the information received from the TC&S System. 5.4.3.5 The PAS shall carry out the internal time countdown based on the estimated time data sent by the TC&S System and the current PAS internal system clock. 5.4.3.6 The time countdown shall be frozen when a train stops proceeding to the next stopping station, due to circumstance detectable by the TC&S System and related to the PAS. 5.4.3.7 The estimated time to arrive and/or depart of the train(s) shall be stepped down automatically every minute from the current PAS internal system clock and shall be corrected if necessary following a data update from the TC&S System. 5.4.3.8 The pre-defined announcements shall be triggered by the time countdown functions of the PAS or data to be sent by the TC&S System including announcement of non stopping trains passing through the station. 5.4.3.9 All messages initiated by the TC&S System shall be designed for automatic broadcast without human intervention. 5.4.3.10 In automatic mode the train announcement shall be made when the train is about to arrive at the platform. Similarly departure announcement shall be made when the train is ready to depart from the platform. Also, upon receiving Coach Length (4/6) information from TC&S it shall be responsibility of LKS 02 to automatically announce exact train configuration arrival information of train including coach length Confidential Page 11 of 28 CH-5 PS Tender LKS 02: Particular Specification at stations platform. The exact details shall be proposed by the contractor as part of detailed design for review and approval by the Employer. 5.4.3.11 Upon receiving train information from the TC&S System, the PAS shall broadcast the pre-defined announcements to the designated PAS zones within 5 seconds and there should not be any delay for announcements even when 2 trains are being received/dispatched simultaneously on both platforms of the same station, and the announcement should simultaneously occur in respective zones of each platform. The announcement at Concourse should be for the first train at the same time and announcement for second train should be in queue. At Concourse there should not be announcement of train which is about to leave within the next 1 minute to avoid people rushing over the stairs/escalators to the platforms. This parameter shall be configurable by the system administrator, from 0 to 1 minute. 5.4.4 Messages relating to fire detection and alarm system 5.4.4.1 On detection of Fire alarm, operator in SCR/PSB shall manually make live announcements to alert the passengers and staff and broadcast evacuation messages. 5.4.5 Messages initiated within the depot Control area 5.4.5.1 The Depot Control Centre (DCC) operator shall be provided with a hard wired PAS Control panel and microphone to make live broadcast to any zone or group of zones or all zones selected within the Depot. 5.4.5.2 A PAS Control panel shall also be provided in the Progress Planning and Investigation Office (PPIO) in the depot for selection of PAS functions. 5.4.5.3 Each PAS Control panel shall make live broadcast to respective depot work shop, servicing shed and stabling areas. 5.4.5.4 Each PAS control panel shall be assigned with a priority level so that the DCC operator will have the highest priority level to make PAS announcement. Busy indication on the PAS Control Panel (s) shall be displayed when the broadcast is in progress over a zone/ group of zones etc. 5.5 Message Construction 5.5.1 Fixed and Pre-formatted Messages 5.5.1.1 The fixed and pre-formatted messages shall be created and loaded into the Digital Voice Announcer (DVA) of the central PAS control equipment at OCC/BCC via the PAS management system. These messages shall then be downloaded to the station control equipment as programmed by the PAS management system. 5.5.1.2 The pre-formatted messages at each station shall be identical, providing fields for name, time or other variables to be added. 5.5.1.3 Confidential Messages shall be constructed and stored in Hindi and English. Page 12 of 28 CH-5 PS Tender LKS 02: Particular Specification 5.5.2 Instantly Recorded Messages 5.5.2.1 The PAS shall enable the OCC/BCC and SCR MMI operators to digitize live messages and store them in the local digital voice announcer. These messages can then be retrieved for broadcasting or be deleted, if they are no longer required by the operators. 5.5.2.2 The instantly recorded messages shall be broadcast either one-off (broadcast only once) or repeatedly, similar to the pre-stored messages. 5.6 Message Priorities 5.6.1 Following priority shall be provided for the PAS announcements : Level of Priority 1 2 3 4 5&6 7&8 9&10 5.6.2 Message Type Live audio broad cast from PSB. Live audio broad cast from SCR, through MMI. Live audio broad cast from OCC/BCC, through MMI. Announcement initiated by TC &S Pre stored messages from SCR/OCC/BCC. Spare Audio port 1&2 Only the higher priority level message, when initiated shall interrupt any lower priority announcement currently in progress. 5.6.3 Busy indication on the MMI (s) shall be displayed when the broadcast is in progress over a zone / group of zones etc. 5.6.4 Message priorities shall be programmable by the PAS management system. 5.6.5 Live audio broadcast relating to emergency, fire and evacuation messages from OCC/BCC shall be recorded in the Centralized digital recording system at OCC/BCC. Similar broadcasts made from SCR/PSB shall be recorded at the SCR/TER in the PAS station server or the MMI itself. It shall however be possible to retrieve any message so recorded and save same on an external storage device like a memory stick for future reference. 5.6.6 The output of the PAS Amplifier should be tapped and recorded automatically either locally or remotely at OCC/BCC, so that record of actual announcement made can be analyzed at a later date. The record to be kept for 7 days. 5.7 Non Operational Broadcasts The PAS at stations shall have two external audio input ports for providing background Music to selected public zones. Confidential Page 13 of 28 CH-5 PS Tender LKS 02: Particular Specification 5.8 Automatic Level Control 5.8.1 All the PAS zones at each station/depot shall be provided independently with automatic gain control for each loudspeaker feeder line to compensate for changing noise levels. 5.8.2 The performance of the PAS shall be maintained at its uncompensated level in the event of a total failure of the noise sensing device. 5.9 Loudspeaker Muting 5.9.1 Provisions shall be made to prevent positive feedback when any microphone used for announcements is in close proximity to loudspeakers. 5.9.2 The PAS shall have the necessary facilities to mute or attenuate selected PAS locations or zones either manually or under time mode control in areas where broad casts may disturb the public. 5.9.3 The gain setting for muting the PAS audio outputs shall be adjustable by maintenance personnel at each location. 5.10 User Interface 5.10.1 Man Machine Interface (MMI) 5.10.1.1 General 5.10.1.1.1 MMI(s) shall be provided in OCC/BCC and each SCR. The Main MMI’s shall be provided at OCC. Refer to Appendix H chapter 10 of this PS for provision of MMIs. Each PAS MMI shall be integrated with the PIDS MMI to provide the operator with all PAS announcement and associated system features in order to operate and control the PAS. 5.10.1.1.2 Both PAS MMI and PIDS MMI shall be integrated and implemented on a common Workstation with the same look and feel. MMI at Station Control Room should be either an Integrated PC cum Monitor Unit to reduce space requirement and accidental failure or equipment can be kept in TER/CER and all signals extended to SCR (Monitor, Mouse, Keyboard etc.) 5.10.1.1.3 Designated PAS commands and audio inputs shall be automatically co-ordinated with the PIDS messages if the messages are determined and selected to be concurrently broadcast and displayed. 5.10.1.1.4 Zone busy indications shall be shown on the MMI when a PAS operator attempts to initiate a lower priority message while a higher priority message is being broadcast to the selected zone. 5.10.1.1.5 The MMI shall have the necessary facilities to send out message(s) once or periodically at a constant interval to the selected zones. The periodic interval shall be operator selectable. 5.10.1.1.6 The MMI shall have the necessary selection checks for all types of data entry and selection confirmation before message transmission. Confidential Page 14 of 28 CH-5 PS Tender LKS 02: Particular Specification 5.10.1.1.7 The MMI at OCC/BCC shall have the selection facilities for sending a message or sequence of messages to a station, group of stations or all stations. 5.10.1.1.8 The MMI at SCR shall have the selection facilities for sending a message or a sequence of messages to a zone, a group of zones or all zones in a station. 5.10.1.1.9 Each MMI shall have a set of speakers for monitoring active messages being broadcast to selected PAS zones and for play-back of the instantly recorded messages. 5.10.1.1.10 The MMI shall have the necessary facilities for play-back of pre-stored message on the monitor speakers of the MMI prior to broadcasting to any PAS zone. 5.10.1.1.11 Each MMI position shall be equipped with a PAS Control Panel including a microphone to enable live broadcast messages to be made even when the MMI, and DVA equipment fail. Hence PAS Control panel shall work as a manual backup to MMI (including the DVA) at all locations ie; stations and OCC/BCC. 5.10.1.1.12 The SCR MMI shall have the necessary facilities to monitor OCC/BCC initiated messages. 5.10.1.1.13 The MMI shall have a reset command for the PAS operator to stop the message broadcast. When the message broadcast is reset, the current messages shall be cancelled and then the pre-set routine message schedule shall be resumed. 5.10.1.1.14 The SCR MMI shall receive notification of any message initiated from the microphone broadcast from the PSB. When more than one PSB exists, the individual PSB shall be differentiated. 5.10.1.1.15 One major and one minor summary alarm, along with a volume adjustable audible tone that can be enabled or disabled by the PAS operator, shall be available to alert the operator of a PAS equipment fault on the MMI. 5.10.1.1.16 The following minimum facilities shall be made available to the operator via the MMI: (1) Each group shall be pre-programmable to automatically connect, from a single selection action, any combination of station zones from the SCR MMI and any combination of stations and station zones from the OCC/BCC MMI. (2) The ability to select fixed and pre-formatted message broadcast, to create instantly recorded messages and to make live audio broadcast. (3) None of the fixed or pre-formatted messages shall be erasable by any MMI operator. (4) When the selected zones are available, a “ready-to-proceed” indication shall be given to the operator indicating that announcements can be proceeded. (5) Confidential The ability to display major and minor summary alarms on the MMI. Page 15 of 28 CH-5 PS Tender LKS 02: Particular Specification (6) The facilities to acknowledge alarms and to clear alarms from the alarm display. 5.10.1.1.17 Not Used. 5.10.1.2 Pre-defined System Information 5.10.1.2.1 Each station or Central PAS control equipment shall contain predefined system information of the commonly and regularly used information for quicker selection by the MMI operator. 5.10.2 Back-up MMI For BCC, LKS 02 contractor shall provide Backup MMI. Design details to be submitted to the Employer’s representative for review. Refer to MMI Provision Schedule Appendix H Chapter 10 of this PS. 5.10.3 Log on Control 5.10.3.1 The PAS shall be provided with all necessary facilities to enable each PAS operator or controller to execute log on sequence, by entering both unique user name and password, before any commands are available on the MMI. 5.10.4 Platform Supervisors Booth (PSB) 5.10.4.1 Each station PSB shall be provided with a hard-wired PAS control panel to gain access to its associated platform(s). 5.10.4.2 The PAS control panel shall be equipped with a lamp which shall be illuminated when the respective platform PAS zone is in use. Whenever a live announcement is made via the PAS control panel, a busy signal for that PSB shall be indicated back to the MMI at SCR and OCC/BCC to indicate that the channel is busy. 5.10.4.3 The PAS control panel shall be equipped with a ready to proceed indication when the platform zone(s) selected are available. 5.10.5 Depot 5.10.5.1 The PAS facilities within the depot shall be controlled from DCC and PPIO in the depot. A hard wired control panel, complete with microphone and zone selections, shall be provided at each location. 5.10.5.2 The PAS facilities at depot shall be the secondary means of communications to depot work shops, servicing shed and all covered stabling areas., 5.11 System Management 5.11.1 The PAS system shall have the following system management functions as a minimum: (1) Confidential Loading and creating fixed and pre- formatted messages; Page 16 of 28 CH-5 PS Tender LKS 02: Particular Specification 5.11.2 (2) Down loading of system software; (3) Message priority assignment; (4) Co-ordinating PAS and PIDS messages. (5) Preprogramming system triggering events; (6) Retrieve event logs; (7) Modifying pre-defined system information; (8) System parameter configuration. System administration function as a minimum shall be available to control, resetting of password creation and deletion of users. 5.12 FAULT AND ALARM MANAGEMENT 5.12.1 Fault and Alarm Monitoring 5.12.1.1 The PAS/PIDS NMS shall monitor system alarm status on real time basis; alarm data shall also be stored for future inquiries. It is envisaged that two NMS and a corresponding workstation shall be provided. The NMS at OCC/BCC shall have jurisdiction over stations of Phase-1A. The NMS should not be available for access in other than CSS/CER. The PAS & PIDS NMS shall be on the same server/work station. However, no monitoring or Control of Depot PAS system is required as it is a standalone system. 5.12.1.2 All amplifiers, audio switches (if any), DVA equipment, as well as the integrity of loudspeaker lines shall be provided with fault monitoring and reporting to the PAS/PIDS Network Management system in the CSS/CER. 5.12.1.3 In addition status of major equipment of the system shall be monitored and displayed with suitable indications on the local PAS equipment shelves/racks. 5.12.2 Alarm Handling 5.12.2.1 Alarm handling at CER/CSS at OCC/BCC shall be implemented through PAS/PIDS Network Management system. Following alarm conditions with suitable audio and visual indications shall be provided at the station Telecommunication equipment room and at the CER/CSS at OCC/BCC. Confidential (1) Loss of the entire PAS facilities at a location. (2) Loss of clock synchronization; (3) Loss of interface link with PIDS/TC & S, system; (4) Power supply unit failure; (5) Failure of loudspeaker distribution line; (6) Failure of amplifier /preamplifier/ redundancy equipment, digital equalizer ; (7) Loss of automatic level control; Page 17 of 28 CH-5 PS Tender LKS 02: Particular Specification (8) Failure of communication link between OCC/BCC and station PAS (both command interface and audio interface). (9) Failure to changeover the Central Control equipment between OCC/BCC; (10) Loss of interface link with radio. (11) Failure of mixer (if any) (12) Loss of interface with the FOTS channel system (13) Failure of noise logic controller device (if any) (14) Failure of hard wired MMI for PSB. 5.12.2.2 All alarms shall be stamped with time and date; 5.12.2.3 The alarm shall be classified into major or minor alarms and be user configurable. 5.12.2.4 All alarms resulting from equipment fault shall be latched alarms. 5.12.2.5 Contractor shall state the display capabilities of the proposed system. 5.12.2.6 Alarm shall be accompanied with audio and visual display. 5.13 Fault Diagnostics 5.13.1 General 5.13.1.1 The equipment shall incorporate a self diagnostic process for monitoring all amplifiers and loudspeaker circuits. In the event of a fault being detected, an alarm shall be given on the control panel at OCC/BCC. 5.13.1.2 The fault diagnostic system shall provide features for local testing of individual module. 5.13.2 Failure Modes 5.13.2.1 When power is restored following a power failure to the PAS, the PAS shall perform all necessary self testing processes and then automatically resume functioning fully in the same configuration as before the shutdown. 5.13.2.2 Failure of a MMI shall not prevent any other MMIs or other PAS control panels from operating and controlling the PAS. 5.13.2.3 Failure of MMI inside the SCR and digital voice announcer shall not prevent a PAS operator in the SCR from making live audio broadcast to the entire station to meet emergency requirements through the PAS Control Panel. Confidential Page 18 of 28 CH-5 PS Tender LKS 02: Particular Specification 6 DESIGN ENGINEERING REQIUREMENTS 6.1 General 6.1.1 In addition to the Design Engineering requirements as identified in Chapter 1 of this particular specification, the PAS shall meet the technical system performance and equipment specification as specified herein. 6.1.2 The PAS shall be designed with fault tolerant system architecture to prevent common mode failure. 6.1.3 The software shall be designed to accommodate the ultimate, fully expanded capacity, without requiring any change to the hardware or firmware of the installed system and without affecting the overall operation or performance of the PAS. 6.1.4 The contractor shall carry out the RASTI simulation to verify the system design of the PAS before installation. The simulation shall be based on the proposed speaker layout and system design as well as the architectural finishes and acoustic environment found at the location. The RASTI simulations for all areas of each zone at stations and the depot shall meet the requirements specified below and submitted to the Employer’s Representative for review. 6.1.5 The details of the synchronization plan with the Master Clock System shall be submitted for review by the Employer’s Representative. 6.1.6 For RASTI/SPL testing, similar type of stations shall be grouped and complete tests shall be done on at least one of the sample station of each such group and grouping plan is to be submitted to the Employer’s Representative for review. 6.2 Technical system Performance 6.2.1 Coverage Performance 6.2.1.1 Sound Pressure Level (SPL) 6.2.1.1.1 In order to allow for the worst case ambient noise levels, the PAS shall generate SPLs in 95% of the area (but without sacrificing important locations) of 90 dB(A) for concourse and 95 dB(A) for platform areas and 80 dB(A) for nonpublic (including the depot) areas. Coverage shall be uniform with +/-3 dB on platforms (95+/- 3dB) and within +/- 6 dB on concourse areas (90+/- 6dB) of stations & all areas of the depot. 6.2.1.1.2 Headroom margin of at least 6 dB above average SPL shall be available at all amplifier stages such that the input is passed through the PAS without clipping. 6.2.1.1.3 6.2.1.1.4 The SPL shall not exceed 100 dB (A) in all public and non public areas. When automatic level adjustment is at its minimum, the SPL measured at 1.5 metres above floor in each zone shall be no less than 70 dB (A). Ambient noise Confidential Page 19 of 28 CH-5 PS Tender LKS 02: Particular Specification monitoring shall ensure PAS output 10 dB (A) higher than the ambient noise level in all zones. 6.2.2 Distortion 6.2.2.1 The amplifier total harmonic distortion shall be less than 0.5% at 1 kHz with full power. 6.2.2.2 The noise level under no signal condition shall be at least 80db below the design signal level. 6.2.3 Frequency Response 6.2.3.1 The minimum overall system frequency response for the PAS from 340 Hz to 14 kHz at -10dB and in case of horn speaker 500Hz to 4.5kHz at -10dB excluding PA from depot. 6.2.4 Intelligibility The index of speech intelligibility (RASTI) measurement values at 95% of the areas for the PAS shall be greater than or equal to 0.5 for all areas. The design shall take into account effects of reverberations. The requirement of RASTI shall be complied with at all public areas like station concourses, platforms, entrances to stations etc. For non-public areas like depot, the criterion shall be adequacy of SPL and intelligibility. 6.3 Equipment Specification 6.3.1 PAS Control Equipment 6.3.1.1 The hardware and software of the PAS shall use modular design to allow for easy expansion of the system. Addition of input and output ports for the switching equipment shall be achieved by simple addition of plug-in cards or input output modules. 6.3.1.2 The PAS control equipment shall be provided with suitable redundant modules/cards to prevent single point of failure that affects overall system operation at a particular location including critical components so as to achieve the RAMS requirements laid down. 6.3.1.3 The PAS control equipment shall include all the necessary computer server equipment capable of meeting all the interface requirement with the PIDS and TC & S system. 6.3.1.4 The PAS control equipment shall be provided with an internal system clock which shall be synchronized with the Master Clock system. The internal system clock shall maintain the current time clock without drifting a single second for a period of at least 1 week whenever the synchronization link with Master clock system fails. 6.3.1.5 Confidential All configuration data of the equipment shall be stored in non-volatile memory. Page 20 of 28 CH-5 PS Tender LKS 02: Particular Specification 6.3.1.6 The PAS control equipment shall be equipped with a monitoring speaker to test and verify audio output functions of each amplifier in the PAS equipment racks at all stations and the Depot. This facility can also be provided through station MMI or a separate maintenance Laptop one for every 10 stations. These Laptops are in addition to the laptops loaded with Software for PAS/PIDS. 6.3.1.7 The audio matrix switch of the PAS shall be provided with sufficient audio inputs to cater for all the audio services required by this particular specification and enable the audio cross connections necessary for broadcasting over any zone, combination of zones or all zones. 6.3.1.8 The audio matrix switch shall be digitally controller switch and shall be based on solid state technologies or realized by software. 6.3.1.9 The audio matrix switch shall be fail safe and shall be capable of being manually bypassed to maintain all zone broadcast availability, if necessary on failure of the audio matrix switch. 6.3.1.10 The PAS control equipment shall be equipped with a maintenance port and appropriate accessories to allow local maintenance access. 6.3.1.11 The two external audio input ports for non-operational broadcasting of each station PAS shall be screened with 600 Ohm impedance. 6.3.1.12 The PAS control equipment shall be equipped with built –in test routines that are capable of testing each hardware module. These routines shall selectively operate in an off-line mode to allow a complete functional test of the module in question. 6.3.1.13 Built-in test routines shall be initiated by the Local and remote maintenance commands automatically as a part of the power up initialization process. 6.3.1.14 Each station PAS shall be deigned and wired to the extent necessary to enable two additional audio inputs and two additional PAS zones (Platform/Concourse type) to be fully accommodated at each station. 6.3.1.15 The depot PAS shall be designed and wired to the extent necessary to enable 3 additional PAS zones to be accommodated for future infrastructure and maintenance building in the depot. 6.3.2 Digital Voice Announcer And Recorder 6.3.2.1 The Digital Voice Announcer (DVA) equipment shall be of solid state type or hard disk with sufficient memory backup to store fixed, pre-formatted and instantly recorded messages. 6.3.2.2 After power failure, power on or power reset conditions, the PAS shall run selfdiagnostic checks and auto-execution of programs for the DVA equipment. Confidential Page 21 of 28 CH-5 PS Tender LKS 02: Particular Specification 6.3.2.3 The DVA shall be provided with adequate hard disk or other fast access memory capacities (30 minutes) for each PAS control equipment and for each language required. 6.3.2.4 The contractor shall use suitable encoding and decoding technology that is capable of maintaining the same audio quality in order to minimize the file size of the DVA messages. The encoding and decoding technology shall be the “commercially Off the shelf” type. Commercially available compact disc for loading recorded messages into the DVA shall be used. 6.3.2.5 The contractor shall provide different chime tones for different types of messages to alert the passengers. The chime tone, if selected, shall be triggered and broadcast automatically before each associated announcement. 6.3.3 Work Station 6.3.3.1 Each work station shall consist of all equipment necessary to provide the specified display and command functions for a PAS operator. 6.3.4 PAS Control Panel 6.3.4.1 Each PAS control panel shall be equipped with “gooseneck” microphone with “Push-to-Talk button. 6.3.4.2 Each button for zone selection and external music source selection shall have a built-in LED for status indication including idle, engaged by others and selected by the operator of the pre-defined zones. 6.3.4.3 Not used. 6.3.4.4 The monitor speaker with volume adjustment control on the PAS control panel shall be used for real time monitoring of any message being broadcast to the pre defined zones. 6.3.4.5 A ready to proceed indication shall be provided when selected zone or zones are available. Zone busy indication shall be displayed on the control panel when broadcast is in progress over a zone or a group of zones. 6.3.4.6 The panel shall have sufficient space to accommodate the requirements of the proposed ultimate LMRTS. 6.3.5 Microphones 6.3.5.1 All microphones for the PAS shall have the following features; Confidential (1) Unidirectional; (2) “ Gooseneck”; (3) Low sensitivity to feedback; (4) Noise suppressing; Page 22 of 28 CH-5 PS Tender LKS 02: Particular Specification 6.3.5.2 The microphone shall have the following minimum performance: (1) Frequency response 340 Hz – 10 kHz (-10 dB) (2) Sensitivity >-73 dB (0.22mV) (3) Distortion at 1 kHz <1% and (4) Inherent noise < 25 dB SPL, A weighted 6.3.6 Microphone Pre-amplifier Unit 6.3.6.1 The microphone pre-amplifier unit shall have a nominal output level of 0 dBm compatible with the output from the DVA. 6.3.6.2 Suitable automatic level control technique shall be employed for microphone input processing to ensure that the level of instantly recorded voice is controlled within an acceptable range. 6.3.6.3 The microphone pre-amplifier unit shall have the following minimum performance: (1) Frequency response : 340 Hz – 10 kHz (-10 dB); (2) Output impedance : 600 ohm balanced; (3) Output level : 0-6 dBm continuously adjustable; (4) S/N ratio : > 70 dB; and (5) Distortion at 1 kHz : < 0.5% 6.3.7 Power Amplifier 6.3.7.1 The output power amplifier shall be justified by system Design /Application Engineering. Maximum power for each power amplifier for the PAS zone shall be 1.4 times the power required for meeting the SPL and RASTI requirements. 6.3.7.2 Not used 6.3.7.3 A power amplifier output channel shall be provided for each audio distribution line feeding alternate speakers in a zone. 6.3.7.4 Adequate standby arrangements shall be provided to achieve system availability. At least one power/pre-amplifier shall be provided for every eight working amplifiers. Hot stand by amplifier shall be switched into operation automatically by the PAS supervisory functions. The switch over to the standby / backup power amplifier should be dynamic 6.3.7.5 The amplifiers shall have the following minimum performance: (1) RMS Power output : as required by individual or paralleled modular units; Confidential (2) Power efficiency : >75% (3) Protection : insensitive to output open and short- circuits; Page 23 of 28 CH-5 PS Tender LKS 02: Particular Specification (4) Frequency response : 340 Hz to 14 kHz (-10 dB); (5) Total harmonic distortion : Less than 1% of rated output; (6) Noise : better than 80 dB below rated output; (7) Input sensitivity : 775m V into 10K ohms for rated power output; and (8) Line voltage : 100 volts. Tenderer shall indicate the power consumption of the offered equipment. 6.3.8 Digital Equalizers 6.3.8.1 Multi channel digitally controlled equalizer provided for PAS zones shall meet required RASTI value and the natural speech tones of messages to be transmitted. Real time frequency analyzer for automatic zone equalization as well as routine maintenance checking shall be incorporated. 6.3.9 Automatic Level Control 6.3.9.1 The ambient noise-sensing device provided for automatic level control shall be of continuous monitoring type based on time averaging. Multiple noise sensing device may be provided if wide noise level differentials exist in a PAS zone. Noise sensing devices shall be mounted in aesthetic housing. Each loud speaker feeder line feeding alternate speakers of each zone at stations/depot shall be provided with independent noise sensing device(s) 6.3.10 Sound Distribution 6.3.10.1 Each zone, other than the staff areas shall be fed by a minimum of two supervised distribution lines feeding alternate speakers. 6.3.10.2 The alternate feeding arrangement shall optimize the PAS coverage which remains if a distribution line fails. 6.3.11 Loudspeakers 6.3.11.1 Loudspeakers shall not be driven at more than 75% of their maximum specified input rating (peak power handling capacity). 6.3.11.2 Loudspeakers shall be of heavy duty, high performance type, resistant to corrosion and designed for use in adverse tunnel environments. 6.3.11.3 Loudspeaker output power shall be limited to provide a maximum SPL of 100 dB (A). 6.3.11.4 Line coupling transformers shall be used with the loudspeakers and shall have a minimum of three output matching taps to enable individual speaker output to be adjusted to achieve a uniform level of coverage. 6.3.11.5 In open areas with coverings (Platforms, Sheds etc.) the loudspeakers shall be dust proof and water proof to IP55 standard. But in open areas where loudspeakers will be exposed to rain, the loudspeaker shall be dust proof and water proof to IP65 standard. Confidential Page 24 of 28 CH-5 PS Tender LKS 02: Particular Specification 6.3.11.6 Loudspeakers shall operate on a 100 volts line. 6.3.11.7 Loudspeakers shall have a minimum frequency response for 340 Hz to 14 kHz within - 10 dB. 6.3.11.8 The loudspeakers and the loudspeaker cables shall be manufactured from fire retardant, low smoke, zero/ low halogen materials and shall be of the fire survival type to ensure circuit integrity for at least 3 hours during fire. 6.3.11.9 The tenderer shall give complete specification of the offered loudspeakers including impedance, nominal power output, peak power handling capacity, sensitivity, polar diagram for various frequencies and SPL characteristics. 6.3.11.10 The Contractor shall co-ordinate with Civil Works Project Contractors for the design of loudspeakers taking into account the effect of the station architectural design that will affect the choice, colour, layout and mounting of loudspeakers. 6.3.12 PAS Management System 6.3.12.1 The PAS management system shall be equipped with a proven operating system to support the specified management functions. It is envisaged that two NMS and a corresponding workstation shall be provided. The NMS at OCC/BCC shall have jurisdiction over whole Phase-1A stations. The NMS should not be available for access in other than CSS/CER. The PAS & PIDS NMS shall be on the same server/work station. 6.3.12.2 The mass storage device shall be provided with a storage capacity for at least 4 weeks of alarm data, system configuration data, alarm history, event logging data and recording of all live announcement per clause 5.6.5 above. It shall be possible to copy and store such data and the live announcements on media like CDs for future retrieval. 6.3.12.3 4 Notebook Computers loaded with appropriate software for field maintenance shall be supplied. The notebook computer shall be powered by an internal rechargeable battery supporting more than 4 hours continuous operation without recharging. Appropriate software shall be pre-loaded onto the notebook computers to access full management facilities through the local maintenance port. 6.3.13 Power Supply System 6.3.13.1 All equipment of the PAS shall work from 240 Volts + 10/ -20% AC Single phase power supply and connected to a UPS. Refer to clause 3.4.1 & 3.4.2 of this chapter. Confidential Page 25 of 28 CH-5 PS Tender LKS 02: Particular Specification 6.3.14 Cables 6.3.14.1 All cabling and wiring inclusive of loudspeaker supply circuit cabling shall use fire resistant cables to achieve the optimum fire performance level. 6.3.14.2 All control and audio cables shall be twisted pair overall screened cables. 6.3.14.3 The Contractor shall provide all cables in accordance with the cable specifications detailed in Appendix D Chapter 10 of PS. 6.4 System Expansion 6.4.1 Software databases working in an off-line or on-line mode of operation shall be designed to allow for ease of expansion. Where new database structures are implemented with fixed sizes then at least 25% spare capacity of each entry type and attribute shall be provided. 6.4.2 The exact databases for which this expansion requirement will apply shall be subject to review by the Employer’s representative. In general the use of commercially available, proven and mature database is preferred. 6.4.3 Station equipment shall be modularly expandable without the need to replace the installed hardware and software for the service life of the PAS. Minimum expansion capacity of 20% by the addition of cards and /or modules shall be included. 6.4.4 Capacity of Central equipment for OCC/BCC shall be modularly expandable without causing the installed hardware and software equipment to be replaced within the service life of the PAS. Confidential Page 26 of 28 CH-5 PS Tender LKS 02: Particular Specification 7 INTERFACES 7.1 General 7.1.1 The LKS 02 Contractor shall interface with the other Project Contractors as per interface table in PS Chapter 5 minimum and ensure the interfacing requirements are complied with the requirements of the PAS system. 7.1.2 All circuit interfaces between PAS system and FOTS network shall be provided at the main distribution frame, digital distribution frame, as appropriate, depending on the type of circuit connections. 7.1.3 The PAS system Contractor (LKS 02) shall determine the appropriate type of circuits for interface connections and ensure the interfacing circuits are of sufficient quantity and bandwidth to meet the requirements described in this Chapter. 7.2 Interface with Master Clock System 7.2.1 The PAS system shall receive time data messages from the Master Clock system at each PAS control equipment location for time synchronization. 7.3 Interfaces with PIDS/Train Control and Signalling System (TC&S) 7.3.1 The PAS shall interface with the PIDS to enable co-ordinated visual information displays to be activated to the required PIDS display board, combination of display boards or all display boards within the station via a common PIDS/PAS MMI. 7.3.2 The PIDS shall interface with the PAS to enable co-ordinated voice announcements to be activated to the required PAS zone, group of zones or all zones within the station. 7.3.3 The TC&S system shall give the information for the Four/Six coach train arrival/departure. Upon receiving such information from the TC&S system, it shall be the responsibility of LKS 02 to display the same on the PIDS and to make coordinated announcement on PAS system at station. The LKS 02 contractor shall interface with the TC&S contractor for such information. 7.3.4 PIDS/PAS shall interface with TC&S system for automatic display of train related information including train arrivals/departures on pre-designated display boards as detailed in Appendix A Chapter-10 of this PS. 7.4 Interface with Fibre Optics Transmission System (FOTS) 7.4.1 Audio and data interfaces confirming to TCP/IP of the FOTS shall be provided for remote access by OCC/BCC to include remote voice broadcast, recording and data transmission facilities. LKS 02 shall make interface with FOTS system and develop the required Channels and submit for review by the Employer’s Representative. Main earth bus bar terminated on a copper strip shall be provided in the TER at all locations by E&M contractor. This strip shall be utilized by the LKS 02 contractor to Confidential Page 27 of 28 CH-5 PS Tender LKS 02: Particular Specification extend their individual earths to their cables, equipments/racks, including PAS, PIDS and Clock equipments in the TER/CERs. 7.5 Interface with Civil Works Project Contractors 7.5.1 LKS 02 Contractor shall co-ordinate with Civil Works Project Contractors to ensure that all requirements of the specifications pertaining to interfaces between PAS and the Civil Works Project Contractors are properly satisfied as per Appendix-A Chapter-10 of this PS. 7.7 Interfaces with Radio System and Telephone System PAS announcement shall be capable of being originated from designated hand portable radios also to a set of pre-defined PAS zones at each station. This needs to be coordinated and demonstrated with Radio System and Telephone System. 7.8 Interface with Centralized Digital Recording System All PAS live audio broadcasts relating to emergency, fire and evacuation messages from OCC/BCC shall be recorded in the Centralized digital recording system at OCC/BCC. PAS shall interface with Radio System to finalize type of no. of channels and type of interface, responsible to provide CDRS in OCC/BCC. Confidential Page 28 of 28 CH-5 PS Tender LKS 02 : Particular Specifications LKS 02 TELECOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM CHAPTER 6 PASSENGER INFORMATION DISPLAY SYSTEM Confidential Page 1 of 39 CH-6 PS Tender LKS 02 : Particular Specifications TABLE OF CONTENTS 1. INTRODUCTION ............................................................................................................................ 3 1.1 1.2 GENERAL................................................................................................................................. 3 OVERVIEW OF PASSENGER INFORMATION DISPLAY SYSTEM....................................................... 3 2. NOT USED .................................................................................................................................... 4 3. SCOPE OF THE WORKS ............................................................................................................ 5 3.1 3.2 3.3 3.4 4 GENERAL................................................................................................................................. 5 SCOPE OF SUPPLY FOR PASSENGER INFORMATION DISPLAY SYSTEM......................................... 5 SCOPE OF SERVICES ................................................................................................................ 6 W ORKS EXCLUDED FROM THIS CONTRACT................................................................................. 6 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS............................................................................................ 7 4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 4.5 5. FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS .................................................................................................. 9 5.1 5.2 5.3 5.4 5.5 5.6 5.7 5.8 5.9 5.10 6 GENERAL................................................................................................................................. 9 OPERATION ............................................................................................................................. 9 MESSAGE INITIATION ................................................................................................................ 9 MESSAGE CONSTRUCTION ..................................................................................................... 11 MESSAGE PRIORITIES ............................................................................................................ 13 MESSAGE LOGGING FACILITIES ............................................................................................... 14 PIDS DISPLAY BOARDS ......................................................................................................... 15 MAN MACHINE INTERFACE (MMI)............................................................................................ 18 PIDS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM ................................................................................................. 24 FAULT DIAGNOSTICS .............................................................................................................. 28 DESIGN/APPLICATION ENGINEERING REQUIREMENTS...................................................... 29 6.1 6.2 6.3 6.4 7 GENERAL................................................................................................................................. 7 RELIABILITY REQUIREMENTS..................................................................................................... 7 AVAILABILITY REQUIREMENTS ................................................................................................... 7 MAINTAINABILITY REQUIREMENTS ............................................................................................. 8 SYSTEM SAFETY REQUIREMENTS ............................................................................................. 8 GENERAL............................................................................................................................... 29 TECHNICAL SYSTEM PERFORMANCE ....................................................................................... 29 EQUIPMENT SPECIFICATION .................................................................................................... 30 SYSTEM EXPANSION .............................................................................................................. 36 INTERFACES............................................................................................................................... 38 Confidential Page 2 of 39 CH-6 PS Tender LKS 02 : Particular Specifications 1. INTRODUCTION 1.1 General 1.1.1 This Chapter 6 of this Particular Specification specifies the particular technical and performance requirements of the Passenger Information Display system. 1.2 Overview of Passenger Information Display System 1.2.1 The Passenger Information Display system (PIDS) shall be the primary means of visual communications with passengers at station concourses and platforms for the notification of scheduled train arrivals and departures and for operational, normal and emergency including evacuation message displays to passengers. 1.2.2 The PIDS shall have control equipment located at the equipment room (s) of each station and in Operations/Backup Control Centre (OCC at Sahkarita Bhawan/BCC at Transport Nagar depot). For Phase-IA Stations/Depot, Main OCC shall be at OCC Sahkarita Bhawan shall be commissioned at a later date. Hence all equipment/ provisions for Priority section shall be installed at BCC at Transport Nagar depot. 1.2.3 The station PIDS control equipment shall be interfaced to the Fibre Optic Transmission System (FOTS) for connections to the equipment located in the Central Equipment Room‘s (CER) of the OCC/BCC and to facilitate system control from the OCC/BCC. 1.2.4 1.2.5 The PIDS shall be accessed from the following locations as a minimum: (1) From the Station Control Room (SCR) to the PIDS at the station; and (2) From the OCC to the PIDS at one station (3) From the OCC to a group of stations (4) From the OCC to all stations of a line. The PIDS and Public Address system (PAS) shall be co-ordinated automatically to provide real time passenger audio broadcast and visual information on designated platform at each station and in concourse at each station. The PIDS and PAS shall respond to special train running interrupt messages from the Train Control and Signalling System. PIDS operator shall be able to display special or emergency messages for passengers and staff on individual or all display boards. For specifications of PAS refer to Chapter 5 of this particular specification. 1.2.6 Confidential Three major types of messages shall be provided by the PIDS as a minimum: (1) Fixed; (2) Pre-formatted with data to be added; and (3) Instantly constructed. Page 3 of 39 CH-6 PS Tender LKS 02 : Particular Specifications 1.2.7 All PIDS display boards shall present a full message in Hindi and English characters and graphics. All messages shall be displayed simultaneously in Hindi and English characters and/or scrolling/blinking from one language to another language as selected by the PIDS operator. 2. Confidential NOT USED Page 4 of 39 CH-6 PS Tender LKS 02 : Particular Specifications 3. SCOPE OF THE WORKS 3.1 General In addition to the requirements on the scope of works as identified in section 3 Chapter 1 of this Particular Specification, specific requirements on the scope of works for the PIDS shall be as specified herein: 3.2 Scope of Supply for Passenger Information Display System 3.2.1 The Passenger Information Display system (PIDS) shall include, but not be limited to, the following: (1) PIDS control equipment; (2) Concourse PIDS Ultra Bright LED display boards (Elevated stations); (3) Concourse PIDS Ultra Bright LED backlit TFT active matrix display boards (Underground station); (4) Platform PIDS Ultra Bright LED display boards (Elevated & Underground stations); (5) LED backlit TFT active matrix display boards complete with mounting fixtures/accessories for platforms of underground stations for videos & advertisements. (6) MMI Workstation integrated with the PAS MMI (7) PIDS Management system; (8) All software required for the operation of the PIDS including compact disk containing softwares, both application & operating systems; (9) Notebook Computers loaded with appropriate software for field maintenance shall be supplied. (10) Data communication equipment; (11) Distribution frames; (12) Equipment cabinets, racks and cubicles; (13) Equipment housing, mounting brackets and installation materials; and (14) All equipment power supplies, cables, connectors, accessories, cabling and earthing necessary for the Works. (15) All fixtures/supports, both primary and secondary, for installing the PIDS Boards of LED type and TFT type Confidential (16) All surface conduiting/channeling. (17) Any other item for completing the scope of LKS 02 Contract. Page 5 of 39 CH-6 PS Tender LKS 02 : Particular Specifications 3.3 Scope of Services 3.3.1 The requirements on the scope of services are given in Chapter 1 of this PS. In addition, the Contractor shall co-ordinate with Project Contractors as defined in Section 7 of this chapter of the PS and provide comments or recommendations on subject of station building materials, finishes, architectural layouts and installation requirements for Display Boards and associated cabling on platforms and concourses at stations. For Phase-IA Stations/Depot, OCC shall be at Sahkarita Bhawan but the Priority section is planned to be operated from the BCC of Transport Nagar Depot only. The Main and Backup MMI shall be provided as per chapter 5 integrated with PAS. 3.3.2 In addition, the contractor shall co-ordinate with Civil Works Project Contractors and provides comments or recommendations on subjects of station building materials; finishes and architectural layouts. LKS 02 Contractor shall propose, to the Employer’s Representative for review, the site location of each of the PIDS boards on platforms and in the concourses such that maximum visibility requirements per contract are achieved. 3.4 Works excluded from this Contract 3.4.1 Deleted. Confidential Page 6 of 39 CH-6 PS Tender LKS 02 : Particular Specifications 4. PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS 4.1 General In addition to the overall system performance requirements as identified in section 4 of Chapter 1 General of this Particular Specification, the specific performance requirements for the PIDS shall be as specified herein: 4.2 Reliability Requirements 4.2.1 The inability to perform any required function, the occurrence of unexpected action or the degradation of performance below the specifications shall all be considered as a failure. 4.2.2 MTBF shall be the average operating time accumulated by the total population of identical items between failures. 4.2.3 The Contractor shall ensure that PIDS equipment supplied under the Contract comply with the reliability figures herein: PIDS Equipment Control equipment Display equipment/ Display boards PIDS management system PIDS/PAS MMI on common Workstation Serial Converters Routers Hubs Table 4-1 MTBF (Hours) > 50,000 > 35,000 > 50,000 > 50,000 >100,000 > 200,000 > 200,000 MTBF Figures 4.3 Availability Requirements 4.3.1 In determining the Availability of the PIDS, reliability block diagrams using field failure rates for commercially available equipment shall be produced. Any equipment without field failure data shall have its failure rate determined analytically strictly in accordance with MIL-HBK-217F for its appropriate operating environment. 4.3.2 PIDS visual messages initiated by any mode of operation shall be considered unavailable under the following failure conditions as a minimum: (1) Failure of integrated MMI including the Backup MMIs for PAS / PIDS at each control position at OCC/BCC’s ; (2) Failure of integrated MMI for PAS and PIDS at each control position at stations; (3) Failure of co-ordinated message capabilities with the PAS at any location; (4) Unable to display messages as initiated by the Train Control and Signalling (TC&S) System at any location; Confidential Page 7 of 39 CH-6 PS Tender LKS 02 : Particular Specifications (5) Failure of more than one PIDS display board (LED or TFT) at any location. (6) Non-readable from specified viewing distance/angle. 4.3.3 The PIDS shall have an overall system Availability of better than 99.96%. 4.3.4 The PIDS Management system shall be considered unavailable if any function provided by the PIDS Management system cannot be properly executed. The Availability of the PIDS Management system shall be better than 99.95%. 4.4 Maintainability Requirements 4.4.1 The Mean Time To Restore (MTTR) of the PIDS to full normal operation following a failure shall be less than 4 hours (excluding time of Travel). 4.5 System Safety Requirements 4.5.1 All equipment must comply with and be installed in accordance with IEC 65, IEC 364. 4.5.2 All metal enclosures shall be provided with an earthing terminal and earthing of all equipment shall be carried out in accordance with overall earthing policy. Please refer to Appendix M chapter 10 of this PS. Confidential Page 8 of 39 CH-6 PS Tender LKS 02 : Particular Specifications 5. FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS 5.1 General 5.1.1 The PIDS shall display passenger information in any combination of Hindi text, English text, numerals, animated graphics, punctuation and symbols. Each page of display shall be complete in meaning which shall be easily interpreted by passengers. 5.1.2 The PIDS MMI shall have the necessary facilities to direct manually triggered different messages to individual side of the display board, both sides of the display board, or group of display boards simultaneously within a station. 5.1.3 The PIDS shall send different messages, other than initiated by the TC&S system, in either one of the following user programmable orders: (1) Display of the first message in different languages followed by the second message in the same order of languages and so on; and (2) Display of a set of messages in one language followed by the same set of messages in another language and so on. 5.1.4 All PIDS equipment’s internal clock shall be synchronized to the LMRTS Master Clock system. The station PIDS equipment shall be synchronized with the Station Sub-Master Clock system. The details of the Master Clock system are given in Chapter 7 of this Particular Specification. 5.1.5 LMRTS shall be referred for typical LED type board layouts in elevated stations covered by LKS 02 and detailed layouts shall be submitted to Employer’s Representative for review. Layout for LED backlit (TFT active matrix) type display provided for platforms of underground stations for videos & advertisements shall be developed by LKS 02 and submitted to Employer’s Representative for review. 5.2 Operation 5.2.1 The PIDS shall support the following modes of operation as a minimum: (1) Time mode as initiated by the PIDS internal system clock via a Time table & message scheduler provided as part of the MMI facilities; (2) Automatic mode based on information from the TC&S System for train related information displays; (3) Manual mode as initiated by a PIDS operator on the MMI at OCC/BCC & SCR. 5.3 Message Initiation 5.3.1 Message Initiated from the SCR 5.3.1.1 The SCR MMI shall have the necessary facilities to initiate any fixed or instantly constructed messages, and add in any additional information required to complete the pre-formatted messages. Confidential Page 9 of 39 CH-6 PS Tender LKS 02 : Particular Specifications 5.3.1.2 The SCR MMI shall have the selection facilities to direct the message to one side of a display board, both sides of a display board, group of display boards or all display boards within a station. Also it shall be possible to make this selection, row wise, in each of the LED type PIDS Boards. The operator shall be required to confirm this selection before the message is transmitted. 5.3.1.3 The SCR MMI shall have the instant message construction facilities to store “ad-hoc” messages for repetitive displays. 5.3.2 Messages Initiated from the OCC/BCC 5.3.2.1 The OCC/BCC shall be provided with the necessary facilities to access PIDS Board at every station. 5.3.2.2 Data communication links shall be provided to each station allowing the OCC/BCC to convey messages to the following as a minimum: (1) One station; (2) A group of stations; (3) All stations; (4) One or more display boards at one station; and (5) Any combination of display boards in any combination of stations. 5.3.3 Messages Initiated from the TC&S System 5.3.3.1 Data will be sent to the PIDS by the TC&S System to display train related information including train arrivals and departures on pre-designated display boards throughout the platforms and concourse of all stations. 5.3.3.2 Train arrival/departure related PIDS message shall be initiated and co-ordinated with the PAS, based on the information received from the TC&S System. The PIDS shall ensure, within the PIDS System., the data integrity of the train information received from the TC&S System, 5.3.3.3 The PIDS shall carry out time count down based on the estimated time data sent by the TC&S System and the current PIDS internal system clock. PIDS shall accordingly display the estimated train arrival and /or departure particulars. For implementation of PIDS on Phase-1A, LKS 02 will be required to provide PAS/PIDS servers to interface to ATS (signalling) and should co-ordinate/interface with the TC&S Contractor. The Platform Display Board shall, display, countdown timer based on the real-time, expected time of arrival of the Train on the Platform and once the train is fully received on the platform the Display Board shall then display expected time of departure of the train. On the Concourse Display Boards, the expected time of departure of the next three trains shall be displayed in absolute terms of time of the day. Also the concourse display board shall stop showing the train which is about to leave within the next 1 minute to avoid people rushing over the stairs/escalators to Confidential Page 10 of 39 CH-6 PS Tender LKS 02 : Particular Specifications the platforms. This parameter shall be configurable by the system administrator, from 0 to 1 minute. 5.3.3.4 The estimated time to arrive and/or depart of the train(s) as shown on any display board shall be updated automatically and shall be corrected if necessary following a data update from the TC&S System. 5.3.3.5 The pre-defined message displays shall be triggered by the data to be sent by the TC&S system including message displays of non-stopping trains passing through the stations and user defined message displays. All messages to be triggered by the TC&S System shall be designed for automatic display without human intervention. However, the PIDS operator shall have the necessary facilities to override the automatic display and to blank the current display. 5.3.3.6 Upon receiving train information from the TC&S System at the OCC/BCC, the PIDS shall display the train information to the designated display boards within 2 seconds. 5.3.3.7 The TC&S equipment at each station shall invoke the station PIDS control equipment to clear the designated row of the train arrival/departure information on the corresponding PIDS display boards subsequent to a train departure subject to provisions of clause 5.3.3.3 regarding displays at concourse. 5.3.3.8 The TC&S system shall give the information for the Four/Six/Eight coach train arrival/departure. Upon receiving such information from the TC&S system, it shall be the responsibility of LKS 02 to display the same on the PIDS and to make coordinated announcement on PAS system at station. 5.4 Message Construction 5.4.1 Fixed and Pre-Formatted Messages 5.4.1.1 The fixed and pre-formatted messages shall be produced by the Contractor with message scripts to be issued by the Employer’s representative earlier than the commencement date of Installation Tests. Samples of the produced messages along with suggested animated graphics shall be submitted for review by the Employer’s representative before full production of the messages. 5.4.1.2 Special and emergency messages shall be fixed, pre-formatted or instantly constructed messages depending on the message nature. Typical examples of these messages shall include the following: (1) Fixed message - “Smoking is prohibited in the entire station”; (2) Pre-formatted message - “This station is ......”; (3) Special messages - “Due to ..... failure, the arrival of trains shall be delayed”; and (4) Emergency messages - “Owing to an accident ....., please leave the station as soon as possible”. Confidential Page 11 of 39 CH-6 PS Tender LKS 02 : Particular Specifications 5.4.1.3 Messages shall be constructed and stored in Hindi and English characters, along with the associated animated graphics, symbols and punctuation. Every message shall be displayed in one language or any combination of these languages. 5.4.1.4 The pre-formatted messages at each station shall be identical, providing fields for name, time or other variables to be added. 5.4.1.5 Messages shall be selected from a screen look-up table. Message additions required for pre-formatted messages shall be typed in directly from the key-board or “click and dragged” from another look-up table of commonly used characters, words and phrases. 5.4.1.6 Fixed or pre-formatted messages initiated from the OCC/BCC shall be issued in message codes to respective station PIDS control equipment. 5.4.1.7 Pre-formatted messages may have more than one variable to be added with one containing fixed characters and the other containing variable information. These messages shall be used repeatedly by inserting different variables. 5.4.2 Instantly Constructed Messages 5.4.2.1 The PIDS shall enable the OCC/BCC and SCR MMI operators to instantly construct messages and store them to the local message database of the PIDS control equipment. These messages can then be retrieved for display or be deleted if they are no longer required by the operators. 5.4.2.2 The instantly constructed messages shall be displayed either one-off or repeatedly similar to the pre-stored messages. 5.4.2.3 Emergency messages relating to fire, evacuation etc. shall be fixed, pre-formatted or instantly constructed and manually triggered by a MMI operator. 5.4.3 Message Edition 5.4.3.1 User-friendly message editing facilities shall be provided to define messages which consist of characters, symbols, punctuation and graphics. 5.4.3.2 Editing facilities shall be provided for both Hindi and English characters. 5.4.3.3 General editing functions including cut, paste and copy as employed in commonly used word processor software shall be provided. 5.4.3.4 Global selection capabilities shall be provided for pre-defined, commonly used words, phrases and messages for all stations. 5.4.3.5 Global selection capabilities of pre-defined presentation styles shall be provided for standard displays. This shall enable the operator, as a minimum, provide blinking or highlighted characters, change scrolling and animation effects. 5.4.3.6 Preview functions of the editing messages shall be provided for different display boards via the “What You See Is What You Get (WYSIWYG)” facilities of the MMI. Confidential Page 12 of 39 CH-6 PS Tender LKS 02 : Particular Specifications 5.4.3.7 The graphical editing facilities shall enable the operator to create/modify animated graphics which will consist of graphical symbols, drawings/pictures and Hindi/English characters. 5.4.3.8 Drawing capabilities shall be provided to produce different shapes for each object within the same graphical frame. 5.4.3.9 Necessary facilities shall be provided to create new characters, symbols and graphics that can be stored in bit map or equivalent format. The new characters shall then be assigned with a code and stored for future retrieval. 5.4.3.10 The PIDS shall be provided with adequate facilities for the edition and creation of Hindi messages which shall be reviewed by the Employer’s Representative: 5.4.4 Message Characteristics 5.4.4.1 All messages under preview via the “WYSIWYG” facilities of the MMI shall have the same font type, display speed and display effect as will be shown on the display board. 5.4.4.2 Messages shall have a number of characteristics assigned to them depending on the message type. The message characteristics shall include display speed, display effect, associated animated graphics and the message display intervals as defined by the message scheduler of the MMI facilities. 5.4.5 Scrolling Messages 5.4.5.1 Messages shall be scrolling horizontally from right to left or vertically from lower to upper for any type of display boards. This choice shall be made by the Operator from the MMI. Also it shall be possible to have a combination of fixed static message on one row and scrolling/flashing message on another row of the same PIDS Board. These functions shall be operator selectable form the Station MMI. 5.4.5.2 For platform display boards, at the conclusion of the previous message, the display line shall momentarily blank before the scrolling message emerges. 5.4.5.3 The message to be scrolled for a number of cycles shall be programmable by the operator. 5.4.6 Flashing Messages 5.4.6.1 Important messages shall be selected to have a flashing effect to draw attention to the importance of the message being displayed. This choice shall be made by the Operator from the MMI. 5.4.6.2 The default flashing period shall be 1 second “on”, 0.5 second “off”. This duration shall be user re-programmable within practical limits by the PIDS management system. 5.5 Confidential Message Priorities Page 13 of 39 CH-6 PS Tender LKS 02 : Particular Specifications 5.5.1 Message displays shall be prioritized. Before any message is displayed, the PIDS shall check internally that no other message of higher priority is about to be or being sent. If a conflict is detected, the highest priority message or a sequence of messages shall be displayed first. PIDS message priorities shall be programmable from the PIDS management Workstation. PIDS shall offer the following levels of priority as a minimum, in a descending order. 1 Instantly constructed / pre-stored messages relating to emergencies like fire, evacuation, abnormal working etc. from the SCR. 2 Instantly constructed / pre-stored messages relating to emergencies like fire, evacuation, abnormal working etc. from the OCC/BCC 3 Train arrival/departure related messages Actuated automatically by Train Control & Signalling system 4-9 Pre-stored / instantly constructed messages regarding routine system information. Maintenance and test messages Spares Table 5-1 Message Priorities 10 11- 13 5.5.2 Any higher priority level message, when initiated, shall interrupt any lower priority message currently displayed. All such interrupted messages shall be removed from the message queues so that they will not restart or continue after they have been interrupted. 5.5.3 Lower priority message shall not interrupt any higher priority message in progress. The lower priority message shall only be initiated by the automatic / manual modes of operation defined for the PIDS in accordance with its respective priority level only at the end of a message display cycle as indicated by the removal of the busy indication. 5.5.4 Equal priority level messages shall be dealt with on a “first-come-first-served” basis. 5.6 Message Logging Facilities 5.6.1 General 5.6.1.1 All messages with priority level 1 and level 2 manually triggered by a MMI operator shall be automatically time tagged and logged. 5.6.1.2 Message logs shall consist of MMI operator identification, message coding, message origin, message destination, message type, message content and destination time and date sent. 5.6.1.3 Message logs at each station and the OCC/BCC shall be stored locally in the corresponding message database of the PIDS control equipment. Message data base with sufficient storage capacity for storage of atleast 200 local message logs over a period of 1 week shall be provided. The access to these messages shall be to the MMI operators with appropriate password authority. Confidential Page 14 of 39 CH-6 PS Tender LKS 02 : Particular Specifications 5.6.1.4 Message logs from the local message data base of the PIDS control equipment shall be downloaded automatically to the message database of the central PIDS control equipment at OCC/BCC for central archiving during the daily non-traffic hours period. 5.6.1.5 Verification and validation processes shall be provided to ensure successful download of message logs to the central PIDS control equipment. Local message logs shall not be deleted by the system until the downloading is confirmed. 5.6.2 Central Archiving Facilities 5.6.2.1 Message database with sufficient storage capacity shall be provided to archive the anticipated eighty thousand message logs downloaded from the stations to the central PIDS control equipment over a period of at least 4 weeks. 5.6.2.2 The centrally stored message logs shall be accessible for message review by a MMI operator at the OCC/BCC with appropriate access and password authority. 5.6.2.3 All message logs shall be archived in a chronological order. 5.6.2.4 Necessary facilities shall be provided to dump specific message logs onto a suitable storage medium for removal, playback and analysis off-site. 5.6.2.5 The MMI operator shall be able to call up the message logs with page selection facilities for a particular time period or filtered additionally by location or other attributes. Log selection shall show MMI operator identification, message coding, message origin, message destination, message type, message content, time and date sent. 5.6.2.6 The messages under review and the log selection details shall be printed out to the common system printer inside OCC/BCC. The archiving records shall be continuously updated to enable the previous 4 weeks of message logs to be retained. 5.7 PIDS Display Boards (LED type and LED backlit TFT type) 5.7.1 General 5.7.1.1 PIDS display boards shall be provided at the following locations as a minimum: 5.7.1.2 (1) Concourses at all stations; (2) Platforms at all stations; All PIDS display boards shall be capable of ceiling or pillar or wall mounting, as per site conditions. 5.7.1.3 All PIDS display boards shall be either single-sided or double-sided depending upon the place of use. The final position of all display boards shall be subject to review by the Employers representative. 5.7.1.4 The display format and display sequence for each row of messages to be displayed on the display boards shall be individually defined and selected and programmed by the MMI operator. Confidential Page 15 of 39 CH-6 PS Tender LKS 02 : Particular Specifications 5.7.1.5 The Contractor shall co-ordinate with Civil works project Contractors to finalize the location and installation details of the display boards for optimal viewing distance/ angle. The final position of the display boards shall be subject to review by the Employer’s Representative. 5.7.2 Font Sizes and Number of Characters 5.7.2.1 The Contractor shall provide Hindi and English fonts as suitable for Metro environment. 5.7.2.2 The Contractor shall propose to the Employer’s Representative, the dimensions of characters, housing dimensions, etc for approval. 5.7.2.3 The number of characters to be displayed per row for LED display boards within the display area without scrolling for the platform display boards and the large-scale display boards shall be the following as a minimum (For the Destination field) : 5.7.2.4 (1) 15 Hindi characters for the biggest font sizes; (2) 15 English characters for the biggest font sizes. For display of videos and advertisements in underground station, the details shall be submitted to the Employer’s representative for review. 5.7.3 Display Capabilities 5.7.3.1 The Concourse single sided wall mounted display boards shall have a minimum of three rows to display information in Hindi and English in a scrolling / alternative mode for three trains. The display boards shall display pending trains departure message including associated platform number. The platform double sided display boards shall have a minimum of two rows to display train arrival information in Hindi and English simultaneously for next one train. 5.7.3.2 The PIDS shall enable each display board to display up to six message screens per minute. The number of message screens to be displayed per minute shall however be user programmable. 5.7.3.3 The display board shall display a combination of text messages in Hindi and English characters, symbols, punctuation, graphics with or without animation. Each animated graphics file shall contain information for displaying a full graphics animation sequence or image designed for the display board. 5.7.3.4 The display board shall be capable of producing special display effects including scrolling up/down/left/right, fade-in/fade-out, wipe up/down/left/right, pop, character by character and blinking. 5.7.3.5 Each display board (or in the Station PIDS server) shall be capable of storing at least 100 pre-defined messages, 20 schedules, and 10 sets of animated graphics files which shall be called up to be displayed as a default message when enabled via the local station PIDS control equipment. Confidential Page 16 of 39 CH-6 PS Tender LKS 02 : Particular Specifications 5.7.3.6 For all double-sided display boards, each side shall display same or different messages or scripts, as required, and operated independently from the other side. 5.7.3.7 Each side of the display board shall have a default message assigned. The default message shall be displayed, if enabled by the MMI operator, when no other information is assigned to the display board. All default messages shall be configurable from the MMI by an operator of appropriate authority. 5.7.4 Display Board Positioning 5.7.4.1 All display boards shall be located to minimize interference to passenger flows and other station signages while providing optimum viewing distance. 5.7.4.2 Display boards suspended above open floor space shall be mounted so that the lowest part of a display board is at least 2.5 metres above floor level. In case it is not possible to meet these criteria because of site constraints, specific approval of the Employer’s Representative shall be required. 5.7.4.3 Wall mounted display boards, which protrude more than 0.2 metre from the wall surface shall meet the criteria for suspended display boards. In case it is not possible to meet these criteria because of site constraints, specific approval of the Employer’s Representative shall be required. 5.7.5 Concourse Display Boards 5.7.5.1 When pending train departure messages are to be displayed on concourse 3 line single sided display boards, the train destinations, time of departure from the terminal station and the associated platform number for the next three trains shall be displayed in English and Hindi. Length of the display boards shall be limited to a maximum of 2.5 metres. 5.7.5.2 Deleted 5.7.5.3 Corresponding train departure message on the display board shall be removed on imminent departure of that train to avoid passengers rushing to the platform. In this connection refer to clause 5.3.3.3 above. 5.7.5.4 Two numbers of single sided display boards (LED type) shall be provided for concourse at each elevated station to display train related information. The length of the display board shall be limited to a maximum of 2.5 metres. 5.7.5.5 Two numbers of single sided display boards (LED backlit TFT active matrix) shall be provided for concourse at each underground station to display train related information. The size of the TFT display panel shall be 46” (minimum). 5.7.6 Platform Display Boards 5.7.6.1 Platform display boards shall predominantly display information on train arrivals for the corresponding platform. Relevant service and passenger information shall also be displayed if required on the destination station field. Confidential Page 17 of 39 CH-6 PS Tender LKS 02 : Particular Specifications 5.7.6.2 Two numbers of Double sided display boards (LED type) shall be provided at each platform of elevated station to display train related information. The length of the display board shall be limited to a maximum of 2.5 metres. These display boards shall be positioned for optimal viewing coverage. Please note that Transport Nagar Station have three platforms. All other stations will have two platforms each. 5.7.6.3 Two numbers of Double sided display boards (LED Type) shall be provided at each platform of underground station to display train related information. The length and width of these LED type display board shall be minimum 1.6 metre and 0.45 metre respectively. 5.7.6.4 In addition to above, two numbers of LED backlit TFT display panel of size 46” (minimum) shall be provided at each platform of underground station to display passenger awareness videos and advertisements. Location to be decided by the Employer’s Representative as per site condition. 5.7.6.5 Platform display boards shall show the estimated time of arrival of the next train by a countdown counter. Train information shall be displayed with the Hindi characters and English characters simultaneously (The display shall be coordinated with PA announcement for the expected train arrival announcement also). This display sequence format for the train information shall be continuously displayed unless a message with higher priority is assigned, including an emergency message. 5.7.6.6 Information of all non-stopping trains, including non-stopping EMU, and maintenance vehicles, will be shown on platform display boards. The PIDS shall, however, coordinate with the PAS to ensure that appropriate audio announcements are made to alert passengers of these non-stopping trains. 5.7.6.7 Stopping train not in passenger service shall be displayed as “NOT IN SERVICE” in place of destination for all the train information display messages at all stations. 5.7.6.8 Train terminating at any intermediate station shall be described as “TERMINATES HERE” in place of destination for all the train information display messages at the intermediate terminal station. 5.8 Man Machine Interface (MMI) 5.8.1 General 5.8.1.1 MMI(s) shall be provided in OCC/BCC’s and each SCR. The Main MMI’s shall be provided at OCC/BCC. Refer to MMI provision schedule in Appendix H Chapter 10 of this PS. Each PIDS MMI shall be integrated with the PAS MMI to provide the operator with all the PIDS display information and associated system features in order to operate and control the PIDS. 5.8.1.2 Both PAS MMI and PIDS MMI shall be implemented on a common Workstation and should have the same look and feel. MMI at Station Control Room should be either an Integrated PC cum Monitor Unit to reduce space requirement and accidental failure or equipment can be kept in TER/CER and all signals extended to SCR Confidential Page 18 of 39 CH-6 PS Tender LKS 02 : Particular Specifications (Monitor, Mouse, Keyboard etc.) The Contractor shall refer to Chapter 5 of this Particular Specification for the PAS MMI facilities. 5.8.1.3 Integrated MMI Workstation(s) shall be provided for Assistant to Chief Controller in OCC/BCCs and for the station Operator in each SCR. 5.8.1.4 No more than five manual actions (i.e. keystroke or mouse-click) shall be required to select and transmit a fixed or pre-formatted or instantly constructed message on the MMI. 5.8.1.5 The MMI shall be provided with the overall graphical user interface with a graphical display of the station layout, clearly demarcating the Platform Area, Concourse Area, different PA Zones etc, with icons representing PIDS display boards and the necessary system software for the PIDS. 5.8.1.6 Designated PIDS commands and display message data inputs based on information received from TC&S shall be automatically co-ordinated with the PAS messages if the messages are determined and selected to be concurrently broadcast and displayed. 5.8.1.7 Display board busy indications shall be shown on the MMI when a PIDS operator attempts to initiate a lower priority message while a higher priority message is being made to the selected display board(s). These busy indications shall include the identification of station or stations from where the local messages are being made. 5.8.1.8 When a message has been interrupted a “message interrupted” advice shall be displayed on the MMI which originates the lower priority messages. 5.8.1.9 The MMI shall have the necessary facilities to send out the message(s) once or periodically at a constant interval to the selected display boards. The periodic interval shall be operator selectable in minutes, hourly, daily, weekly or monthly basis. 5.8.1.10 The MMI shall have the necessary facilities to select fixed, pre-formatted and instantly constructed messages using message codes together with the time and other filler information required. 5.8.1.11 The MMI shall have the real-time “WYSIWYG” facilities to view the information assigned to a selected display board by clicking at a graphical station layout screen or by keyboard input of the identity number of the display board. 5.8.1.12 The MMI shall have the necessary selection checks for all types of data entry and selection confirmation before message transmission. 5.8.1.13 Limits shall be applied automatically to the length of a message as the message is created and if the message is too long, a warning message shall be provided on the MMI plus selection options for scrolling or truncation. 5.8.1.14 The MMI at OCC/BCC shall have the selection facilities for sending a message to a station, a group of stations or all stations. Confidential Page 19 of 39 CH-6 PS Tender LKS 02 : Particular Specifications 5.8.1.15 The MMI shall have the selection facilities for sending a message to one side or both sides of a display board, a group of display boards or all display boards within a station. 5.8.1.16 The MMI shall have the selection facilities for displaying the message continuously, at pre-programmed intervals or intervals selected by the PIDS operator. 5.8.1.17 The MMI shall have the selection facilities for blanking one side or both sides of a single display board, or a group of display boards or all display boards to avoid confusion to passengers. 5.8.1.18 The MMI shall have the necessary facilities to activate the pre-defined message schedules. 5.8.1.19 The MMI shall have a reset command for the PIDS operator to stop the message display. When the message display is reset, the current messages shall be cancelled and then the pre-set routine display schedule shall be resumed. 5.8.1.20 The MMI shall have additional reset facilities to reset one side or both sides of a single display board or a group of display boards or all display boards within a station. When a display board or a group of display boards is reset, the current messages shall be cancelled and then the pre-set routine display schedule shall be resumed. 5.8.1.21 The SCR MMI shall have the necessary facilities to monitor OCC/BCC initiated messages to the station. The SCR operator shall be able to select which PIDS display board within his station to monitor. 5.8.1.22 One major and one minor summary alarm, along with an audible tone that can be enabled or disabled by the PIDS operator, shall be available to alert the operator of a PIDS equipment fault on the MMI. Any PIDS display board faults shall be shown on the associated PIDS board icon on the MMI. 5.8.1.23 The volume of the audible tone shall be adjustable to alert the PIDS operator within the control centre or control room environment. 5.8.1.24 The MMI shall have the necessary facilities to prepare a comprehensive set of listing and displays with user selectable range of parameters. The following shall be included as a minimum: Confidential (1) Listing of master messages; (2) Listing of words and phrases; (3) Listing of symbols; (4) Listing of animated graphics; (5) Listing of emergency messages; and (6) Listing of system schedules. Page 20 of 39 CH-6 PS Tender LKS 02 : Particular Specifications 5.8.1.25 The following minimum facilities shall be made available to the operator via the MMI working in conjunction with the PAS and PIDS: (1) The ability to draw the operator’s attention by audible and visual indication for messages which have an associated PAS message and a choice be given to the operator whether to initiate the concurrent PAS and PIDS message; (2) The ability to select one side or both sides of a display board, group of display boards or all display boards by menu items or by clicking the display board icons on the MMI; (3) The ability to select a particular row of all display boards by menu items or by clicking the display board row icons on the MMI; (4) Display board selection shall be arranged via station layout plans showing the locations of display board on different levels and areas of the station; (5) Automatic colour changes of the display board icons on the MMI to differentiate busy message displays initiated by SCR and OCC/BCC; (6) A group selection facility for commonly used combination(s) of display boards shall be provided. A minimum of twenty four group selections shall be available for each MMI; (7) Each group shall be pre-programmable to automatically connect, from a single selection action, any combination of display board selections from the SCR MMI and any combination of stations and display boards within the station from the OCC/BCC MMI; (8) The ability to select fixed and pre-formatted message displays and to construct instant messages; (9) None of the fixed or pre-formatted messages shall be erasable by any MMI operator; (10) When the selected combination of display boards are available, a “ready-toproceed” indication shall be given to the operator indicating that information displays can be proceeded; (11) The ability to display individual display board alarm on corresponding display board icon; (12) The ability to display major and minor summary alarms on the MMI. Major summary alarms shall also be implemented on PA/PIDS NMS.; and (13) The facilities to acknowledge alarms and to clear alarms from the alarm display. (14) LED backlit TFT display for platforms of underground stations for videos & advertisements. Confidential Page 21 of 39 CH-6 PS Tender LKS 02 : Particular Specifications 5.8.2 Time Table and Message Scheduler (common for PAS and PIDS) 5.8.2.1 The PIDS shall have the necessary facilities to allow at least 500 message schedules to be programmed into the system. 5.8.2.2 The Time Table and Message Scheduler shall be available in OCC/BCC MMIs and also at each station MMI. The MMI shall have the message scheduler facilities to enable the PIDS operator to pre-set an hourly, daily, weekly or monthly schedule for the selected messages. 5.8.2.3 Inputting information to the Message Scheduler shall be simple and shall be similar to inputting data in an Excel file or importing data from Excel file, so that a Fixed Train Time Table can be loaded by the Operator and activated to provide relevant data to the Station PIDS/PA system for dissemination in case the Train Information from the ATS is unavailable. Any other complicated inputting of data shall not be acceptable. In the event information from the ATS to PAS/PIDS fails at OCC/BCC then the OCC/BCC MMI Time Table and Scheduler shall be used to disseminate the time table & messages to all stations of that OCC/BCCs jurisdiction. And in case link between OCC/BCC MMI and station MMI /server fails, same way station level time table/message scheduler shall be used. 5.8.2.4 The MMI shall have the following control parameters for the message scheduler as a minimum: (1) Output selection of station(s); (2) Output selection of display boards; (3) With associated PAS message(s) or not; (4) Display language sequence; (5) Message sequence; (6) Display effect; (7) Display duration; (8) Start and end time for the display; (9) Repeated or one-off pattern; and (10) Repeat interval for hourly, daily, weekly and monthly schedules. 5.8.3 Emergency Message Sending 5.8.3.1 The MMI operator shall have the necessary facilities to send emergency messages to all display boards in an expeditious manner including replacing the current display within 5 seconds for all selected display boards, both from the SCR and from the OCC/BCC. 5.8.3.2 The emergency message sending screen shall be provided with categorized and prioritized sets of pre-defined emergency messages for the MMI operator to choose Confidential Page 22 of 39 CH-6 PS Tender LKS 02 : Particular Specifications from. The screen shall have an instantly constructed emergency message editing facilities which shall enable the MMI operator to edit and immediately send out the emergency messages to the selected display boards. 5.8.3.3 The Contractor shall submit to the ER the details of automatic coordination of emergency messages on PIDS and PAS. 5.8.4 Pre-Defined System Information 5.8.4.1 Each station or central PIDS control equipment shall contain pre-defined system information of commonly and regularly used information for quicker selection by the MMI operator. 5.8.4.2 The pre-defined system information shall be categorized into global information and station specific information. 5.8.4.3 The Contractor shall submit to the Employer’s Representative the details of predefined system information for review. 5.8.5 Back-up MMI 5.8.6 No Backup MMI is foreseen and required at stations. It is envisaged that with a single MMI, the RAMS requirements shall be attained. The Contractor shall demonstrate this in the RAMS and PIDS design submissionDesign details to be submitted to the Employer’s representative for review. Please refer to Appendix H chapter 10 of this PS. 5.8.7 Log-on Control 5.8.7.1 The PIDS shall be provided with the necessary facilities to enable each PIDS operator or Controller to execute a log-on sequence before any commands are available on the PIDS MMI. 5.8.7.2 The log-on sequence shall, as a minimum, require the PIDS operator to enter both a unique user name and password. 5.8.7.3 The PIDS shall enable immediate access to all authorized indications and commands following successful log-on. 5.8.7.4 The PIDS log-on control access level granted to a PIDS operator shall define the functions and commands that are authorized and accessible by the operator on the MMI. 5.8.7.5 PIDS log-on control access levels for each PIDS operator on any MMI shall be programmable by the PIDS management system and the PIDS shall offer the following levels of log-on as a minimum: Log-on Levels 7 6 5-1 Confidential Control Functions Operation control functions for OCC/BCC Operation control functions for Station Spares Page 23 of 39 CH-6 PS Tender LKS 02 : Particular Specifications Table 5-2 PIDS Log-on Control Access Levels 5.9 PIDS Management System 5.9.1 General 5.9.1.1 The Contractor shall provide a PIDS management system for the overall control, supervision, maintenance and configuration of the entire PIDS. It is envisaged that one NMS at BCC and a corresponding two workstations at OCC & BCC shall be provided. The NMS at OCC/BCC shall have jurisdiction over all the stations of phase1A. The NMS should not be available for access in other than CSS/CER. The PAS & PIDS NMS shall be on the same server/work station. 5.9.1.2 The PIDS management system shall be a centralized control system with management Workstation, system database, log printer and mass storage device to be located in CER/CSS of the OCC/BCC’s. 5.9.1.3 A loading medium in the form of compact disc or other means subject to review by the Employer’s representative shall be provided to the PIDS management system to allow maintenance staff to add new characters, graphics or symbols into the PIDS in the future. These new additions shall be downloaded to all message database of the PIDS both in real-time and during the non-traffic hours. 5.9.1.4 A graphical user interface shall be provided allowing user-friendly operation of the PIDS management system. 5.9.1.5 Notebook Computers loaded with appropriate software for field maintenance shall be supplied as given in BOQ. The notebook computer shall be powered by an internal rechargeable battery supporting more than 4 hours continuous operation without recharging. Appropriate software shall be pre-loaded onto the notebook computers to access full management facilities through the local maintenance port. 5.9.1.6 The PIDS management system shall be provided with the necessary facilities for downloading the configuration and alarm data files to floppy disk or other secondary storage medium subject to review by the Employer’s representative. The files shall be in format easily read and processed by commercially available software applications. 5.9.1.7 A central management database shall be built for defining the system hardware and software configurations. Any changes in the database shall be updated automatically on system disk and mass storage device so that an up-to-date version of the software is available should a system failure or power-down event occur. 5.9.1.8 The PIDS management system shall have an internal clock synchronized to the Master Clock system of the FOTS for the time and date information. The internal clock shall enable free running in the event that Master Clock system signals are lost. 5.9.1.9 Confidential Not Used. Page 24 of 39 CH-6 PS Tender LKS 02 : Particular Specifications 5.9.2 Access to PIDS Management System 5.9.2.1 The PIDS management system shall be provided with the log-on control access facilities that can be programmable via the system administration functions. The PIDS management system shall offer the following levels of log-on as a minimum: Log-on Levels 5 4 3 2 1 Table 5-3 Control Functions System administration management System configuration and user data modifications Read only to system configuration and user data modifications Read only to system configuration and user data Spare Log-on Control Access to PIDS Management System 5.9.3 System Management 5.9.3.1 The PIDS management system shall have the following system management functions as a minimum: (1) Loading and creating fixed and pre-formatted messages; (2) Downloading of system software; (3) Message priorities assignment; (4) Co-ordinating PIDS and PAS messages; (5) Pre-programming system triggering events; (6) Retrieve event logs; (7) Modifying pre-defined system information; and (8) System parameter configuration. 5.9.4 System Administration Management 5.9.4.1 The PIDS management system shall be provided with the capabilities of carrying out input modification, addition and deletion of PIDS user data. This shall include, amongst others, the programming facilities to assign log-on control access level for each PIDS operator. 5.9.4.2 A system administration function shall be available to control, as a minimum, the following: Confidential (1) Resetting of passwords; (2) Allocation of log-on control access level to each user; (3) Creation and deletion of users; (4) Administration and housekeeping functions; and Page 25 of 39 CH-6 PS Tender LKS 02 : Particular Specifications (5) Creation and deletion of designated functions and commands available to each log-on control access level. 5.9.5 Fault and Alarm Management 5.9.5.1 Fault and Alarm Monitoring 5.9.5.1.1 The PIDS management system shall monitor system alarm status on a real-time basis. 5.9.5.1.2 The PIDS management system shall store alarms in the database for future enquiries and to access the fault alarm history database for retrieval of alarm history data in the alarm history memory. 5.9.5.1.3 All PIDS control equipment as well as PIDS display boards shall be provided with fault monitoring and reporting to the PIDS management system. 5.9.5.1.4 In addition to the alarms and status to be shown on the management Workstation, status of major equipment of the system shall be monitored and displayed with suitable indications to the local PIDS equipment shelves/racks. 5.9.5.2 Alarm Handling 5.9.5.2.1 The following alarm conditions shall be provided to the PIDS management system as a minimum: (1) Loss of communication link; (2) Loss of the entire PIDS facilities at a location; (3) Loss of clock synchronization; (4) Loss of interface link with the PAS; (5) Loss of interface link with PA/PIDS NMS; (6) Loss of interface link with TC&S System; (7) Power supply unit failure; (8) Loss of one side of a display board; (9) Loss of both sides of a display board; (10) Message priority conflict; and 5.9.5.2.2 All alarms shall be stamped with time and date. 5.9.5.2.3 The alarms shall be classified into major or minor alarms by the PIDS management system and be user configurable. 5.9.5.2.4 All alarms reported to the PIDS management system shall be associated with an audible tone which can be enabled or disabled by the system administration operator on the PIDS management Workstation. 5.9.5.2.5 Confidential All alarms resulting from equipment faults shall be latched alarms. Page 26 of 39 CH-6 PS Tender LKS 02 : Particular Specifications 5.9.5.2.6 All alarms removed from the active alarm display list shall automatically be inserted into the alarm history database upon rectification of the alarm on the PIDS management system. 5.9.5.2.7 The alarm history database shall be provided with sufficient storage capacity to store the anticipated alarms for a period of at least 4 weeks without carrying out any housekeeping function. 5.9.5.2.8 Major and minor summary alarms of the PIDS equipment at stations and the OCC/BCC shall be provided to the PA/PIDS NMS for equipment health monitoring purposes 5.9.5.2.9 Not Used 5.9.5.3 Alarm Displays 5.9.5.3.1 The Contractor shall provide the following general capabilities and characteristics for the alarm displays as a minimum: (1) Quickly filter the alarm display to view alarms generated from a particular system component, by geographic location, by time and date; (2) A colour coding scheme indicating the alarm severity according to the alarm classifications; (3) Display of the alarms in chronological order along with their associated time stamps; (4) Scrolling capabilities to enable the management Workstation user to view more alarms that can be displayed on one single screen; and (5) Facilities to acknowledge alarms. 5.9.6 Performance Management 5.9.6.1 The PIDS management system shall have the necessary facilities to produce reports based on user-programmable time schedules on the overall performance of the PIDS including traffic reports, fault reports, alarm history, display board usage statistic reports and message usage statistic reports. 5.9.7 Fault Printing 5.9.7.1 The PIDS management system shall be equipped with a maintenance printer port for connection with the common maintenance printer to produce hard copies of the management Workstation screen display including graphical screen information, system parameter data, maintenance fault history, listing of pre-defined system information and various performance management reports. 5.9.7.2 The PIDS management system shall be equipped with a log printer at each OCC/BCC connected to print out real-time logging to the maintenance activities as well as the fault events. Confidential Page 27 of 39 CH-6 PS Tender LKS 02 : Particular Specifications 5.9.8 Event Logging 5.9.8.1 The PIDS management system shall be provided with the necessary facilities to retrieve centrally all message logs that are captured with time and date tags by the local control equipment. This shall be independent of the logging of equipment faults. 5.9.8.2 The logs shall be stored at the local control equipment for a minimum duration of 4 weeks without carrying out any housekeeping function. 5.9.8.3 The PIDS management system shall capture all log-on activities with time and date tags. 5.10 Fault Diagnostics 5.10.1 General 5.10.1.1 Fault diagnostics shall be provided for each PIDS control equipment and for each display board. 5.10.1.2 All PIDS control equipment and the display board shall be equipped with a local maintenance port for local maintenance access in case the link to the central PIDS management system fails. 5.10.1.3 The fault diagnostics system shall detect the alarm conditions. 5.10.1.4 The fault diagnostics system shall have the following additional diagnostics features as a minimum: (1) Provide testing to individual module and card level; (2) Provide on-line help to maintenance personnel; and provide self-test facilities and built-in diagnostic routines to enable malfunctions to be automatically displayed. 5.10.2 Failure Modes 5.10.2.1 When power is restored following a power failure to the PIDS, the PIDS shall perform all necessary self-testing processes and then resume functioning fully in the same configuration as before the shutdown. This shall be completed automatically within 5 minutes of power restoration. 5.10.2.2 Failure of one side of the PIDS display board (LED display modules) shall not cause failure or loss of communication to the other side of the display board or other display boards. 5.10.2.3 Failure of both sides of the display board shall not cause failure or loss of communication to other display boards. 5.10.2.4 Failure of a MMI shall not prevent any other MMIs from operating and controlling the PIDS. Confidential Page 28 of 39 CH-6 PS Tender LKS 02 : Particular Specifications 6 DESIGN/APPLICATION ENGINEERING REQUIREMENTS 6.1 General 6.1.1 In addition to the Design/Application Engineering requirements as identified in Chapter 1 of this Particular Specification, the PIDS shall meet the technical system performance and equipment specification as specified herein. 6.1.2 The PIDS shall be designed with fault tolerant system architecture to prevent common mode failure points. The software shall be designed to accommodate the ultimate, fully expanded capacity, without requiring any change to the hardware or firmware of the installed system and without affecting the overall operation or performance of the PIDS. 6.1.3 The service life of the PIDS shall not be less than 15 years. Service life shall be counted from the commencement date of Defects Liability Period. 6.1.4 The PIDS application software shall be based on a proven operating system subject to the review by the Employer’s representative. 6.1.5 The software package shall incorporate commercially available software for graphics and character generation, particularly for the generation of Hindi characters. 6.2 Technical System Performance 6.2.1 Display Performance for LED Boards 6.2.1.1 Display Contrast Ratio 6.2.1.1.1 The PIDS shall produce images with a minimum contrast ratio of 20:1 when operating in all ambient artificial lighting conditions and outdoor lighting environment up to full sunlight conditions found throughout the station. Anti reflective and darkened front glasses shall be used to optimize contrast value, however, complying with all other requirements of this PS 6.2.1.2 Viewing Angle 6.2.1.2.1 The viewing angle in the horizontal plane and normal to the face of all display boards shall be no less than  40 degrees. The viewing angle is defined as the angular point where the illumination intensity drops to half of the peak intensity. SMD LEDs shall be used to allow for an optimum reading angle. 6.2.2 System Response Figures 6.2.2.1 The display of a fault alarm at the PIDS management Workstation and the MMI shall not exceed 2 seconds from the time of the fault occurring. 6.2.2.2 The maximum response time from sending a message, after selecting the destination, to the message being shown on the selected display boards shall not Confidential Page 29 of 39 CH-6 PS Tender LKS 02 : Particular Specifications exceed 1 second if the message is initiated locally within the station and shall not exceed 2 seconds if the message is initiated remotely from OCC/BCC to the station. 6.2.2.3 On-screen performance management reports generation on the PIDS management Workstation shall not exceed 15 seconds. 6.2.3 MMI Response Figures 6.2.3.1 The MMI screen up-date time shall not exceed 0.5 second, which is measured as the interval of time between the PIDS operator’s last action required to call a new tabular display, and the moment the requested display becomes visible. This shall be completed with all data updating in real-time, and the operator has full operational control of the PIDS functions. 6.2.3.2 The MMI alarm update time shall not exceed 2 seconds, which is measured as the time taken from detection of the alarm condition by the PIDS control equipment to a display of the alarm being visible on the alarm display and activation of the audible tone. 6.2.3.3 The MMI alarm acknowledgement time shall not exceed 1 second, which is measured as the time taken from the PIDS operator acknowledging an alarm to visible display of the acknowledgement. 6.3 Equipment Specification 6.3.1 PIDS Control Equipment 6.3.1.1 The hardware and software of the PIDS shall use modular design to allow for easy expansion of the system. 6.3.1.2 The PIDS control equipment shall be provided with suitable redundant modules/cards to prevent single point of failure that affects overall system operation at a particular location including the critical components such as common control processor card, so as to meet the RAMS requirements specified. 6.3.1.3 The PIDS control equipment shall include all the necessary computer server equipment capable of meeting all the interface requirement with the PAS, PA/PIDS NMS, Master Clock system, TC&S System and FOTS. 6.3.1.4 The PIDS OCC/BCC control equipment shall be provided with an internal system clock which shall be synchronized with the Master Clock system. The station PIDS clock shall be synchronized with the Sub-Master Clock of the station so that there is no difference between the time being displayed by the station clocks and the PIDS internal clock. The internal system clocks of PIDS shall maintain the current time clock without drifting a single second for a period of at least 1 week whenever the synchronization link with the Master Clock system fails. 6.3.1.5 Confidential All configuration data of the equipment shall be stored in non-volatile memory. Page 30 of 39 CH-6 PS Tender LKS 02 : Particular Specifications 6.3.1.6 Each station PIDS rack in TER shall be designed, wired and equipped to the extent necessary to enable four additional PIDS display board outputs to be fully accommodated at each station. These Boards shall be configurable both as Platform Display Boards and Concourse Display Boards. 6.3.1.7 The PIDS control equipment shall select and route various inputs to any combination of outputs to one side or both sides of the designated display board, combination of display boards or all display boards according to the control command from the integrated PIDS/PAS MMI. 6.3.1.8 Data validation and data integrity checks shall be done for all input and output ports to ensure correct information is transmitted and received. 6.3.1.9 The central PIDS control equipment shall hold the fixed and pre-formatted message format for each station, with specific variables for the insertion of, for example, destination names, arrival/departure time and platform number. 6.3.1.10 A compact disc unit or other alternative device subject to review by the Employer’s representative shall be provided to add to or extend the graphics software which shall be capable of being downloaded locally or centrally. 6.3.1.11 The message database equipment shall be of proven database technology with sufficient storage capacity to store fixed, pre-formatted and instantly constructed messages. 6.3.1.12 Storage capacity shall be provided to store the local and central message logs for all the instantaneous messages manually triggered by the PIDS operators. 6.3.1.13 The message database equipment shall be provided with the following hard disk or other fast access memory capacities for uncompressed messages for each PIDS control equipment as a minimum: (1) 250 fixed messages for Hindi and 250 fixed messages for English; (2) 250 pre-formatted messages for Hindi and 250 pre-formatted messages for English; (3) 50 instantly constructed messages for Hindi and 50 instantly constructed messages for English; 6.3.1.1.4 (4) 100 graphics and symbols; (5) All Hindi characters; (6) All standard ASCII characters and punctuation. Each message shall contain an average of 40 English and 40 Hindi characters including spaces, punctuation and symbols. Symbols shall be mixed with texts in messages. Confidential Page 31 of 39 CH-6 PS Tender LKS 02 : Particular Specifications 6.3.1.1.5 The PIDS control equipment and each individual display board at station shall be equipped with built-in test routines that are capable of testing each hardware module. These routines shall selectively operate in an off-line mode to enable a complete functional test of the module in question. 6.3.1.1.6 Built-in test routines shall be initiated by the following means as a minimum: (1) Local maintenance commands via a notebook computer connected to the local maintenance port; (2) Remote maintenance commands via the central PIDS management Workstation; (3) Automatically as a result of the on-line error detection; and (4) Automatically as part of the power-up initialization processes. 6.3.2 Workstations 6.3.2.1 Each Workstation shall consist of all equipment necessary to provide the specified display and command functions for a PIDS/PAS operator. 6.3.2.2 A common Workstation for PIDS and PAS shall be used. Refer to Chapter 5 of the Particular Specification for requirements of the Workstation for PAS. MMI at Station Control Room should be either an Integrated PC cum Monitor Unit to reduce space requirement and accidental failure or equipment can be kept in TER/CER and all signals extended to SCR (Monitor, Mouse, Keyboard etc.). 6.3.2.3 The MMI shall be a LINUX / WINDOWS based or COTS operating System based environment using a mouse as the pointing device. 6.3.2.4 Multiple windows shall be opened concurrently. Each Workstation shall as a minimum be equipped with one keyboard, one pointing device, headphone, microphone and loudspeaker. 6.3.2.5 All functionality accessible via the pointing device shall be available through the keyboard via configurable function (hot) keys and/or via keyboard macros. 6.3.2.6 All Workstation displays shall support high-resolution (1280x1024) colour graphics, and shall be a minimum 17” TFT screen for the desktop for stations MMI and 20/21” for OCC/BCC MMI. 6.3.2.7 The GUI shall be a WIMP (Windows, Icon, Menus, Pointing) style interface that allows operators to have easy control and fast response. The GUI shall employ a combination of graphic presentations and pull down menus. 6.3.2.8 The Contractor shall detail for Employer’s Representative’s review the functionality and presentation of the system to meet all the requirements specified in this specification. Confidential Page 32 of 39 CH-6 PS Tender LKS 02 : Particular Specifications 6.3.2.9 All functionality accessible via the point device shall also be available through the keyboard via configurable (hot) keys and /or via keyboard macros. 6.3.2.10 Not Used. 6.3.3 Display Equipment 6.3.3.1 General 6.3.3.1.1 The Contractor shall review different display board requirements and determine the final standard size for each type of display board to ensure that the overall performance requirements of the PIDS can be met. Please note that the contractor will have to get atleast 50% of BOQ (Appendix- J of Annexure-2 of ITT) of LED PIDS display board of Elevated and Underground Stations each of the platform type and concourse type manufactured locally in India. The satisfactory workability and performance of the display boards manufactured in India shall have to be demonstrated as part of FAT. 6.3.3.1.2 The individual display board shall have graphics display capabilities. The software programs for these graphic animations shall be contained in the PIDS control equipment. 6.3.3.1.3 The display board shall be blanked whenever no valid signal is received from the local PIDS control equipment and if the default display message is not activated. If the default display message is activated then the default message in the PIDS Boards memory or in the PIDS station server shall be displayed. 6.3.3.1.4 The LED and other processor modules for the display board shall be the plug-in type to facilitate easy module replacement. 6.3.3.1.5 All LEDs ‘ON’ testing facility shall be provided on each display board. 6.3.3.1.6 LED backlit (TFT active matrix) type display Board (Industrial Grade) shall meet the following minimum specifications: (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) Confidential Viewable picture size 46” minimum 0 Viewing Angle 170 (horizontal & vertical) minimum 2 Brightness 500cd/m or better Contrast 4000 ; 1 or better Resolution 1920 x 1080 or better Unaffected by sever problem of burn in when static picture or text continues for long. Software will allow defining objects with their attributes (back ground colour, the type, size and colour of fonts etc). LED backlit (TFT active matrix) panel to be protected by 3 mm polycarbonate optically correct overlay without affecting quality of picture Each LED backlit (TFT active matrix) panel shall have an inbuilt 20 watts output loud speaker for colour video clips with audio. LED backlit (TFT active matrix) flat panels shall offer highly bright, crisp, high resolution images for easy viewing in all ambient lighting conditions for the under ground stations / subways. LED backlit (TFT active matrix) panels shall operate satisfactorily even in 0 environmental external temperature up to 40 Celsius. Page 33 of 39 CH-6 PS Tender LKS 02 : Particular Specifications (12) 6.3.3.1.7 Video input for playing video streams / audio streams shall be plugged into the PIDS equipment in the TER or CER. Hence video/audio input port shall be available in the PIDS equipment for feeding standard video/audio format. The Tenderer shall furnish full specifications of the offered LED backlit (TFT active matrix) panels. 6.3.3.2 Display Quality 6.3.3.2.1 Each side of the display board shall display single (amber) colour aspect and shall use Ultra Bright LED. 6.3.3.2.2 The visibility of each Display shall be at least 45 m. The intensity of each LED shall be adjustable to higher level(s) to maintain the specified viewing distance and viewing angle under all indoor and outdoor environments. 6.3.3.2.3 The display board shall display moving text/graphics smoothly at the programmable scrolling rate. No “break-up”, “line pulling” and “line jittering” shall occur to the displays on the display board. 6.3.3.2.4 The optical characteristics of the transparent display cover for the LED display area shall be selected such that the light transmission and display contrast are suitable for outdoor, indoor and semi-outdoor environment where it is applicable throughout the station areas. 6.3.3.2.5 Every LED dices/clusters shall have the same level of brightness to achieve an even brightness across the whole display area of the display board. 6.3.3.2.6 The intensity of the LED to be installed at the station areas with direct sunlight or reflection of sunlight shall be high enough to achieve the specified viewing distance and viewing angle at all times. 6.3.3.2.7 Each display board shall be equipped with light sensors to adjust the brightness to a level comfortable for passengers according to the ambient light intensity in different environments. 6.3.3.2.8 The Contractor may propose an architecturally bending sunshade or sunshield to reduce the incident sunlight but this shall not reduce the viewing angle and viewing distance. 6.3.3.3 Display Board Housing 6.3.3.3.1 The internal components of the display board shall be arranged in a compact manner to minimize the thickness of the housing. 6.3.3.3.2 The Contractor shall submit detailed design information of the display board housing and mounting brackets for review by the Employer’s representative 6.3.3.3.3 The visual impact of display boards and the proposed housing and mounting designs shall take into account ergonomic considerations and overall harmonization with Confidential Page 34 of 39 CH-6 PS Tender LKS 02 : Particular Specifications station architectural design. The Contractor shall co-ordinate with Civil Works Project Contractors to finalize the locations, visual impact, housing and mounting design and colour selection for the display boards. 6.3.3.3.4 All display board housings shall be lockable but easily accessible for maintenance. 6.3.3.3.5 All the display board equipment faces shall be provided with shatterproof and scratch resistant coating. 6.3.3.3.6 Indoor display boards shall be suitable for operating in an indoor environment with or without air-conditioning. Indoor housing shall be designed to IP54 compliant. 6.3.3.3.7 In open areas (e.g Platforms of Elevated Station) where display boards will be exposed to rain or sunlight, the display boards shall be dust-proof and water-proof to IP65 standard. 6.3.3.3.8 There shall be no gap between the edge of the housing and the LED matrix so that no internal hardware or wiring is exposed to the public. 6.3.3.3.9 No sharp corner in the housing design shall be provided and if the housing has corners, the corners shall be at an external radius of 15mm in front and rear elevations. 6.3.3.3.10 The design of the ceiling or pillar or wall mounting brackets shall facilitate easy replacement of the whole display board. 6.3.3.4 Concourse Display Boards 6.3.3.4.1 Each concourse display board shall be single sided and sized to display at least 3 rows of Hindi / English characters to display information for next three trains in Hindi and English in a scrolling / alternative mode. 6.3.3.4.2 The viewing distance for the concourse display boards shall be at least 45 meters for both Hindi and English characters when displaying in the biggest font size characters. 6.3.3.5 Platform Display Boards 6.3.3.5.1 Each platform display board shall be sized to display 1 row of Hindi and 1 row of English characters to display information on next train in Hindi and English simultaneously. 6.3.3.5.2 The viewing distance for the platform display boards for each side shall be at least 45 meters for both Hindi and English characters when displaying in the biggest font size characters. 6.3.4 PIDS Management System 6.3.4.1 The PIDS management system shall be equipped with WINDOWS NT based operating system to support the specified management functions. Confidential Page 35 of 39 CH-6 PS Tender LKS 02 : Particular Specifications 6.3.4.2 Each management Workstation shall be equipped with a 20/21” inches colour TFT display with at least “1280 x 1024” pixels resolution to provide graphical presentation and display of the PIDS. 6.3.4.3 The mass storage device shall be provided with a storage capacity for at least 4 weeks of alarm data, system configuration data, alarm history, and system event logging data. 6.3.4.4 Notebook computer shall be powered by an internal rechargeable battery supporting more than 4 hours continuous operation without recharging. 6.3.4.5 The Contractor shall provide a PIDS management system for the overall control, supervision, maintenance and configuration of the entire PIDS. It is envisaged that NMS and a corresponding workstations shall be provided. The NMS at OCC/BCC shall have jurisdiction over Phase-1A. The NMS should not be available for access in other than CSS/CER. The PAS & PIDS NMS shall be on the same server/work station. 6.3.5 Cables 6.3.5.1 PIDS display boards shall be connected by either serial or LAN connections or through Optical Fibre Cable to the station PIDS control equipment. All cables shall be as per the Cable specifications detailed in the Appendix D chapter 10 of this PS for Cables. 6.4 System Expansion 6.4.1 Software databases working in an off-line or on-line mode of operation shall be designed to allow for ease of expansion. Where new database structures are implemented with fixed sizes then at least 25% spare capacity of each entry type and attribute shall be provided. 6.4.2 The exact databases for which this expansion requirement will apply shall be subject to review by the Employer’s representative. In general the use of commercially available, proven and mature databases is preferred. 6.4.3 Station equipment shall be modularly expandable without the need to replace the installed hardware and software for the service life of the PIDS. The following spare capacity requirements shall be included as a minimum: 6.4.4 (1) An expansion capacity of 20% by the addition of cards and/or modules; and (2) An expansion capacity of 50% by the addition of racks or cabinets. These spare capacity requirements shall apply to the following resources as a minimum: Confidential Page 36 of 39 CH-6 PS Tender LKS 02 : Particular Specifications (1) Primary memory, consisting of all memory used for real-time processing and storage of data; (2) Disk storage, typically consisting of fixed disk equipment, but also covering the use of interchangeable magnetic media including disk cartridges and tapes; (3) Communication links, standard network, serial and parallel ports, port-to-port connection and peripheral equipment including printers and modems; and (4) Confidential I/O capacity including spare ports, bit rate capacity and channel capacity. Page 37 of 39 CH-6 PS Tender LKS 02 : Particular Specifications 7. INTERFACES 7.1 General 7.1.1 The LKS 02 Contractor shall interface with the other Project Contractors as per interface table in PS Chapter 10 minimum and ensure the interfacing requirements are complied with the requirements of the PIDS system. 7.1.2 All circuit interfaces between PIDS system and FOTS network shall be provided at the main distribution frame, digital distribution frame or optical distribution frame, as appropriate, depending on the type of circuit connections. 7.1.3 The PIDS system Contractor (LKS 02) shall determine the appropriate type of circuits for interface connections and ensure the interfacing circuits are of sufficient quantity and bandwidth to meet the requirements described in this Chapter. 7.2 Interface with Master Clock System 7.2.1 The PIDS system shall receive time data messages from the Master Clock system at each PIDS control equipment location for time synchronization. 7.3 Interface with Train Control and Signalling System (TC&S) 7.3.1 The PIDS shall interface with the TC&S system for automatic display of train related information including train arrivals/departures on pre-designated display panels as detailed in the interface specification listed in Appendix-A Chapter-10 of this PS. 7.3.2 The TC&S system shall give the information for the Four/Six/Eight coach train arrival/departure. Upon receiving such information from the TC&S system, it shall be the responsibility of LKS 02 to display the same on the PIDS and to make coordinated announcement on PAS system at station. The LKS 02 contractor shall interface with the TC&S contractor for such information. 7.4 Interface with PAS 7.4.1 The PAS shall interface with the PIDS to enable co-ordinated visual information displays to be activated to the required PIDS display board, combination of display boards or all display boards within the station via the integrated PIDS/PAS MMI. 7.4.2 The PIDS shall interface with the PAS to enable co-ordinated voice announcements to be activated to the required PAS zone, group of zones or all zones within the station. 7.5 Interface with FOTS 7.5.1 Data interfaces confirming to TCP/IP of the FOTS shall be provided for remote access by OCC/BCC to include remote control and display of PIDS messages from OCC/BCC to stations. PIDS system shall interface with FOTS system and develop the required Channels and submit for review by the Employer’s Representative. Confidential Page 38 of 39 CH-6 PS Tender LKS 02 : Particular Specifications Main earth bus bar terminated on a copper strip shall be provided in the TER at all locations by E&M contractor. This strip shall be utilized by the LKS 02 contractor to extend their individual earths to their cables, equipments/racks, including PAS, PIDS and Clock equipments in the TER/CERs. 7.6 Interface with Civil Works Project Contractors 7.6.1 LKS 02 Contractor shall co-ordinate with Civil Works Project Contractors to ensure that all requirements of the specifications pertaining to interfaces between PIDS and the Civil Works Project Contractors are properly satisfied as per Appendix-A Chapter10 of this PS 7.7 7.7.1 The LKS 02 contractor shall co-ordinate with Power Supply Contractor for the load requirements and the arrangement for the power supply. Confidential Page 39 of 39 CH-6 PS Tender LKS 02: Particular Specification LKS 02 TELECOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM CHAPTER 7 MASTER CLOCK SYSTEM Confidential Page 1 of 11 CH-7 PS Tender LKS 02: Particular Specification TABLE OF CONTENTS 1 INTRODUCTION ............................................................................................................................ 3 2. NOT USED .................................................................................................................................... .4 3. SCOPE OF THE WORKS .............................................................................................................. 5 4. PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS ............................................................................................. 6 5 FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS. ................................................................................................. 7 6. DESIGN REQUIREMENTS............................................................................................................ 9 7 INTERFACES............................................................................................................................... 11 Confidential Page 2 of 11 CH-7 PS Tender LKS 02: Particular Specification 1 INTRODUCTION 1.1 General 1.1.1 This Chapter 7 specifies the particular technical and performance requirements of the Master Clock system of the Telecommunications System. 1.1.2 This Chapter shall be read in conjunction with other Chapters of the particular specification, General Specification (GS), General Conditions of Contract (GCC), Special Conditions of Contract (SCC), Instructions to Tenderers (ITT) and other documents forming part of the contract. 1.2 1.2.1 Overview of Clock System The Master Clock System shall be compliant with ITU-T G.811. It will serve as Primary Reference Clock (PRC) for all clock functions of the Metro. The Master Clock shall provide synchronised time signals received by radio communication from orbiting GPS satellites. The Master Clock shall derive Coordinated Universal Time (UTC) from received GPS satellite signals and shall convert this to local Indian Standard Time. The LKS 02 Contractor shall provide the Master Clock for Date & Time signal also so that it can act as NTP server for the Master Clock System of LMRC network. 1.2.2 At BCC of Transport Nagar, Master Clock system to be provided under LKS 02 Contract shall consist of following major components for Phase-1A. (1) A new Master Clock Unit with redundant critical components. (2) Sub-master clocks at each of the stations / depot/OCC. (3) Slave clocks, both digital and analogue at all stations/depot. (4) All power and signal cables, surge protection devices etc. (5) Both primary and secondary fixtures for installation; In addition of above, MMI shall also be provided at CSS for supervision and maintenance of all stations/depot/OCC clocks provided under Phase-IA. 1.2.3. OCC at Sahkarita Bhawan shall be commissioned at a later date. A sub-master clock is to be provided at OCC to feed Slave clocks provided in OCC/Administrative Building. This sub-master clock shall take synchronization, date & Time signal from the Master Clock Unit provided at BCC. Confidential Page 3 of 11 CH-7 PS Tender LKS 02: Particular Specification 2. Confidential NOT USED Page 4 of 11 CH-7 PS Tender LKS 02: Particular Specification 3. SCOPE OF THE WORKS 3.1 General In addition to the requirements on the scope of the Works as identified in Section- 3 of Chapter-1 General of this Particular Specification, the specific requirements on the scope of the Works for the Clock System shall be as specified below. 3.2 Scope of Supply for Clock System 3.2.1 The scope of supply shall include, but not be limited to, the following: (1) A new Master Clock system at BCC for Phase-1A; (2) MMI shall be provided at CSS for supervision and maintenance of all stations/depot/OCC clocks provided under Phase-IA. (3) Sub master clocks; (4) Slave clocks ; (5) Clock signal and power supply cables, earthing and accessories including termination protection devices; (6) Both Primary and secondary Fixtures for installation ; (7) Floor Mounted Rack (which can be common with PA/PIDS rack) (8) All installation, testing & commissioning, including the material therein. (9) Any other item required to complete the scope of the work. 3.3 3.3.1 Scope of Services The requirements on the scope of services are given in Chapter 1 of this PS. A Master Clock Unit shall be provided at BCC Transport Nagar taking synchronisation and Date/time signal from GPS. OCC at Sahkarita Bhawan shall be commissioned at a later date. A sub-master clock is to be provided at OCC to feed Slave clocks provided in OCC/Administrative Building. This sub-master clock shall take synchronization, date & Time signal from the Master Clock Unit provided at BCC. 3.3.3 In addition, the contractor shall co-ordinate with Civil Works Project Contractors and provides comments or recommendations on subjects of station building materials; finishes and architectural layouts. 3.4 Confidential Deleted. Page 5 of 11 CH-7 PS Tender LKS 02: Particular Specification 4. PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS 4.1 General 4.1.1 The technical system performance requirements for the Clock System are specified in this Particular Specification. 4.1.2 Fault tolerant design with protections against failure shall be provided in order to achieve the system availability. 4.2 Reliability 4.2.1 The inability to perform any required function, the occurrence of unexpected action or the degradation of performance below the specifications shall be considered as a failure. 4.2.2 MTBF shall be the average operating time accumulated by the total population of identical items between failures. 4.2.3 The equipment shall comply with the reliability figures herein: Equipment MTBF (Hours) Master Clock Unit > 50,000 Hours Sub-master Clock > 50,000 Hours Table 3-1 MTBF Figures 4.3 Availability 4.3.1 The Clock system shall be considered unavailable if the clock signal is not available at any station/ depot (after the Sub-Master) or the accuracy of the clock signal is below the specification. The availability of the clock system shall be better than 99.99%. 4.4 Maintainability Requirements 4.4.1 The Mean Time to Restore (MTTR) of the master clock system shall be less than four hours excluding time of Travel. The service life of the clock system shall not be less than 15 years. Confidential Page 6 of 11 CH-7 PS Tender LKS 02: Particular Specification 5 FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS 5.1 Master Clock system shall perform the following: (1) To provide the master clock source for equipment synchronisation; (2) To provide the master reference date and time information; (3) To provide reference clock signals for station and depot, Sub-Master clocks (4) The Contractor has to provide Sub-Master Clocks and Slave Clocks at all Stations and the depots 5.2 The Master Clock System for Phase-IA of LMRTS shall include, but not be limited to, the following: (1) Master Clock system shall be synchronized by GPS with Date/time. In the absence of valid GPS signal, the Master Clock system shall operate in free running mode with internal clock supplying the time signal. On restoration of the GPS signal the receiver shall validate the GPS signal automatically without any manual intervention. After successful validation, the Master Clock system shall self correct, if necessary. (2) Master Clock system synchronized to GPS with Date/Time shall distribute the signal to Sub-Master clocks. In the absence of valid Master Clock signal, the Sub-Master clocks shall operate in free running mode with an internal clock supplying the time signals. On restoration of the master clock signal the submaster clocks shall validate the signal. After the successful validation, the sub-master clocks shall self correct, if necessary. (3) Sub-Master Clocks shall further distribute the synchronized signal to all slave clocks. In the absence of valid Sub-Master Clock signal, the Slave clocks shall operate in free running mode with an internal clock supplying the time signals. On restoration of the Sub-Master clock signal the Slave clocks shall validate the signal. After the successful validation, the Slave clocks shall self correct, if necessary. The Sub-master and Slave clocks (digital) shall have internal battery backup of atleast 4 hours. (4) Sub-Master clocks, synchronised to the Master clock system, at stations, depots and OCC/BCC, shall provide clock sources to the slave clocks of stations/depots. In addition one wall mounted digital clock with local power (normal) in standalone mode is to be provided in each RSS. (5) Sub-master clock shall supply timing signals to the voice and video recording equipment, the train control & signalling system, PIDS, PAS, Radio, Confidential Page 7 of 11 CH-7 PS Tender LKS 02: Particular Specification Telephone system, CCTV System, power supply computer (SCADA), other SCADA systems, the AFC central computer and other necessary equipment. 5.3 Alarm and status monitoring of the Master Clock System shall be connected to the NMS of PAS/PIDS in OCC/BCC. In addition, MMI shall be provided at CSS for supervision and maintenance of all stations/depot/OCC clocks provided under PhaseIA. 5.4 The Sub-Master Clock system shall provide appropriate clock output interfaces for master clock and timing and reference distribution. The type and quantities of the clock output interfaces shall be determined by the interfaces requirements of the subsystems (PAS, PIDS, Radio, CCTV, CDRS, Telephone System etc) and relevant interfacing project contractors (Traction, Fare Collection, Train Control and Signalling etc.). Suitable interfaces (such as RS 422 or RS232 or LAN connections) for clock output interfaces shall be supported. 5.5 Clock output interfaces of Suitable standards (such as RS-422 or RS232 or LAN) in form of suitable outlets (such as RJ-45) shall be provided within station concourse and platforms at locations where the station clocks are mounted. Similar arrangements shall also be provided for depot. The Sub-Master Clock at stations shall also provide reference clock for PIDS Clock Display. 5.7 The Master Clock system shall be self correcting in the event that the synchronisation signal is lost and re-established. Master Clock system shall be synchronized to GPS with Date/time. In the absence of valid GPS signal, the Master Clock system shall operate in free running mode with internal clock supplying the time signal. On restoration of the GPS signal the receiver shall validate the GPS signal automatically without any manual intervention. After successful validation, the Master Clock system shall self correct, if necessary. 5.8 Digital Slave Clocks to be built to Open Protocol (like DCF-77, AFNOR etc.) and to work on this Open Protocol only. Confidential Page 8 of 11 CH-7 PS Tender LKS 02: Particular Specification 6. DESIGN REQUIREMENTS 6.1 General 6.1.1 In addition to the Design Engineering requirements given in Chapter 1 of this Particular Specification, the Contractor shall submit the following information to the Employer’s representative for review: (1) Details of Clock distribution system to accommodate requirements in OCC for all stations and depot. (2) Details of the synchronisation plan for the sub master clocks with master clock system and sub master clocks with slave clocks. (3) Details of the cabling arrangement within the station and the surge protection methodology. 6.2 Technical System Performance 6.2.1 The overall Clock system accuracy shall be better than +/- 0.0 1 seconds per 24 hours. -5 The clock accuracy of the Master Clock Unit shall be better than 1x10 in free running mode without the input of GPS signal 6.3 Equipment Design 6.3.1 General 6.3.1.1 The equipment design of shall be with plug-in units 6.3.1.2 A summary alarm indication shall be provided at the top of each rack or the equipment itself, to indicate the summary alarm status of the equipment within the rack. 6.3.1.2 The Master Clock System shall have all Critical functions duplicated, with automatic changeover without interruption in the event of failure. The master clock equipment and sub-master clock equipment shall preferably be rack mounted type and with front panel control. 6.3.1.3 In the event of failure of the slave clock control system, on reconnection the submaster clocks shall automatically re-adjust the slave clocks on re-connection. 6.3.1.4 The clock system shall not interfere with other communication circuits. 6.3.1.5 The master clock system shall work from 48 V +/- 20% DC or 240 AC UPS with an internal battery backup of atleast 4 hours. 6.3.1.6 The front panel of Sub-master clock equipment shall provide status display and time display. The indications on the front panel shall include the Master clock signals, the status of the output, and alarms indication. 6.3.1.7 The design of the slave clocks shall be of high quality and blend into the architecture of the area in which they are located. All slave clocks shall be programmable both for 12 hours and 24 hours. Clocks shall be provided as follows: Confidential Page 9 of 11 CH-7 PS Tender LKS 02: Particular Specification (1) One wall mounted synchronized digital clock in each SCR, supervisor’s office’s, equipment and plant rooms at stations/depot. The character height of the display shall not be less than 55 mm. (2) One wall mounted digital clock with local power (normal) in standalone mode is to be provided in each RSS. The character height of the display shall not be less than 55 mm. (3) One single faced, out door type, digital clock each at head end and tail end of each platform suitably positioned for the use of the train driver. Where ever CCTV monitors or Driver Mirror for monitoring of train doors are installed, these clocks shall be aesthetically co-located with the CCTV monitors/Mirror. These clocks shall be visible from the driver’s cab in emergency lighting conditions and in bright sun light. The character height of the display shall not be less than 170 mm. (4) One 60 centimetre diameter double faced suspended analogue clock at each entrance gate to the passenger areas to be visible in all lighting conditions; (5) One 60 cm diameter double faced suspended analogue clock in centre of each platform at each station. (6) The numbers of clocks are to be worked as per the above requirement. However the minimum number shall be (7) 60 cm dia Analog clock double faced : Digital Room Clocks (Character height > 55 mm) : : : : Digital Outdoor Clocks (Character height > 170 mm) 6.3.1.8 4 Nos. per Station 10 Nos. per Station 25 Nos. for each Depot 2 Nos. per Platform 4 Nos. per Depot The sub-master and slave clocks (digital) shall have internal battery backup of atleast 4 hours. 6.3.1.9 The contractor will have to get atleast 50% of BOQ (Appendix- J of Annexure-2 of ITT) of Digital clock of each of the Indoor type and Outdoor type, manufactured locally in India. The satisfactory workability and performance of the digital clocks manufactured in India shall have to be demonstrated as part of FAT. Local manufacturer of Clocks must have similar experience of the Clocks manufacturing that includes both hardware and software. 6.4 6.4.1 System Expansion The Master Clock system shall be equipped with capacity to provide clock signal and timing reference distribution to at least 25% additional location/ equipment in OCC. Confidential Page 10 of 11 CH-7 PS Tender LKS 02: Particular Specification 7. NTERFACES 7.1 General 7.1.1 The LKS 02 Contractor shall interface with the other Project Contractors as per interface table in PS Chapter 10 minimum and ensure the interfacing requirements are complied with the requirements of the Master Clock system. 7.2 Fibre Optic Transmission System (FOTS) and Other System Contractors 7.2.1 Data channels as required shall be provided by the FOTS Sub system. LKS 02 shall develop the required channels and submit for review by Employer’s representative. 7.2.2 The Master Clock system shall provide appropriate clock output interfaces for master clock and timing and reference distribution. The type and quantities of the clock output interfaces shall be determined by the interfaces requirements of the subsystems (PAS, PIDS, Radio, CCTV, CDRS, Telephone System etc) and relevant interfacing project contractors (Traction, Fare collection, TC & S etc.). The LKS 02 Contractor shall interface with other relevant interfacing Contractors for master clock timing and reference signal. Suitable interfaces (such as RS 422 or RS232 or LAN connections) for clock output interfaces shall be supported. 7.2.3 All circuit interfaces between the Master Clock system and all telecommunication subsystems (FOTS, PAS, PIDS, Radio, CCTV, CDRS, Telephone System etc), Traction, Fare control and train control & signalling Subsystems etc shall be provided at the main distribution frame, digital distribution frame or optical distribution frame, as appropriate, depending on the type of the circuit. 7.2.4 The LKS 02 Contractor shall determine and provide the appropriate type of circuits for interfacing and ensure the interfacing circuits are of sufficient quantity and bandwidth for proper operation of the Subsystems. 7.3 Civil Works Project Contractors 7.3.1 LKS 02 Contractor shall co-ordinate with Civil Works Project Contractors to ensure that all requirements of the specifications pertaining to interfaces are properly satisfied as per Appendix-A Chapter-10 of this PS. 7.4 7.4.1 Interfaces with Power Supply Contractor The LKS 02 contractor shall co-ordinate with Power Supply Contractor for the load requirements and the arrangement for the power supply. Confidential Page 11 of 11 CH-7 PS LKS 02: Particular Specifications DESIGN, MANUFACTURE, SUPPLY, INSTALLATION, TESTING AND COMMISSIONING OF TELECOMMUNICATION SYSTEMS LKS 02 PARTICULAR SPECIFICATIONS CHAPTER CCTV Confidential 8 SYSTEM PS- Chapter 8 Page 1 of 54 LKS 02: Particular Specifications Cont ent s 1. INT RO D UCT IO N ................................................................................................................................... 3 1. 1 1. 2 G E N E R AL .......................................................................................................................................... 3 O V E R V I E W O F C L O S E D C I R C U I T T E L E V I S I O N S Y S T E M ..................................................... 3 2. BR IE F D E SC RI PT IO N O F C CT V 3. SC O PE O F T HE W O R KS ................................................................................................................. 6 3. 1 3. 2 3. 3 3. 4 4. G E N E R AL ........................................................................................................................................ 10 R E L I AB I L I T Y R E Q U I R E M E N T S .................................................................................................. 10 A V AI L AB I L I T Y R E Q U I R E M E N T S ................................................................................................ 11 M AI N T AI N AB I L I T Y R E Q U I R E M E N T S ........................................................................................ 11 FUN CT IO N AL R EQ UI REM E NT S ................................................................................................ 12 5. 1 5. 2 5. 3 5. 4 5. 6 6. G E N E R AL R E Q U I R E M E N T S .......................................................................................................... 6 S C O P E O F S U P P L Y F O R C L O S E D C I R C U I T T E L E V I S I O N S Y S T E M .................................. 6 S C O P E O F S E R V I C E S .................................................................................................................... 8 S C O P E O F S E R V I C E S E X C L U D E D I N T H I S C O N T R AC T . ....................................................... 9 P ER FO RM AN C E RE Q UI REM E NT S ........................................................................................... 10 4. 1 4. 2 4. 3 4. 4 5. SY ST EM ................................ .................. 6 G E N E R AL ........................................................................................................................................ 12 CCT V C O V E R AG E . ...................................................................................................................... 14 M O N I T O R I N G O F E N T R AI N I N G AN D D E T R AI N I N G O F P AS S E N G E R S ............................ 17 V I D E O R E C O R D I N G AN D R E T R I E V I N G ................................................................................... 18 F AU L T AN D A L AR M M AN AG E M E N T ........................................................................................ 19 DE S IG N/ AP P L I C AT IO N E N G I N EE RI NG R EQ UI REM E NT S .......................................... 19 6. 1 6. 2 6. 3 6. 4 7. G E N E R AL ........................................................................................................................................ 19 EQ UI PM ENT D E SIG N ............................................................................................................. 20 P O W E R S U P P L Y S Y S T E M .......................................................................................................... 48 S Y S T E M E X P AN S I O N ................................................................................................................... 48 I NT E RF AC E S ............................................................................................................................ 48 7. 1 Confidential G E N E R AL ........................................................................................................................................ 48 PS- Chapter 8 Page 2 of 54 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 1. 1. 1 INT RO D UCT IO N G en e ra l 1. 1. 1 T his Ch apt e r 8 of th is P ar tic u l ar S p ec if i c at i on s p ec if ies th e p ar t ic u lar r eq u ir em ents of th e C los e d C ir c u it T ele v is i o n S ys tem of th e T elec om m unic at i ons S ys t em , i n a dd i ti o n to t h e G e n er a l r eq u i r em ents des c r i b ed in C h ap t er 1 of th is P S. 1. 2 O v erv i ew of C lo sed C ir cu it T e lev is ion S yst em 1. 2. 1 CCT V s ys t em is r eq u i r ed to be pr o v i d ed to ens ur e ef f ec t i v e s ur v e il l a nc e of a n ar e a as we l l a s t o c r ea t e tam p er p r oof v i d eo r ec or d in g f or p os t e ve n t an a l ys is . 1. 2. 2 V id e o s ur ve i l l anc e s ys tem s ha l l b e en d to en d I P Bas e d wi th F u l l H D IP c am er as 1. 2. 3 T he CCT V s ubs ys t em s ha l l us e I P s ur v e il l anc e t o m oni t or a nd r ec or d v i de o o v er an I P Ne t wor k vi a t he L oc al A r ea N et wo r k i ns t a ll e d l oc al l y wi t hi n e ac h s it e a n d th e FO T S i ns t a l l ed li n e wi d e f or i nt er - s it e c om m unic a ti o n. 1. 2. 4 T he CCT V s ys t em s h al l c o ns is t of th e f o ll o wi ng pr i nc i pa l s u b - s ys te m s : 1. 2. 5 1. P la tf or m S ur v ei l l anc e - CCT V s ys t em f or m on it or in g of e ntr a i n in g an d de tr ai n i ng of p as s en g e r s at a l l p l atf o r m s of a l l s t at i o ns of L MR C Me tr o C or r id or ap ar t f r om dis p l a yi n g im ag es o n V i d eo m on i tor s on p la tf or m s s ha l l be m onit or e d loc a l l y f r o m c onc er ne d s ta t io n a nd r em ote l y f r om O CC . 2. St a ti o n S ur v e i ll a nc e – CCT V s ys t em f or m onit or i ng en t ir e s ta t io n a r ea l oc a l l y f r om c onc er ne d s t at i on an d r em ot e l y f r om O CC . 3. CCT V s ur v e il l a nc e s ys tem f or m oni tor i n g im por t a nt l oc a t io ns i n D e po t of L M RC b ot h loc a l l y a nd r em ote l y f r om O CC . 4. CCT V s ur ve i l l anc e s ys tem f or m on it or in g i m por ta n t l oc a t io ns ou ts i d e th e s ta t io ns l ik e T S S / RS S ( t h er e ar e t wo R S S a nd T S S ar e p la n ne d an d wi l l b e n ear T r a n s por t N ag ar an d M u ns h i P u li a s t at i o ns ) , Par k ing an d s pec if ic a l l y i de nt i f ie d t h ef t pr o ne ar e as ( at gr ad e a l ig nm ent ) etc , f r om adj ac e nt s ta t io n an d r em ot e l y f r om OCC /B CC . N i gh t V is i on ( IR i l lum i na te d) c am er as a r e to be us e d at t h es e l oc a t io ns . 5. CCT V s ur v e i l la nc e s ys t em f or m on i tor i n g of th e s i g na l l i ng p o in t c r os s in g at tr ac k s ( i n t er loc k i n g s t at i on) . T h e 6 n um ber of i nt er l oc k i ng s ta t io ns a r e p la n ne d t en t at i v el y. N i g ht V is io n ( I R i l l um in at e d) c am er as ar e t o b e us e d f or t h is p ur pos e T he s t a ti o n ( i nc lu d i n g T S S /R S S, P ar k in g, s p ec if ic a ll y i d e nt if i ed t hef t pr o n e tr ac k ar e as , a nd S i gn a l l in g po i nt c r os s in gs ) s ur ve i l l anc e CCT V Confidential PS- Chapter 8 Page 3 of 54 LKS 02: Particular Specifications s ys tem bo th l i ve a nd r ec o r d e d v i d eos s ha l l be ac c es s e d s im u lt a ne o us l y f r om the f o l lo wi n g l oc a ti o ns as a m in im um : 1. At St at i on. a) St a ti o n Co n tr o l R o om b) St a ti o n S ec ur it y C on tr o l Ro om 2. At O CC . a) O CC C on tr o ll er s ( T r af f ic c o ntr o l ler s /C h i ef C o ntr o l ler / A ux i l i ar y Ch i ef Co ntr o l l er s , e tc ) of t h e O C C. b) S ec ur i t y Co n tr o l l er s i n S ec ur it y C o ntr o l Ro o m Fa i lur e of o ne of th e m s ha ll no t af f ec t t h e m on it or in g a t th e o t her s . T o im pr o v e t h e per f or m an c e of th e s ys tem , it em s s uc h as W ork s tat io n ( C PU) s ha l l be loc a te d o n l y i n t he T E R or CE R a n d th e v id eos to SC R/ P CR /C o ntr o l le r s ar e t o b e ex t e nd e d b y us in g s u it ab l e K V M e x te n der wi t ho ut c om pr om is i n g th e v i d eo q u a li t y. A l l c am er as s h a l l us e s tr a ig h t m oun ti n g ar r an g em ents an d a v o i d us e of “ U” m ou nt i ng ar r a ng e m ents , u nl es s u na v o i da b l e as p er s i te c o nd i t io ns . T he m ou nt i ng br ac k et s s h al l b e er g o nom ic a l l y de s i gn e d bas e d on s i te of m ount i n g an d s c r e e n / s pr a y p a in t ed wi th m atc h i ng C o l our . 1. 2. 6 1. 2. 7 T he d ep o t s ur v e i ll a nc e C CT V s ys t em s hal l be ac c es s e d s im u lt a ne o us l y bo t h l i v e a n d as r e c or d e d v id e os f r om th e f o l lo wi n g loc a t io ns as a m inim um 1. De p ot C on tr o l Ce ntr e ( DC C) a nd Sec ur it y C o ntr o l Ro om i n d ep o t. 2. Co ntr o l l er s at O C C / B C C . L MR C M etr o s t at i ons s ha l l b e c o nt r o ll e d a nd v ie we d f r om O C C / B CC 1. 2. 8 No t Us e d . 1. 2. 9 L ED Vi d e o wa l l of s i ze 5x 2x 7 0” s h a l l b e pr o v i d ed in S ec ur i t y Co ntr o l Ro om at O CC / BC C to v i e w a l l c am er as of L MR C Me tr o C or r i d or . De ta i l ed s pec if ic a t io ns of V id e o W all ar e g i ve n in A n nex ur e A t o t h is c h a pt er of t h e P S. 1. 2. 1 0 V id e o r ec or d in g s ys t em s hal l pr o v i d e pr i m ar y r ec or d i n g l oc al l y a t t he s ta t io ns i ts elf a n d m ir r or r ec or d in g a t a d j ac e nt s ta t io n f or a l l LM RC St a ti o ns . F or D ep o t o n l y t he loc a l r ec or d in g s ha l l b e pr o v i de d i n t h e d ep o t its e lf . T h e pr im ar y r ec or d i n g of O C C/ B CC s ha l l b e d on e a t O CC an d t he m ir r or r ec o r d i ng s ha l l be at t he ot her l oc a t io n ( to be d ec i de d) . 1. 2. 1 1 In em er ge nc ies or as r eq u ir ed it s h a l l, h o we v er , b e p os s ib l e, wi th ou t a n y ad d it i o na l r es o ur c es , to vi e w im ag es f r om an y/ a l l c am er as an d/ o r r ec or d an y d yn am ic a l l y s e l ec t ed loc a ti o n o n th e s ys t em . 1. 2. 1 2 LM RC Me tr o Ne t wor k Confidential PS- Chapter 8 Page 4 of 54 LKS 02: Particular Specifications For T r a ns m is s i o n of v i de o f r om S t at i ons , La ye r 3 s wi tc h e s s ha l l b e pr o v i d ed b y L K S 0 2 c on tr ac t or a t S t at i ons , O CC an d D e po t us i ng op tic a l f ibr e ne t wor k T h e L a yer 2 F ie l d S wi tc h es an d a n y ot h er h ar d wa r e i nc l u d in g s wi tc h es /c o n ver t er s a t S ta t io ns / De p ot /O C C, as r e qu ir ed , s h a l l be pr o v i d ed b y L K S 02 . 1. 2. 1 3 No t Us e d 1. 2. 1 4 T he s ys tem s ha l l b e ab l e t o i nt e gr at e, r ec or d a nd s t or e i nc i de n ts a nd pr es e nt v i de os f r om c am er as a n d o p er a t o r s c r ee ns . T he S ys t e m s hal l ha v e th e c ap a b il i t y t o s ea r c h th e r ec or d e d i nc i d en t wi t h r es p ec t to s i ze , c o lo ur a nd m oti o n of th e o bj ec t s ho u ld c o n ta i n s m ar t s e ar c h c a p ab i l it y. T he s ys tem s ha l l h a v e th e c a p ab i l it y t o r ep l a y an d r ec o ns tr uc t t h e c om pl et e i nc i de nt g i v in g a c om pl et e 3 60 º v ie w of th e i nc id e nt s yn c hr o n i ze d on o ne tim e li n e t o inc l u de p l a yb ac k f r om Vid e o r e c or d i n g p la tf or m s . T he s ys t em s h al l r ec or d an y pr e d ef i ne d i nc id e nt i n a 3 0 f r am es per s ec o n d to s up p or t be tt er a n a l ys is . 1. 2. 1 5 St a ti o n e ntr i es , p ar k i ngs , s p ec if ic al l y i d e nt if i e d t h ef t pr on e tr ac k ar e as , s i gn a l li n g p o in t c r os s i ngs , T SS /R S S , s ha ll be c o v er e d b y pr o v id i ng c am er as wi t h IR i l l um i na tor at t he p o le / wa l l k eep i n g i n v ie w th e l i gh t in g c on d it i o ns . 2 BR IE F D E SC RI PT IO N O F C CT V 2. 1 At S t at ion s 2. 1. 1 T he l is t of s ta t io ns t o be p r o v i de d wi t h V i d e o S ur ve i l l anc e S ys t em is g i ve n i n A p pe n d ix C of Cha p ter 10 of t his P S . T hes e a r e t o b e pr o v i de d wi t h a V id e o S ur v ei l l a nc e S ys t em c ons is t in g of I P Bas e d f u l l HD F ix ed c am er as , I P Bas e d f u l l H D D om e t yp e F ix e d c am er as , I P B as e d f u l l H D Dom e t yp e PT Z c am e r as , I P B as e d f u l l HD Ex ter n a ll y i l l um in at e d I R Cam er as , D ec o d er s , Rec or d in g S er v er s a n d P C’s a n d s er v er s to v i e w l oc a l l y on L ED m on i to r s s im ul ta n eo us l y in S CR an d i n P o l ic e B o ot h a t eac h s t a ti o n a n d L C D m oni t or s o n t h e p la tf or m s wit h as s oc i at ed c ab l es , I nd us tr ia l gr a de l a ye r - 2 s wi tc h es , Fi be r c a b l e, v i de o c ab l e, po we r c ab l e, e tc . T his s h a ll b e i nt e gr at ed f o r v i e wi n g an d c o ntr o l at a c en tr al loc at i o n a t O C C us i n g t h e N e t wor k of l a ye r - 3 s wi tc h . Se l ec t e d V id e o im ag es of eac h s ta t io n, d e po t a n d t h e wa ys id e c am er as r e qu ir e to b e tr ans m it t ed t o t h e O CC . O n t he ot her ha n d, t h e c on tr ol s ig n a ls of V id e o im ag e s el ec ti o n f or a n y c am er a an d P a n / t i lt / zo om c on tr ol r eq u ir e to be tr a ns m itt ed f r om t he O C C t o th e T E R of e ver y s t a ti o n . 2 .1 . 2 SY ST EM : D epot At t h e d ep o t, c am er as s ha l l b e pr o v id e d i ns i de t h e d ep o t c o nn ec t e d to th e N VR l oc at ed i n t h e T E R an d th er eo n t o th e M on i to r in t he D C C f or d is p l a y to t h e De p ot C on tr ol l er a n d D e p ot S e c ur it y C on tr o ll er . T he s am e s ha l l be c o nn ec te d t o th e O C C t hr o ug h t h e La ye r 3 N et wo r k , f or bo t h v i e wi ng l i v e an d r ec or d e d v i de o a nd a ls o f or oc c as i on a l r ec o r d in g. Cam er a s ha l l a ls o b e pr o v i d ed f or tr a in en te r i ng in t h e De p ot ar e a. Confidential PS- Chapter 8 Page 5 of 54 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 2. 1. 3 RSS M in im um 04 I P Bas e d I R i l l um in at e d C a m er as i n e ac h R S S is t o b e i ns t a ll e d an d v i d eo of th es e c am er as ar e t o b e in t egr at e d at t he ne ar es t s ta t io n f or v i e wi ng an d r ec or d in g ( b ot h l oc a l an d m ir r or ed ) pur p os e . 2. 1. 4 Po int C ro ss i ngs . M in im um 02 I P B as ed IR i l l um in at e d C am er a t o b e pr o v id e d a t a l l Po i nt c r os s in gs . 2. 1. 5 R amp 02 I P B as e d ex t er na l l y i l l um i n at ed I R Cam er a at e ac h R am p ar e to b e i ns t a ll e d an d v i d eo of th es e c am er as ar e t o b e in t egr at e d at t he ne ar es t s ta t io n f or v i e wi ng an d r ec or d in g ( b ot h l oc a l an d m ir r or ed ) pur p os e . 2. 1. 6 E xt e rn a ll y il lum in at e d IR C am e ra Ex t er n al l y i ll um in a te d IR C am er a is t o b e i ns t a l le d a t f ol l o wi ng i ns t a ll a ti o ns : S ta t i on Ma i n en tr y, St at i on P ar k in g, P l atf or m en d, P o in t c r os s in g, R am p, T S S/ RS S an d t hef t pr o n e a r eas . 2. 1. 7 Vi de o W al l a t O C C V id e o wa l l of 5 x 2 V i de o t i le of 7 0” f or m on it or in g a l l th e s t at i on s , O CC an d d e po t c am er as . 2. 1. 8 Pl at f o r m Su pe rv i so r B oot h ( P SB) O n e M MI wit h 2 m on it or s s h al l be pr o v i de d at P SB at s e l ec t e d s ta t i o ns . 2. 1. 9 La ye r - 2 I ndu st ri al gr ad e Sw it c h Net w o r k L K S 0 2 s h a l l d es ig n La ye r - 2 n et wo r k f or v id e o tr ans m is s i on at O CC , St a ti o n, D e po t, a n d T S S/ R S S etc . 2. 1. 1 0 T he ex ac t ar r an g e m ent an d t h e r e qu ir em e nt as p ar t of L K S 0 2 Co ntr ac t ar e de ta i l e d i n f ur th er par a gr ap hs a n d c ha p t er s . 3. SC O PE O F T HE W O R KS 3. 1 G en e ra l Re qui r em ent s 3. 1. 1 I n a dd i ti o n to t h e ge n er al r eq u ir em ents of th e Sc o pe of W ork s as i de nt if ie d i n Se ct i on – 3 of Ch apt er 1 of t his Pa rt ic ul a r Sp e cif i cat ion , th e s pec if ic r e q ui r em en ts on th e s c o pe of W ork s f or th e CCT V s ys tem s ha l l b e as s p ec if i e d b e lo w. 3. 1. 2 S cop e of Supp l y f or Clo se d Ci r cu it T el e v isi on S yst em : T h e s c op e of s up p l y f or th e I P b as e d C CT V s ys t em s ha l l i nc lu d e, bu t no t be l im it e d t o, th e f ol l o wi n g: Confidential ( 1) CCT V C o ntr o l T SS /R S S. Eq u i p m ent at ( 2) Fu l l H D Fix e d Box t yp e C o lor I P c am er as ( d a y/ n ig h t) wit h v ar i f oc a l l ens c om p le t e wi t h ho us in g a nd m ou nt . PS- Chapter 8 O CC / BC C , St at i o ns , D e po t a nd Page 6 of 54 LKS 02: Particular Specifications Confidential ( 3) Fu l l HD F ix e d D om e t yp e C o lor I P c am er a s ( da y/ n i g ht) c om pl et e wi t h ho us i ng a n d m ou nt . ( 4) Fu l l HD F ix e d B ox t yp e C o lor IP , I R i l l um in a te d ( d a y/ n i gh t) c am er a s wi t h var i f oc a l l e ns c om pl et e wi t h h o us in g a nd m ou n t f or S ta t io n E ntr y, P ar k i ng , S ig n a ll i n g p o in t c r os s i n g, s pec if ic a l l y i d e nt if i e d th ef t pr on e ar e as o n tr ac k a nd PF e nd s . ( 5) Fu l l HD PT Z D om e c o l or I P c am er as ( d a y/ n i g ht) ( 6) Dec o der s /Q ua d s p li tt e r s f or p l atf or m m oni tor i ng , e ac h por t c a p a bl e of r e a l p ic t ur e a t f u l l f r am e r a t e. ( 7) CCT V M MI c o ns is t in g of c l i en t wor k s ta t io n , M o ni t or , K e y Bo ar d , m ous e an d j o y s t ic k f or PT Z f unc t io n al i t y in S CR , Sec ur it y C on tr o l ( P o lic e B oo ths ) , P S B ( p la tf or m s up er v is or y B o o th ) i n s t a ti o ns , De p ot C o ntr o l R oo m , Sec ur i t y c o ntr o l r oom in d e po ts a nd Co ntr o l l er s i n O CC / BC C . ( 8) T wo CCT V M on i tor s f or a l l s t at i o ns at h ea d en d of e ac h p la tf or m s c om pl et e wi t h h ous i n g /m oun t in gs ( 9) V id e o W all i n S ec u r i t y C on tr ol R o om at O C C ( 10 ) S er ver Bas e d Ne t wor k Vi d eo R ec o r d er s f or s ta t io ns , de p ot a n d O CC . ( 11 ) Ar m our e d O pt ic a l F i br e C a b le m in im um ( 12 f ibr es ) t o c on n ec t t h e c am er as of s ta ti o ns , de p ot , T S S/ R S S, P ar k in g, S i gn a l po i n t c r os s in g, e tc t o th e s t at i on T ER . T en t at i v e d is t anc e as an a v er ag e be t we en the T S S /R S Ss / R am p/S i g na l c r os s i ng an d th e s ta t io ns / d ep o ts s ha l l b e wi t h in 1 Km . ( 12 ) A l l t yp e of c ab l es r e q u ir ed f or C CT V. ( 13 ) La ye r - 2 Fi e l d S wi tc h ( I nd us tr i a l gr a de) f or a l l s t at i ons /D e po t ( 14 ) CCT V M a na g em ent S ys tem a t th e O C C. ( 15 ) S up p or ts , M o un t in g br ac k ets ( Pr im ar y an d S ec o n da r y) , i ns t a ll a ti o n m ater ia l a nd ac c es s o r i es f or c am er as , m on it or s , f ie l d s wi tc hes , O DF, v id e o wa l l etc . ( 16 ) E qu i pm ent c ab i n et, r a c k s an d c ub ic l es ; ( 17 ) A l l po we r s up p l ies /C on v er ter s , c a bl i n g an d ear t hi n g ac c es s or i e s i nc l u d in g t er m in at i on pr o t ec t i on de v ic es ; ( 18 ) La p to ps pr e - lo a d ed wi th C CT V s ys t em s of t war es . ( 19 ) Co ntr ac t S par es , i nc l ud i n g La p to ps pr e - lo a de d wi t h CCT V s ys te m s of t war es ( 20 ) 60 P or t R ac k m oun t Fi br e M a na g em ent S ys tem ( FM S) in T E R f or f ibr e c a b le s p l ic i ng . PS- Chapter 8 Page 7 of 54 LKS 02: Particular Specifications ( 21 ) 12 Po r t F MS f or f i e ld s wi tc hes . ( 22 ) A l l S of t war e a n d li c enc es s ur ve i l l anc e s ys t em . ( 23 ) A l l s of t war e a nd f ir m war e as s u pp l i ed s h a l l be wi th l ic e ns e g i ve n t o LM RC f or l if e t im e an d an y u pgr a des wi t h in t he c ur r e nc y of c o ntr ac t s ha l l b e f r ee of c os t. ( 24 ) T he r ec o d i ng wi l l b e at f u ll f r am e r a t e o r 3 0 f ps , f or wh ic h th e r ec o r d er s ha l l be a b le to s tor e a ll r ec or di n g s at a s it e o v er a t im e s pa n of 7 d a ys . H o we v er , th e r ec o r d i ng r a t e s h a l l b e v ar ia b le o v er 10- 3 0 f ps a n d t h e r e s o lu t io n of at l eas t 4 CIF , H D a nd Fu l l H D. P la yb a c k f ac i l i ti es s h a l l b e a va i l ab l e wit h a l l CCT V H MIs . ( 25 ) A nt i- V ir us an d n et wo r k s ec ur it y S of t wa r e f or th e CCT V s ys tem ( 26 ) In ter f ac es s h a l l i nc lu d e: ( 27 ) 3. 2 f or en d to en d IP bas e d V i d eo  Fr om T ele p ho n e Su b s ys tem to au t om atic a ll y d is pl a y im ag es to t h e HM I O p er a t or of r el e v a nt H e lp P o i nts .  Fr om AFC ( T V M) t o a ut om at ic a l l y d is p la y C CT V im ag es t o t he O p er a to r of t h e r e le v an t s ur v e i ll a nc e ar e a o n d et ec t i o n of a n In tr us i o n  T o In tr us i o n De tec t i on S ys t em f or d is p l a y i nc i d enc e d et ec ti o n r e c e i ve d b y C CT V  Fr om Int r us i on D et ec t i on S ys tem f or d is p la y a n d r ec or d i n g of i nc i d enc e d et ec ti o n r e c e i ve d b y I D S.  Mas t er C l oc k S ubs ys t em f or th e c or r ec t d is p la y a nd r ec or d in g of tim e- of - da y wi t h d at e inf or m ati o n pr o v i d ed b y th e CCT V S ubs ys tem ;  Loc a l Ar e a Ne t wor k f or c om m un ic a t io ns wi t h in s it es an d FO T S f or c om m unic at i o ns be t wee n s i t es ;  UP S pr o v i d in g a s in g l e p has e 2 30 V AC , 5 0 H z s up p l y an d CCT V l og g i ng of A n y o th er e q u ipm e nts / m ater ia ls /s of t wa r e as r eq u ir ed f or c om pl et i o n of L K S 0 2 c o ntr ac t. S cop e of S erv ic e s 3. 3. 1 Des i gn , m an uf ac t u r e, de l i v er y, s ys tem as s ur anc e , i ns ta l l at i on , t es t i ng a nd c om m is s i on i ng of th e CCT V S ys t em and L a yer - In d us tr i a l gr a de s wi tc h ne t wor k as d e ta i l ed in th is S p ec if ic at i on . 3. 3. 2 T he C on tr ac t or s ha l l c o - o r d i na t e wit h C i v i l P r oj ec t Co n tr ac t or s o n s ubj ec ts of s t at i on bu i l d in g m at er i als , f in is h e s a n d ar c h i t ec t ur a l la you ts . 3. 3. 3 For T S S/ R SS c on n ec t i v it y ( if n o t wi t hi n s t at i on bu i l di n g) , H D P E p i pe / duc t ( 2 x 1 0 0 m m diam et er ) s ha l l be pr o v id e d b y E & M C on tr ac t or f or l a yi n g of op t ic a l f i br e c ab l e f r o m RS S t o t he ne ar es t s t at i on f or R S S CCT V v i d eo Confidential PS- Chapter 8 Page 8 of 54 LKS 02: Particular Specifications i nt egr a ti o n. L K S 0 2 s ha l l t im el y c o or d i n at e wi th e lec tr ic a l c o ntr a c tor f or l a yi n g of f ib r e c ab l es f or th e T S S/ R S S c o nn ec t i v it y. I n c as e L K S 02 f a i ls to c oor d i na t e/ i nt er f ac e wit h E lec tr ic al c o ntr ac t or , th e n tr e nc h i n g, duc t in g , r oa d c ut ti n g a n d r e l at ed ap pr o v als f r om th e loc a l a ut h or it i es , f or l a yi n g of op t ic a l f ibr e c ab l e f r o m T SS/ R S S t o t h e ne ar es t s t a t io n etc . t o b e d o ne to ta l l y b y L K S 0 2 as p ar t of t his c on tr ac t . 3. 3. 4 3. 3 For a l l c a b l es la i d i n tr e nc he s or o th er wi s e in c l os e pr o x im it y of a n y po we r c a b les nec es s ar y pr ot ec t io n m eas u r es s h a l l b e t ak en b y L K S 0 2 c on tr ac t or to c om pl y wi t h t h e E MI /E M C r e qu ir em en ts f or CCT V s ys tem . In ter f ac e /c o - or d i na t io n as r eq u ir ed s h al l b e d o ne b y L K S 0 2 wi t h t he r e le v a nt pr oj ec t c o nt r a c tor s . S cop e o f S erv ic e s e x clu de d in t hi s con t r a ct . 3. 4. 1 Pr o v is i o n of T wo 3 P has e 41 5 V AC P o wer S u pp l y F e ed er s ( M ai n & Em er g en c y) t er m in a te d in D is tr i b ut i o n b o a r d on wa ll t o m ee t wi t h t h e P o wer S u pp l y r e q u ir em ents of t he L K S 02 C o ntr ac t f or a l l l oc a t io ns i nc l u d in g O C C , s t at i o n s a n d de p ots t o b e pr o v i de d b y E & M c o n tr ac t or . 3. 4. 2 Ma i n ear t h ( <2 Ω) pr o v is io n an d ex t e ns i o n t o T ER, SC R & U P S ( S &T ) wit h a c o p per s tr ip a t e ac h l oc at i o n c o ns is t i ng of m inim um 20 h o l es ( 10 p er r o w) s ha l l b e pr o v id e d b y E & M c o n tr ac t or . Confidential PS- Chapter 8 Page 9 of 54 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 4. P ER FO RM AN C E RE Q UI REM E NT S 4. 1 G en e ra l T he s p ec if ic s ys t em per f or m anc e r eq u ir em ents f o r t h e C CT V s ys t em s ha l l be as s pec if ie d h er ei n . 4. 2 Re li ab il it y R eq ui re m e nt s 4. 2. 1 T he i na b i li t y t o per f or m an y r e qu ir e d f unc t io n , t h e oc c ur r e nc e of un ex pec t ed ac ti o n or t h e d e gr ad at i o n of p er f or m anc e b e lo w t h e s pec if ic a t io ns s h a l l be c o ns id er e d as a f ai l ur e. 4. 2. 2 MT BF s h a l l b e t he av er ag e o p er at i ng tim e ac c um ul at e d b y the to ta l po p u la t io n of id e nt i c a l it em s be t we en f ai l ur es . MT BF s ha l l b e s us t a in a b le t hr o u gh o u t t he D L P a n d s ubs ta nt i at e d b y ac tu a l per f or m anc e o ver t he s am e. T h e d at a s he e ts f r om th e O E M of th e c am er as , m onit or s an d o th er e qu i pm en ts f or t h e i nd o or a nd ou t do or s h a ll b e s p e c if ic a l l y c onf or m in g to t h e s am e, inc l ud i n g tem pe r a tu r e a nd h um id i t y r e qu ir em ents . 4. 2. 3 T he C o ntr ac t or s h a ll e ns ur e th a t t h e C C T V s ys t em equ i pm en t s s u pp l i ed un d er th e C o ntr ac t s h a ll c om pl y wi t h t he r e l i ab i l it y f i g ur es her e i n: CCT V S yst em Equ ip ment M T BF ( Hou r s) pe r un i t St a ti o n a nd c en tr a l e q u ipm en t > 5 0, 0 00 IP F ix ed C am er as > 6 0, 0 00 PT Z c am er as > 25 , 00 0 V id e o r ec or di n g e qu i p m ent > 5 0, 0 00 V id e o D is p l a y U ni ts ( m onit or s ) > 35 , 00 0 Di g it a l CCT V K e yb o ar d > 50 , 00 0 La ye r - 2 S wi tc h > 5 0, 0 00 T abl e 4 .1 MT BF F ig ur es T he o ver a l l s ys tem p er f or m anc e f or a l l p o s s i bl e tr ans m is s io n p at hs s h al l m eet th e f ol l o wi n g r e q u ir em en ts as a m in im um : Confidential PS- Chapter 8 Page 10 of 54 LKS 02: Particular Specifications SN At t r ibu t e Ac c e pt abl e V a lu e 1 Com pos i te V id e o S i gn a l 1 V p - p ( 0. 7 V + 0 . 3V ) ± 6d B ( P ic t ur e S i gn a l + S yn c S i g na l) 2 S ig n a l to N o is e Ra t io 43 d B IT U - R we i gh te d 3 Fr e qu e nc y Res p o ns e ± 3 d B ( 5 0 H z – 5 M H z) , wr t a v i de o s i g na l a t 1 00 k Hz 4 Hum At le as t 49 d B be l o w d es ir ed v i de o s i g na l l e v e l 5 Cr os s t a lk At le as t 49 d B be l o w d es ir ed v i de o s i g na l le v e l ( c o n tr i b ut e d b y a ll ot her s i gn a l p at hs ) 6 K r a t in g of a “ 2T pu ls e a nd bar ” tes t wa v ef or m P uls e t o B ar R at i o < 6 % 2T P u ls e Res p ons e < 6% 2T B ar R es p o ns e < 5 % 4. 3 7 Lum i na nc e No n l in e ar it y < 10 % 8 Lum i na nc e / Chr om in a nc e D e l a y In e qu a l it y W ithi n ± 6 0 ns 9 Lum i na nc e / Chr om in a nc e G a in In e qu a l it y W ithi n ± 1 0% 10 Lum i na nc e / Chr om in a nc e Cr os s ta lk W ithi n ± 4 % 11 Dif f er en t i al G a in < 13 % 12 Dif f er en t i al Ph as e < 11 º 13 Com m on M o de R ej ec t i on R a ti o 52 dB Av a i l abi lit y R equ ir e m ent s 4. 3. 1 T he C CT V s ys tem s h a ll h a v e a s ys t em av a il a b il i t y of b et ter t ha n 9 9 .9 5% . MT BF of e ac h e qu i pm ent s ha l l b e s u b s ta nt i at e d b y t he p r e v io us ex p er i enc e or if c a l c u la te d b y a c o nf id enc e f ac t or , al l s u p por t in g c a lc u l at i ons , as s um pt i ons a n d s p ec if ic at i ons t o ar r i ve at t he MT BF f ig ur es an d s ys t em a va i l ab i l it y s h a l l be s up p l ie d . 4. 4 M aint ai na bi lit y R equi re m ent s Confidential PS- Chapter 8 Page 11 of 54 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 4. 4. 1 T he Me a n T im e T o Res tor e ( MT T R) of t he C CT V s ys tem to f ul l n or m al op er at i o n f ol l o wi n g a f ai lur e s h a l l b e l es s th an f o ur h o ur s ( e x c l ud i ng tr a v e l t im e) . 5. FUN CT IO N AL R EQ UI REM E NT S 5. 1 G en e ra l 5. 1. 1 T he CCT V s ys t em s h al l h a ve f ac i l it i es f or c ol our m on it or i ng in r ea l tim e. 5. 1. 2 S ys t em s ho u l d pr o v i de i nt er - o per a b i li t y of h ar d wa r e (W ork s ta t io ns , s er ve r s / St or a ge , m on i tor s , c am er as ) . S ys t em ex p a ns io n s h ou l d be pos s i b le t hr o ug h of f - th e- s h e lf a va i l ab l e h ar d war e. 5. 1. 3 T he CCT V S ys t em s ha ll ha v e c om bi n at i o n of IP Bas e d Fu l l HD ( f ix e d, I R i l lum i na te d F ix e d, f ix ed D om e a nd PT Z D om e) C ol o ur v i de o C am er as , V ar if oc a l le ns , wi th I n do or /O u t do or h o us i n g an d f ee d t hr ou g h m ou nt i ngs . 5. 1. 4 L K S 02 c on tr ac t or s h a ll des i gn t h e d is tr i b ut i on of al l c am er as at e ac h l oc a t io n t o c om pl y w it h t h e c o ver a ge r e q u ir em en ts an d s ubm it to th e Em pl o ye r ’s R epr es en t at i v e f or r e v i e w. C CT V c am er a c o v er ag e pl ots s ha l l a ls o be s ubm it t ed wi t h th e d e ta i l ed de s i gn f or r e vi e w. T h e CCT V Co v er ag e to b e pr o v i de d b y pr o v is i o n of f ix ed c am er as o n l y. T he PT Z c am er as s ha l l no t b e c o u nt e d f or C CT V c o ver a g e c a lc u la t io n. T h e r eq u ir em ent of ve r if i c at i on , t es t in g an d c om m is s i on i ng ar e g i v en i n Ch a pt er 1 G e n er a l r e qu ir em en ts of t h is P S . I n a d di t i on t h e c on tr ac t or as par t of P AT pr oc ed ur e s h a l l c o nd uc t c o nt i nu o us C CT V c o v er ag e t es ts f ol l o wi ng t he pr e def in e d s po ts f or eac h c am er a at e ac h s ta t io n/ d ep o t/O CC as g i ve n b y t he em pl o yer r ep r es e nt at i v e. T he c o ntr ac tor s h a ll s ubm it pr oc e d ur es f or m eas ur em ent of pic t ur e qu a l it y, v is i b il i t y d is t anc e a n d v is i bi l i t y an g le f or M M I, V i d eo W all and p la tf or m m oni tor s . T ent at i v e t yp i c a l dr a w i ngs of LM RC ar e g i v en i n B i d di n g D oc um en ts f or B id d er s ’ i nf or m at i on . 5. 1. 5 S ys t em s ha l l us e v i d eo s i gn a ls f r om var io us t yp es of i n do or /o u td o or I P c am er as i ns ta l l ed at dif f er en t l oc at i o ns , pr oc es s t h em f or vi e wi n g o n wor k s ta t io ns /m on it or s s im ul ta n eo us l y a t C e n tr a l C o ntr o l R o om ( O CC) a nd l oc a l c o ntr o l r o om s ( S CR , P S B a n d at P o l ic e bo o th ) at eac h s t at i ons . Ne t wor k Vi d eo R ec or d in g s ys t em s hal l pr o v id e l oc al r ec o r d i ng at th e s ta t io n i ts e lf a nd m ir r or e d r ec or d in g ( a t d if f er e n t l oc a t io n) f or a l l s ta t io ns . J o ys t ic k & Mo u s e- K e yb o ar d c ontr o l ler s s ha l l b e us e d f or Pa n, T i lt , Zo om , an d o th er f u nc ti o ns of d es ir e d c am er as . T h e c o nf i g ur a t io n of th e c am er as , m on i tor s / wo r k s tat io ns s h a l l b e pr o v id e d f r om the O C C an d a n y ot h er l oc a t io ns s im u lt a ne o us l y. 5. 1. 6 T he V i de o s i g na l o u tp ut of a l l th e c am er as i n v ar i ous loc at i o ns at s ta t io ns , O CC s h a l l b e f ed t o T ER a t r es pec t i ve s t at i ons /O CC a nd t hr ou g h Et h er ne t s wi tc h ne t wor k , d is tr i b ut e t hes e V i d eo s ig n al s t o th e f o ll o wi n g:  Ne t wor k V i d eo R ec or d er s at t h e s ta t io ns /O C C. Confidential PS- Chapter 8 Page 12 of 54 LKS 02: Particular Specifications  th e P l atf o r m m oni to r s a t r e le v a nt s t at i o ns  th e MM Is at S CR , P S B ( wh er e a va i l ab l e) an d at th e S ec ur it y bo o th ( s ) at t h e r e le v a nt s t at i o n  th e O C C,  an y o th er l oc at i on t o be d ec id e d b y t h e Em p lo ye r ’s r e pr es e nt at i v e at th e t im e of d et a i le d d e s i gn . 5. 1. 7 In D ep o t t h er e ar e m an y b u i ld i n g wh ic h ar e ge o gr ap h ic a l l y s c a tt er e d i . e. DC C, wor k s h op , D CO of f ic e , t im e of f ic e, s ec ur it y ga t e, wa tc h t o we r s , e tc . T hes e b u i ld i n gs / l oc a t i ons a r e f ar f r om t he T elec om m unic at i on E qu i pm en t Ro om s ( T ER) wh er e C CT V s ys tem wi l l be in s ta l l ed . F or t h e i n s t a ll at i on of CCT V c am er as i n th es e b u i ld i n gs / l oc a t i ons s u it a b le o pt ic a l f i br e c on n ec t i v it y a r r a n g em en ts h a ve t o b e m a de b y L K S 0 2 c on tr ac t or . 5. 1. 8 T he V i d eo s i gn a l ou t pu t of al l th e c am er a s in v ar i ous l oc a t io ns at t h e De p ot s ha l l be f ed t o t h e T ER at D e p ot an d thr o ug h Et h er ne t s wi tc h ne t wor k , d is tr i bu t e th e s e V i de o s i g na ls t o t h e f o l l o wi ng :   Ne t wor k V i d eo R ec or d er at t h e d ep ot th e O C C  M MI a t De p ot C o ntr o l l er , Sec ur it y C o ntr o l le r .  an y o th er l oc at i on t o be d ec id e d b y t h e Em p lo ye r ’s r e pr es e nt at i v e at th e t im e of d et a i le d d e s i gn . T he C CT V s ys t em s ha l l h a v e c o n tr o l e qu i pm en ts loc a te d i n t he T E R a t a l l s ta t io ns / D ep ot /O CC . CCT V c o ntr o l e q ui pm en t f or T S S /R S Ss / S i gn a l l in g po i nt c r os s in gs s h a ll b e i ns t a l le d i n t he T ER of a dj ac e nt s t a ti o n/ d e po t. For T S S /R S S , c o ve r ag e s h a ll b e pr o v id e d t o t he ex te n t p os s i bl e b y pr o v i d i ng f o ur c am er a s m ount ed o n p o le or th e wal l . I n c as e, a po l e is r eq u ir ed f or ins t al l i n g a c am er a, i t wi l l be s u pp l i ed , er ec t ed & i ns t a ll e d b y L K S 0 2 T he O pt ic al F i br e Co n nec t i v it y f or t h es e eq u i pm ent to be p r o v id e d b y L KS 0 2 f o r c o n ne c ti n g t h es e c am er as to t he n e ar es t s ta t io n T E R. T hes e e q u ipm en ts s ha l l b e c om pac t a n d i n s u it a bl e wa l l m ount i n g enc l os ur e an d s ha l l be i ns t a l le d ins i de t he T S S /R S S in a n on a ir c on d it i o ne d en v ir o nm ent . T he A C 23 0 V c om m er c i a l s up p l y s ha l l b e t ak en f r om the T SS /R S S ( if no t wit h in s ta t io n b u i l di n g) , an d an y ot h er t yp e of th e s u pp l y c o n v er t er /r eg u l at or , if r e q uir e d, t o op er at e t he s ys t em is to b e pr o v i d ed b y L K S 02 . S om e of the c am er as i n d e po t, RS S , Si g n al c r os s in gs , par k i n g, s pec if ic a l l y id e nt if i e d th ef t pr o ne ar ea etc . ar e r e qu ir e d to b e i ns t a l le d ou t do or i. e . o uts i d e t h e b u i ld i n gs wi th n o c o v er in g s he d . A pr o per we at h er pr o of m oun t in g ar r an gem en t c om pl yi n g wi th I P 6 6 or be tt er s ha l l be pr o v i d ed f or h o u s i ng th es e c am er as inc l ud i n g any ot h er ac c es s or i es / e qu i pm en ts r eq u ir ed s ha l l a ls o be pr o v id e d as p ar t of this c on tr ac t . Confidential PS- Chapter 8 Page 13 of 54 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 5. 1. 1 0 T he s ta t io n a n d d e po t s ur v e i l la nc e CC T V c on tr o l eq u i pm ents , f or c on n ec t i on to t he eq u ipm en ts loc at e d i n t he C ERs at O CC f or r em ote v i e wi ng , r ec or d in g an d c on tr ol , s h a l l b e i nt er f ac e d t hr o u gh L a ye r - 3 S wi tc h Ne t wor k a t e v er y s ta t i on /D e po t/ O C C. T her e s h a l l b e 4 x 1 G bps o p tic a l p or ts a n d 10x 1 0/ 1 00 /1 0 0 0 Bas e T por ts a va i l ab l e f or C CT V s ys tem on e ac h L a yer - 3 s wi tc h at s t at i o ns / de po ts a n d 24x 1 0/ 1 00 /1 0 0 0 B as e - T r edu n da n t p or ts wi l l be a v ai l a b le at O CC f or CCT V s ys tem . A ll t he c am er as i n th e s ta t io n/ D ep o t/O CC s ha l l b e c on n ec t e d t o th e l a yer 2 s wi tc hes ( as p ar t of t h is c o ntr ac t) a nd n o c am er as wi l l be d ir ec tl y c o n nec te d t o th e l a yer 3 n et wo r k . La ye r - 2 F i e l d S wi tc h as par t of t h is c on tr a c t s h a l l b e op t ic a l l y i n te gr at ed wi t h t h e La ye r - 3 s wi t c hes Al l t he C onf ig u r at i on / in t egr a ti o n of La ye r 2 s wi tc hes wi th L a ye r 3 Ne t wor k s s h a l l be t h e r es p o ns ib i l it y of L K S 0 2. L K S 0 2 s h al l i nt er f a c e f or th e p or t r e qu ir em ents a nd i n te gr a ti o n of La ye r 2/ L a yer 3 ne t wor k at St at i o ns / de p ot /O CC . L a yer 2 n e t wor k NM S s ha l l pr ef er a b l y b e in t egr a t ed wi th L a ye r 3 ne t wo r k NM S, if no t p os s i b l e t h e n t o be pr o v i d ed s e p ar at e l y. 5. 1. 1 1 T he l is t of s t at i ons to be pr o vi d ed wi t h Vi d eo S ur v ei l l a nc e S ys t e m in LM RC is g i ve n i n Ap pe ndi x C ( Se ct ion s) of t hi s P S . In a d di t i on , D ep o t a t T r ans p or t Na g ar h as t o b e pr o v i d ed wi th c o m plet e vi d e o s ur ve i l l a nc e . 5. 1. 1 2 T he i nt er n al c l oc k f or a ll th e C CT V s ys t em equ i pm en t ( s er v er s , wo r k s tat io ns , Cam er as , e tc ) s h a l l be s yn c hr o n is e d t o wit h i n 1 s ec o n d of th e Mas ter Cl oc k s ys t em be i n g pr o v id e d b y L K S 0 2) at a ll t im es . 5. 2 CCT V Cov e ra ge . 5. 2. 1 T he s ta t io n C CT V s ur v e il l a nc e s ys t em s ha l l pr o v i de 10 0% c o v er a ge of th e f ol l o wi ng s p ec if ic ar e a s a t a l l l oc a t io ns as a m inim um : St at i ons ( 1) A l l tr a i n d o o r s ( 4/ 6 C o ac h es ) a t th e p l atf or m ( 2) p la tf or m o per a ti o na l a r ea an d p l atf or m e n ds ; ( 3) c om pl et e l e ng th of a l l es c a l at or s a n d s ta ir s ; ( 4) c onc o ur s e ar e a i nc l ud i ng al l t h e L if ts ( 5) a ll s t a ti o n e ntr a nc es a nd ex i ts ( i nc l ud i ng Em er g e nc y, f ir e ex it ) ; ( 6) a ll au tom at ic f ar e c o ll ec t i on ( AF C) g at es wi t h f ac i n g en tr y/ ex i t; ( 7) ex t er io r of t ic k et b o ok i ng of f ic es ; ( 8) ex t er io r of f ar e a dj us t m ent of f ic e ; ( 9) he l p p o in ts ( 10 ) Confidential N ot Us e d PS- Chapter 8 Page 14 of 54 LKS 02: Particular Specifications ( 11 ) par k i n g ar eas ( 12 ) N ot Us e d Dep ot /O CC /B C C 1. Cor r i d or f or en tr y t o O CC r o om , 2. v i e wi ng g a l l er y of O C C r oom , 3. m ain l o bb y r ec e pt i o n, 4. c or r id or f or b ac k of ho us e r oom s , 5. i nt er ior of e q ui pm en t r oom s , 6. e le v at or c a b i n ter i or , 7. s ta ir c as es , 8. bu i l d in g e ntr a nc es / ex i t s , 9. ac c es s c ar d r ea d er s , 10 . e vac u at i on r ou t es , 11 . par k i n g ar eas , 12 . l oa d in g d oc k ar e as , 13 . de p ot gr o u nds p er im et er , 14 . gu ar d h ous es f or d ep o t gr o u nds , 15 . tr a i n e ntr y / ex i t f r om m ain l i n e, 16 . l e ve l c r os s i n gs , if a n y. , 17 . wor k s h ops , p ar ts s t or a ge ar e as , 18 . s ta b l in g l i nes , 19 . i ns p ec t i o n l in es , 20 . tes t tr ac k , 21 . tr a i n was h ar e a, 22 . as s em b l y p oi n ts T SS /R S S 1. In ter i or of e qu i pm ent r oom s , 2. en tr anc es , ex its , 3. ac c es s c ar d r ea d er s , 4. par k i n g ar eas , 5. P er im eter Confidential PS- Chapter 8 Page 15 of 54 LKS 02: Particular Specifications T he CCT V C o v er ag e of th e ab o v e ar eas is to b e pr o v i de d b y pr o v is io n of f ix e d c am er as o n l y. T he PT Z c am er as s h a ll n ot b e c o u nt e d f o r CCT V c o ver a g e c a lc u l at i on . 5. 2. 2 Co v er ag e of C CT V s u r v e il l a nc e s ys tem f or the s ta t io ns , D ep ot , O CC s h a ll be d e v e lo p ed b y t he c on tr ac t or a nd s u bm itt e d t o t he em pl o ye r f or r e v ie w. Ho we v er , th e m in im um n um ber of c am er as s ha l l b e as p er f o ll o wi n g: Loc a ti o n No . of f ix e d c am er as B ox T yp e B ox T yp e – Ni g ht V is io n ( wi t h IR Il l um in at or ) No . of PT Z c am er as Dom e T yp e For e ac h E l e v at ed s ta t io n 42 6 4 2 For Un d er gr o un d s ta t io n 47 6 4 2 10 14 - 4 For e ac h T S S /R S S - 4 - 0 O CC - 16 34 5 - 16 34 5 Ram p - 2 - - P ar k in g ar e as 4 4 S ig n a l Po i nts & Cr os s i n g ( Fo r e ac h tur n ou t) - 2 - - e ac h De p ot He a d B ui l d i ng Q u ar ter 5. 2. 3 T he l oc a t io n of th e C C T V m on it or s a nd c on tr o l pa n e l s ha l l b e as f o l lo ws : ( i) Confidential O n e CCT V c on tr o l M MI s h a l l b e pr o v i d ed eac h f or SC R, S ec ur i t y B o ot h( s ) , P S B, D C C/ DS C, T r af f ic Co n tr o l l er , Ch i ef Co ntr o l l er a nd f or t h e O C C S ec u r i t y C on t r o ll er . P le as e r ef er to S ec t i on 1 3 of Ch a pt er 1 G en er a l R e qu ir em en ts of th is P S f or M MI Pr o v is i o n Sc h ed u le f or t he r eq u ir em ents of t he MM Is . PS- Chapter 8 Page 16 of 54 LKS 02: Particular Specifications ( i i) M MI f or SC R, P S B , a nd Po l ic e Bo o th a t s t at i ons , an d S ec ur it y c on tr ol i n O C C s h a l l c ons is t of wor k s tat i on wi th t wo m on it or s , on e K e y Bo ar d wi th J o ys tic k c o ntr o l ler s a n d on e M ous e - K e yb o ar d c on tr ol l er . M MI f or D ep ot / S ec u r it y Co ntr o l l er s i n t he de p ot a n d T r af f ic Co ntr o l l er / Ch i ef T r af f ic c o ntr o l l er i n O C C s h a l l c o ns is t of wor k s ta t io n wi t h o n e m on i tor a nd Ke y B o ar d wi th J o ys ti c k c o ntr o l l er s , Mo us e, Ke yb o a r d c o n t r o ll er ( i i i) In ad d it i o n, in th e s ec ur it y c on tr ol r o om in O CC , a V id e o W all of 5x 2x 7 0” i. e. 1 0 c u bes of 7 0 inc h s i ze , a r r a ng e d in t wo r o ws a nd 5 c o l um ns , s ha l l b e p r o v id e d f or m on i tor i n g im ag es f r om s ta ti o ns , de p ot , T S S /R S S a n d o th er v u l ner a b le loc a ti o ns . . 5. 2. 4 T he d is pl a y of f ul l s c r ee n m od e of a 1. 6m tal l p er s on s ta n di n g u pr i gh t, wi t h in th e CCT V c am er a c o v er a g e ar ea , o n an y m on i tor s ha l l n ot b e l e s s t ha n on e t en t h of s c r e e n f o r t he f ix e d c am er as a t th e s h or t es t f oc a l l en g th . 5. 2. 5 CCT V St an d ar ds T he T V s t an d ar d to b e em pl o ye d s h a l l be I T U - T , P A L, 7 68 s c an l i nes p er f r am e, 3 0f r am es p er s ec o n d wi t h pr ogr es s i v e s c a n. A d va nc ed v id e o c om pr es s i o n tec h n iq u es , s uc h as M P EG - 4 an d H. 2 6 4, s ha l l be em pl o ye d t o m in im i ze t r a ns m is s i on b an d wi dt h an d r ec or d er s tor a ge c a pac i t y wi t ho u t c om pr om is i ng t he s u bj ec t i ve q ua l i t y of th e d is p l a ye d vi d e o im ag e s . T he f r am e r at e a n d r es o lu t io n of t he v id e o s i gn a ls s h a l l b e a pr o gr am m ab le f e at ur e wh ic h s h al l be o p tim i z ed t o r ef lec t t he n a tur e of th e im ag e t yp es ( s uc h a s lo w m ot io n t o v er y h i g h m oti o n v id e o) be i ng d is p l a ye d a n d r ec or d e d. Fr am e r at es s h a ll b e v ar ia b l e f r om 1 t o 3 0 f r am es p er s ec on d a n d r es o l ut i o n v a l ues s ha l l be f u l l y s e l ec t ab l e t o i nc l u de at l e as t 4 CI F, HD a n d Fu l l H D. T he a b i li t y t o s el ec t t h e f r a m e r at e ( 1 t o 3 0 f ps ) a n d r e s o lu t io n ( 4C IF , HD a n d F u l l HD ) wi l l ap p l y t o m on i tor i ng as we l l as r ec or d in g. W her e c am er as wi t h V i de o M ot i on D et ec t i on ar e us e d as par t of t he In tr u d er D et ec ti o n s ys tem v er y h i gh q ua l i t y v i d e o im ages ar e r eq u ir ed em pl o yi n g m i n im al c o m pr es s i on . E nd to e nd s i gn a l la t e nc y f r om an y t wo p o in ts ( s o ur c e a n d d es t i n a ti o n) o n th e tr ans m is s io n n et w or k s h al l b e s u it a b le f or es t a b lis h i ng ef f ec ti v e ha n d to e ye c o or di n at i o n f or r em ot e op er at i o n of c am er a PT Z f u nc t i ons an d s ha l l be n ot ex c ee d 15 0 m s ec s u nd er c o nd i t io ns of m ax im um ne t wor k tr af f ic . 5. 3 M onit ori ng of Ent r ai n ing an d Det r ai nin g of P a ss en ge r s Confidential PS- Chapter 8 Page 17 of 54 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 5. 3. 1 T he c am er as a t t h e p la tf or m s ha l l be p la n ne d k ee p i ng i n v i e w th e en tr ai n i ng / de tr a i n i ng a t m ax im um pla tf or m c ap ac it y an d m ax im um num be r of c o ac h es . 5. 3. 2 Mo n it or i ng of e ntr a i ni ng a nd d etr a in i n g of pas s e ng er s an d s ur ve i l la nc e of tr a i n d oo r s f r om the h ea d e n d dr i v in g c a b p os it i on at a l l s t at i ons of LM RC s ha l l b e pr o v id e d b y t he pl a tf or m CCT V s ys t em . 5.3.3 At le as t 4 CCT V f ix e d c am er as f or e ac h p la tf or m s i de s h a l l b e pr o v id e d an d th e ir pos i ti o n s ha l l b e ar r an g ed s uc h t h at t h e wh o le p l atf or m a nd t he tr a in do or s f or 3 c oac h tr a i n s ha l l b e m on it or ed on p l atf or m m onit or s ( two num be r s at e ac h p la tf or m ) f ix e d c l os e to t h e h e ad e n d of pl a tf or m . 5. 3. 4 T he v i de o s ig n a ls of th es e CCT V c am er as m on it or in g t h e p la tf o r m an d tr a i n s h a ll be a va i l ab l e to t h e f ol l o wi n g e q u ipm en t s im u lt an e ous l y a t a l l s ta t io ns : ( 1) T wo num be r s of h e ad en d m on it or s at t h e s a m e pl a tf or m ( 2) O CC T r af f ic Co ntr o l l er a n d Ch i ef C o ntr o l ler ; ( 3) O CC Sec ur it y C o ntr o l l e r ; ( 4) SC R, P S B a nd Po l ic e B oo th ( s ) f or s ur ve i l l an c e of t h at s t at i o n. ( 5) NV R f or r ec or d i n g. 5. 3. 5 T he c o n tr ac to r s h a l l p r o v id e t wo C CT V m on i tor s a t e ac h h e ad e n d at e ac h p la tf or m in a l l s t at i o n s of LMR C t o d is p la y th e vi d eo im ag es of th e CCT V c am er as m on it or in g t he tr a i n d o or s . T he pl atf or m m oni tor s s ha l l b e pr o v i d ed i n s u it a bl e h ous i n g. A l l f ix tu r es i n c l ud i ng pr im ar y & s ec on d ar y, s ha l l b e pr o v id e d b y L K S 0 2 L K S 0 2 s ha l l pr o vi d e ha r d war e ac c el er at e d s tr e am in g v id e o d ec o d i ng us in g s tr e am in g v i de o dec od er s t o s h o w t he r ea l v id e os a t f ul l f r a m e r ate on t h e P la tf or m m on it or s . Al t er n a ti v e m ea ns t o ac h i e v e t h i s ar e ac c e p ta b le thr o ug h c u s tom is e d e q u ipm en t. Ho we v er n o PC bas e d s ol ut i o n f or t h is s h al l be ac c e p te d. 5. 3. 6 T he St a ti o n/ D ep ot Su r v e il l a nc e S ys t em s ha l l h a ve m in im um 36 C am er as at E le v at e d s t at i ons o f al l t yp es p u t to g et h e r , 4 c am er as pe r p ar k i ng a n d 28 c am er as at D e po t. T he Co n tr ac t or is ad v is ed t o s t u d y th e s it e bef or e f i na l is i ng t h e c am er a qu a nt i t y an d t he ex ac t l oc at i on f or e ac h c am er a an d i nd ic a te t he s am e i n a dr a wi ng . W her e - e v er m or e c am er as m ay b e r e q ui r e d t o ac h i e ve t h e c o ver a g e, t he s am e s ha l l be pr op o s ed by LKS 02 in h is Des i gn / A pp l ic at i on En g in e er in g wi t h ou t a n y ad d it i o na l c os t. 5. 4 Vi de o Re co rd ing a nd Ret r iev i ng Confidential PS- Chapter 8 Page 18 of 54 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 5. 4. 1 Ne t wor k V i de o r ec or d in g s ys tem s ha l l pr o v id e l oc a l r ec or d i n g at t he s ta t io n its e lf an d m ir r or ed r ec o r d i ng at a dj ac e nt s t a ti o n f or a l l L M RC s ta t io ns . T he N et wor k V i de o Rec or d in g s ys t em s ha l l pr o v i d e F a i lo v er an d Re d un d anc y. 5. 4. 2 A l l r ec or di n gs s h a l l ha v e t he as s oc i at ed tim e i nf or m at io n s u pe r im p o s ed on to t h e v i de o im a ge . 5. 4. 3 T he v i d eo r ec or der s ha l l be c a pa b le of o p er a t io n f or 2 4 h ou r s per d a y, 36 5 d a ys p er ye a r . 5. 4. 4 In t h e e v e nt of r ec or d in g o p er a t io n be i ng in te r r u pt e d, f or ex a m ple b y po we r f a i lur e , it s h al l au t om atic a l l y r es um e r ec or d i n g, o n r es um pt i on of po we r s u pp l y, of a l l t h e c am er as i t wa s r ec or d in g pr i or to t h e i nt er r up t io n . 5. 4. 5 In th e e v en t of ne t wor k dis c o n nec t io n wi t h c en tr al s ys t em , l oc a l r e c or d i n g an d l oc a l l i ve v i e wi ng / r etr i e v al at t he s t a ti o n s /D ep o t s ha l l n ot be af f ec te d . 5. 4. 6 V id e o r ec or d i ng s h a ll be t am per pr o of s o as e ve n th e adm i n is tr at or s ha l l no t be a bl e to d el e te an y v i d eo c l i p f r om an y c am er a . An y at t e m pt to de l et e or e d it of vi d eo c l i ps s h a ll g e n er a te t he al ar m i n th e s ys t e m wh ic h c an be s e n t to t h e ad m inis tr a t or . 5. 5. L K S 02 t o n ot e th at A pp e nd ix J of A n n ex ur e 2 of IT T ( v o l um e 1) g i v es t h e m inim um BO Q to b e c o ver e d as p ar t of th e s c op e of wor k and an y o th er it em or e n ha nc em ent of t h e l is t e d it em s r e q u ir e d t o c om pl et e t he L K S 02 Co ntr ac t s h a l l a ls o b e pr o v i de d as p ar t of t h is f ix e d lum p s um Con tr ac t . A dd i ti o n al l y LK S 02 t o pl e as e a ls o n ot e t h at al l r es p ons i b i l it i es a n d c os ts f or m ater i a ls , s er v ic es , i nt er f ac e wit h a l l ot h er r e l e va nt c on tr ac t or s , etc in c on n ec t i on wi th in t egr at i on of v i de os wi th th e ex i s ti n g vi d e o wa ll s h a ll be bor n e b y L K S 0 2 C on tr ac t or as par t of th is l um p s um c on tr ac t wi t h no ad d it i on a l c os t. 5. 6 Fau lt and Al a r m M an ag em ent 5. 6. 1 A l l a l ar m s tat us of th e CCT V s ys tem eq u i pm en t inc l u di n g C CT V c a m er as , v i de o r ec or d er s , La ye r - 2 S wi tc h es e tc as n ec es s ar y an d ap pr o ve d b y th e Em pl o ye r ’s r epr es en t at i v e s ha l l b e m on it or e d b y CCT V M a n ag em en t S ys t em /N et wor k M an a gem en t S ys t em in t h e C E R a t t h e O C C a nd s h a ll au t om atic a l l y ge n er at e an a u d io / v is u a l a lar m on t h e C CT V M a na gem en t S ys t em o n oc c ur r e nc e of a n a lar m . and 6. DE S IG N/ AP P L I C AT IO N E N G I N EE RI NG R EQ UI REM E NT S 6. 1 G en e ra l d at e s tam pe d In a dd i ti o n t o m ee ti n g th e ge n er a l d es i g n / en g i ne er i ng r e qu ir em en ts as s pec if ie d in Ch a pt er 1 of th is P S, t h e CCT V s ys t em s ha l l m eet t h e s pec if ic r eq u ir em ents as de t ai l ed be l o w: 6. 1. 1 Pr op os ed CCT V s ys t e m s ha ll be bas e d o n No n P r o pr ie t ar y o pe n s tan d ar d bas e d i n te gr at e d s ys t em wit h n et wo r k c ent r ic f u nc t i on a l a n d m an ag em en t Confidential PS- Chapter 8 Page 19 of 54 LKS 02: Particular Specifications ar c h i tec t ur e , a im ed at pr o v i d in g h i g h - s p e ed m an ua l /a ut om at ic o p er a t io n f or b es t pe r f or m anc e. 6. 1. 2 A l l c on tr ol e q u ipm en ts e .g . s er ve r s / wor k s t at i on ( C P U) , s t or ag e d e v ic es etc . s ha l l b e p l ac e d i n T ER /C ER of e ac h s ta t io n /d ep o t/O CC in s t a nd ar d r ac k s . 6. 1. 3 No e q ui pm en t ot h er t ha n m on i t or s , c am er a s , c a b l es , f i el d s wi tc h a nd t h eir j unc t io n b ox es s ha l l b e i ns t a l le d o uts i d e t h e T ER /C E R. 6. 1. 4 Fa i lur e of o ne c am er a s ha l l n ot af f ec t ot h er c am er as . 6. 1. 5 4 n os La p to p c om put er s wi th pr e lo a de d C CT V s ys t em s of t war e s ha l l be s up p l ie d as par t of L K S 0 2 c o ntr ac t s o th at t h e T ec hn ic i a n c an c on nec t an d d o t he m ai nt e na nc e. 6. 1. 6 T he C CT V c e ntr a l m an a gem e nt s ys t em in O C C s ha l l b e ins t a l le d o n s er ve r s wi t hi n a c lus t er of t wo s er v er s or m or e. In c as e a s er v er i n t he c l us t er f a i ls , a no t her s er ve r i n th e c l us t er s ha l l au t om atic a l l y t a k e ov er th e f ai l e d s er v er ’s j o b r un n i ng t h e m an a gem en t s ys t em . 6. 1. 7 T he C e ntr a l S ys t em s ha l l i nc lu d e t he m ana gem en t of a l l d e v ic es , s er v er s an d us er s f or c e ntr a l i ze d m on i to r i n g, r e por t i ng , a n d a l ar m m ana g em ent , s of t war e c onf ig ur at i o n u p lo a ds an d d o wn l oa ds to c li e nt s t at i o ns , f ir m war e an d s of t war e up gr a de s . T hes e f u nc ti o n a l i ti e s s h al l b e im pl e m ent e d on t wo ter m i na ls i n O C C. T he C CT V s ys t em s ha ll af f or d v i e wi ng s im u lt an e ous l y a t th e S C R, P S B , P ol ic e b oo t hs at t h e s t at i on , De p ot C on tr ol C e ntr e /D ep o t S ec ur i t y Co ntr o l a t t h e D ep ot an d f r om th e O C C at f ul l f r am e r at e. T h e v i e wi ng s ha l l be at 4 CIF 2 5 f p s r es o l ut i o n wh il e r ec or d i n g s h a l l b e at F u l l HD 25 f ps . T he n or m al Fu l l HD 2 5 f ps s ha l l d et er m ine th e s i ze of th e s tor a ge de v ic e. T h e s tor a ge c ap ac it y s ha l l b e c a l c u la te d k ee pi n g i n v i e w t h e s par e c a pac i t y of 2 5 % of th e i ns t a l le d c a pac i t y. T he pr im ar y r ec o r d i ng s ha l l b e a t t h e St a ti o n T ER an d th e r ec or d i n g s h a l l a ls o b e m ir r or e d a t th e adj o in i n g s t at i o n a t t he s am e f r am e r a te an d r es ol u ti o n. L K S 02 s h a l l ens ur e a de q ua t e c ha n ne l r e q u ir em e nts i n t h e F O T S. 6. 1. 8 6. 1. 9 W hile c er t a in br a n ds o f the h ar d war e h a v e b ee n s p ec if i e d, c ons i de r i ng th e r eq u ir em ent of a v ai l a b il i t y, m ai nt a in a bi l i t y an d MT B F, i t is es s e nt i a l t h at th e br a nds ou t of t ho s e s p ec if i ed m a y b e c hos e n b y t h e B i d der s o as t o j us t if y th e MT BF a n d A v ai l a b il i t y of t he e nt i r e s ys t em dur in g t h e de t ai l e d des i g n f r om th e p u b lis h ed f i gur es i n t he d at a s he e ts a n d la te r s ubs t an t ia te t h e s am e dur i n g th e D L P pe r i o d. T he B id d er s ar e pr ef er a b l y r e q uir e d to c h oos e a n d qu o te o n l y f or th e m ak es of Cam er as an d ot h er eq u i pm ents o ut of th e l is t of r ec om m ende d m ak es l is te d in t h is P S. 6. 2 EQ UI PM ENT D E S IG N 6. 2. 1 CCT V C am e ra s Confidential PS- Chapter 8 Page 20 of 54 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 6. .2 . 1. 1 A l l C CT V c am er as s h a ll b e of c o l our CC D/ CMO S , I P b as ed Fu l l HD t yp e wi t h lo w l i g ht c a pa b i l i t y t o pr o duc e c l e ar a nd d e ta i l ed p ic t ur e q u a li t y as we l l as un d er h ig h l i g ht i ng c o nt r as t c on d it i on . CCT V c am er as s h a ll h a v e W ide D yn am ic Ra ng e (W DR) f or ex c e l le nt im age qu a l it y i n d if f er e nt l ig h ti n g c o nd i t io ns . 6. 2. 1 .2 Fix ed box t yp e IP c ol our c am er as wi t h V ar i f oc a l l ens s ha l l g en er a ll y b e us e d i n Co nc our s e , P l atf or m s . t i c k e ti n g ar ea( s ) , A FC g at es etc . In c onc o ur s e s om e f ix ed c am er as s ha l l be of dom e t yp e a n d h a v i ng f ix e d in th e c ei l i n g t o m atc h t h e s t at i o n a es th et ic s . I R i l l um in at e d I P c am er a s ha l l be us e d f or R S S , S t a ti o n E n tr y, P ar k i ng ar e as , s pec if ic a l l y id en t if i ed th ef t pr on e ar e as , P l atf or m e n d tr ac k s id e, s i g na l p o i nt c r os s i ngs a t tr ac k s , etc wh er e pr op er l i gh t in g c o n di t io ns ar e no t a v a il a b le . 6. 2. 1 .3 L K S 02 c on tr ac t or s h a ll des i gn t h e d is tr i b ut i on of al l c am er as at e ac h l oc a t io n t o c om pl y w it h t h e c o ver a ge r e q u ir em en ts an d s ubm it to th e Em pl o ye r ’s R epr es en t at i v e f or r e v i e w. C CT V c am er a c o v er ag e pl ots s ha l l a ls o b e s u bm it te d wi t h t he de ta i l ed des i g n f o r r e v i e w. 6. 2. 1 .4 Un l es s s pec if i e d ot h er wis e e els e wh er e i n t h e P S, C am er as , f ie l d s wi tc hes , PF Mo n it or s & o th e r e q u ip m ents , m ean t f o r ou t do or o o i ns t a ll a ti o ns , s ha l l b e s ui ta b le to wor k f r om 0 C t o + 5 0 C wit h RH u p t o 80 % n on- c o nd e ns in g . 6. 2. 1 .5 T he d at a s he e ts f r o m the O EM of t he c a m er as , f or ou td o or an d in d oor ar e t o b e s p ec if ic a l l y c onf o r m in g t o t h e a b o ve i n r e gar d to th e tem per a tur e a nd h u m idi t y r eq u ir em ents . T he d at a s he e ts s ha l l b e s ubm it t ed wi th t h e T ec hn ic a l Des c r i p ti o n i n t he bi d d oc um ents . 6. 2. 2 V ar if o c al Le ns e s : 6. 2. 2 .1 V ar if oc a l L e ns es c om pa t ib l e wit h f u ll H D f i x ed box t yp e c am er as wit h ou t c om pr om is i n g t h e r e s o lu t io n/ p ic t ur e qu a l it y s ha l l h a ve t he f o l lo wi n g s pec if ic a t io ns as m in i m um : 1. Foc al le n gt h 9m m – 40m m 2. Ir is r an g e F1. 5 t o F 8 3. For m at 1/ 3 " or b et t er , F ul l H D , 3M P , IR c or r ec t ed . 4. Le ns m oun t C/ CS - m oun t 5. A ng l e v i e w wi d e ( 1/ 3 ") 30 ° x 22 ° or b e tt er 6. A ng l e v i e w t e l e ( 1/ 3 ") 7. 1 ° x 5 .3 ° or b e tt er Confidential PS- Chapter 8 Page 21 of 54 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 7. Ir is C o ntr o l A ut o/ DC c o n tr o l 8. Foc us Co nt r o l Ma n ua l 9. Zo om Co ntr o l Ma n ua l 10 . O p er a t in g T em p er a tu r e 0 C to + 50 C 11 . St or a ge T em per at ur e 0 C to + 70 C 12 . O p er a t in g H um id it y wi t h c am er a a nd ho us i ng Up t o 90 %, n o n c o nd e ns in g 13 . A ppr o v a l ( Saf e t y & E MC Im m unit y, Em is s i o n) CE or e qu i v a le nt . 14 . Mak es s u bj ec t t o m eeti n g th e a b o ve r eq u ir em ents . O n l y f r om a r ep ut e d m ak e. Pr i nt e d da t a s he e t of m an uf ac tur er t o b e at tac h ed wi th t h e b id pr o p os al , c l ear l y i d e nt if yi n g c l au s e b y c l aus e c om pl i a nc e . 0 0 0 0 6. 2. 3 Hou sin g Ar r a ng em en t f o r F i xed I P bo x t yp e c am er a: 6. 2. 3 .1 Ho us in g a r r a n gem e nt s ha l l b e des i gn e d f or bo t h o ut do or an d in d o or us e an d s h a l l m ee t r e qu ir e m ents f or c am er a e nc l os ur es . 6. 2. 3 .2 It s h a l l pr o t ec t c am er a a n d l ens c om b in a ti o n. . 6. 2. 3 .3 T he h o us in g ar r an g em en t s ha l l h a ve t he f ol l o wi ng t ec h n ic a l s p ec if ic at i ons an d f ea t ur es : Confidential 1. W indow 3 m m ( 0.1 2 i nc h) g las s 2. Cam er a Mo u nt i ng Rem o va b l e c am er a /l ens tr a y, wi t h m in im um t wo s c r e ws . 3. Ca b le E ntr y In ter n a l c a bl e m ana g e m ent 4. Co ns tr uc ti o n A lum i n ium ho us i n g & c as i ng , n e opr e ne gas k e ts , U V - r es is t a nt p o l ym er e n d c a ps an d a l l s t ai n l es s s te e l har d war e . 5. T am per - r es is t a nc e T am per - r es is t a nt c l as ps PS- Chapter 8 s c r e ws f or m oun te d l oc k in g Page 22 of 54 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 6. E nc l os ur e Pr ot ec t i o n IP 6 6/ N EM A - 4x or be tt er 7. A ppr o v a ls ( S af et y) UL / EN an d F CC s t a nd ar ds f or E MC & Im m uni t y 8. Mak es s u bj ec t to m eeti n g t h e a bo v e r eq u ir em ents . O n l y f r om a r ep ut e d m ak e. Pr i nt e d d at a s he e t of m an uf ac tur er to b e at t ac h e d wi th th e b id pr o pos a l, c l ear l y i d en t if yi n g c l aus e b y c l a us e c om pl ia nc e. Saf et y, 6. 2. 3 .4 T he H o us in g s h a ll e it her b e i nt e gr at ed wit h th e c am er a b y t h e m anuf ac t ur er or it s h a ll b e of s am e m ak e as t h e c am er a or o ne of th e r ep u te d m ak es . 6. 2. 3 .5 T he c am er a s ha l l wo r k on 22 0 V A C v ol t ag e or 2 4 V AC or 1 2 VD C or 24 V DC , as r e qu ir e d as p er t he des i gn an d im p le m enta t io n 6. 2. 4 M ount f or t h e Ca me r a: 6. 2. 4 .1 Mo u nts s ha l l b e s u it a b le f or i n d oor an d o ut do or m ou nt i ng u n its d es ig n ed f or f ix e d c am er as or c am er a h ous i n g i ns t a l l at i ons . T he m oun t s h a l l b e of th e s am e m ak e as h o u s i ng . 6. 2. 4 .2 Mo u nt s h a l l h a ve t h e f o ll o wi n g f e a tur es : a) Fe ed- t hr o u gh des i gn f or c a bl e m ana g em ent b) 36 0 d e g r ot a ti o n, 1 8 0 de g t i lt c ) V er s a t i le d es i gn d) A dj us ta b l e m ou nt h e a ds e) Cor r os i on- r es is t a nt f i n is h 6. 2. 5 Confidential High D ef ini t io n IP F ix ed Bo x C am er a ( D a y/ Nigh t ) : 1. P ic k - up d e v ic e 1/ 3 " or b i gg er C CD /C MO S pr og r es s i v e s c an im ag e s ens or 2. Ac t i v e P ix e ls 19 2 0 x 1 0 80 p 3. S ens i ti v i t y ( @ F1 . 2, 3 0 IR E or be t ter ) 4. Co l ou r Mo d e 0. 2 5 l ux 5. Ni g ht M o d e ( B l ac k & W hite) 0. 0 8 l ux 6. Com pr es s i o n tec h no l og y T wo in d e pe n de nt l y c o nf i gur a b le H . 26 4 s tr e am s : Str e am 1: 1 0 8 0p @ 30 F P S, Str e am 2: St a nd ar d D ef i n it i on @ 3 0 PS- Chapter 8 Page 23 of 54 LKS 02: Particular Specifications FP S 7. 19 2 0 x 1 0 80 p , 12 8 0 x 72 0 p, St an d ar d Def in at i o n ( 4C IF /D 1) 8. Da ta R a te 64 K b ps to 8 M b ps 9. PO E 80 2 .3 af c om pl i a n t a n d 1 2V DC / 24 V A C du a l p o wer o pt i o ns 10 . S up p or t e d Pr ot oc ols T eln e t, FT P, T C P/ I P, UD P/ I P ( U nic as t, Mu l t ic as t IG M P) , I P v 4/ v 6, SN M P, SNT P, R ST P , O N VIF e tc . or as r eq u ir ed t o f u lf i l th e f u nc t i on a l r eq u ir em ent of pr oj ec t . 11 . IR F il t er A ut o, Ma n ua l , Rem ot e l y 12 . V id e o S /N ≥ 50dB 13 . T im e Em be dd e d Re a l T im e c l oc k , NT P c li e nt 14 . A ut o G a i n Co n tr o l O n/O f f / A ut o S hu tt er S p ee d 1 to 1/ 10 , 00 0 or b e tt er 16 . W ide D yn am ic R a ng e 69 dB or b et ter 17 . B ac k L ig ht Com pe ns at i on / An t i B lo om in g O n/O f f 18 . W hite B a la nc e A ut o/ M an u a l 19 . Ne t wor k I nt er f a c e RJ - 4 5 c o n nec tor f or 1 0/ 1 00 B as eT a ut o s ens i n g 20 . Fir m war e u pg r a d e It s h a l l be pos s i b le t o r em ote l y up gr a de t h e f ir m war e of t h e c am er a 21 . O p er a t in g T em per at ur e 0 °C t o + 50 °C 22 . St or a ge T em p 15 . Confidential V i d eo r es o l ut i on - 2 0 ° C to + 7 0 °C PS- Chapter 8 Page 24 of 54 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 23 . Hum id i t y Up t o 9 0% n o n - c o n d en s i ng 24 . A ppr o v a l ( Saf e t y & E MC Im m unit y, Em is s i o n) UL / EN a n d F CC . 25 . In ter o pe r a b i li t y Co nf or m anc e T he c am er a s h a l l be O NV IF ( O pe n Ne t wor k V i d eo I nt er f a c e f or um ) St a nd ar ds . 26 . Mak es f or c am er as . P elc o , G E , In d i go v is i o n, Pa n as o n ic , B os c h , S o n y, H on e yw e ll , S i em ens , D vt e l or e q u i v a le n t s u bj ec t to m eet i n g th e a bo v e s p ec s . Pr i nt ed da ta s he et of m anuf ac t ur er t o be at tac h ed wi th t h e b i d pr o p os al , c l ear l y i d e nt if yi n g c l au s e b y c l a us e c om pl i anc e. 6. 2. 6 1. P ic k - up d e v ic e 1/ 3 " or b i gg er C CD /C MO S pr o gr es s i ve s c an im ag e s e ns or 2. Ac t i v e P ix e ls 19 2 0 x 1 0 80 p 3. S ens i ti v i t y ( @ F 1. 2, 3 0 IR E or b e tt er ) 4. Co l ou r Mo d e 0. 2 5 l ux 5. Ni g ht M o d e ( B l ac k & W hite) 0. 0 5 l ux 6. Com pr es s i o n T ec hn o l og y T wo in d e pe n de nt l y c o nf i gur a b le H. 26 4 s tr eam s : Str e am 1: H .2 6 4, 1 0 8 0 p @ 3 0 F P S, Str e am 2: H. 2 64 , S ta nd ar d D ef i ni t io n ( 4C IF) @ 30 F P S V id e o r es o lu t io n 19 2 0 x 1 0 80 p , 12 8 0 x 72 0 p, St an d ar d Def in at i o n ( 4C IF /D 1) 8. Da ta R a te 64 K b ps to 8 M b ps 9. Le ns 3. 8 m m – 8 m m 7. Confidential High D ef ini t io n IP F ix ed Do me C am e r a ( Da y/ Nig ht ) PS- Chapter 8 Page 25 of 54 LKS 02: Particular Specifications Confidential 10 . E nc l os ur e IP 6 6, N E M A - 4 or b et te r 11 . PO E 80 2 .3 af c om pl ia n t an d 1 2 VD C/ 2 4 V AC du a l p o wer o pt i o ns 12 . S up p or t e d Pr ot oc ols T eln e t, FT P, T C P/ I P, UD P/ I P ( Un ic as t , M u lt ic as t IG M P) , I P v 4/ v 6 , SN M P , S NT P, R ST P , O N VIF etc . or as r e qu ir e d to f u lf i l t h e f u nc ti o na l r eq u ir em ent of pr oj ec t . 13 . IR F il t er A ut o, Ma n ua l , Rem ot e l y 14 . V id e o S /N ≥ 50dB 15 . T im e Em be dd e d Re a l T im e c l oc k , NT P c l ie n t 16 . A ut o G a i n Co n tr o l O n/O f f / A ut o 17 . S hu tt er s p e ed 1 to 1/ 10 , 00 0 or b e tt er 18 . W ide D yn am ic R a ng e 69 dB or b et ter 19 . B ac k L ig ht Com pe ns at i on / A nt i B lo om in g O n/O f f 20 . W hite B a la nc e A ut o/ M an u a l 21 . Ne t wor k I nt er f ac e RJ - 4 5 c o n nec tor f or 1 0/ 1 00 Bas eT au t o s ens i n g 22 . Fir m war e u pg r a d e It s h a l l be pos s i b le t o r em ote l y up gr a de t h e f ir m war e of t h e c am er a 23 . O p er a t in g T em p er a tu r e - 1 0 ° C to + 5 0 °C 24 . St or a ge T em p - 2 0 ° C to + 7 0 °C 25 . Hum id i t y Up t o 9 0% n o n - c o n d en s i ng 26 . A ppr o v a l ( Saf e t y & E MC Im m unit y, Em is s i o n) UL / EN a n d F CC . PS- Chapter 8 Page 26 of 54 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 27 . In ter o pe r a b i li t y Co nf or m anc e T he c am er a s h a l l be O NV IF ( O pe n Ne t wor k V i d eo I nt er f a c e f or um ) St a nd ar ds . 28 . Mak es f or c am er as P elc o , G E , In d i go v is i o n, Pa n as o n ic , B os c h , S o n y, H on e yw e ll , S i em ens , D vt e l or e q u i va l e nt s u bj ec t to m eeti n g th e a b o ve s pe c s . Pr i nt ed da ta s he et of m anuf ac t ur er t o be at tac h ed wi th t h e b i d pr o p os al , c l ear l y i d e nt if yi n g c l au s e b y c l a us e c om pl i anc e. 6. 2. 7 High Sp e ed, H igh D ef init ion I P PT Z Do me Ca m e r a ( D a y/N ight ) 1. P ic k - up d e v ic e 1/ 3 " or b i gg er C CD /C MO S pr og r es s i v e s c an im ag e s ens or 2. Ac t i v e P ix e ls 19 2 0 x 1 0 80 p 3. S ens i ti v i t y ( @ F 1. 6 or be tt er , 30 I R E or be tt er wit h s e ns it i v i t y Off) Confidential PS- Chapter 8 Page 27 of 54 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 4. Co l ou r Mo d e 1. 0 l ux 5. Ni g ht M o d e ( B l ac k & W hite) 0. 1 2l ux 6. Com pr es s i o n tec h no l og y T wo in d e pe n de nt l y c o nf i gur a b le M P EG - 4 an d H .2 6 4 s tr eam s : Str e am 1: H .2 6 4, 1 0 8 0 p @ 3 0 F P S, Str e am 2: H. 2 64 , S ta nd ar d D ef i ni t io n @ 3 0 FP S V id e o r es o lu t io n 19 2 0 x 1 0 80 p , 12 8 0 x 72 0 p, St an d ar d Def in at i o n ( 4C IF /D 1) 8. Da ta R a te 51 2 K bps t o 8 M bps 9. Le ns O pt ic a l zo om 20X or b et ter , 7. Di g it a l zo om m in im um 8X 10 . S hu tt er s p e ed 1 to 1/ 10 , 00 0 or b e tt er 11 . S up p or t e d Pr ot oc ols T eln e t, FT P, T C P/ I P, UD P/ I P ( U nic as t, Mu l t ic as t IG M P) , I P v 4/ v 6, SN M P, SNT P, R ST P , O N VIF e tc . or as r eq u ir ed t o f u lf i l th e f u nc t i on a l r eq u ir em ent of pr oj ec t . 12 . IR F il t er A ut o, Ma n ua l , Rem ot e l y 13 . V id e o S /N ≥ 50dB 14 . A ut o G a i n Co n tr o l O n/O f f 15 . W ide D yn am ic R a ng e 69 dB or b et ter 16 . A ut om at ic W hite B al a nc e O n/O f f 17 . Ir is C o ntr o l A ut om at ic wi t h m an u al o v er r i de 18 . B ac k li g ht Com pe ns at i on O n/O f f 19 . Ho us in g Ar r a n gem e nt IP 66 , N EM A 4 or b et t er . Confidential PS- Chapter 8 Page 28 of 54 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 20 . P an /T i lt m o vem en t 36 0 ° / 9 0° 21 . PoE As p er I E E E 80 2 .3 af a nd I E E E 8 0 2. 3 at c om pl i an t 22 . T im e Em be dd e d Re a l T im e Cl oc k , NT P Cl i e nt . 23 . Pr es e ts 99 pr es ets 24 . S ec t or B l ank i n g 25 . T our s 3 T o ur s 26 . Pr es e t S p ee d P an 2 0 0° per s ec o n d , T il t 1 00 ° p er s ec o n d 27 . Ne t wor k I nt er f ac e RJ - 4 5 c o n nec tor f or 1 0/ 1 00 B as e - T X 28 . Fir m war e u pg r a d e It s h a l l be pos s i b le t o r em ote l y up gr a de t h e f ir m war e of t h e c am er a 29 . O p er a t in g T em per at ur e - 10 °C t o + 5 0 ° C 30 . St or a ge - 20 °C t o + 6 0 ° C 31 . Hum id i t y Up t o 9 0% n o n - c o n d en s i ng 32 . A ppr o v a l ( S af et y & E MC Im m unit y , Em is s i o n) UL / EN a n d F CC . A par t f r om th e d at a s h ee ts , c op y of c er t if ic a tes t o b e s u b m itte d as p ar t of th e b i d 33 . In ter o pe r a b i li t y Co nf or m anc e T he c am er a s h a l l c onf or m to t h e O N VIF ( O pe n N et wo r k V i d eo I nt er f ac e f or um ) S ta n da r ds . 34 . Mak es s u bj ec t t o m eeti n g th e a b o ve s pec s . P elc o , G E , In d i go v is i o n, Pa n as o n ic , B os c h , S o n y, H on e yw e ll , S i em ens , D vt e l or e qu i v a le n t s u bj ec t to m eet i n g th e a bo v e s p ec s T em p Cam er a 36 0 d eg r e e p a n r ot at i o n to be di v i d ed in 8 s ec t or s a n d an y s ec t or s ho u l d be bl a nk ed as r eq u ir ed b y th e op er at or Pr i nt ed da ta s he et of m anuf ac t ur er t o Confidential PS- Chapter 8 Page 29 of 54 LKS 02: Particular Specifications be at tac h ed wi th t h e b i d pr o p os al , c l ear l y i d e nt if yi n g c l au s e b y c l a us e c om pl i anc e. 6. 2. 8 S pe ci f i ca t ion s f or PF M onit o r Ho u sin g: T h e M o ni t or E nc l os ur e s ha l l h a v e t he f o l lo wi n g s p ec if ic at i ons as m in im um : 6. 2. 9 1. Com pac t e nc los ur e wi t h pr ot ec t i o n c at e gor y I P 5 4 2. E nc l os ur e of a l l - r ou n d s o l i d c o ns tr uc t i o n an d R o bus t s t e el s h ee t c ons tr uc t i on m ad e f r om 1.5 m m s teel s he e t, f old e d a n d we ld e d f r o m a s i ng l e p iec e , wi t h pr ot ec t i on c ha n ne l ar o un d t he do or o p en i ng . 3. C ab l e en tr y f r om to p thr o ug h s up p or t ar m r e inf or c em en t p l at e at th e bo tt om a nd c a n o p y f or t he c ab i ne t. 4. Fr o nt c o v er s h a l l b e of gl as s an d s u it ab l y pr o v is i o ne d f or r em ov a l an d i ns er t io n of m on i tor ea s i l y f r om t h e f r o nt . 5. P o wde r - c o a te d wi t h p o l ye s t er p o wd er i n tex t ur e d s ur f ac e f i n is h . 6. S i ze of M o n it or H ous i n g s h al l b e as p er t h e s i ze of Pl a tf or m M on i to r s La ye r 2 Sw it ch e s f o r Fie ld : Fi e ld S wi tc h es ( in d us tr i a l g r a d e) s h a l l be pr o v i de d at P l atf or m s , Co nc our s es a n d i n D e po t ar e as , wh er e a ir - c on d it i o ni n g e n v ir o nm e nt is n ot a va i l ab l e. E th er n et ou tp ut f r om th e I P c am er as ( F ix e d an d PT Z) s ha l l be d ir ec t l y c o n nec t ed to th e f i e ld s wi tc h t hr o ug h da t a c a b le a nd s u it ab l e pr o t ec t i on d e v ic e s . T he ou t pu ts of t h e f i e l d s wi tc h s ha l l b e c o nn e c te d to th e t wo a gg r e g at e s wi tc h es b y us i n g 2 x 1 G i ga b it F i br e U p l ink s thr o ug h s ep ar at e o pt ic al f i br e c a bl e t o t h e r ed u n da n t p or ts a va i l ab l e i n T ER s wi tc hes . For po we r i n g t he PT Z, if t h e p o wer ( P o E) a va i l ab l e o n t h e f i el d s witc h por ts is no t s uf f ic i en t to dr i v e t he PT Z f u n c ti o na l i ti es , a s e par a t e p o wer c ab l e s h a ll be la i d b y L K S 02 c on tr a c t or . T he F ie l d S wi tc h s pec if ic a t io ns : Confidential s ha l l inc l u de , b ut n ot l im ite d to the f o ll o wi n g 1. T he S witc h s h al l b e h ig h per f or m anc e, m a na g ea b l e a n d s ha l l ha v e m i n im um 16x 1 0/ 10 0 Mb ps p or ts inc l u di ng 2x 1G i ga b i t F i br e Up l i nk po r ts . 2. A l l E t her n et S wi tc h p or ts s ha l l be P o E c o m pli a nt as p er I E E E 80 2 .3 af 3. It s ha l l s up p or t M u lt i c as t i ng pr ot oc o ls ( IG M P s n o op i n g, etc .) PS- Chapter 8 Page 30 of 54 LKS 02: Particular Specifications r eq u ir ed f or C CT V s ys tem . 4. A l l t h e por ts s ha l l b e e qu i pp e d an d th e S FP m od u l es s ho u ld c om pl y wi th Mu l t i - S our c e Ag r e em en t ( M S A) , e na b l in g t h e c om pat i b i li t y wi t h o th e r ve n dor s ' e qu i pm ents 5. O p er a t in g t em per at ur e 0 °C t o + 60 °C , H um id it y u p t o 9 0% ( n o n c on d ens i n g) . S witc h s ha l l b e wi t h ou t a n y m o v i ng p ar ts ( n o f a ns ) 6. A l l S wi tc h es s h al l h a v e hi g h RFI / E MI im m un it y a nd s h a l l ha v e IE E E /U L/ E N a nd F CC ap pr o v al . 7. S ha l l b e c ap a b le t o wit hs ta n d s hoc k a n d v i br a t io ns as p er I EC or e qu i v a le n t s ta n dar d s . 8. S ha l l h a v e P or t s ec ur i t y ( IP / M AC ) . 9. S ha l l h a ve t he f o ll o wi ng pr o toc o ls – SN M P v 2/ v 3, W eb, T el n et , Ra p id S p a nn i ng T r ee ( R ST P) as per I E E E 80 2. 1 w, etc or as r eq u ir ed f or C CT V o pe r at i on . 10 . S wi tc h es s h a l l m ee t a ll t h e ab o v e s p ec if ic at i ons an d s h a ll be f r om the r e p ut ed m an uf ac t ur er - C is c o, Ex t r em e, J un i p er , H P, Hir s c hm an n, R u g ge dc om A MG , C om ne t or e qu i v a le n t.  4 p or t l a ye r 2 i nd us t r i a l gr a de s wi tc hes as r eq u ir ed to m ee t wi th th e r eq u ir em ents of CCT V s h a l l be pr o v i d ed f or c o nn ec ti n g th e C C T V c am er as o uts i de t h e s t at i ons t o t he ne ar es t s ta t io n . 6. 2. 1 0 CCT V M onit o rs 6. 2. 1 0. 1 Sp e cif ic at ion s f or Pl at f o rm M onit o rs: T he C CT V M on i to r is to b e i ns t a l le d i n t he e nc l os ur e/ h o us i n g at t h e p la tf or m at H ea d en d on l y. T h e m on it or s h al l be f it f or us e a t PF l e ve l of e le v at e d s t at i ons i n d i r ec t s un l i gh t a n d o ut do or en v ir o nm ent . T he C CT V m onit or s ha l l b e s h i e ld e d a ga i ns t r a di o f r eq ue nc y p ic k u p a n d s t at ic m agne t ic f ie l d i nt er f er enc e g e ner at e d b y tr ac t i on m oto r p ic k up e x pec t ed i n Me tr o e n vi r o nm ent , es p ec i al l y a t t he p l atf or m s . T h e m o ni t or s h a ll inc l u de , b ut n ot be l im ite d t o, t h e f o l l o wi n g s p ec if ic a t io ns : Confidential 1. V ie wa b l e S i ze 22” or be tt er d ia g on a l l y on m onit or s c r e e n. 2. Res o lu t io n 19 2 0 x 1 0 80 pix e ls 3. Im age C o ntr as t Ra t io PS- Chapter 8 w he n m e as ur e d L E D - b ac k l it / LC D 10 0 0: 1 or b e tt er Page 31 of 54 LKS 02: Particular Specifications ( T yp ic al) 0 0 4. V ie wi n g a n g le 16 0 b y 1 6 0 or b e tt er 5. V id e o In p ut S ig n al s A na l o g V id e o – V G A Di g it a l V i d eo - D VI- D ( HD CP ) 6. Res p ons e T im e 5 ms 7. Co l ou r S up p or t 16 . 7 M il l i o n or b et ter 8. Im age Br ig ht n es s ( t yp i c a l) 25 0 c d /m or b e tt er 9. A ppr o v a ls UL / EN a n d F CC 10 . O p er a t in g T em p er a tu r e 0 °C t o + 50 °C 11 . Hum id i t y up t o 9 0% ( no n - c on d e ns in g) 12 . P an e l L if e 30 , 00 0 hr s 13 . Mo n it or C o ntr o l Fr o nt p a ne l Pr o gr am m ab l e 14 . Mak e s u bj ec t t o m eet i ng th e a bo v e s p ec if ic at i o ns P elc o , G E , In d i go v is i o n, Pa n as o n ic , B os c h , S o n y, H on e yw e ll , S i em ens , S am s ung , D el l , H it ac h i, T yc o or eq u i v al e nt . 2 Pr i nt ed da ta s he et of m anuf ac t ur er t o be at tac h ed wi th t h e b i d pr o p os al , c l ear l y i d e nt if yi n g c l au s e b y c l a us e c om pl i anc e. 6. 2. 1 1 Req ui r em ent of La rg e V id eo W al l 5 x 2 x 70” v id e o wa l l s ha l l b e i ns t a l le d a t O CC Se c ur i t y Co nt r o l Ro om . T he s pec if ic a t io ns of th e V i de o W all ar e gi v en An n e xu re A of Ch. 8 ( t h i s ch apt er) of t h is P S. 6. 2. 1 2 Dig it al C CT V Ke yb oa rd : 1. T he d i gi t al k e yb o ar d s ha l l be f u l l y f unc t io n a l , m ult i pur p os e k e yb o a r d us e d f or s ys tem c o ntr o l a nd pr ogr am m ing . 2. K e yb o ar d s h al l i nc lu d e a n in te gr a l var i a bl e s pe e d p a n/ ti l t/ zo om j o ys t ic k an d s ha l l be a bl e to s e le c t a n y c am er a a nd d is pl a y it o n a n y m on i tor of th a t l oc a t io n. Confidential PS- Chapter 8 Page 32 of 54 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 6. 2. 1 3 K e yb o ar d s ha l l c o ntr o l m ult i p le P/T /Z c am er a s . K e yb o ar d s ha l l b e wi t h us e r - f r i en d l y m e nu d is p l a ye d o n L CD wi t h d yn am ic m enu a nd eas y t o r e a d d is p l a y. J o ys t ic k ( K e yb o ar d) s ho u l d s u p por t R S 2 32 /R S 48 5 c on n ec t i v it y an d RJ 1 1 c on n ec t i ons an d s h o ul d b e s up p l ie d wit h r e q u ir e d i nt er f ac e u n its . T he K e y B oar d s h a l l be U L or EN a n d F CC a pp r o v e d an d s h a l l b e o f o n e of th e r e pu t ed m ak es of s am e m ak e as c am er a s . K e yb o ar d s ha l l a ut o m atic a l l y n um ber m on it or s , c am er as , s e q ue nc es a nd gu ar d t o ur s . Us er s s ha l l v i e w v id e o o n m onit or s i n t he s a m e wa y as c on tr ol l i n g a m atr ix . W or k St at i on f o r Vi e w ing, M onit o ri ng . T he PC W ork s tati o n Har d war e s ha l l be Rac k M ou n ta b le f o r v i e wi ng , Mo n it or i ng a nd m a na g em ent of CCT V im a ge s at th e s t a ti o ns a n d s ha l l m ee t th e f ol l o wi n g s pec if ic a ti o n as a m in im um : Confidential 1. Pr oc es s or s In te l X e o n Pr oc es s or E 5 - 26 0 0 s er ies , 2 .4 G H z, H yp er t hr e a d in g , 10 M B L3 C ac h e, 1 60 0 Mhz m em or y or b e tt er . 2. O p er a t in g S ys t em s G e nu i ne W indo ws /L i nux or be tt er 3. Ch i ps e t In te l C 6 00 o r be tt er 4. Mem or y DD R3 16 0 0 M H z m em or y ex p a nd a b le t o 6 4 G B 5. G r a ph ic s D is p la y c ar d Du a l N V ID I A Q u a dr o 60 0 /F ir e Pr o V 49 0 0 or b et te r 6. Dr i v e C o ntr o ll er 6 G b /s c on tr o l l er , R AI D 0 ,1 ,5 a nd 10 c ap a bl e . 7. Har d Dr i v es 2 x 1 4 6G B 1 0 K/ 15 K S A S/ S AT A 8. Ne t wor k i ng Du a l In t egr a te d G b E C on tr ol l er 9. K e yb o ar d US B k e yb o ar d 10 . Mo us e US B t wo - b ut t on op t ic a l m ous e 11 . O pt ic a l S tor a ge D e v ic es DV D- RO M 12 . A ppr o v a ls T he wor k s t at i on s h a l l be U L /FC C PS- Chapter 8 8G B Page 33 of 54 LKS 02: Particular Specifications ap pr o v ed a nd s h al l be f r om r ep u te d m ak es s uc h as IB M ( l en o v a) , D e l l, T os h i ba , Fuj its u , S am s ung , HP or e qu i v a l en t s ubj ec t to m e et i ng th e a b o ve s pec if ic a t io ns . 6. 2. 1 4 S pe ci f i ca t ion s of M onit o r s f or W o r kst at i on ( M M I) : T he m oni t or s h a l l s pec if ic a t io ns : i nc lu d e, bu t not be l im ite d to, t he f o l lo wi n g 1. V ie wa b l e S i ze 22” or b e tt er whe n m eas ur e d d i ag o n al l y on L ED- b ac k li t LC D m o ni t or s c r e en . 2. Res o lu t io n 19 2 0 x 1 0 80 pix e ls 3. Im age Co n tr as t ( T yp ic al) 4. V ie wi n g a n g le 16 0 5. V id e o In p ut S ig n al s A na l o g V id e o – V G A Ra t io 10 0 0: 1 or b e tt er 0 0 b y 1 6 0 or b e tt er Di g it a l V i d eo - D VI- D ( HD CP ) 6. Res p ons e T im e 5 ms 7. Co l ou r S up p or t 16 . 7 M il l i o n or b et ter 8. Im age Br ig ht n es s ( t yp i c a l) 25 0 c d /m or b e tt er 9. Dis p l a y A dj us tm ents T ilt , S wi v e l , P i v ot , He i gh t A dj us tm en ts etc . P os it i o n 2 10 . A ppr o v a ls UL or EN & FC C 11 . Com pl i a nt St an d ar ds EN E RG Y ST AR / E P E AT G o l d / T CO 12 . Mak e s u bj ec t t o m eet i ng th e a bo v e s p ec if ic at i o ns IB M ( le n o vo) , D el l , T o s h ib a, F uj its u, H P or eq u i v al e nt . 6. 2. 1 5 N et w or k Vid eo R e c ord e r ( S e rv e r/ St or ag e) - H a rdw a re 6. 2. 1 5. 1 T he N e t wor k V i de o M an a gem e nt a nd R ec or der s ys t em s ha l l b e 1 9” Rac k Mo u nt a b le . T he s t or ag e wi th R AI D 5 o r b e tt er c o nf i gur at i o n s ha l l be i nb u i lt ar d d is k s o n th e s er ve r / Dir ec t At tac h e d S tor a ge /N e t wor k A t tac h ed St or a ge / St or ag e Ar e a N et wo r k . E ac h NV R ( Pr im ar y/ S e c on d ar y) Confidential PS- Chapter 8 Page 34 of 54 LKS 02: Particular Specifications s ha l l ha v e 2 0T B m in im um us ab le s to r a g e c ap ac it i es f or C CT V v id e o r ec o r d i ngs wi t h a pr o v is io n of ex p a ns io n of up t o 2 5% .T he N VR s h a ll m ee t th e f ol l o wi n g s pec if ic a ti o ns as a m in im um : 1. Pr oc es s or In te l X e o n pr oc es s or E 5 - 2 6 40 2. 2 G H z or be tt er 15 M B L 3 c ac h e , H yp e r - T hr ea d i ng T ec hn o l og y wi t h 7. 2 G T /s Q P I S p ee d a n d s c a la b le up t o 2 Pr oc e s s or s , c o nf i g ur ed wi th Re d un d an t P o wer Su p p li es ” or be tt er 2. Ch i ps e t In te l C6 0 0 or b et t er 3. Mem or y 32 G B D DR 3 R e gis t er e d L o w V o lt a g e DI M MS , 13 3 3 MH z or b et ter s c a la b le t o 1 2 8 G B of m em or y 4. O S H ar d Dr i v e M in im um 2x 3 0 0G B S A S 1 5 K R PM or B et ter i n RA ID 1 5. Da ta H ar d Dr i v es Ho t P l ug H ar d dr i v e S A S/ S AT A 7. 2 K or b et t er wi t h 20T B us a b l e i n R AI D 5 wi t h on e H DD as ho t s p ar e 6. Dr i v e c o nt r o l l er S A S c o ntr o l ler wi th R AI D 5 or be tt er H ot - p l ug HD D, wit h 1G B D DR 3 NV R A M In te r n a l Ho t p lu g S A S / SAT A HD D. 7. O pt ic a l St or a ge Ex t er n al D V D RO M Dr i v e s h ou l d b e s up p or t a b le 8. Ne t wor k Co ntr o l l er 4x 1 G b E wit h L o ad Ba l anc i n g an d F ai l o v er S up p or t . Rem ot e m an a gem e nt c ar d wi th I P v 6 c om pl i anc e. Confidential 9. P o wer s u pp l y T wo ho t p lu g h i g h ef f i c i enc y r a t ed po wer s up p l ies . 10 . Ma n ag em en t De d ic a t ed R em ot e m a na g em ent c ar d , wi t h s up p or t f or f u ll ou t of ba n d r em ot e m anag em en t .R em ot e m anag em en t s ys tem t o pr o v i d e F ir m war e u p d at es a nd R o l l b ac k wi t ho ut ins t al l i n g an y s of t war e. 11 . OS W indows S er ver / Li n ux /S u n S o lar is or as r eq u ir ed f or C CT V s ys tem o pe r a t io n. PS- Chapter 8 Page 35 of 54 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 12 . A ppr o v a ls T he Ne t wor k V i d eo R e c or d er s h a l l b e CE /F CC /U L l is te d a nd s ha l l b e o ne of t he r ep u te d m ak es s uc h a s I B M, D e l l, H P, F uj its u, S un Mic r os ys tem s or e qu i v a le n t s ubj ec t t o m eeti n g th e a b o ve s pe c if ic at i o ns . T he S er ve r ac c es s or i e s s h a l l a ls o b e C E a n d UL lis t ed . 6. 2. 1 6 KVM Ext en de r W ork s tati o n f or CCT V MM Is s h al l b e k ep t i n T el ec om Eq u ipm e n t Ro om ( T ER) a nd t h e ex t e ns i on of Vi d eo , K e y b o ar d, M o us e an d C CT V j o ys t ic k to th e O C C C on tr ol l er s , St a ti o n C on tr ol Ro om ( SC R) , S ec ur i t y R oo m s and P la tf or m Su p er v is or B oo t hs ( P S B) in O CC /s ta t io ns s h a l l b e d on e thr o ug h K V M Ex t e nd er s . T he d is t a nc e b et we e n T E R an d S CR / Sec ur it y R oo m s /PS B i n s om e c as es m a y b e m or e th a n 1 50 m ts . T he K V M ex t e nd er s s ha l l b e s e lec te d k ee p in g in v i e w of th e d is ta nc e a nd th e s c r e e n r es o lu t io n of MM I. T he K V M ex t e nd er s s ha l l inc l u de , b u t no t lim i te d t o t h e f o ll o wi n g s pec if ic a t io ns : 6. 2. 1 7 0 0 1. O p er a t in g tem per a tur e 0 to 40 C 2. Hum id i t y Up to 80 % n on c o n de n s i ng 3. In d ic a t or De v ic e s t at us L E D ne t wor k ac t i v it y 4. Rem ot e c o nn ec ti o n Et h er ne t i nd ic at or 5. Ne t wor k pr ot oc o l T CP/ I P, LD A P, S NM P or as r eq u ir ed f or t h e CCT V o p er at i o ns . 6. Sc r ee n r es o l ut i on ( RJ 4 5) wi t h in d ic a t or por t wit h ac t i v it y 1 9 20 x 1 08 0 @ 50 H z or b e tt er IR il lu min at o r f o r I P Fix ed B ox c a me r a. T he I nf r a R e d ( IR) i l lu m inat or ( i nb u i lt i n c am er a or ex t er n a l) s ha l l pr o v i d e h ig h q ua l it y 8 5 0 nm or b et te r I R i l lum i na t i on . T h e IR f unc t io n c an b e c on tr ol l e d v ia t he v i d eo o ut p ut of t he c am e r a an d or t h e c am er a ’ s IR - c ut f il ter c an b e s ync hr on i ze d v ia a c on t ac t c l os ur e in t h e h ous i n g. 6. 2. 1 8 Req ui r em ent s f or C C T V Vid eo An a l yt i cs f or C CT V S ys t e m. A na l yt ic s c a n b e e na b le d or d is a b l ed on eac h u n it i nd i v i d ua l l y wi th o ut de gr a di n g v i de o p er f or m anc e o n th e s ys t em Confidential PS- Chapter 8 Page 36 of 54 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 6. 2. 1 8. 1 In te l l i ge nt V i de o An a l yt ic s s ha l l b e im pl e m ente d o n t h e pr op o s ed c am er as . D if f er e n t t ypes of V id e o an a l yt ic s f ea tur es s h al l i nc l u de b ut n ot l im ite d t o:  In tr us i o n d et ec t i on ,  Un at t en d ed b a g ga g e d et ec t i o n,  c r o wd es tim at i o n an d c r o wd m a na g em ent a l ar m s f or p l atf or m s ,  l in e c o nt r o l ,  c ou n ter f l o w de tec t io n o v er c r o wd in g d et ec t io n,  c am er a t am per in g a l er ts an d  an y o t her v i de o a na l yt ic f ea tur e r e l e v an t to LM RC T he V i de o An a l yt ic s f unc t io n a li t y s h a l l h a v e m ec ha n i s m s to c o nt i nu e a l ar m ge n er at i on i n c as e of f ai l ur e of th e S er v er . T he V id e o A na l yt i c s s ha l l n ot b e bo u nd to th e MA C a ddr es s of th e d e v ic e an d h e nc e a n y v i d e o a n al yt i c s f eat ur e s h a ll be p os s i b le t o b e d ep l o ye d o n an y c am er a. 6. 2. 1 8. N ot Us e d 6. 2. 1 8. 3 Ab a ndon ed /U nat t en d ed O bj e ct De t e ct i on De tec ts a n u n at te n de d b ag on a c r o wd e d p la tf or m . Im m edi at e l y de tec ts an d no t if i es if a n o bj e c t h as b ee n per m an e nt l y p l ac ed o n th e c o nc o ur s e, tic k e ti n g ar ea , t ec h n ic a l r oom , S CR ar e a a n d o n th e P F. 6. 2. 1 8. 4 Dep ot /O CC P er im et er P ro t e ct i on: As l ig ht i n g is a v a i la b l e n e ar t h e g at es ( m a x 2 g at es ) a nd as t h e n i g ht v is io n c am er as ar e be i ng i ns t a l le d, i t is ne c e s s ar y t o pr o v i de s ec u r it y wi t h f ix e d c am er a wi t h v i d eo an a l yt ic s to v i e w th e e nt r a nc e a nd ex it of th e De p ot /O C C/s ta t io n s . Fur th er th e p er ip h er y of t h e c om pou n d h as t o b e pr o v i d ed wi t h s uc h c a m er as c l os e to t he g a tes or as c o n v en i en t b y wh i c h an y o n e s c a l in g t h e c o m poun d wa l l ne ar b y tr i gg er s t he a lar m . 6. 2. 1 8. 5 Hum an M ov eme nt D e t ec t io n de si gn ed t o spot int rud e rs and u nusu a l beh av io ur of a n i ndiv idu al mov i ng ag a ins t t h e g en e ra l c row d f l ow . It s h ou l d be p os s i bl e to d et ec t in tr us i o n ou t s i de O C C, S CR , T E R i n c as e of l o it er i ng f or s om e ti m e an d c an b e pr o gr a m m ed to a l ar m as r e q u ir e d at n ig ht or d a y as nec es s ar y. T h e c am er as b ei n g f ix e d c an h a v e t h e an a l yt ic s f or d et ec ti n g lo it er i ng , wr on g s i d e m ovem en t i n es c a la to r s . T his is t o be pr o v i d ed a t a l l s t at i ons 6. 2. 1 8. 6 It s h a l l be pos s i b le t o de t ec t t he f o l lo wi n g e v en ts : a. C am er a T am per in g b. O v er c r o wd i n g/ Co n g es t i on D e tec t io n i n P l a tf or m c . Ex c es s i v e Q u e u in g Confidential PS- Chapter 8 Page 37 of 54 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 6. 2. 1 8. 7 R ul e Ba s ed Det e ct io n a) T he v id e o m an a gem en t s ys tem s h a ll s u pp or t s ol u ti o n th a t m ak es i t pos s i b le t o i nt e gr a t e v i de o c o nt en t a pp l ic at i ons s e am les s l y i nt o v i e wi ng c l ie n t en v ir o nm ents t o tr i gg er a l ar m s . b) M in im um of 16 c am er as of eac h s ta t io n, 4 c am er as of d ep ot , 16 c am er as of O CC s ha l l be pr o v id ed wi t h Vi d e o A n a l yt i c f unc t i ons . T ot a l n u m ber of c am er a An a l yt ic s f o r a l l 1 6 c am er as of eac h s ta t io n s ha l l be 3 0, f o r de p ot it s h a ll b e 8 a n d f or O CC , it s h al l b e 3 2 . T he d is tr ib u ti o n of t he t ot a l A na l yt ic s t o t h e v ar i ous c am er as a t t h e r e le v a nt l oc at i ons s ha l l b e de v e l op e d du r i n g d et a i le d d es ig n . 6. 2. 1 9 C CT V V ID EO SU R V EI LL AN C E SO FT W AR E 6. 2. 1 9. 1 G E N ER AL SY ST EM D E SC RI PT IO N Confidential A. T he s of t war e s ha l l be bas e d u po n s ta n dar d c om pon e nts an d pr o v en tec h no l og y us in g o p en an d p ub l is he d pr o toc o ls . Al l t h e s of t war es an d l ic e ns es s h a ll be f or p er p e tu a l us e b y L MR C T his a pp l i es f or a l l k ind of s of t wa r es a n d l ic en s es b ei n g s u pp l i ed as par t of L K S 02 c o ntr a c t. B. T he v i d eo m an a gem en t s ys t em s ha ll b e an en te r pr is e c las s IP en a b le d f ul l y d is tr ib ut ed s o l ut i o n, d es i gn e d f or lim it l es s m u lt i - s it e an d m ult ip l e s er ver i ns t a l l at i ons r e q uir i n g 2 4 /7 s ur ve i l l anc e wi t h s u p por t f or d e v ic es f r om d if f er en t v e nd or s . C. T he vi d eo m a na g em en t s ys t em s ha ll of f er c e ntr a l i ze d m an ag em en t of a ll d e vic es , s er v er s a nd us er s f or c e n tr a l i z ed m on i tor i n g, r ep or t i ng , an d a l ar m m ana g e m ent , s of t wa r e c o n f ig ur a t io n up l oa ds an d do wn l o ads t o c l ie nt s t at i ons , f ir m war e a nd s of t war e u p gr ad es . T h es e f unc t i o na l it i es s h a l l be im p lem en t ed o n t wo wor k s ta t io ns in e ac h O CC D. T he v id e o m ana g em ent s ys tem s h al l a l lo w an u n l im ite d num b er of c am er as , r ec or d i n g s er v er s an d c li e n ts to be c o nn ec t e d t o m anag em en t s er v er ac r os s m u lt i pl e s i t es . E. T he v i de o m ana g e m ent s ys tem s h a l l i nc l ud e a d is tr ib ut e d ar c h i tec t ur e , a l lo wi n g c l ie n ts on t h e h os t s ys tem wit h t he us er r ig hts to v i e w v i de o s ou r c es b e l on g in g to m u l ti p l e i n de p en d e nt v i de o m anag em en t s ys tem s s im ul ta n eo us l y. F. T he v i d eo m an ag em e nt s ys t em s ha l l c o nt a i n a m ana g em ent s er v er th at s h al l be th e c en tr a l m ana g er o f t he s ys t em and c on tr o l r ec or d i ng s er ve r s , c am er as , de v ic es a nd us er s . T he m an ag em en t s er v er s ha l l ha n d le t h e i ni t i al c l ie n t l og i n, s ys t em c o nf i gu r at i on an d l o gg i n g. G. T he v i de o m an a gem e nt s ys t em s ha l l i nc lu de a n a l ar m m anag e m ent f unc t i o n t h at s ha l l pr o v i de c e ntr a l o ver v i e w, c on tr o l a n d s c al a b il i t y i n an y n um ber of f ed er at ed v id e o m an a gem e nt s ys tem i ns t a l l at i ons . H. T he v i de o m an ag em en t s ys t em s hal l s u pp or t h ig h a v a i l ab i l it y of r ec o r d i ng s er ver s . A f a il o v er o pt i on s h a l l pr o v id e s ta n d b y s up p or t f or PS- Chapter 8 Page 38 of 54 LKS 02: Particular Specifications r ec o r d i ng s e r v er s wi t h a ut om at ic s ync hr o ni z at i on t o ens ur e m ax im um up t im e a n d m in im um r i s k of l os in g d at a. Confidential I. T he v i de o m ana g em ent s ys t em s hal l s up p o r t a v er s at i l e r u l e s ys tem i nc l u d in g s c h ed u l ed o r e v e nt - dr i ve n ac t io ns wit h n um er o us op t io ns , i nc l u d in g s u p por t f o r t i m e p r of i les . J. T he vi d eo m a na g em ent s ys tem s ha l l i nc or por a te a f u l l y in te gr a te d v i de o- s har i n g f unc t io n a li t y f or dis tr ib u te d v i e wi ng of v i d eo f r om an y c am er a i n t he s ys t em on an y c om p ut er wi t h t he v ie wi n g c l i e nt . K. T he vi d e o m ana g em en t s ys t em s ha l l s u p por t a v id e o wa l l a p p lic a ti on , wh ic h s h a ll be f l ex i b le a n d h ar d war e i nd e pe n de n t to al l o w f or s eam l es s i nt e gr a t io n wi t h th e m an a g em ent c l ie n t an d vi e wi n g c l i e nt . L. T he v i de o m ana g em ent s ys t em s ha ll s up p o r t e nc r yp t io n of v i d eo f or ex p or t pu r p os es . M. T he v id e o m an a gem e nt s ys t em s ha l l i nc l u de a s t an d a lo n e v i e wi n g c l ie n t ap p l ic a t io n t o b e i nc l u de d wi t h v i d eo ex p or te d f r om the v ie wi n g c l ie n t ap p l ic a t io n . T h e s ta n da l o ne v ie wi n g c l i e nt a pp l ic at i o n s ha l l a ll o w r ec ip i e nts of t h e v i de o t o br o ws e a n d p la yb a c k the ex p or te d v i de o wi t h ou t i ns t a l l in g s e par at e s of t wa r e o n th e ir c om pu te r s N. T he v i d eo m an ag em e nt s ys t em s of t war e s ha l l p r o v i de f as t e v i d enc e ex p or t b y ex por t in g v i de o in v ar i ous f or m ats , i nc l u d in g v id e o f r om m ult ip l e c am er as i n a n enc r yp t e d da t ab as e f or m at wit h a n inc l u de d s ta n da l on e v ie wi n g c l ie n t. I t s ha l l b e p o s s i bl e t o wr it e a d i g it a l s i gn at ur e to t h e d at a bas e f i les c on ta i n in g r ec o r d e d da t a. T his s ha l l a ll o w th e vi e wi n g c l i e nt a n d t he s t a nd a l on e v i e wi n g c l ie n t to v er if y th at t h e c on te n ts of i m por te d a nd op e ne d da t ab as es ha v e n ot b ee n tam per e d wi t h a nd t h a t no da ta b as e f i l es h a v e b ee n r em o ve d. O. T he v id e o m an ag em e nt s ys t em s ha l l s u p p o r t a s o l ut i o n t h at m ak es it pos s i b le to i nt e gr a t e m ult ip l e t h ir d - p ar t y v i de o c on te n t a pp l ic at i ons s eam l es s l y i nt o v i e wi n g c l i en t e n vi r o nm en ts . P. T he v i de o m an a g em en t s ys t em s h al l inc l u de a S of t war e D e ve l o pm en t K it ( SD K) th at of f er s im por ta nt c ap a b il i t ies f or in te gr at i ng th e vi de o m anag em en t s ys t em wi t h th ir d p ar t y s of t war e an d a p p lic a ti o ns l ik e ac c es s c on tr ol , v i d eo an a l yt ic s , etc . Q. T he v i de o m an ag em en t s ys t em s hal l inc l ud e s u p por t f or Ac t i v e Dir ec tor y t o a l l o w us er s t o be a dd e d t o t he s ys t em . Us e of A c ti v e Dir ec tor y r e q u ir es t ha t a s er v er r u nn i ng Ac t i v e D ir ec t or y, ac t in g a s a dom a in c on tr o l l er is a v a il a b le o n t he ne t wor k . R. T he V M S s h a l l s u p por t th e ge n er a t io n of au d it tr a i ls . A ud i t tr a ils s ha l l c ons is t of lo gs of ac t i ons do n e b y o p er a t or / a dm in is tr at or e. g. l og i n/ l og o ut , a d d it i ons , d e le t io ns , a nd m od i f ic a ti o ns , etc . T he V M S s ha l l s u p por t A u di t tr a i ls r e p or t g e ner a ti on f r om th e a u di t t r a il da t ab as e i nt o s ta n d ar d r e por t in g t oo ls e . g. Ex c el . PS- Chapter 8 Page 39 of 54 LKS 02: Particular Specifications S. T he s ys t em s ha l l a l l o w th e r ec or d i n g, l i v e m on it or in g , p l a yb ac k of ar c h i v e d v i de o s im u lt a ne o us l y. T. T he s ys t em s ha l l s up p or t m ult ic as t i n g of v i d eo f ee ds to c l ie n t wor k s ta t io ns i n or d er to c ons er v e n e t wor k r es our c es . M u lt ic as ti n g s ha l l s en d a s i n g le s tr e am of v id e o t o m ult i p le c l i en ts , wh er e t he s tr e am m a y b e d ec o d ed an d d is p la ye d o n a ll c l ie n ts s im ul ta n e o us l y. T he s ys t em s ha l l a u to m atic a l l y s wi tc h t o un i c as t , if th e c l ie n t f a ils to c on n ec t t o t he m ul tic a s t s t r e am . U. T he s ys tem s ha l l a l l o w li v e m ult i - s tr eam i ng f r om the c am er as in d if f er e nt r es o l ut i o ns , f or m ats , an d f r am e r at es . I n ad d it i on to th is , th e s ys tem s h a ll s up p or t a s e p ar a te r ec o r d i ng s t r eam . V. T he s ys t em s ha l l s u pp or t a b u i lt - i n V ir t u a l M a tr ix S wi tc h er . T he V ir t u a l M atr ix S w itc h s ha l l h a ve t h e c a pa b il i t y of c r e at i ng c am er a s eq u enc es wit h t he f o l l o wi ng f u nc t i on a l it i es : a) E ac h Se q ue nc e s h a ll ha v e c a p ab i l it y u p t o h un dr e ds of c am er as . b) E ac h c am er a in th e s e qu e nc e s h a ll h a ve its o wn in d i v id u a l d we l l tim e, f r om 1 t o 60 s ec on d . c) E ac h e ntr y i n a s e q ue nc e s h a ll h a ve t he c a pac i t y t o tr i g ger PT Z c am er a pr es ets , pa tt er ns or a ux i li ar i es . d) Mu l t ip l e us er s s ha l l b e ab l e to v ie w th e s a m e c am er a s eq u enc e s im ul ta n eo us l y, no t n e c es s ar i l y s ync hr on i ze d o n e wi t h th e o th er . 6. 2. 1 9. 2 M AN AG EM E NT S E R V ER Confidential A. A m an a gem e nt s er v er s h a ll c o n tr o l t he v id e o m an a gem en t s ys tem s o th at th e s ys t em adm in is tr a tor has f u l l c o n tr o l of a l l C CT V e q ui pm e nts l oc a l l y, or f r om a r e m ote l oc at i on . T he m anag em en t s er v er s ha l l c on t ai n th e E v e nt , L o g , D at a c o l lec t io n, e tc s er v ic es , wh ic h b y d ef a u lt s ha l l b e ins t al l e d on th e s am e s er v er as th e m an a gem e nt s e r v er s of t war e; h o we v er , if no t f eas i bl e , i t s h al l be ins ta l l ed on s e pa r at e s er ve r s . B. T he m an ag em en t s er v er s h al l b e a b le t o ha nd l e c l i en t l og i n, s ys t em c onf ig ur at i o ns , p er f or m anc e c o un t e r s an d l o gg i n g. C. A m an ag em ent c l i en t s ha l l be a va i l ab l e f or r em ote adm i nis tr at i o n of r ec o r d i ng s er ver s , d e v ic es , s ec ur it y, r u l es , l og g i ng e tc . D. T he m ana g em ent s e r v er s ha l l be a b le to s tor e th e s ys t em ’s c onf ig ur at i o n f or a ll c l ie n ts , s er v er s a n d IP c am er as i n d at a b as e , e it her o n t h e m ana g e m ent s er v er c om put er , or o n a da t ab as e s e r v er i n th e n et wo r k . E. T he m ana gem en t s er ve r s ha l l au t he nt ic at i o n an d us e r r ig hts . PS- Chapter 8 be able to m an ag e all us er Page 40 of 54 LKS 02: Particular Specifications Confidential F. T he s of t wa r e s h a l l a l l o w f or i ns ta l l at i on of A nt i - V ir us an d ne t wor k s ec ur i t y S of t war e G. T he m an ag em en t s e r v er s h al l b e i ns ta l l ed o n m ult i p le s e r v er s c l us t er e d t og e th er . I n c as e a s er ver in th e c l us t er f ai ls , an o th er s er ve r i n th e c l us t er s ha l l a ut om atic a l l y t ak e o v er th e f a i l ed s er v er ’s j ob r u n n in g t he m an ag em ent s e r ver . H. T he s ys t em s ha l l ac t a s a n SN M P ag e nt wh ic h c an g en er at e a n SN M P tr a p as a r es u l t of r u l e ac ti v a ti o n i n ad d it i on to ot h er ex is ti n g r u le ac t i ons . I. T he s ys t em s ha l l s u p por t in t er o p er ab i l it y w it h IP c am er a s ta n d a r ds i nc l u d in g, a t a m in im um , th e O p en N et wor k Vi de o In te r f ac e Fo r um ( O N VIF ) . J. T he s ys t em s ha l l inc l ud e a u n i v er s a l dr i v e r th at s h a l l s u p por t an y ge n er ic n e t wor k c am er a. T h e dr i ve r m us t b e a b l e t o ha n d le s t an dar d v i de o s tr eam i ng f or m a ts i nc l u d in g M P EG 4 a n d H. 2 64 or l at es t . K. S ui t ab l e i n dic a ti o n t o the O CC o p er a t or t o b e g i ve n if o ne v i de o r ec o r d i ng s er ver f a i ls / s hu t d o wn. L. T he a dm in is tr a tor thr ou g h t he r e le v a nt s of t war e s h al l be ab l e t o d o s of t war e a ud i t in g wh ic h d is pl a ys t h e s of t war e v er s i ons r u nn i ng on th e CCT V e q u ipm en ts . M. T he s ys t em s hal l be c ap ab l e t o g e ne r a te r e p or ts of s tor e d d e v ic e c onf ig ur at i o n, a l ar m s a nd al ar m l o gs . T h e l o g s ha l l b e a bl e t o b e ar c h i v e d, pr in te d an d d is p l a ye d us i n g a de v ic e f il t er , a d e v ic e gr ou p f il ter an d/ or a t im e wi n do w. N. T he s ys t em s hal l s u p p or t s ear c h of r ec or d ed v id e o f or m oti on i n us er s pec if ie d ar e as of a c am er a im age . T his i nt e l li g en t p os t - r ec or d i ng m otio n s e ar c h wi l l wor k f or c am er as c o n nec t ed . O. It s h a l l b e pos s i b l e t o b ac k up a n d r es t or e s ys t em c onf ig ur at i o n in or d er t o qu ic k l y r es to r e th e c o nf i gur a ti o n o f th e v id e o m an a gem en t s ys tem . T wo t yp e s of b ac k up of s ys t e m c onf i gur a ti o n s h al l b e pos s i b le : a. Sc he d u le d b ac k up , b. Ma n ua l b ac k up . S ys t e m logs s h al l n ot b e ba c k ed u p or r es t or ed w he n per f or m in g m an u a l ba c k up or r es t or e. P. T he s ys t em m oni t or i ng f ea tur e s ha l l b e a va i l ab l e. T h e s ys tem m onit or i ng f ea t ur e s ha l l g i ve o per a tor s t he p os s ib i l it y of vi e wi n g s ys tem i nf or m at i on an d c r e at i ng r ep or ts on : 1. Ma n ag em en t s er v er s , Rec or d in g s er v er s , Fa i lo v er s er v er s wh ic h s ha l l s h o w C P U a nd m em or y us a ge of t he s e r v er s . 2. Cam er as , wh ic h s h a l l s ho w a m in im um lis t o f th e f o l l o wi n g it em s . PS- Chapter 8 Page 41 of 54 LKS 02: Particular Specifications a) Cam er a s t a tus ( c on n e c te d or d is c o nn ec t e d) b) an in d i v id u a l c am er a i s r ec or d in g or n o t c) T he nam e of t he c a m er a, t h e h ar d wa r e de v ic e a nd t he I P ad dr es s of t h e h ar d wa r e d e vic e d) T he r ec or d i n g s er ve r t he c am er a is c o n nec te d to e) W hat s t or a g e th e c am er a is us i ng f) L i ve f r am es per s ec o n d ( FP S) g) L i ve v id e o f or m at , f o r ex am p le H . 26 4 or MJ P EG h) Rec or d in g v i d eo f or m at, f or ex am pl e H. 2 6 4 or MJ P EG i) Me d i a d at a r ec ei v e d ( K bi t/s ) 6. 2. 1 9. 3 Net w or k Vid eo R e co r ding Se rv e r A. T he r ec or d i n g s er v er s s ha l l b e us ed f or r e c or d i n g v i de o f e eds a nd f or c om m unic a ti n g wi th c am er as an d ot he r d e v ic es . T h e r ec or d in g s er ve r ( s ) s ha l l b e a b le t o c om m un ic at e wit h t he m an a gem en t s er v er . B. A l l c am er a r ec or d i ngs s h al l h a ve C am er a ID & l oc a t io n /ar e a of r ec or d i n g as we l l as d a te /t im e s tam p an d s h a l l be p r og r am m abl e b y th e s ys tem adm i n is tr at or wit h Us e r I D & P as s wor d . C. V id e o s tr e am f r om ind i v i du a l c am er as s h a ll b e r ec or de d o n s tor a ge de v ic e. S ys tem s h al l ha v e pr o v is i o n t o a ut om at ic a l l y pur g i ng of o ld er da t a i n F IFO f or m at w he n th e s t or a ge s p ac e i s ex h aus te d . I n c a s e d a ta o ld er t ha n 7 d a ys is a v a il a b le , th e r e tr ie v a l s ho u l d be pos s i b le . D. T he CCT V a p pl ic at i o n s ho u ld a l lo w r e tr i e va l of d a ta i ns t an t an e ou s l y f or an y d a te / t im e i nt e r v a l c hos e n thr o ug h s e ar c h f u nc t i on a l it y of t h e ap p l ic a t io n s of t wa r e . E. T he N VR s h al l pr o vi de Ne t wor k T im e Se r v er f u nc t i on to ens ur e th e s yn c hr o n is a t io n of th e V i d eo Ser v er s a n d th e r ec or d i n gs . F . T he N V R s ha l l pr o vi d e a s t at us of t he a v a i la b l e r ec or d i ng c a pac it y, as we l l as an i n d ic a t io n of t he r em ai n i ng p os s i b le r ec or di n g t im e. A n a lar m s ha l l p o p- u p o n th e wor k s ta t io n /t er m in a l wh e n th e s to r a g e de v ic e is ne ar l y f u ll . G . O nc e c o nf i g ur e d , r e c or d i n g s er v er s s h al l r un i nd e pe n d en t l y m anag em en t s er ver , an d s h al l c o nt i n u e t o op er at e e v en m anag em en t s er v er is of f li n e. of if th e t he H. Ne t wor k vi d eo r ec or der s ( N VRs ) s h a l l b e d es i g ne d t o o pe r a te in a m ir r or e d r e d un d anc y m ode. T he s t at i o n c am er as wi l l b e r ec or de d in pr im ar y N VR s er v er at th e s ta t io n its e lf a nd i n m ir r or e d m od e at th e adj ac en t s ta t io n . T h e s ys tem s h a l l s u pp or t a n u n l im ite d n u m ber of r ec o r d i ng s er ver s . Confidential PS- Chapter 8 Page 42 of 54 LKS 02: Particular Specifications I. E ac h r ec or di n g s e r v er s h a l l ha v e a d ef au l t s t or ag e c on t ai n er . T h e s tor a ge c on t ai n er s h a ll s pec if y t he c om pl et e r ec or d in g a n d ar c h i vi n g c onf ig ur at i o n. T he Sof t war e s ha l l b e a b le to do v id e o r ec or di n g o n an y of th e f o l lo wi n g o pt i ons - i nb u i lt h ar d d is k s o n t h e s er v er , D ir ec t A tt ac h e d St or a ge b ox es at t ac h e d to s er ver s , N et wor k At t ac h e d S tor a ge or S tor a ge Ar ea N e t wor k . J . S ys t em s h ou l d ens ur e t ha t onc e r ec or de d, t he v id e o c an n ot b e a l ter e d, ens ur i ng th e au d it tr a i l is i nt ac t f or e v i d en t i a l p ur p os es . T h is ha s to be ac h i e v ed us i n g A ut h e nt ic at i on wi th SH A - 1 has h i ng f u nc t i on , c o m bin ed wi t h 10 2 4 - bi t R S A p ub l ic - pr i va t e k e y p a ir . W ater m ar k ing al o ne f or ens ur i ng t em per pr o of r ec o r d i ng is n ot s uf f ic i en t. K. S ys t em m us t b e c ap a b le of pr o t ec t i ng v id e o ( bas e d o n A lar m s or c er ta i n par am et er s ) s o as t o p r e ve n t it f r om b e in g d e l et ed L. T he s ys tem s h a l l s up p or t H .2 6 4, MP E G - 4 o r l at es t c om pr es s i o n f o r m ats . M. T he r ec or d i n g s er v er s ha l l u t il i ze h i gh per f o r m anc e i S C SI , S C SI , S A S or S SD dis k dr i ves f or on l i ne r ec o r d i ng s t or ag e . Us e of on l in e a r c h i vi n g s ha l l e ns ur e t h at d a ta is a l wa ys r e a d il y a v a i l ab l e. N. T he o n l i ne ar c h i v in g c a pa b i li t y s ha l l b e tr a ns par e nt a nd s h a l l a l lo w v i e wi ng c l i en t us er s t o p l a yb ac k ar c h i ve d r ec or d i ngs wi t h ou t t h e ne e d t o r es t or e th e ar c h i v ed v i d e o t o a l oc al har d dr i v e f or ac c es s . O . T he s ys tem s h a ll al l o w t h e f r am e r a te , b it r a te a n d r es o lu t io n of e ac h c am er a to b e c onf ig u r ed in d ep e nd e nt l y f or r ec or d i n g. T h e s ys te m s hal l a ll o w t h e us e r t o c o nf i gur e gr o ups of c am er as wi t h t h e s am e f r am e r at e, b it r at e an d r es ol u ti o n f or ef f ic i e nt s et - u p of m ul t ip l e c am er as s im ul ta n eo us l y. P. M in im um r ec or d i ng s h a ll be f or 7 d a ys . Q . T he s ys t em s ha l l pr o v i de s e am les s ac c es s t o r ec or d i ngs o n t h e f a il o v er s er ve r f or a l l c li e nts t hr o u g h t he s am e c l ie n t v i e ws o nc e th e s e r vi c es ar e f ul l y s t ar t ed . 6. 2. 1 9. 4 V I EW I NG CL I ENT A. T he v i e wi n g c l i e nt s h a ll e na b le o per a tor s t o c o n nec t t o t he m an ag em en t s er ve r f or i n it i a l a ut hor i za t i o n. Up o n a ut h or i za t io n , t he v i e wi ng c l ie nt s ha l l b e a b le to c o n n e c t to t h e r ec or d i n g s er v er ( s ) , f or ac c es s t o l i v e a nd r ec o r d e d vi d e os . O nc e a ut h or i ze d, t he v i e wi ng c l i en t s h a ll r u n i nd e pe n de nt l y of t h e m anag em en t s er ver , an d s h al l c o nt i nu e to op er at e e ve n if th e m ana g em en t s er v er is of f l i ne . Ho we v er , i n th e d o wn gr a d e d m ode ( whe n t he c on n ec t i v it y be t we en c en tr a l s er v e r a nd t h e s ta ti o n is no t a va i l a bl e) , t h e v i e wer c l i e nt s h a ll b e a b l e t o l o gi n t he s ys t em an d th e v i de o r ec or di n g & t h e l oc a l v ie wi n g s h a l l no t be af f ec te d . Confidential PS- Chapter 8 Page 43 of 54 LKS 02: Particular Specifications B. T he Cl i e nt o p er a t or s ha l l b e a b le t o dr ag a nd d r o p a c am er a f r o m a tr ee of a v ai l a b le c am er as or a c a m er a s e q ue nc e in to a n y v i de o ti l e f or l i v e v i e wi ng . C. T he v i e wi ng c l ie nt s ha l l a l lo w th e us er t o b e ab l e t o: 1. v i e w l i v e v i d eo f r om c am er as 2. p la y b ac k r ec or d i n gs f r om c am er as wi th a s e lec t io n of a d v an c ed na v i g at i on c o n tr o ls , i n c l ud i ng an in tu i t i ve t im e li n e br o w s er . 3. s wi tc h b et we e n a num ber of v ie ws , e ac h a b l e t o dis p l a y v id e os f r o m 1 up t o 1 6 c am er as f r o m m ult i pl e s er v er s a t a tim e. T he s ys t em s ha l l m ak e it pos s i b le t o c r ea t e v i e ws bas e d o n d if f er e nt la yo u ts op t im i ze d f or 4 : 3 an d 1 6: 9 d is p la y r a t ios . 4. ac c es s v ie ws of c am er as o n an y P C wi th a v i e wi ng c l ie nt ins t a ll e d. 5. us e m u lt i p le s c r e e ns as we l l as f l oa t in g wi n d o ws f or d is p la yi n g d if f er e nt vi e ws s im ul ta ne o us l y. 6. qu ic k l y r e p l ac e o n e or m or e v i e ws of c am er a s wit h o th er c am er as . 7. v i e w im ages f r om s ev er a l c am er as i n s e q u enc e i n a s i ng l e c am er a pos i t io n i n a d es i gn at e d c ar ous e l p os it i on . 8. v i e w v i d eo f r om s e l e c te d c am er as i n gr e at er m a gn if ic a ti o n a n d/ or h ig h er q ua l it y i n a des i gn at e d s p ec i a l v i e w p os it i on . 9. c on tr ol PT Z c am er as . 10 . us e di g it a l zo om on l i v e as we l l as r ec or d e d v i d e o. 11 . ac t i v at e m an u a l l y tr i g g er e d e v e nts . 12 . us e s o u nd no t if ic at i on s f or at tr ac t in g o p er a t or s ’ at te n ti o n to d et ec te d m otio n . 13 . ge t a q u ic k o v er v ie w o f s eq u enc es wit h d et e c te d m ot i on . 14 . qu ic k l y s e ar c h f or m ot i on in s el ec te d ar e as o f a v i de o r ec or d in g. 15 . s k ip ga ps ( p er i ods wi t h n o r ec o r d i ngs ) du r i n g p la yb a c k of r ec or d i n gs . 16 . c onf ig ur e a nd us e s e v er a l d if f er en t j o ys t ic k s . 17 . pr in t im ag es , wi th op t i on a l c om m ents . 18 . c op y im a g es f or s u bs e qu e nt p as ti n g i nt o wo r d pr oc es s or s , e - m ai l, etc . Confidential PS- Chapter 8 Page 44 of 54 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 19 . ex p or t r ec or d i n gs ( f or ex am pl e, f or us e a s e v id e nc e) as s t il l im ages ( J P EG ) , i n m ed i a p l a yer f o r m at ( A VI) , or n a t i v e da t ab as e f or m ats . 20 . ad d a di g it a l s i gn at ur e t o ex p or te d r ec o r d i n gs in t he d at ab as e f or m at i n or d er t o v er if y t h at t he r ec or d i ngs h a v e n o t be e n tam pe r e d wi t h . 6. 2. 1 9. 5 M AP S A. T he v ie wi n g c l i en t s h a ll i nc l ud e a bu i l t - in m ap f unc t io n wh ic h s ha l l pr o v id e an in t ui t i ve o ver v i e w o f th e s ys tem a n d s h al l of f er i nt e gr at ed ac c es s t o a ll s ys tem c om po n en ts . B. T he m ap f u nc t i on s h a l l b e a b le t o us e s ta n da r d gr ap h ic al f i l e f o r m ats . C. It s ha l l b e p os s i bl e t o us e a n y num b er of la ye r e d m aps a nd t o ea s i l y d r a g an d- dr op an d p o in t - a nd- c l ic k ic o ns r e pr es en t in g c am er as , s e r v er s a nd PT Z pr es e ts to m aps . D. T he v ie wi n g c l i en t s h a ll s u p por t a m ap f un c ti o n wh ic h s ha l l s u pp or t i ns ta nt c am er a pr e v ie w wh e n m ovi n g th e m o us e p o i nt er o v er a s p ec if ic c a m er a. E. T he m ap f unc t i on s h a l l s u pp or t r ea l - t im e s t at us m on i to r i n g i nd ic at i on f r om a ll s ys t em c om po ne n ts . F . T he m ap f un c t i on s h a l l s u pp or t gr a p h ic a l a t - th e- g la nc e v is ua l i za t i on of t he s ys tem s ta tus t hr o u g h c o l or c od i n g. G r a p h ic a l to o l i ll us tr a t in g he a lt h s ta tus of var i o us e q u i pm ents o n a s i n g le s c r ee n , s uc h as li n e d i agr am , nor m a l s t at us of a l l e qu i pm en ts a t a s ta t io n s h o wn i n G r ee n c ol our a nd f au lt s t at us s h o wn i n Re d c o l our . T h e Co n t r ac t or m a y pr op os e a l ter n at e gr a p h ic a l s c h em e f or r e v ie w a nd ac c e pt a nc e of t h e E ng i n eer . G . T he m ap f unc t io n s h a l l s up p or t s t at us d et a i ls f or c am er as an d s e r v er s , f or ex am p le : c am er a r es o l ut i on , F PS , n et wo r k us ag e , d is k s pac e , etc . H. T he m ap f unc t io n s ha l l pr o v i de a c en tr a l o v er v ie w of t h e v i d eo m an a gem e nt s ys tem v ia a n a l ar m li s t c o nt a in i n g h i g h, m ed ium or l o w pr i or it i ze d al ar m s . It m us t b e p os s ib l e t o ac k no wl ed g e a l ar m s b y r i g ht - c l ic k in g el em en ts o n m aps . I. T he m aps s ha l l h a ve t he a b i li t y to c o nt a in h yp er l i nk s to c r e at e a h i er ar c h y of i nt er li nk e d m aps . J . T he o p er at or s ha l l b e ab l e to dr a g a n d dr o p a c am er a f r om a m ap o nt o a v i de o t i l e f or l i v e v i e wi ng i n t he s am e b r o ws er wi th o ut us i n g a n e w br o ws er . Confidential PS- Chapter 8 Page 45 of 54 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 6. 2. 1 9. 6 AL ARM M AN AG EM E N T FE AT U R E A. A la r m s def i ne d in th e s ys tem s ha l l be bas e d on us er gr o ups . Sp ec if ic a lar m s ha l l go t o on l y s e l ec t ed us er s . A lar m s , h ea l th s ta tus & d is pl a ys ge n er at ed b y t he C C T V s ys t em s ha l l be s ho wn loc a l l y as we l l as at r em ote loc a ti o n i n O C C. B. T he a la r m m anag em ent f e at ur e s h al l be a v a il a b le in t h e CCT V S ys t em . I t s ha l l a l l o w a l ar m s f r om Har d wa r e , S of t war e an d 3r d P ar t y S ys t e m s . T he s ys tem s h a ll a ll o w c on f ig ur a b l e a lar m es c a l a ti o n, a l ar m pr i or i t y, et c . C. T he a l ar m m ana g em ent s ha l l a ll o w o p er a t or s t o h a v e a c e ntr a l i ze d po i nt f r om wh ic h it s h a l l be pos s i b le t o k ee p tr ac k of inc om in g a l ar m s . D. T he c am er a as s oc ia te d wi t h a lar m s h a l l be d is pl a ye d as a s ep ar at e v i de o wi n do w. E. A n a la r m pr ev i e w wi n d o w s ha l l d is p la y r ec or de d v id e o f r om a s ele c te d a l ar m or e ve nt if th es e ha v e v i de os as s oc i at e d wi t h th em . If t he r e ar e m or e t h an on e c am er a as s oc i a t ed wi th an a lar m o r if m or e th a n o n e a l ar m is s e lec te d , t he pr e vi e w s ha l l s ho w vi d e o f r om a ll as s oc i a te d c am er a s ( up to 9 c am er as ) . F . T he a l ar m l is t s h a l l in c l ud e a num be r of c o l um ns t ha t s ha l l d es c r i be d if f er en t de t ai ls of th e a l ar m /e v en t, f or ex am p le th e tim e of th e a l ar m , th e a l ar m pr ior i t y l e ve l , a la r m ID a n d t yp e of a lar m G . It s h a l l b e p os s ib l e t o f ilt er t h e c o lum ns i n th e a l ar m lis t , t o dr a g th em to ot h er pos i t io ns a n d to r i gh t - c l ic k to s h o w an d h i de c er t a in c ol um ns . H. T he S ys tem s hal l pr o v id e a n a l ar m r eac t i on t im e of les s t h a n 1 s ec on d wh e n s uf f ic i e nt n e t wor k ba nd wi d th is a v a il a b l e I. It s h a ll be p os s i bl e t o d ou b l e - c lic k an a l ar m t o op e n an al ar m win do w. T he wi n do w s h a ll s ho w a p r e v ie w of t h e a l ar m in c i de nt an d l i v e v i d eo . J . It s h a ll be p os s i bl e t o ac k no wl e dg e t ha t a n a l ar m h as b e en r ec e i v e d an d wi l l be h a nd l e d. It s h a l l b e p os s i b le t o a c k no wle d ge m ul ti p l e a l ar m s s im ul ta n eo us l y. K. It s h a l l b e pos s i b le to v i e w al ar m r ep or ts , r e pr es e nt i n g pr e def in e d r ep or ts o n c at e gor y, s ta te , pr i or it y, r eas o ns f or c l os i ng th e a la r m , s it e , an d r e s po ns e tim e. L. It s ha l l be p os s ib l e t o en a b le a s ou n d n o tif ic at i on wh ic h s h al l a le r t op er at or s of n e w a l ar m s . It s h a l l b e pos s i b le t o us e a def au l t s o u n d f i l e or a c us t om . wa v f i le wh ic h c a n b e up l oa d ed to an d t es t e d i n t h e m ana gem e nt c l ie n t. I t s ha l l b e pos s i b le t o r em ov e t he s o u nd no t if ic at i on if i t is n o lo n g er ne e de d . Confidential PS- Chapter 8 Page 46 of 54 LKS 02: Particular Specifications M. A n a la r m s oun d s et t i ngs op t io n s h a l l m ak e i t p os s i b l e t o c o nf i gur e t he s ou n ds t o b e a v ai l a bl e. B y d ef a ul t, th e vi d eo m an ag em en t s ys t e m s ha ll us e W indo ws def au l t s ou n ds . A n a lar m d at a s e tt i n gs o p t io n s ha l l m ak e it pos s i b le t o d ef i n e a nd c us tom i ze a lar m pr i or it i es , s t a tes a n d c at e g or ies . 1. Def a u lt a la r m pr io r i t i es m edi um , a nd hi g h. s h a l l b e a v a i la b l e, wh ic h s h a l l b e l o w, 2. Def a u lt a l ar m s tat e s ha l l be a v a i la b le , wh ic h s h a l l be n e w, i n pr o gr es s , o n h o l d, a n d c l os ed . 3. It s h a l l be pos s i b le t o as s ig n s o un ds t o a l ar m pr i or i t i es . N. S el ec ti n g a l ar m s in t h e n a v ig a ti o n p a ne s ha l l o p en t h e a l ar m f unc t i on wh ic h, bas e d on f u nc t i on a l it y h an d l ed i n t he m an a gem en t s er v er , s h a l l pr o v i d e c en tr al o v er v i e w, c on tr o l a n d s c a l ab i l it y o f al ar m s in a n y n um ber of f ed er a te d v i d eo m ana g em ent s ys t em i ns t a l la t io ns th r o u gh o ut a n or g a n i za t io n . O . T he s ys t em s h al l a l l o w t h e Cam er a Se r ver t o c ap tu r e vi d eo pr i or to t h e a lar m /e v en t, as we l l a s af ter th e al ar m /e v en t an d s h a l l b e s el ec ta b l e f r om a l is t of va l ues r an g i n g b et we e n 0 s ec on ds an d 5 m in ut es . 6. 2. 1 9. 7 ST AN D AL O N E V I EW I NG CLI E NT A. T he s t an d a lo n e v ie wi ng c l i en t s ha l l m ak e it p os s ib l e t o v ie w ex p or te d v i de o. B. T he s t a nd a l on e v i e wi ng c l i en t s ha l l r u n f r om an . ex e f i l e, a nd n o i ns t a ll a ti o n of s of t wa r e s h a l l b e r e qu ir e d in or d er t o v ie w e x por t ed s our c es . C. It s h a l l b e p os s i bl e t o as s ig n a pas s wo r d to a pr oj ec t or to d e vic es s o th a t on l y pe o p le wi t h p er m is s io n s h a l l b e a b l e t o ac c es s t he pr o j ec t o r de v ic es . O nc e a pas s wor d has b e en s e t t o a p r o j ec t , t h e pas s wo r d s ha l l no t b e p os s i b l e to d e l et e. I t s h a ll be p os s i bl e to ed i t th e p as s wor d . It s h a l l b e p os s i bl e t o ve r if y s i g n at ur es of na t i ve d at ab as e f or m at v id e o s eq u enc es t o v er if y t h at t h e f i l es h a ve no t b ee n t am per ed wi th . 6. 2. 1 9. 8 M O BILE V I EW I N G CL I ENT ( At l e ast 20 l ic en se s) It s ha l l be p os s i b l e to ac c es s a nd v i e w c am er as a nd v i e ws o n a Sm ar t ph o ne or a ta b l e t ( a m ob i l e d e vic e) . 6. 2. 1 9. 9 VI D EO W AL L AP P L I C AT IO N A. Confidential T he ap p l ic a t io n s h a l l pr o v id e d yn am ic c o ntr o l of t h e l a yo ut of t he v i de o wa l l, a n d c o nt en t s h a l l e as il y b e ad d ed b y dr a gg i n g an d dr o p p in g c am er as in t o v i e w pos i t io ns o n th e v i de o wa l l . PS- Chapter 8 Page 47 of 54 LKS 02: Particular Specifications B. T he f e d er a t ed ar c h it e c tur e s h a ll s up p or t in t egr a ti o n a nd us er c o n tr o l of th e v id e o wa l l a p pl ic at i on wh e n t h e v i d e o wa l l is i ns t a l le d on th e s am e s i t e th at t h e us e r s ar e l o gg e d i nt o. C. It s ha l l be p os s ib l e f or op er at or s to m an u a ll y s et v i de o wa l l t o pr es ets an d s e t a v i d eo wa l l m on i tor t o s h o w s pec if ic c am er as 6. 3 Pow e r Su ppl y S ys t e m 6. 3. 1 A l l eq u i pm ent of CC T V s ys t em s ha l l wo r k f r om 23 0 V A C s in g l e ph as e s up p l y f r om U P S S ys t em wh ic h s h a ll b e pr o v i de d b y LK S 0 2 Co n tr ac to r . L K S 0 2 c o n tr ac t or s h a ll pr o v i de p o wer s u p p l y c on v er t er s wit h as s oc ia te d s ur g e a r r es t er s etc a s r eq u ir e d f or s a t is f a c tor y per f or m anc e of v ar io us eq u i pm ents of C CT V s ys t em . C am er as s ha l l be d i s t r i b ut e d c los e to th e 25 K V AC tr ac ti o n s ys t e m s at s tat i ons /D e po t L K S 0 2 s h al l pr o vi d e s ui t ab l e, pr o v e n a n d of a de q ua te r at i ng s ur ge s up pr e s s er s o n t he d at a, po wer an d v i de o c a b l es b ot h a t th e c am er a e n d an d a t t h e T ER . T o a v o id i nt er f er enc e f r om 25 K V A C, L KS 02 s ha l l ac c or d i ng l y p l a n th e c am er as f or p l atf or m . 6. 3. 2 Pow e r Su ppl y D ist r ib ut ion B oa rd s f o r CCT V b y LK S 0 2 6. 3. 2 .1 T o m eet wi th t h e r eq u ir em ents of po we r s u pp l y f or v ar io us CCT V eq u i pm ents , a S ep ar at e P o wer S u pp l y D is t r i bu t io n b o ar d is r eq u ir ed t o b e pr o v i d ed b y L K S 0 2 c on tr ac t or s h a l l s u bm it th e d es i g n of t he d is tr i b ut i on B oar d t o th e Em p lo ye r ’s R epr es en t at i v e f or r e v ie w a nd a p pr o va l . 6. 3. 2 .2 E ac h d is tr i b ut i on b oa r d s h a l l b e ar r an g ed f or to p an d /or b ot to m c abl e en tr y a n d s h a l l b e p r o v id e d wit h am p le c ab l e t er m in at i o n p l at es a nd c ham be r s t o e n ab l e c ab l es t o be n ea t l y g l an d ed wi t h t a i ls gr o u pe d an d ter m i na te d o n t o ap pr o pr ia te in t er n a l t er m in a ti o ns . 6. 3. 2 .3 Mu l t i- t er m in a l c on n ec t or s s ha l l b e pr o v i d ed wit h in t he d is tr ib u ti o n bo ar d f or c o n nec t io n of pr o t ec t i v e c on d uc t or s of a ll o ut g o in g c ir c u its i nc lu d in g s par es . 6. 4 S yst em E xp ans ion 6. 4. 1 A l l CCT V s ys tem pr o v i de d s h a l l b e m odu l ar l y ex p an d ab l e t o a n ex pa ns i on c ap ac it y of 2 5 % b y t h e a d d it i on of c ar ds a n d/ or m od u les wi t h ou t t he n ee d to r e p lac e th e i ns t a l l ed h ar d wa r e a n d s o f twar e of th e s ys tem as a m inim um . 7. I NT E RF AC E S 7. 1 7. 1. 1 Confidential G en e ra l L K S 0 2 C on tr ac t or s h a ll i nt er f ac e wit h t h e ot h er Pr oj ec t C o ntr ac tor s as per in ter f ac e d et a i ls ment ion ed in Ap pen d ix A o f t h is P S as a m inim um an d ens ur e t h e in t er f ac i n g r e q u ir em e n ts ar e c om pl i ed w it h th e r eq u ir em ents of t he C CT V s ys tem PS- Chapter 8 Page 48 of 54 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 7. 2 Fib re O pt i c T r an sm is sio n S ys t e m ( F O T S) 7. 2. 1 A l l v i d eo an d c o n tr o l s ig n als f r om s ta ti o n s /D ep o t to th e O C C s ha l l b e tr a ns m it te d t hr o u gh F O T S Ne t wor k be in g p r o v id e d b y L K S 0 2 C o ntr ac t or i n th e T ER /C ER . 7. 2. 2 T he L K S 0 2 C on tr ac t or s h a l l t ak e c ar e of th e in t er f ac e t o im pl em ent pr o p er i n ter f ac i n g a n d i nt e gr at i on of CCT V S ys t em wit h t he W i de Ar ea Ne t wor k (W AN) . 7. 2. 3 A l l f i br e/c ir c u it i nt er f a c es be t we en FO T S N e t wor k an d CCT V S ys t e m s hal l be pr o vi d e d a t th e m a in d is tr i bu t io n f r am e , d i gi t al d is tr i b ut i on f r am e or op t ic a l d is tr i bu t io n f r a m e, as a ppr o pr ia t e, d ep e nd i n g o n t h e t yp e of th e c ir c ui t. 7. 3 M ast e r Clo c k S ys t e m 7. 3. 1 T he CCT V s ys tem s h a ll r ec ei v e t im e d at a m es s age f r om th e M a s ter Cl oc k s ys t em , a t th e O CC C ER f or t im e s yn c hr o n is at i on . 7. 3. 2 T he L KS 0 2 C on tr a c tor s ha l l in t er f ac e s yn c hr o n is a t io n of CC T V. 7. 4 Pow e r Su ppl y U P S S yst e m – Di st ri but i on Cubi c le 7. 4. 1 AC P o wer f r om the U P S, to m eet th e r e q u i r em ent of T elec om , A FC a nd S ig n a l li n g lo ad s s h a l l be pr o v i de d b y LK S 0 2 in U P S( S &T ) R oo m . LK S 02 Co n tr ac t or s h a l l p r o v id e AC d is tr i b ut i on pa n el h a v in g t hr ee MC C Bs ( on e f or S i gn a l, o ne f or T el ec om an d o n e f or AFC) . LK S 0 2 C on tr ac to r s ha l l ex t e nd th e AC po we r s u p pl y ( f or T elec o m ) f r om UPS Ro om to T ER/ C ER a n d pr o vi d e a D is t r i b ut i on s ys t em i n a c u b ic le . . Dis t r i bu t io n c ir c ui ts s ha l l be s u it a b l y pr ot ec te d wi th M C Bs , E ar th L eak a ge De tec tor s an d S P Ds e tc . 7. 4. 2 A de q ua t e n o . of s par e c ir c u its of e ac h t yp e f or eac h s u b - s ys t em s ha ll a ls o be pr o v i d ed in t h e d is tr i b ut i on s ys t em b y L K S 0 2 Co n tr ac to r . T he f ur t her c ab l i ng f r om AC Dis tr i b ut i on c u b ic le t o E qu i pm ent R ac k s an d o t her r eq u ir ed loc at i o ns f or po we r in g e qu i pm en ts to b e s u pp l i e d an d c om m is s i on e d b y AF C c o ntr ac t or un d er t h e L K S 0 1 C o ntr ac t . LK S 02 s ha l l i n ter f ac e AF C c ontr ac tor f or ac t u a l l oa d a nd c ir c ui t r e q ui r em ents f or s ta t io ns / De p ot / O CC / BC C a n d s h a ll s ubm it th e des i g n of th e A C po we r d is t r i b ut i on s ys tem s f or eac h s t at i on s /d ep ot / O C C f or r e v i e w b y th e Em p lo ye r ’s R epr e s en t at i v e. T he r a t in gs of s wi tc h g ear s , c a b l es etc . s ho u l d ha v e a p pr o pr ia te s af et y m ar g i n/ d er a t in g f ac t or s . L K S 02 Co ntr ac tor s h a l l l a y a s pa r e p o wer c ab l e f r om UP S d is tr i bu t io n to T E R d is tr i bu t io n . Sp ar e c a b les as ab o v e s ha l l b e of th e s am e c a pac i t y a s t h e c ab l es i n us e 7. 5 Civ i l W o r k s P roj e ct C ont r a ct o rs 7. 5. 1 L K S 0 2 C on tr ac t or s ha l l c o - or d i na t e wit h t he C i vi l W ork s Pr oj ec t Co ntr ac tor s t o e ns u r e th a t a l l r eq u ir e m ents of th e s p ec i f ic a ti o ns per t ai n i ng t o i nt er f ac e s ar e pr op er l y s at is f ie d as per Ap pe ndi x A of t h i s Confidential PS- Chapter 8 th e M as t er C l oc k for t im e Page 49 of 54 LKS 02: Particular Specifications P S. A l l s p ec i al s tr uc t ur es s uc h as p i l lar s or br ac k e ts e tc t o er ec t c am er as i n o uts i d e s t at i o n a r e as o r i n o ut do or ar eas of d ep o t or T S S/ R SS etc wi l l be t h e r es po ns i bi l i t y of L K S 0 2 o n l y a nd wi l l n ot be pr o v i de d b y C i vi l c on tr ac t or . Confidential PS- Chapter 8 Page 50 of 54 LKS 02: Particular Specifications An n ex ur e A Req ui r em ent ’s of 5 x 2 x 7 0” La rg e Vid eo S cr e en T he l ar ge s c r e en gr ap h ic s wal l i n t he S ec ur i t y c o ntr o l r o om s ha l l b e us e d f or th e d is p la y of im por t a nt Im ag es f r om IP vi d eo c am er as , gr ap h ic s f r om the PC , W ork s tat io n , etc . It s ho u l d ha v e t he f unc t io n a li t y t o pr e - c o nf i gur e a n d s a ve v ar i ous d is pl a y l a yo u ts t o b e ac c es s e d at a n y g i v e n p o in t of t im e wit h a s im pl e m ous e c l ic k . The V i de o W all ar r a n g em ent i nc l u d in g a l l e qu i pm en ts , ac c es s or i es , c a b l es , m ount i n g s tr uc t ur e /f r am e, C o nt r o l le r s , W all m anag em en t Sof t war e , et c s h a ll b e pr o v id e d a n d im p lem en t ed b y t h e L K S 02 C on tr ac t or . . T he c u b e a nd c on tr o ll er s h o u ld b e f r om the s am e m anuf ac t ur e r an d th e d is p l a y O E M s h a l l ha v e i ts o wn s er v ic e c e ntr e i n In d i a. T he l ar g e s c r e e n s h ou l d be ab l e t o s h o w t he im ages of t he m on it or , wh ic h is c on n ec t e d o n th e L AN wit h W indo ws X P /W ind o ws 7 or th e l at es t O S an d th e wi n do ws s h ou l d b e f r ee l y r es i za b l e , r e - s c a l ab l e an d r e p os i t io n a b le o n a n y par t of th e l ar ge v i d eo s c r e e n. Nor m a l l y a ll t he s t at i ons of t he O C C’s j ur is d ic t i o n s h al l b e v i e wed s im ul ta n eo us l y o n t he f u l l 5x 2 V i d eo W all a t O CC wi n d o ws of eq u a l s i ze s . T h us e ac h wi n do w s ha l l r e pr es e nt o ne s t at i on v i e w on wh ic h s eq u en t ia l l y a ll c am er as of th at p ar t ic u lar s ta ti o n s h a l l au t om atic a l l y wi l l b e d is pl a ye d . H o we v er in c as e r e qu ir e d, th e c o nf i gur a ti o n c an b e c h an g e d a nd e v en i t s h a ll b e p os s ib l e t o s e e a s i n gl e c am er a vi e w o n th e f u l l V i de o W all. It s ha l l b e pos s i b le f or t he us er to d ef i n e dif f e r en t v i e ws an d s i ze s a n d s a ve t h em , s o as t o b e us ed as a nd wh e n r eq u ir ed . T he l ar g e gr a ph ic s wa l l s h a ll be c o ns is t i ng of m u lt i pl e r e ar pr oj ec t i o n m odu les in m ul ti p l e r o ws an d c o l um ns b e ha v i ng as a s i ng l e l o gic a l s c r ee n . T he d is p la y wa l l s h ou l d b e r u gg e d a n d in d u s tr i a l na t ur e a nd s h ou l d b e ab l e to wor k i n 2 4 *7 e n v ir o n m ents . A. D isp l a y un it : T he d is p l a y wa l l s h o u ld c ons is t of th e V i s ua l D is p la y Un i t, M ou n ti n g St a nd , D is pl a y C on tr o ll er a n d th e W all M an a gem e nt S of t war e , wh ic h s ho u l d b e s u pp l i ed f r om a s in g l e m an u f ac tur er wi t h t h e f o l l o wi ng s pec if ic a t io ns : 1. T he V is ua l D is p l a y U n it / R ear Pr oj ec ti o n Mo d u le m us t b e bas e d o n S in g l e C h ip D L P - b as ed Re ar Pr oj ec ti o n T ec hn o l og y, 3 s ep ar at e c o lo ur s ( R ed , G r e e n & B l u e) L ED l it, wi t ho ut an y c ol o ur wh e e l. 2. S ho u l d h a v e t h e s c a l ab i l it y a nd u p gr a d ea b il i t y t o be m ade u p of m ult ip l e r e ar pr o j ec t i o n m od u les s t ac k ed u p i n r o ws a n d c o lum ns to ac h i e v e a d is p la y wa l l f or b et t er v i e wi n g a b il i t y i n li n ea r or c ur v ed c onf ig ur at i o n. 3. T he R e ar Pr oj ec t io n M od u l es m us t be b as ed o n S in g l e C h i p D L P , Fu l l HD N at i v e, a n d Re ar P r oj ec t io n t ec h n o lo g y. 4. T he D M D c h ip s h o ul d h a ve m in im um 1.9 7 Me g a p ix e ls a n d t h e DM D m ir r or s s ho u l d be s qu ar e in s ha p e. 5. T he L ar g e Sc r e e n G r ap h ic s W all s h a ll be ins ta l l ed in t h e C on tr o l Ro om at O C C. . T he L ar g e Sc r ee n G r ap h ic s W all s ha l l b e m ad e u p of 10 Re ar Pr oj ec ti o n M od u l es f it te d in 5 c o l u m ns wid e a n d 2 r o w h ig h Confidential PS- Chapter 8 Page 51 of 54 LKS 02: Particular Specifications an d t he o ver a l l s c r e en s i ze s h a l l be ap pr ox i m atel y 7 , 75 0 ( w) m m x 1 ,7 4 4 ( h) m m . 6. T he o v er a l l r es o l ut i on of t he f u l l gr ap h ic s wa l l s ha l l b e m in. 9 ,6 00 x 2, 1 60 p ix e ls . . 7. T he M i n im um Dia go n a l S i ze of eac h V is ua l D is p l a y U n it / R ear Pr oj ec t io n Mo d u le s h o u ld b e 7 0” Nom in a l wi th a na t i ve r es o lu t io n of 19 2 0x 1 0 80 F u l l HD a n d s h ou l d of f er 1 6. 7 m i l l io n c o l or s . 8. T he l if e of L ED s h o u ld b e m i nim um 6 0, 00 0 h r s . 9. T he r e pl ac em ent of def ec t i v e L E D s ho u l d be pos s i b le in f i e ld wi t h MT T R< 4 h ou r s . 10 . T he br ig h tn es s u n if or m it y s h o ul d n o t be les s t ha n 9 0% . 11 . T he D yn am ic c on tr as t wi l l b e 1 ,2 0 0, 00 0 :1 or be tt er ( T yp ic a l) . 2 12 . T he l um in anc e o n e ac h r e ar pr oj ec t io n m o d u le s h a l l b e 1 20 c d /m or h ig h er . 13 . E ac h of t he R ear Pr oj ec t i on M o du l es s h o u ld ha v e an ar r a ng em en t to adj us t t h e b r i g ht n es s of i n di v i d ua l pr oj e c t i o n m od u le a ut om at ic al l y t o ha v e a c om p le te l y un if or m gr a p h ic s wa l l o v er tim e wi t ho u t c om pr om is i n g th e c o nt r as t & c o lor s . 14 . E ac h c ub e s h a l l h a v e its o wn I P a dd r es s t o h a ve th e ac c es s f r o m a s ta n dar d we b p ag e f r om an y P C o v er th e E th er ne t a n d s ha l l c om m unic a te t o a vi e w er v i a E th er n et 15 . T he s c r ee n s ho u l d b e of a lm os t Z er o G a p t ec hn o l og y ( I nt er - s c r ee n ga p < 0 . 8 m m ) . T he s c r ee n s u r f ac e s ho u l d no t b e r ef lec t i ve wi th the o o ha lf g a i n a n g le of t he s c r ee n us ed i n +3 5 h or i zo nt a l an d + 27 v er t ic al pos i t io n. 16 . T he i np u t to pr oj ec ti o n m odu l e wil l be D V I - DT O ha v e a f l ic k er f r ee im ag e o n t h e L ar g e Sc r ee n G r ap h ic s W all. 17 . P o wer c o ns um pt io n f or e ac h V is u al D is p l a y U n it / Re ar Pr oj e c ti o n Mo d u les s ho u ld be ~3 50 wa tts . B. D isp l a y C ont rol l er : T he C om p le t e Dis p l a y C on tr o ll er inc l ud i n g I/O M od u l es a nd d e c od i n g un i ts s h a l l be r e du n d an t wi th a ut o s wi tc ho v er f ac i l it y to e ns ur e th at n o s i ng l e f a i l ur e of a n y c on tr ol l er or I/O m odu le s ha l l r es u l t in f ai l ur e /b l a nk in g of a z on e o n t he d is p la y wa l l. T he D is p l a y c on tr o l l er s ho u l d ha v e t he f o l l o wi ng s p ec if ic at i o ns : 1. T he Co n tr o l l er s h ou l d be i n a n i n dus tr ia l 19” r ac k m oun te d c a s i ng bas e d o n In te l X e o n2 . 3 G H z or b et t er . 2. T he m in im um m em or y of 8G B ( s t a nd ar d) ex p an d ab l e up to 3 2 G B an d s ho u l d be D DR 3 or la t es t t yp e . 3. T he un i t s h ou l d b e e q u ip p ed wi th a D V D RO M Dr i ve . 4. T he s ys t em s ho u l d be e qu i pp e d wi t h m in im um 320 G B H DD i n R AI D 1 Co nf i g ur a t io n . 5. T he d is p l a y c o ntr o l le r s h o ul d h a v e du a l r ed u nd a nt h o t s wa p pa b le po we r s u pp l y. Confidential PS- Chapter 8 Page 52 of 54 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 6. S ho u l d ha v e 1 0/ 1 00 / 1 00 0 M b ps Re d un d an t Et h er ne t p or t f or L A N c on n ec t i on . 7. S up p l ie d wit h a Ke yb o ar d an d m o us e wi th 2 0 m c ab l e ex t e ns io n. 8. T he D is p l a y C on tr o l l er s ho ul d b e b as ed on W indows X P/W indo ws 7 or h ig h er or L i nux . 9. It s h o u ld g i ve m ul t ip l e D VI gr ap h ic s o ut p ut s to b e c o n nec t ed to th e m ult ip l e r e ar pr oj ec t io n m od u l es . 10 . T her e s ho u l d b e p os s i b il i t y of c on n ec t i n g th e v ar i ous t yp e s of an a l og an d d ig i ta l s ou r c es us in g in p uts i n f r e e l y s c a la b le a nd m o v e ab l e wi n do ws o n t h e gr a ph i c s wa l l. I t s h o u ld s up p or t 2 N os . of e it he r of t he f ol l o wi ng in p uts :  SDT V an a l og P A L , NT SC , S E C AM ( Com pos i t e, S - Vi d eo , Com po n en t)  HDT V 7 2 0p , 1 08 0 i, 10 80 p ( C om po ne nt )  RG B an a l og up t o 1 92 0x 1 0 80 ( up t o 1 6 5 MH z p ix e l c l oc k )  DV I u p to 19 2 0x 1 0 80 ( up t o 1 6 5 MH z p ix e l c l oc k ) 11 . T he c o n tr o l l er s ha l l i nt er f ac e wi th h ar d war e ac c e l er a t ed s tr eam i ng v i de o d ec o d i ng us i n g s tr e am in g v i d eo d ec o d i ng u ni t. 12 . T her e s h ou l d be p os s i bi l i t y of c o n nec t i ng m inim um 120 S tr ea m ing V id e o I np u ts f r om dif f er e n t I P b as ed S ur ve i l la nc e C am er as i ns ta l l ed at s t a ti o ns t o th is c on tr o l l er t o s h o w t h e m ult i p le S tr e am s s our c es in s c a la b le an d m o v ea b l e wi n d o ws o n t he g r a p h ic s wa l l. 13 . T he d ec o d er u n it s h a ll h a ve a d u a l 1 0/ 1 00 / 10 0 0 B as e - T f ai lo v er Et h er ne t i nt er f ac e. T h e de c o d er un i t s h al l s up p or t I P , an d T CP v i de o s tr e am f or m ats . Eac h Dec o di n g un i t s h a l l de c od e u p t o a m ax im u m of 24 Str e am s . 14 . T he d ec o d er u n it s ha l l s u pp or t N on pr opr i et ar y M P EG - 1 , M P EG - 2, M P EG - 4, MJ P EG , H. 2 64 , a nd la t es t c om pr e s s i on pr o toc o ls . C. S of t w ar e: T he S of t war e s h ou l d h a ve t h e f o l l o wi ng s pec if ic at i o ns : 1. T he s of t war e s ho u l d b e a b le to pr e c o nf i g ur e var i o us d is pl a y la yo u ts an d ac c es s th em at a n y t im e wi th a s im pl e m ous e c l ic k or b as e d o n th e t im er . 2. T he s of t war e s ho u l d e na b l e t h e us er s to c h a ng e t he s i ze a n d p os i t i on of t h e v ar io us wi n do ws b e in g s h o wn on t h e D is p l a y W all. 3. T he s of t wa r e s h o u ld en a b le v ar i ous o p er a t or s t o a c c es s t h e dis p la y wa l l f r om th e l oc a l k e yb o ar d an d m ous e of t h eir wo r k s tat i on c on n ec t e d wi t h th e D is p la y C o ntr o l ler on t h e E th er ne t. 4. T he s of t war e s ho u l d c op y th e s c r ee n c on t en t of t he W indo ws X P/W indo ws 7 wo r k s tat i ons ( Sh o wi n g s em i s ta t ic c on te n t) c o nn ec t e d on t h e E th er ne t wi t h th e D is p la y Co n t r o ll er t o be s ho wn o n th e D is p l a y Confidential PS- Chapter 8 Page 53 of 54 LKS 02: Particular Specifications wa l l i n s c a l ab l e a nd m ove ab l e wi nd o ws in r ea l t im e en v ir o nm ent . 5. T he wa l l m a na g em ent s of t war e s ha l l a l l o w s wi tc hi n g th e vi d eo i np uts . 6. T he s of t war e s h ou l d s up p or t o p e n A PI f or t h ir d pa r t y i n te gr at i on 7. T he D i ag n os t ic s of t wa r e s h a l l p er f or m he a lt h m on it or in g of th e wa ll , th e c o ntr o l ler an d t he dec o d in g u n i ts th at al l o ws tim e l y de t ec t i on of f au lts . a. W all he a lt h b. Cu b e he a lt h c. Cu b e IP - a d dr es s d. 8. Br i g ht n es s adj us tm e n ts e. Com pr e h ens i v e c o l our a dj us tm ents f. W all Co ntr o l ler H e a lt h i nc l ud i ng au tom at ic f a i l - o v er s t at us g. Dec o di n g Un i t H ea l th i nc lu d in g a ut om at ic f ai l - o ve r s ta tus Di a gn os tic S of t war e s ha l l a l l o w c om m ands on wa l l le v e l or c ub e l e ve l or a s e l ec t i on of c u b es : a. S wi tc h i n g th e e nt ir e d i s p la y wa l l on or of f . b. S et ti n g a l l pr oj ec ti o n m odu les t o a c om m on br ig ht n es s t ar g et . c. Fi ne t u ne c o lor of e ac h c u be D. T h e L K S 0 2 Cont r a ct o r sho uld f u lf i l t he f oll ow ing r equ ir em en t s: 1) T he c om pl et e s o lu t io n i. e . t h e pr oj ec t io n m odu les , d is p l a y c o nt r o ll er , v i de o s tr e am in g d ec o d in g u n its a nd t he wa l l m an ag em en t s of t war e s ho u l d be c om pat i b le an d pr o v en . 2) Ma n uf ac t ur er o wn e d l oc a l af ter s a les s u pp o r t i n In d ia . or g a n i za t io n t o b e th er e S h ou l d h a ve th e ex p er i e nc e of ex ec u t in g a t l e as t 2 s uc h s im il ar s i ze of c on tr ac t of t he d is p la y wa l l i n pas t t wo ye ar s in I nd i a or abr o a d t o th e s am e s p ec if ic at i ons a s i n t h is c o ntr ac t . Pr oof b y wa y of doc u m entar y s up p or t t o b e s u bm itt e d i n th is r e g ar d f r om t he Us er . Confidential PS- Chapter 8 Page 54 of 54 LKS 02: Particular Specifications DESIGN, MANUFACTURE, SUPPLY, INSTALLATION, TESTING AND COMMISSIONING OF TELECOMMUNICATION SYSTEMS LKS 02 PARTICULAR SPECIFICATIONS CHAPTER 9 POWER SUPPLY SYSTEM Confidential PS Chapter-9 Page 1 of 29 LKS 02: Particular Specifications Section I: 3 phase 415 V UPS System SCOPE OF THE WORKS, SUPPLY AND SERVICES 1.1 General 1.1.1 The scope of the works includes but not limited to supply, manufacture, inspection, packing, shipping, transportation, storage, delivery, handling, insurance, installation, interfacing, integration, testing & commissioning, maintenance support, spares, special tools, test equipment, training, documentation and providing DLP for the UPS system. 1.1.2 The UPS system provided by the contractor shall be 120 KVA for depot/OCC, 60 KVA for interlocking stations and 30 KVA for secondary stations with on-line redundant configuration alongwith SCVS, Isolation Transformer, Battery Breaker cubical and all associated accesories. 1.2 Scope of supply 1.2.1 The Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS) system shall include, but not be limited to the following:  Online redundant UPS;  Battery bank;  Spare cell charger;  Isolation Transformer Cubicle  SCVS;  Output isolation transformer;  Equipment cabinets, racks & cubicles;  Distribution boxes;  Cable trays/Trenches/Supports/Foundations;  ATS (Automatic Transfer Switch);  All software required for UPS system;  All external cables (Zero Halogen FRLS), connectors;  Accessories, earthings necessary for works;  Spares for DLP of 2 years;  Surge protection devices;  Special tools and test equipment;  Remote monitoring equipment and accessories including voltage free contacts for Alarms; 1.3  Spares;  Any other supply needed to provide a complete UPS system Scope of services Confidential PS Chapter-9 Page 2 of 29 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 1.3.1 The services to Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS) system shall include, but not be limited to the following:  Design, manufacture, supply, system assurance, installation, testing and commissioning of the UPS System;  Presentations, reviews and audit support as specified in the Specification;  Transportation, Handling and Storage of the material;  Insurance Cover for the material supplied till taking over by Employer;  User’s Certificates and Test Reports as per specifications;  Documentation;  Provide all information, documents requested by Signalling, IT and AFC Contractors;  Interface management as specified in the Specification;  System operations and maintenance support services;  Training for operations and maintenance staff;  Preparation of Operation, Maintenance and Training Manuals;  Decommissioning, removal and/ or disposal of Temporary Works;  Design, manufacture, delivery and installation of foundations/ fixtures for equipment;  Warranty period and defect liability support after commissioning;  Providing necessary support and documents required including compliance for getting approval of the UPS system from Commissioner of Railway Safety;  Maintenance support;  All equipment necessary to allow the installation, testing and introduction of services on this line without disruption to Phase III services;  Confidential Any other service needed to provide a complete UPS system PS Chapter-9 Page 3 of 29 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 2. PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS 2.1 General 2.1.1 The Contractor shall ensure that all equipment and material used is able to meet the specified availability throughout its service life as required to minimize disruption to the railway operation and to minimize the ongoing maintenance costs. All materials & equipments supplied or used in this contract shall of reputed make only. Contractor shall submit user certificate for similar products from running metro network in India. 2.1.2 The complete UPS system, except VRLA cellblocks, shall have a minimum service life of 15 years operating continuously. The service life of all the cables shall not be less than 25 years. All equipment and components supplied under the Contract shall have proven reliability and shall be designed, manufactured and installed to meet the specified and / or relevant international or national standards. The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for approval, a list of all supplied equipment and components with a declaration of conformance to standards. 2.1.3 Equipment shall be designed and manufactured in modular manner to facilitate the fault diagnosis and replacement of each modular part. Each module shall be capable of being interchanged with other modules of the same type without affecting the rest of modules in place. 2.1.4 The Contractor shall plan, perform and record all quality control activities to ensure that all work is performed in accordance with the requirements of the Contract. Such activities shall include, without limitation, the inspections and/or tests expressly or implicitly required ensuring quality of system. 2.1.5 Reliability, Availability and Maintainability requirements shall be demonstrated by the Contractor on quarterly basis, for continuous four quarters. 2.2 Reliability Requirements 2.2.1 The inability to perform a required function, the occurrence of unexpected action by the equipment, or the degradation of performance to below the required specifications shall constitute a failure. 2.2.2 MTBF figures specify the minimum reliability requirement of all major equipment. If higher MTBF figures are required to achieve the required level of System availability, the Contractor shall adopt suitably higher MTBF figures in equipment selection. 2.2.3 The Contractor shall ensure reliability throughout all aspects of the manufacturing, installation and testing as necessary to satisfy the reliability requirements. 2.2.4 The contractor shall ensure that the reliability of UPS system shall meet the figure >50,000 hrs of MTBF. 2.3 Availability Requirements 2.3.1 The Contractor shall submit calculations with reliability block diagrams for each sub-system to demonstrate the compliance with required availability figures. The availability calculation Confidential PS Chapter-9 Page 4 of 29 LKS 02: Particular Specifications shall take all possible failure modes into consideration. The calculation shall be based on the Contractor’s submitted equipment MTBF figures, MTTR figures and the configuration of each sub-system. 2.3.2 The Contractor shall predict the system failure rate or MTBF figures of each sub-system from the availability calculations. 2.3.3 Equipment duplication, hot-standby protection, parallel-run, path diversity, etc. shall be adopted whenever necessary and appropriate to meet the required availability. 2.3.4 Switchover between redundant equipment, or between redundant routings, shall occur automatically and immediately upon failure and shall be transparent to the users. Toggling in switchovers shall be prevented. 2.3.5 UPS system shall have an overall availability of better than 99.99%. 2.4 Maintainability Requirements 2.4.1 The System shall be designed such that the MTTR figures for restoring the operation of the System from fault condition shall not be more than four hours (all inclusive). 2.4.2 The MTTR figure shall be calculated from the individual equipment weighted by the failure rate of the equipment. 2.4.3 The MTTR figure shall be the total time calculated from the moment the occurrence of the fault at site is reported to the maintenance personnel to the time when the System is fully restored to normal operation. Time taken for the maintenance personnel to arrive at the site is included for the purpose of calculation of the MTTR figure. 2.4.4 All line replaceable items should normally not exceed the size and weight, which an average individual person can handle. 2.4.5 The System shall be suitably designed to minimize the need for frequent preventive maintenance. 2.4.6 The System shall be so designed as to avoid the need for a total shutdown for preventive maintenance. In the event that a total shutdown is inevitable, the preventive maintenance shall not require the System to be non-operational for more than two hours. 2.4.7 The System shall be so designed as to prevent failures or breakdown due to invalid or incorrect inputs. 2.4.8 Built-in self-diagnostics, power-up self test and sufficient test points shall be provided in the System to minimize the time required to locate a fault. 2.4.9 All components, materials, software and supports required for repair and servicing of the System shall be available throughout 10 years beyond the DLP. 2.4.10 The Mean Time To Restore (MTTR) of UPS shall be less than four hours (all-inclusive). 2.5 System Safety Requirements 2.5.1 The Contractor shall perform the mandatory safety activities as detailed in Health & Environmental Safety document, which will be provided along with the Tender document. Confidential PS Chapter-9 Page 5 of 29 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 2.5.2 The Contractor shall support other Project Contractors with the provision of information and relevant analysis where the availability and usability of the Power Supply System is a contributing factor to the overall system risk. 2.5.3 The design of the System shall minimize the risk of fire. 2.5.4 The design of the System shall minimize the build-up of static, as well as the effects of static discharge during maintenance. 2.5.5 No toxic or asbestos-containing materials shall be used anywhere in the System. 2.6 Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC) 2.6.1 The Contractor shall ensure and demonstrate that the System is adequately protected against electromagnetic interference (EMI) among the systems of the LMRC. All equipment shall comply with IEC 62040 – 2 and EN 50091 - 2. 2.6.2 All equipment shall confirm with the objective of the European Directives on EMC (89 / 336 / EEC) and where appropriate shall be fixed with the CE mark. 2.6.3 The radio frequency interference (RFI) levels generated by the UPS equipment shall also be in accordance with the requirements of BS 800, or other international standards as stated in the schedules. 2.6.4 The Contractor shall ensure that all electrical and electronic apparatus is designed and constructed to operate without degradation of quality, performance or loss of function in the electromagnetic environment of the Project. 2.6.5 The Contractor shall meet the requirements of the BS EN50121 series of standards (Railway applications – Electromagnetic compatibility), 1996 edition, the UK’s Electromagnetic Compatibility Regulation, the IEC 61000: Electromagnetic Compatibility or equivalent and other standards mentioned in the PS to be reviewed by the Employer’s Engineer. EMC considerations shall be incorporated in the Contractor’s procedures for product safety and design Verification. 2.7 Noise Level 2.7.1 Noise emanating from the UPS during operation shall not exceed 70 dBA for 120 KVA UPS and 65 dBA for 60 KVA & 30 KVA UPS at a distance of 1.5m from the enclosure, over a load range of 10% to 100% of the rated full load, as per the standards BS 4196: Part 6/ ISO 3746. 2.8 Environmental Conditions 2.8.1 All equipment shall be capable of withstanding any combination of the following external environmental conditions: o o (1) Operating ambient temperature: 0 C to 50 C (2) Relative humidity: Up to 95 % o o (3) Storage temperature: 0 C to 70 C Confidential PS Chapter-9 Page 6 of 29 LKS 02: Particular Specifications o 2.8.2 The equipment shall be designed to provide rated output at 40 C. 2.9 Performance Parameters 2.9.1 The output of UPS system will be used by Signalling & Train Control system, Telecommunication system and Automatic Fare Collection system and any break in power supply to these systems may lead to disruption in train services and/or other operational complexities. Therefore, it must be understood that Quality of UPS Output, Reliability and Availability requirements of the UPS system are of paramount importance. 2.9.2 Any break in power supply to Signalling & Train Control system, Telecommunication system and/or Automatic Fare Collection system, caused due to any failure of the UPS or associated sub-systems during the Defect Liability Period, may call for imposition of penalty of Rs. Two Lacs per such event on the Contractor. Confidential PS Chapter-9 Page 7 of 29 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 3. TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS 3.1 General 3.1.1 The UPS and their constituent parts shall comply with the relevant latest version of British Standards, European Standard (EN), International Electromechanical Commission (IEC) standards, International Organization for Specification (ISO) Standards as specified in Clause 1.3.1. 3.1.2 Provision of suitable earth leakage detection both for DC and AC supplies and alarms shall be made individually at each location (station/ depot etc.) 3.1.3 The UPS and the battery backup system for S&TC and Telecommunication system shall include 2 numbers 3-phase Output, N, PE (TN-S) UPS in online redundant configuration powered by Two separate Battery Banks (one for each UPS at each station and Depot, a stand by spare cell charger (for 1 to 6 UPS cells) and a spare cell bank with 6 numbers cells. 3.1.4 The transformer insulation class shall be in accordance with heat they are likely to generate but in no case the insulation Class shall be worse than Class B insulation. The Contractor shall submit detailed calculations to substantiate his design. 3.2 Equipment Design of UPS (415V AC 3 phase) 3.2.1 The UPS shall include rectifier, battery, charger, inverter, solid-state bypass switch and Servo Controlled Voltage Stabilizer in bypass path. Failure of a single component shall not cause failure of the total UPS. The UPS shall be of the self-contained floor mounted, bottom entry, metal-clad type with front access. 3.2.2 The UPS shall be designed such that on restoration of the 415 V AC 3 phase input supply source after its failure, the load shall be transferred on to this input source only after a delay and verification that there are no spikes and that the voltage has stabilized. 3.2.3 Two independent redundant 3-phase primary power input feeder cables will be made available inside the UPS Room to the LKS 02 contractor by the E&M contractor. 3.2.4 Rectifier / charger 3.2.4.1 The input of the rectifier / charger shall be protected suitably. 3.2.4.2 The UPS shall have solid state PWM converter with IGBT rectifiers. The rectifier should have the following important features. a) Power Conversion b) Battery Charging c) Power Factor Improvement d) Current Harmonic Reduction e) Voltage Regulation Confidential PS Chapter-9 Page 8 of 29 LKS 02: Particular Specifications f) Transient Recovery g) Automatic Synchronization h) Over-current Protection i) Over Temperature Protection j) Control Power Failure Protection k) Short Circuit Protection l) Current limiting function of battery charging to prevent the battery from being damaged. 3.2.4.3 The rectifier / battery charger shall provide a regulated DC output for the inverter and the battery. The rectifier/charger regulation shall ensure that the DC output voltage fluctuations are less than 1% of rated value, irrespective of load and mains supply voltage variations. 3.2.4.4 The rectifier / charger shall be equipped with a filter limiting the DC ripple voltage to a value less than 1% of the DC voltage. 3.2.4.5 The rectifier / charger shall have sufficient capacity to enable simultaneous supplying of full load to the inverter and recharging a fully discharged battery to more than 90% of rated value within 10 hours. 3.2.4.6 A protective circuit shall be provided to prevent battery overcharge. After the rectifier / charger has recharged the battery to 100% capacity, the rectifier / charger shall float charge the battery. 3.2.4.7 Provision shall be made to prevent the battery from over-charging due to battery charger rectifier fault. An adjustable battery current limiting device shall limit the battery recharge current to the maximum value recommended by the battery manufacturer. The rectifier/charger shall be electronically current limited to protect the connections to the Inverter input and to prevent damage to the battery. 3.2.4.8 The battery low-volt cut-off shall be set to suit the battery manufacturer's recommendation to ensure the battery is not damaged by a deep discharge. 3.2.4.9 The rectifier/charger unit shall be equipped with an over-voltage protection device. 3.2.5 Battery System 3.2.5.1 Storage battery banks shall be provided for the UPS with sufficient ampere-hour capacity to maintain the UPS output at the rated output capacity at interlocked and secondary stations. Confidential PS Chapter-9 Page 9 of 29 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 3.2.5.2 The overall capacity of the battery system shall be such as to meet the specified performance and technical requirements throughout the life of the battery. The battery cell shall be of 2V, heavy duty, rechargeable, valve regulated lead acid and maintenance-free type and the performance shall comply with BS 6290: Part 4 having an intended design life of at least 10 years. The battery shall be of reputed make and manufactured in India. 3.2.5.3 The battery bank shall be protected from internal fault by a circuit breaker. The UPS shall be automatically disconnected from the battery bank when the discharge limits of volts per cell are reached, or when signalled by other control functions. The battery circuit breaker installed at the battery room should be complete with a metal enclosure conforming to an Ingress Protection Classification of IP 54. The battery shall be supplied with: (a) Inter-cell connectors and terminals which shall be of high conductivity and shall be enclosed with insulated corrosion-free material. (b) A cabinet or mild steel rack for shelving the batteries. The rack shall be designed to provide easy access to all components for maintenance and to minimize floor space requirements. (c) Special tools and fittings required to assemble the batteries. (d) Battery storage cabinets or racks shall be insulated from the floor to achieve the electrical insulation for a minimum voltage of 5 kV. 3.2.5.4 Temperature monitoring equipment shall be incorporated in the UPS system to optimise the charger voltage as a function of battery room temperature, to generate alarm in case of room temperature exceeding the preset permissible temperature and to predict the battery backup time. 3.2.5.5 The rectifier/charger shall follow recommendation of battery manufacturer for battery recharge. It shall also be equipped with facilities to carry out in-situ tests for battery (full and partial) discharge. 3.2.5.6 The battery shall be contained within the impact resistance flame retardant polypropylene cases with the cells being arranged in tiers to enable a rapid visual check. Terminal shall be shrouded to prevent accidental contacts. The battery enclosure shall be corrosion resistant and ventilated. 3.2.5.7 The standard battery operating temperature shall be of 25 °C. When the ambient air temperature exceeds 25 °C, the charging voltage shall be reduced to prevent overcharge and increased, as the temperature falls, to avoid undercharge. 3.2.5.8 The battery stand shall be constructed to give maximum support to the cells. The stand shall be equipped with a means of levelling. Confidential PS Chapter-9 Page 10 of 29 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 3.2.5.9 Unless otherwise specified, all stationary batteries shall be of the Sealed Maintenance Free, Valve Regulated, Lead Acid type to RDSO specification IRS S93 – 96 or latest for battery capacities up to and including 500 AH, and to TEC specification No. TQ 510G 92 or latest for capacities above 500AH. The capacity in ampere - hour (AH) shall be at 10-hour rate. 3.2.5.10 The battery shall consist of VRLA (maintenance free) cells. The battery banks for the UPS shall be so organized that:  One set shall normally function to take up the entire load of UPS.  The banks for depot and interlocked stations shall be formed of cellblocks of similar capacity and voltage ratings.  The cells shall be grouped such that touch voltage does not exceed 72 V.  Any combination of UPS battery bank may be acceptable, provided the minimum VAH capacity of both battery banks put together at a station is 384 x 800 VAH for depot and interlocking stations; and 384 x 400 VAH for secondary stations. Two separate battery banks shall be provided at all stations and depots.  A separate set shall consist of six cell blocks each of the same voltage as in the main battery bank. This set shall be maintained on charge from the charging unit such that one or more units from this set can replace faulty cellblocks of the working battery bank. 3.2.6 Battery Circuit Breaker 3.2.6.1 Batteries shall be mounted on racks to allow access to all terminals. In reaching the terminals, maintenance staff shall not be required to stretch unduly over other batteries, with the risk of shorting battery terminals. A localized battery circuit breaker shall be provided for each battery bank. 3.2.7 Inverter 3.2.7.1 The inverter shall be a solid state device with proven Pulse Width Modulation technique utilizing Insulated Gate Bipolar Transistors and microprocessor controls, capable of accepting the output of the rectifier / charger or the battery system and provide a 3-phase alternating current output complying with the performance requirements. 3.2.7.2 The inverter shall utilise the latest and reliable technology to achieve high efficiency and reliability, and to cope with non-linear loads. The inverter should incorporate following essential features: a) Voltage Regulation b) Transient Recovery c) Automatic Synchronization d) Over-current Protection e) Over Temperature Protection f) Short Circuit Power Protection g) Frequency Control Confidential PS Chapter-9 Page 11 of 29 LKS 02: Particular Specifications h) Inverter Output voltage Harmonic distortion i) 3.2.7.3 Inverter Overload protection. The inverter shall be capable to supply its rated load at power factor of at least 0.8 leading or lagging. 3.2.7.4 Voltage harmonic distortion: The inverter shall provide sine wave output having harmonic neutralisation and filtering to limit the total harmonic distortion on the output voltage to less than 1% of linear load and 5% of non-linear load. 3.2.7.5 Each inverter leg shall be protected from over-current to prevent damage to the solid-state devices in the inverter bridges. 3.2.7.6 The inverter output shall be electronically current limited. 3.2.7.7 The inverter shall be protected against over voltage and under voltage surges introduced at the output of the uninterruptible supply system by load switching and transfer to the bypass. If the bypass AC line deviates by more than 50 Hz ±1% the inverter logic shall automatically revert to 50 Hz ± 0.25% and initiate an alarm condition. 3.2.8 Automatic Static Bypass Switch 3.2.8.1 The UPS shall be provided with a static By-pass switch. In the case of inverter failure, subcircuit failure, load start-up inrush or battery capacity being exhausted upon rectifier / charger supply down, the static bypass switch shall transfer the load to the mains automatically within 4 milli-seconds. Full protection discrimination shall be achieved on the bypass circuit. In case of a single sub-circuit fault, the capacity of the static by-pass switch shall withstand the fault energy until the protective device of the sub-circuit clear the fault. 3.2.8.2 The means of operation shall ensure a make-before-break uninterrupted transfer of load to or from the by-pass supply source under both automatic and manual mode of operation. The static switch should also conform to the following minimum requirements Continuous Capacity Equal to the 100% continuous rating of the inverter Overload Capacity Equivalent to the overload characteristics of the UPS 3.2.9 The following data shall apply to UPS (of complete system unless specified otherwise): (1) Output capacity (KVA) of each UPS 120 KVA for depot 60 KVA for interlocking stations 30 KVA for secondary stations (2) Input voltage (Three phase) of input feeder 415V AC +10%, - 20% (3) Input frequency of input feeder 50 Hz  5% Confidential PS Chapter-9 # Page 12 of 29 LKS 02: Particular Specifications (4) Input Power factor > 0.95 (5) Output voltage 415V AC Three phase (6) Output frequency 50 Hz  1% (except in bypass) (7) Voltage Regulation: Static Better than  1% Dynamic (0-100-0% Load Step) Better than  3% Overload capacity of each UPS better than > 150 % for 60 seconds (8) > 125 % for 10 minutes > 110 % for 60 minutes (9) a. Total Current Harmonic Distortion of each UPS at input (THDi) <3 % b. Total Voltage Harmonic distortion of each UPS output < 3% for 100% linear load (10) Crest factor of each UPS ≤ 3:1 (11) Ambient Operating temperature 0-50C (see clause 4.8.1) (12) Storage temperature 0 C to + 70C (13) Relative humidity (non condensing) Up to 95% at 40 C (14) Efficiency (AC-AC) of complete system (including input and output transformers) Better than 80% (From 25% load to full load) (15) Inverter efficiency (including output transformer) Better than 0.93 (16) Ripple content: With Battery < 1% Without Battery <5% for 100% non linear load < 2% (17) Battery Charging by each UPS in Boost Charging C/10 rate (18) Battery Charging Characteristics and Charging Voltage In accordance with battery specifications VRLA # Source of power is from RSS/ASS which supplies Traction as well as Auxiliary loads of Metro Operations. Confidential PS Chapter-9 Page 13 of 29 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 3.2.10 3.2.11 3.2.12 3.2.13 The UPS shall comprise of the following controls and protection:  Emergency power off  Maintenance bypass isolator  Battery isolator  Low battery shutdown and trip  DC over-voltage  Charger current limit  Thermal protection  Ambient temperature protection  Phase Sequence Protection  Suitable alarm interface  Remote monitoring The UPS shall offer at least the following facilities:  Maintenance log  Alarm contacts  Communication port  Diagnostics and self-testing The UPS system shall have at least the following displays:  Rectifier input voltage & current  Bypass input voltage and current  Inverter output voltage and current  DC bus voltage  Output frequency  Available battery backup time  Ambient temperature  Load on Main Source  Load on Standby Source  UPS in service  System in Bypass mode / UPS failed  Normal UPS Supply available for Telecom, S&TC and AFC systems Alarms, health status & displays generated by each UPS shall be shown locally, as well as at remote location in both OCCs at one separate terminal each in respective OCC. 3.2.14 All alarms and messages generated by the UPS shall be recorded at least for a period of one month, or otherwise the message storage capacity should be atleast 500 messages and self clearing of message in FIFO logic. Confidential PS Chapter-9 Page 14 of 29 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 3.2.15 Telecommunication contractor will provide LAN port between each station and the OCC for communication purpose, the point of interface being TER (Telecom Equipment Room) at stations and CER (Central Equipment Room) at OCC. LKS 02 Contractor shall make all other necessary arrangements such as communication card/ port, cabling from UPS to TER, networking, furniture, workstation etc. The workstation shall be a standard PC with latest configuration and 22” LCD-TFT monitor. 3.2.15.1 Alarms shall be categorised on these remote terminals based on different severity levels and shall be both acoustic and visual to draw the attention of maintenance personnel in case of need. 3.2.15.2 Remote monitoring system shall have state of the art features such as –  Graphical tool illustrating health status of various equipments on a single screen, such as line diagram: normal status of all equipments at a station shown in Green colour and fault status shown in Red colour. The status can be zoomed at various levels to identify specific faults to card or component level. The Contractor may propose alternate graphical scheme for review and acceptance of the Engineer.  Automatically generating and sending messages to concerned maintenance personnel;  Recording and storage of profiles such as voltage/ current/ temperature etc. at some identified important points at stations;  Pre-warning based on comparison of these defined profiles in order to pre-empt and prevent breakdowns. 3.2.16 Voltage free contacts shall be made available to Signalling & Train Control Contractors, Telecommunication Contractors and AFC Contractors for extending following alarms:  Normal primary power supply failed.  Standby primary power supply failed.  Normal UPS failed.  Standby UPS failed. 3.3 Diagnostics 3.3.1 The UPS shall be fitted with a Microprocessor based Supervision and Diagnostic System, which monitors all aspects of the UPS operation. The system shall aid in the rapid identification of internal faults. 3.3.2 The UPS shall automatically analyse the condition of the battery string on a programmable period. It shall detect and enunciate the battery failure condition locally and remotely. The periodic test shall not impair the battery readiness in case of normal supply outage. 3.4 Automatic Transfer Switch (ATS) and Isolation Transformer 3.4.1 An Automatic transfer device shall be provided for transfer of input supply from the primary to secondary source by automatic transfer switch, in case of failure of primary power source or visa versa, following the relevant international standards. Confidential PS Chapter-9 Page 15 of 29 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 3.4.2 3.4.3 The input cubicle shall comprise:  ATS  Isolation Transformer  Metering and switchgear  Surge and Transient Protection Capacities of Automatic Changeover Switch and Isolation Transformer for Secondary, Interlocking and Depot shall be suitable to deliver rated output. In any case, the capacities shall not be less than: S no. Stations UPS rating Transformer ATS (KVA) rating (KVA) Rating (A) 1. Secondary Station 30 52 150 2. Interlocking 60 96 230 120 166 400 switch Station 3. 3.4.4 3.4.5 Depot/OCC Technical Specifications of Input Isolation Transformer - Delta-Star Input voltage 415 VAC, 3 Phase, 3/4 wires. Input voltage tolerance +10%, -20% Transformer rating 52/96/166 KVA (see 5.4.3 above) Input frequency 50 Hz +/- 5% Input switch gear MCCBs, Two nos. for two sources Output voltage 415/240V, 3 Phase, 4W Transformer Bypass Arrangement Shall be provided to take care of Transformer failures Metering and Switchgears Output Switch gears for UPS-1, UPS-2, DC MCCBs of suitable rating POWER-1, DC POWER-2, SPARE Metering AC Voltmeter - To monitor Input voltage RY, BR, YB voltage through selector switch. AC Ammeter - To monitor Input current through selector switch. Indicators for the feeders and output 3.4.6 Surge and Transient Protection (can also be an external device): Class ‘B’ as per IEEE 62.41 & 62.45 Confidential PS Chapter-9 Page 16 of 29 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 3.5 Automatic Transfer Switch Specifications 3.5.1 Automatic transfer switches (ATS) shall be modular, compact design, 3-phase, double throw, break before make type. 3.5.2 The automatic transfer switch shall be rated in utilization category AC-33A in accordance with IEC 60947-6-1 or EN 60947-6-1 and capable of making, breaking and carrying continuously the rated current and making on fault without overheating, damage and deterioration. 3.5.3 The automatic transfer switch shall be to international standards and certification, such as CE or UL 1008 Standards for Safety, and shall be of reputed make & proven design. 3.5.4 Each automatic transfer switch shall be equipped with, but not be limited to, the following: a) Illuminated indicator for "Normal Supply On" and "Standby Supply On" to be provided at the front cover of the compartment housing the transfer switches. b) Transfer mechanism to facilitate automatic/ manual transfer from the normal source to the standby source. c) A test switch to simulate mains power failure and indicate the changeover sequence to allow on-load testing. d) Auxiliary relays and contacts to facilitate main power source failure for routine testing of the automatic transfer operation. e) 2 nos. each NO and NC volt free dry contacts shall be provided for each changeover unit. f) The Changeover function shall work without Auxiliary Power Supply with Fail Safe operation. 3.5.5 g) All indications for all the operations viz., ON, OFF. h) Adjustable transfer delay time control from 0 to 1 minutes or more The transfer system between the normal and standby sources shall be as follows: a) 3 phase sensing circuits with adjustable time delay facility in the range of 0 to 15 seconds shall be provided to monitor the voltage condition of the normal and standby source. b) Failure of one or more phases of normal main supply or a reduction of voltage to a value of 90% to 75% (adjustable) of the nominal value shall initiate the timing device. If the failure persists at the expiry of this preset time delay, the changeover action will be effected provided that the voltage of the standby source reaches 90% of the nominal value. c) Upon restoration of the normal power supply, which has been determined stable after a time delay, the changeover switch shall automatically be restored to the Confidential PS Chapter-9 Page 17 of 29 LKS 02: Particular Specifications normal supply. It shall also be able to switch the load back to the normal supply under manual control. Confidential PS Chapter-9 Page 18 of 29 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 3.6 Moulded Case Circuit Breaker (MCCB) 3.6.1 MCCBs shall comply with and be type-tested to IEC 60947-2 or EN 60947-2. Each MCCB shall have all the mechanical and live parts completely enclosed in an insulated moulded case. 3.6.2 MCCBs shall meet the following requirements: a) Number of poles: double-pole, triple-pole or four poles as specified on the Drawings, b) Rated operational voltage: 240/ 415 V AC, c) Rated insulation voltage: 660 V AC, d) Rated uninterrupted current (ln): as shown on the Drawings, but after taking into account the installation conditions and temperature derating. e) Rated frequency: 50 Hz, f) Rated short-circuit making capacity (lcm): 105 kA at 0.25 power factor (min), g) Rated ultimate short-circuit breaking capacity (lcu): 50 kA (min), h) Rated service short-circuit breaking capacity (lcs): (50 kA). Further, Ics must be equal to 100% Icu for the selected breaker, i) Utilization category: A or B as appropriate, j) Degree of protection: IP 3X to IEC 60529 or EN 60529, and k) Rated ambient temperature: 50 °C. l) MCCB shall be suitable for isolation as per Annexure 7.1.2 of IEC 60947 – 2 m) All MCCBs should have front adjustable electronic/ microprocessor based releases with adjustment in the range of 40 – 100% for nominal overloads and 2 – 10 times of rated current for short circuit faults n) Impulse Withstand Voltage - 8KV o) Mechanical Strength p) O – t - CO – t - Co type of Duty q) Selection of ACB, MCCB and MCB shall be of same make. Total Discrimination must be available between the various elements of switchgear (ACB, MCCB, MCB etc) selected. Supplier must provide test certificates from acceptable, accredited and reputed laboratories to prove the same, if so desired by Employers Representative. In view of Standardisation and Uniformity, mixing of two series of switchgear (even from the same manufacturer) for either MCCB or ACB will not be permitted. In case higher frame sizes (than those specified in the BOQ) is required to be provided to achieve the above requirements, due to selection of a particular make, the same shall be provided at no extra cost if other makes are able to achieve the same with the specified frame size. Confidential PS Chapter-9 Page 19 of 29 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 3.6.3 The operating mechanism of MCCBs shall be independent of the operating speed of the over centre toggle and the MCCB shall be of current limiting type and comprise of Quick make and Quick break switching. Contacts shall be non-welding type. The operating mechanism shall be trip-free and provided with mechanical "ON", "OFF" and "TRIPPED" indicator. The MCCB shall be designed for both vertical and horizontal mounting, without any adverse effect on electrical performance. 3.6.4 The time delay on overload tripping shall be inversely proportional to the over current up to a threshold value of approximately seven times the rated current at the rated working temperature. 3.6.5 Handle position shall give positive indication of ‘ON’ or ‘TRIPPED’, thus qualifying to Disconnection as per IEC 947 – 3 indicating true position of all the contacts. 3.6.6 In case of 4 pole MCCB neutral shall be defined and capable of offering protection up to full rating with possibility of adjustment at site in the neutral setting. 3.6.7 Remote tripping coil should be of continuous duty cycle. 3.6.8 MCCBs shall have an electrical endurance of the order of 10000 operation cycles. 3.6.9 Electronic trip units shall comply with the requirements of EMC/ EMI Compatibility of IEC 60947-2 or EN 60947-2. 3.7 Miniature Circuit Breakers (MCB) 3.7.1 MCBs shall comply with and be type-tested to IEC 60898 or EN 60898. 3.7.2 MCBs shall meet the following requirements: a) Number of poles: single-pole, double-pole, triple-pole or four-pole as specified on the Drawings, b) Protection against external influences: Enclosed-type, c) Method of connection: Bolted type or clip-on type, d) Rated operational voltage: 240/ 415 V AC, e) Rated current: 6A, 10A, 16A, 20A, 25A, 32A, 40A, and 50A as shown on the Drawings. Above 50A, MCCB as specified above must be used. f) Rated frequency: 50 Hz, g) Range of instantaneous tripping current: MCBs shall be current limiting Type Class 3 with range of instantaneous tripping current B, C or D type as appropriate or as specified, h) Rated short-circuit breaking capacity: not less than 9 kA (M3) unless otherwise specified, Confidential 2 i) I t characteristic: suitable for load and circuit being protected, j) Degree of protection: IP-20 for MCBs k) Reference ambient temperature: 50°C. PS Chapter-9 Page 20 of 29 LKS 02: Particular Specifications l) MCBs shall have minimum power loss (Watts) per pole as per the IEC and should be proven by published value by manufacturer. 3.7.3 The load handling contacts shall be silver/ tungsten and the contacts and operating mechanism shall be designed so as to give a wiping action both at make and break. The breaker operating mechanism shall be of trip-free type. The breaker operating dolly shall be clearly indicated for the "ON" and "OFF" positions. It should be of Quick make and Quick break type. 3.7.4 Circuit protection against overload and short-circuit conditions shall be provided by means of thermal-magnetic device. Double-pole (DP), triple-pole (TP), and four pole (FP) MCBs shall be integral units and interlocked internally so that an over current through any pole shall trip all the poles of the MCB simultaneously. An assembly of two or three or four single-pole units mechanically strapped together is not acceptable. 3.7.5 Housing shall be heat resistant and having high impact strength. All DP, TP and FP circuit breaker shall have a common trip bar and should be mechanically coupled through a pin. It shall have an electrical endurance of the order of 10000-operation cycle for current rating of up to 50A. 3.8 Distribution Boards (MCB Boards) 3.8.1 Distribution boards for miniature circuit breakers shall be of sheet steel construction with a minimum thickness of 1.6 mm, suitably braced to form a rigid structure. Exterior corners and edges shall be rounded to give a smooth overall appearance. Hinged swing doors shall be fitted with gaskets and shall be easily removable to simplify installation. 3.8.2 IP ratings for distribution boards shall be IP 54. 3.8.3 Each distribution board shall be arranged for top and bottom cable entry and shall be provided with ample cable termination plates and chambers to enable cables to be neatly glanded with tails grouped and terminated on to appropriate internal terminations. 3.8.4 Distribution boards shall be wall mounted and shall, where specified, incorporate double pole or triple pole all insulated switches as appropriate, which shall be front of panel operated with an "ON/OFF" indicator and capable of being padlocked in the "OFF" position. Distribution boards shall incorporate combinations of single pole, double pole, triple pole and four pole miniature circuit-breakers (MCBs)/(MCCBs) as specified. 3.8.5 Each bank of MCBs shall be clearly identified with its appropriate phase colours/code, and the mounting framework for the banks of MCBs shall be easily removable to simplify installation. Adequate phase barriers and shields shall be fitted to ensure that after installation and wiring, all bare terminals and wires are covered to prevent accidental contact with live conductors during the normal procedure of resetting MCBs. 3.8.6 Each distribution board shall be supplied complete with a permanent circuit identification chart, preferably mounted within the front door. This chart shall be permanently and legibly filled in as circuits are completed, including the circuit description, the MCB rating and the identification of upstream source of the distribution board. Confidential PS Chapter-9 Page 21 of 29 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 3.8.7 Each distribution board shall be clearly labelled indicating its service and all 3- phase distribution boards shall be fitted with white labels red engraved "DANGER - 415 VOLTS". 3.8.8 In the top and bottom, of each distribution board a 32 mm clear hole in addition to other requirements shall be provided. These spare holes shall be fitted with 32 mm stopping plugs and locknuts. 3.8.9 Spare MCBs shall be provided on the basis of one per four ways or part thereof for every distribution board ensuring that spares are provided in numbers and ratings proportional to the numbers and ratings in the installation. 3.8.10 All bus bars shall be of hard drawn copper having ratings as specified complying to relevant clauses given in section 1.3, and shall be electro-tinned. Neutral bus bars shall be of the same cross-sectional area as the phase bus bars and shall have adequate number of terminals for all outgoing circuits including spare ways. 3.8.11 The configuration of the bus bars, bus bar supports and bus bar mounting arrangement shall be rated at 415 V. It shall be type tested and certified to a short-time withstanding current, which is not less than 10 kA for 1 second at voltage of 415 V. 3.8.12 Multi-terminal connectors shall be provided within the distribution board for connection of protective conductors of all outgoing circuits including spare ways. 3.9 Moulded Case Circuit Breakers Boards (MCCB Boards) 3.9.1 MCCB boards shall be factory built assemblies for indoor use and fully comply with all the requirements of IEC 60439-1 or EN 60439-1. All MCCB boards shall be capable of withstanding through fault of not less than the MCCB rated fault- breaking capacity as specified without sustaining permanent damage. 3.9.2 MCCB boards shall be totally enclosed type and suitable for floor/ surface mounting. The cases and doors shall be manufactured from CRCA sheet steel finished with high quality powder coated with colour to be decided. The doors shall be gasketed and fitted with ball catch lock or equal and approved, and the complete enclosure shall be in accordance with IP 54 to IEC 60529 or EN 60529. 3.9.3 The factory-built assemblies shall comprise tinned copper bus bar(s) as specified in clause 5.8.10 with rating as specified, multi-terminal neutral, neutral link and earth bars of adequate sizes. 3.9.4 All wirings, bus bars, etc., within the board shall be adequately shrouded and a flame retardant insulating shield of 2.0 mm thickness shall be provided to completely screen the live parts and wiring when the front panel is opened. Only the MCCB operating toggle and insulated surround shall project through the shield and the front panel. Insulating barriers shall be fixed between phases and between phase and neutral. 3.9.5 The sequence of terminals shall be such that the neutral terminals for the connection of each outgoing circuit are arranged in the same order as that of the phase terminals. Confidential PS Chapter-9 Page 22 of 29 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 3.9.6 A multi-terminal protective conductor shall be provided, with one terminal for each MCCB way. 3.9.7 An earthing terminal shall be provided to enable the enclosure to be earthed. The earthing terminal shall be suitable for internal or external connection. 3.9.8 MCCB boards shall be provided with vertical triple-pole and neutral copper bus bar of rating not less than that of the supply side of protective device subject to a minimum of 250 A. The configuration of the bus bars, bus bar supports and bus bar mounting arrangement shall be type tested to a short-time withstanding current of not less than 50 kA for 1 second at a voltage of 415 V. 3.9.9 All MCCB boards shall be clearly labelled, and marked with phase identification. Inside each board door, a circuit record card shall be provided. The card shall be renewable and protected by transparent material for recording the title, cable size and actual current rating of each outgoing circuit, the rated current of the MCCB board, the identification of the upstream source, the total number of points served by each MCCB circuit and the area served. 3.9.10 Spare MCCB shall be provided on the basis of one per four ways or part thereof for every distribution board ensuring that spares are provided in numbers and ratings proportional to the numbers and ratings in the installation. 3.10 Rectifiers 3.10.1 Two numbers of 110V/ 30A rectifiers in online redundant configuration (2 Nos.1x110V/30A) shall be provided at each depot to RDSO spec. No. IRS: S91-93 or the latest or as per International Specification. 3.11 Servo Controlled Voltage Stabilizers 3.11.1 Three phase 125 kVA SCVS as per IS spec. No. IS: 9815-1981 or the latest shall be provided along with all the 120 KVA UPS for bypass modes. 3.11.2 Three phase 60 kVA SCVS as per IS spec. No. IS: 9815-1981 or the latest shall be provided along with all the 60 KVA UPS for bypass modes. 3.11.3 Three phase 30 kVA SCVS as per IS spec. No. IS: 9815-1981 or the latest shall be provided along with all the 30 KVA UPS for bypass modes. 3.12 Electrical Distribution 3.12.1 The UPS shall work on 3-phase AC 415 V input supply source. The input source shall be from two different source feeders supported with a Diesel Generator to take full load of the UPS. Two-feeder lines one normal and the other standby shall be terminated in the UPS room and contractor shall provide the automatic changeover switches. Distribution from this changeover switch shall be the responsibility of the LKS 02 contractor. 3.12.2 The output of the UPS system shall be terminated in Distribution Boards. 3.12.2.1 At Depots, Distribution Board will have one no. of 200A MCCB for S&TC, one no. of 63A MCCB for Telecommunication. Confidential PS Chapter-9 Page 23 of 29 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 3.12.2.2 At Interlocking stations, Distribution Board will have one no. of 63A MCCB for S&TC, one no. of 63A MCCB for Telecommunication, one no. of 63A MCCB for AFC. 3.12.2.3 At Secondary stations, Distribution Board will have one no. of 63A MCCB for S&TC, one no. of 63A MCCB for Telecommunication, one no. of 63A MCCB for AFC. 3.13 Earthing Policy 3.13.1 An earthing system shall be designed to assure personnel safety and protection of installations against damage. It shall also serve as a common voltage reference and to contribute to the mitigation of disturbances. 3.13.2 The Contractor shall provide all Earth Bus bars, Earthing Cables and connections etc. to meet the Specifications mentioned herein. The Contractor may, however, make use of the common Main Earth Bus provided in the UPS Room by E&M Contractor. 3.13.3 The earthing system shall generally meet the requirements of IEEE 1100, NFPA 780, and IEC 1024. 3.13.4 To achieve the primary goal of assuring personnel safety and damage control, a low impedance path shall be made available to the current generated due to lightning or power system fault. The potential differences between any two points shall be as low as possible. Safety considerations also require the chassis or enclosure to be earthed to minimize shock hazards to passengers and transit system staff. 3.13.5 The earthing system shall meet, but not be limited to, the following: 3.13.5.1 The resistance to earth of the system “earth terminal” must remain within the stipulated limits at all locations and under all climatic conditions. 3.13.5.2 Any electrical joints in the earthing system shall be protected from moisture ingress by using proper wrapping, sealing with waterproof tapes, or such other measures. 3.13.6 The equipment chassis shall be connected to suitable earth. 3.13.6.1 The earthing methods and details shall be submitted to the Employer’s Engineer for review. 3.14 Requirements for effective transient and surge protection 3.14.1 Physical distance from the transient source does not necessarily guarantee immunity from transients and an effective transient protection system must protect the equipment from transients. Transient Protection Class ‘B’ as per IEEE 62.41 & 62.45 shall be provided at the UPS input side as a minimum. Confidential PS Chapter-9 Page 24 of 29 LKS 02: Particular Specifications SECTION-II 1. SPECIFICATIONS FOR BATTERY BACKUP SYSTEM 48 V DC Battery Backup system - General 1.1 The Battery Backup provided by the Contractor shall be sized to power its full load including Radio System, & Telephone System with redundant configuration (two numbers of line protecting devices, two numbers of Battery Chargers and two banks of 48 volt battery banks) for busy hour reserve of four hours by each 48V battery bank for equipment installed in TER at stations, depot and OCC. 1.2 In case the Telephone & Radio system does not require 48 VDC and can work on 230 V AC , then the load of Telephone system need not be catered to in DC System. But in the UPS only. 1.3 Two independent 3-phase primary power input feeder cables shall be made available inside the UPS/Battery Room to the S&T Contractor by the Civil Project Contractor 1.4 Automatic Changeover between the two mains incoming AC supply feeders and further distribution shall be provided by the LKS 02 Contractor 1.5 Telecom System Contractor LKS 02 will use 3 Phase AC inputs for the chargers of the battery backup system from the distribution panel after the automatic changeover switch and the MCBs. Each of the two chargers shall have independent 3 Phase AC input feeder from the distribution panel. 1.6 The Battery shall consist of VRLA (maintenance free) cells. The battery bank shall be of suitable high voltage, the use of which may be justified. The banks shall be formed of cells of similar capacity and voltage rating. 2. Battery Back Up Equipment 2.1 General 2.1.1 The battery backup equipment shall conform to an international standard covering safety, construction, electromagnetic interference and operation or to the latest version of the following: 2.1.2 (1) RFI Suppression : EN 55022A or VDE 0878 (2) Boost cum float charger : IEC 146 (3) Protection class : 1- EN 60950 (4) ISO 9001 The Design shall take into consideration the voltage drop between the power supply source and the Telecommunication system load individually at each location (station/depot, OCC/BCC etc.) 2.1.3 Not used. 2.1.4 The conceptual design of the battery backup system for Telecommunication systems envisaged includes 2 numbers SMPS based 48 V Battery Chargers in on-line Confidential PS Chapter-9 Page 25 of 29 LKS 02: Particular Specifications redundant configuration with individual 48V battery banks. The Contractor shall further submit detailed Design for review by the Employer’s Representative The transformers insulation class shall be in accordance with heat they are likely to generate but in no case the insulation class shall be worse than class B insulation. 3. Equipment Design of Battery Backup (48 V DC) 3.1 The 48 V Battery Backup provided by the Contractor shall be sized to power its full load including Radio System & Telephone System with redundant configuration (Two numbers of Battery Chargers and Two banks of 48 V Battery Bank) for busy hour reserve of four hours for each Battery Bank for equipment installed in telecommunication equipment rooms at stations, depot and at OCC. As a rough approximation Equipment load of each elevated station & OCC without Radio Base station shall as a minimum be 15 Amperes at 48 Volts and for Depot/OCC with Radio Base stations as a minimum it shall be 50 Amperes at 48 Volts. The exact size of Battery Backup System for each location shall, however, be determined during detailed design stage reviewed by the Employer’s Representative. For sizing the Battery for each location relevant factors (K factor = 4.76, Ageing factor = 1.25, Design Margin = 1.1, Temperature factor 1.01 & ECV = 1.75) and spare capacity of 25 % shall be considered. Battery Charger Capacity shall be determined by load current + Battery Capacity*10%. However Batteries and the chargers shall as a minimum be of the size listed in the BOQ in Vol.1. 3.2 An additional battery set consisting of a six cell block each of the same voltage as in the two main 48V battery banks shall be provided at each location. This set shall be maintained on charge from the charging unit such that one or more units from this set can replace the faulty cell (s) / cell block of the working battery banks. The faulty cells so disconnected shall be isolated into groups such that touch voltage does not exceed 72 V. 3.3 Battery Chargers (except spare cell charger) shall be of SMPS type and meet TEC specifications TEC/G/SMP-01/03 or latest version. Each charger system shall be sized to power full load of FOTS, Radio, Telephone system and Clock system and simultaneously charge the fully discharged battery bank connected to it at 10 hour rate of charge for the battery. The Battery Chargers shall be got inspected by TEC and all co-ordination and all inspection related charges shall be the responsibility of Telephone System Contractor. The spare cell charger shall be suitable to charge the type of VRLA batteries being used. 3.4 The Battery Backup shall include line protecting devices, chargers, battery banks and changeover logic system for change over from battery set 1 to battery set 2 and vice versa. The design shall ensure that the failure of a single component does not cause failure of the Backup system. The charger shall be of the self-contained floor- Confidential PS Chapter-9 Page 26 of 29 LKS 02: Particular Specifications mountable, top/bottom entry as per site requirement, metal-clad type with front access. 3.5 The battery for all telecommunication requirements covering Radio System, Telephone System, FOTS, and Clock System shall consist of two sets of 48 volts each of VRLA cell blocks. 3.6 The life-time of the battery shall not be less than 10 years for VRLA cells. All batteries shall be of the Sealed Maintenance Free Valve Regulated Lead Acid type as per RDSO specifications IRS S93-96 or latest for capacities up to and including 500 AH and DOT specifications No.TQ.510G 92 or latest for capacities beyond 500 AH and shall be procured only from RDSO approved source, duly inspected by RDSO for RDSO approved capacities up to & including 500 AH and from DOT approved sources, duly inspected by TEC, for capacities beyond. 3.7 There shall be no break in the battery supply to the Telecommunication systems during changeover from the working to standby battery set. 3.8 The following data shall apply to battery backup system: (1) Input voltage range (Three phase) : 415V AC (+10 %, - 20%) (2) Input frequency : 50 Hz +/- 5% (3) Power factor : > 0.8 (4) Output current : As required for each location (5) Output voltage for telecommunication : 48 V equipment (6) Charge/boost voltage per cell : 2.3 V for each basic cell of 2V (7) Float voltage : 2.23 V for each basic cell of 2V Confidential (8) Direct supply : 2 V for each basic cell of 2V (9) Availability check : 1.75 Volt for each basic cell of 2V (10) Output voltage stability Static load : +/- 1% Dynamic load(0 –100 –0%) : +/- 1 % (11) Response time : < 5 ms (12) Efficiency (minimum) : 90% (13) Psophometrically weighted noise voltage: 2 mV PS Chapter-9 Page 27 of 29 LKS 02: Particular Specifications o (14) Operating temperature : 0 to 55 C (15) Storage temperature : 0 C to 70 C. (16) Relative humidity (non condensing) : up to 95% at 40 C (17) Technology/Specifications : o o o SMPS type as per TEC specifications TEC/G/SMP-01/03 or latest. 3.9 3.10 3.11 3.12 Battery Backup system functions shall include: (1) Low voltage battery disconnection (LVD) (2) Battery disconnection pre-alarm (3) Battery current limiting (4) Temperature compensated charging (5) Test mode facility System control functions shall include: (1) Float/ charge mode facility (2) Auto/Manual Switch for boost charging System Protection shall include (1) High voltage input disconnection (HVD) (2) Lightning protection/Surge protection (3) Transient absorbers for component protection (4) Load fuses/MCB’s as required (5) Battery fuses /MCB’s as required Alarms shall be implemented through suitable NMS, placed at CER/CSS of OCC/BCC to be provided by LKS 02 Contractor, for the Battery Backup System using a suitable interface such as RS-232 TCP/IP etc. The exact interface and channel requirement will have to be finalized by LKS 02 Contractor. The following alarms shall be provided for each of the two SMPS/Battery Banks from the NMS at the OCC.: Confidential (1) Mains fail (2) Operation OK (3) Input voltage high (4) Over load (5) Boost mode (6) Float mode (7) Rectifier Modules fail (one or more than one) (8) Mains low (9) Battery cut off pre-alarm (10) Over temperature (11) Summary Alarm PS Chapter-9 Page 28 of 29 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 3.13 NMS shall be provided on a TFT based MMI kept in CERs/CSSs at OCC/BCC for monitoring all alarms of 48V DC Power Supply System. 4. System Expansion 4.1 The Battery Backup system shall be designed and equipped with all necessary hardware, software and capacity for future 25 % additional load. All the components like Transformers, Batteries, etc shall as a minimum cater to 25% spare capacity. Confidential PS Chapter-9 Page 29 of 29 LKS 02: Particular Specifications DESIGN, MANUFACTURE, SUPPLY, INSTALLATION, TESTING AND COMMISSIONING OF TELECOMMUNICATION SYSTEMS LKS 02 PARTICULAR SPECIFICATIONS CHAPTER 10 APPENDICES Confidential PS-Chap 10 Page 1 of 75 LKS 02: Particular Specifications T ELE CO M M UNIC AT IO N SY ST EM S T his c h a pt er c o ve r s th e Ap p e nd ic es of P ar t ic u lar S p ec if ic at i ons of L K S 02 Co ntr ac t. 1. Ap p end ix A: I NT E RF AC E R E S PO N SI B IL IT I E S T he L K S 0 2 C o ntr ac t or ’s r es p o ns ib i l it i es f or s p ec if ic a t io n an d pr o v is i o n of th e r e qu i r em ents f or Des i gn a nd W ork s wh ic h i n ter f ac e wi t h des i g na te d Pr oj ec t C o ntr ac tor ar e g i v e n. 2. Ap p end ix B : K E Y & A CC E S S D AT E S T he s c h e du l e of K e y Da tes to b e m et b y t he L K S 0 2 Co nt r ac to r an d Ac c es s Da tes t o b e us ed in pl a nn i n g th e W ork s ar e l a i d ou t. 3 Ap p end ix C : S E CT IO NS Des c r i b es t h e n am e of s t at i ons , d ep o t an d t h e O CC of L uc k no w M e tr o . 4. AP P E N D I X D: C A B L E S P EC IF IC AT IO N S T he C a bl e S pec if ic a t i ons t o b e f o l l o wed f o r L K S 0 2 Co nt r ac t. T hes e s pec if ic a t io ns wi l l no t b e a pp l ic ab l e on e qu i pm en t s p ec if ic c ab l i ng / wir i n g. 5. Ap p end ix E : CO NT R A CT S P A RE S T he l is t of m in im um Co ntr ac t S par es to b e s up p l ie d u nd er L K S 0 2 Co ntr ac t f or T e lec om m un ic at i o n S ys tem s 6 Ap p end ix F : NO T U S ED 7. Ap p end ix G : S P EC I A L T O O L S & T E ST EQ U IP M E NT S T he l is t of m in im um S pec i a l T o o ls an d T es t eq u i pm ent s t o be s up p li e d un d er L K S 0 2 Co n tr ac t f or T e l ec om m unic at i o n S ys tem s . 8 Ap p end ix H : MM I pr o v is io n s c h e du l e f or T el ec om m unic at i on S ys t e m s . 9. Ap p end ix M : E ar th i n g p o l ic y an d tr a ns i e nt p r ot ec t i o n Des c r i b es t he p o lic y f or E ar t h i ng T elec om m unic at i on S ys t em s . a nd T r ans ie nt Pr o tec t io n f or ac c es s or i es f or 10 . Ap p end ix N : N O T U S ED 11 . Ap p end ix O : Sp ec if ic at i o n te l ec om m unic at i o n s ys tem s . 12 . Ap p end ix P : Sp ec if ic a ti o n f or r a is e d ac c es s f lo or s 13 . Ap pe ndi x Q : Sp ec if ic at i o n of 1 9” r ac k , f i br e m an a gem en t s ys t em ( O DF) a n d d ig i ta l d is tr i bu t io n f r am e ( D DF) of c o n d ui t s an d . Confidential PS-Chap 10 Page 2 of 75 LKS 02: Particular Specifications AP P E N D I X A INTERFACE BETWEEN LKS 02 AND DESIGNATED STATION / DEPOT / TUNNEL / VIADUCT DESIGN CONSULTANTS (CIVIL AND E & M) & DESIGNATED STATION / DEPOT / TUNNEL / VIADUCT CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTORS (CIVIL AND E & M) FOR PHASE-IA. 1. Definitions and Introduction 1.1. This specification describes the interface requirements between Contract LKS 02 and Designated Design Consultants (Civil and E&M)/Designated Construction Contractor (Civil and E&M) for Underground and Elevated Station / Depot / Tunnel / Viaduct. 1.2. In this Specification, unless otherwise stated, the term “Contracts” refers to all the relevant Contracts and the term “Contractors” refers to all the relevant Contractors. The individual Contractors are referred to by the corresponding Contract number. 1.3. This document shall be read in conjunction with the relevant paragraphs of the General Specification. The Contractors shall ensure all requirements of the General Specification and Particular Specification pertaining to the contracts are fully resolved and implemented. 1.4. In the event of a conflict between the Particular Specification and this specification, the requirements of the Particular Specification shall prevail. 1.5. This specification outlines the Contractors’ interfacing requirements which are based on the Technical Studies carried out during the early stages of the Project. However, the requirements herein specified are by no means exhaustive and it remains the Contractors’ responsibilities to further develop, update and execute jointly Interface Management details during the design and the execution of Works, to ensure that all interfacing issues between the Contracts are satisfactorily resolved. 1.6 Cable trays/Ladders shall be provided by E&M contractor at Stations/Depots and OCCs. Telecom and AFC Contractors shall share the cost as per their uses. 1.7 LKS 02 shall take inputs from all other Contractors (IT and AFC) and finalize for cable tray/ladder size, routes etc. for their stations. Also they shall interface with E&M Contractor for whole requirement on their stations Confidential PS-Chap 10 Page 3 of 75 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 2.0 Scope of Work: Scope of work is mentioned in the table given below: PHASE III : Scope of work 1 UNDERGROUND SECTION Design Construction /Execution Contractor Inputs to be given by and coordination with construction/ execution contractor (A) Provision of space on outer edge of tunnel wall (Bored Tunnel) for installation of stand -Offs for laying of LCX cables for GSM/CDMA/TETRA. B) Provision of space in cut & cover Tunnel for installation of stand -Offs for laying of LCX cables for GSM/CDMA/TETRA. Cross over pipes are required for laying of TETRA/GSM/CDMA cables from under croft to the outer edge of tunnel wall in station Box area for each tunnel as per Telecom requirements. Cross over pipes are required wherever crossing of Telecom cables is required. DDC/Architect N.A. Telecom System contractor DDC/Architect Civil Telecom System contractor GSM/CDMA Operator Brackets/hangers are to be provided on tunnel inner edge for laying of optical fibre cable and emergency telephone cables as per telecom requirements. Cable tray connectivity is to be provided from Telecom brackets in tunnel to telecom cable trays in nearest S&T shaft. Provision of space in tunnels is to be done for GSM/CDMA Repeaters as per GSM/CDMA operators requirements (preferably be provided in cross passage).Cross over pipes are required at repeater location as per GSM/CDMA operator requirement. Provision of Power supply for GSM/CDMA Repeaters in tunnel. DDC/Architect E&M Telecom System contractor DDC/Architect E&M Telecom System contractor DDC/Architect N.A. Concerned GSM/CDMA Operator DDC/Architect GSM/CDMA Operator Concerned GSM/CDMA Operator Provision of space for emergency telephone at cross passages to be done as per telecom requirements. Provision of main earth (<2ohm) strips at cross passages for emergency telephones. DDC/Architect N.A. Telecom System contractor DDC/Architect Traction Telecom System contractor Provision of Temporary power and illumination in Tunnel to be provided for installation of emergency telephone and stand offs for LCX cable of GSM/CDMA/TETRA system. Temporary lighting in Tunnel should not be provided in space reserved for GSM/CDMA/TETRA cables in Tunnel DDC/Architect Civil, as per appendix A10 Telecom System contractor A TUNNEL REQUIREMENTS 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Confidential PS-Chap 10 Page 4 of 75 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 10 There should not be any kind of infringement with telecom installations in tunnel and station box area with other systems. DDC/Architect N.A. Telecom System contractor B STATION AREA REQUIREMENTS 11 Provision of architectural finishes, acoustic treatment and building materials of the entire station. DDC/Architect Civil, as per CSD Telecom System contractor 12 A) Provision of Space for Telecom cable tray installation at platform level, concourse level, undercroft level and technical area. B) Provision of space for Telecom cable tray connectivity between platform level, concourse level, undercroft level and road level. Access provision at each level for future maintenance should be kept. Data and Power cable trays are to be provided from TER to Concourse, Platform Undercroft, ground and Parking areas. All Station Entrance/Exits, Technical Rooms, other rooms, Ancillary Buildings, DG Room, Pump Room are to be provided with telecom cable tray connectivity as per Telecom requirements. Data/Power tray connectivity is to be provided between platform level, concourse level, undercroft level and Road level. Data / Power Cable tray Risers / Droppers up to FFL to be provided in TER , SCR TOM, EFO, Security Room or any other Room where Risers / droppers required as telecom requirements with connectivity from telecom trays provided by E&M. Data and power tray should have separation of at least 150mm between them at any place and if crossing is required there should be provision of a bridge to cross the cable tray. No electrical tray closer than 300mm should be provided near Telecom trays. DDC/Architect Civil, as per CSD E&M and Telecom System contractor DDC/Architect E&M Telecom System contractor DDC/Architect E&M Telecom System contractor DDC/Architect E&M Telecom System contractor DDC/Architect E&M Telecom System contractor DDC/Architect E&M Telecom System contractor 18 Under False floor Trays in TER and SCR. DDC/Architect Telecom System contractor Telecom System contractor 19 Provision of Telecom Trays connectivity at Road level to be done for parking areas. Hume Pipe connectivity from Road level trays connectivity to required camera locations in parking area. Telecom Data and Power trays to be marked with distinct color codes to avoid any ambiguity between telecom and other services trays. DDC/Architect Civil/E&M Telecom System contractor DDC/Architect E&M Telecom System contractor 13 14 15 16 17 20 Confidential PS-Chap 10 Page 5 of 75 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 21 Cable tray junctions and T points should not have sharp bends and edges to avoid cable damage. The bending radius of minimum 1.5m shall be provided. DDC/Architect E&M Telecom System contractor 22 For Telecom System Equipment (clock, speaker, PID, telephone, CCTV etc.), conduits with junction / termination / gang box are to be provided as per system requirements in technical / non technical rooms and also in station areas. These conduits are to be extended from nearest S&T Data / Power trays branch provided by E&M contractor in side Room up to location of the telecom equipments to be installed. Separate conduit for Data and Power cable to be extended. For stations with radio base equipments, cable tray connectivity for two different locations (with route diversity) from TER to open sky at ground level to be provided for installation of GPS antennas as per Telecom requirements. Minimum distance of 2 mts (horizontal) to be maintained between OHE and telecom equipment at Platform level and height of lowest part of Display board/ Clock should be at least 2.5 mts above finished floor level. DDC/Architect Telecom System contractor Telecom System contractor DDC/Architect E&M Telecom System contractor DDC/Architect Telecom System contractor Telecom System contractor In case there is double height area at PF level, the provision of cable trays and mounting structures for GSM/CDMA antennas, CCTV cameras and PAS/PIDS/Clock equipments should be designed at appropriate height away from PF edge. Cable Trays should be provided in a manner so that minimum no. of sleeves/cutouts is required for Telecom equipment installations. Cable trays are to be provided for GSM/CDMA from GSM/CDMA Room to Concourse/Platform/Undercroft Area. For all stations, cable tray connectivity for from GSM/CDMA room to open sky at ground level to be provided for installation of GPS antennas as per GSM/CDMA system requirements. Provision of Space and construction of ESP/ PSP (Panel/Booth) as per telecom requirements is to be done at middle of the each Platform. In case of Panel Both ESP and PSP should be at the 1200 mm height from the FFL. In case of Booth Provision of Space for CCTV MMI and CCTV Field switch is to be done. DDC/Architect E&M GSM/CDMA Operator and Telecom System contractor DDC/Architect E&M DDC/Architect E&M Concerned GSM/CDMA operator. Concerned GSM/CDMA operator. DDC/Architect Civil, as per CSD Telecom System contractor 29 Telecom Cable Tray connectivity to be provided for Platform Supervisory Panel (PSP)/Booth. DDC/Architect E&M Telecom System contractor 30 For the Stations with side platforms, connectivity between both undercrofts for Telecom Cable routing should be provided with cross over pipes and connectivity with other station areas as per telecom requirements. DDC/Architect Civil Telecom System contractor 23 24 25 26 27 28 Confidential PS-Chap 10 Page 6 of 75 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 31 At concourse/Platform level, provision of sleeves/holes/cut-out in the civil/finishing structure for various Telecom and GSM/CDMA services. DDC/Architect Civil, as per CSD GSM/CDMA Operator and Telecom System contractor 32 Provision of Main earth (<2 ohm) and clean earth (<1 ohm) pits. Location of clean earth PIT/MAT is to be at least 20m away from main earth pit locations. Extension of Main earth (<2 ohm) to be done from Main Earth Mat location to TER, UPS (S&T) Room and SCR. Copper Bus bar with min.20 holes (10 per row) to be provided in TER, UPS (S&T) Room and SCR. DDC/Architect Civil, as per CSD Telecom System contractor DDC/Architect E&M Telecom System contractor Extension of clean earth (<1 ohm) to be done from Clean Earth Mat location to TER. Copper Bus bar with min.20 holes (10 per row) to be provided in TER. LCX cable for TETRA is to be laid in underground station Area. The route for leaky co-axial cable shall have following conditions. a) False ceiling shall be at least 200mm below LCX route and false ceiling below LCX cable should be non-metallic. b) Between ceiling and the leaky coaxial there shall not be obstructions. c) Where LCX is close to a wall, no obstructions for hanging the brackets for LCX. Holes are to be provided in wall cladding for Telecom equipment installations and also cutouts in false ceiling are to be provided for mounting of speakers, PIDS, Clock, CCTV cameras and CCTV Monitors at concourse level. Signage should not block visibility of PIDS, clock, CCTV cameras and CCTV monitors at concourse and platform level. DDC/Architect E&M Telecom System contractor DDC/Architect N.A. Telecom System contractor DDC/Architect Civil, as per CSD Telecom System contractor DDC/Architect N.A. Telecom System contractor Provision of space for temporary storage is to N.A. be done for material storage of telecom contractors in consultation with Civil Dept. Telecom Equipment Room (TER) Requirements N.A. Telecom System contractor 39 Area of TER as per requirements is min 40 sqm. with 2.4 meter wide corridor in front of TER. DDC/Architect Civil, as per CSD Telecom System contractor 40 TER should be adjacent to UPS(S&T) room. UPS (S&T) room should be located in between TER & SER. DDC/Architect Civil, as per CSD Telecom System contractor 41 Provision of Fire rated door (outside open able) in TER as per requirement of min. size 1500 x 2100 mm. Drainage system of Air conditioning system should be installed outside TER and only air outlet is to be provided inside TER to maintain temperature nominal 25 degree continuous. DDC/Architect Civil, as per CSD Telecom System contractor 33 34 35 36 37 38 C 42 Confidential DDC/Architect PS-Chap 10 VAC Contractor Telecom System contractor Page 7 of 75 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 43 Clear height of 3 meter should be available in TER for telecom equipments installations. Installations of other contractors’ equipments shall be above 3 meter height. DDC/Architect N.A. Telecom System contractor 44 No false ceiling required in TER. In case provision is made then clear height of 3m should be available with Open able Trap doors in case of fixed type false ceiling. No windows or ventilators required inside TER. Escalator area above TER should be avoided. DDC/Architect N.A. Telecom System contractor DDC/Architect N.A. Telecom System contractor 2 x Cut outs (300 x 200 mm) for Power & Data Cables in the wall common between TER & UPS to be provided as per Telecom requirements. There should not be any water flow or drainage pipe passing through TER. DDC/Architect Civil, as per CSD Telecom System contractor DDC/Architect N.A. Telecom System contractor 48 Base frame, False Floor and under false floor cable trays with required risers for wall mounted units for All Telecom Systems as per Appendix N of this chapter. Raised false floor should have minimum clearance of 300 mm from Finished Floor Level. False flooring should be capable of handling loading capacity of 600 kg/m. Telecom System contractor Telecom System contractor DDC/Architect and other Telecom System contractors 49 DDC/Architect E&M Telecom System contractor DDC/Architect E&M Telecom System contractor DDC/Architect E&M Telecom System contractor DDC/Architect Civil Telecom System contractor 53 Provision of AC power points, indoor lighting facility and fire protection system to be done. Minimum 300 lux. Level of Lighting at FFL to be provided with some lights with emergency supply. Cable tray Risers/Droppers to be provided in TER with connectivity from near by Telecom trays provided by E&M During handover of TER availability of following items are to be ensured, as a minimum - AC power, Cable tray Risers, Air-conditioning, Lighting, AC power sockets, data /power tray connectivity. During handover of TER availability of following items is to be ensured, as a minimum: - Wall cut-outs, concrete floor with dust proofing, Wall finish with paint, Doors with lock arrangement with three keys. Confirm Fire Safety Provisions DDC/Architect E&M Telecom System contractor 54 Seal the gaps after cable installation work N.A. S&T Contractors Telecom System contractor D GSM AND CDMA ROOMS REQUIREMENTS 55 The Area of both GSM and CDMA should be kept 25 SQM (min.) for each room. Also the DDC/Architect Civil, as per CSD Concerned GSM/CDMA 45 46 47 50 51 52 Confidential PS-Chap 10 Page 8 of 75 LKS 02: Particular Specifications Location of these rooms should be in vicinity of TER. contractor(s) 56 There should not be any drainage/Water flow pipe passing through these rooms. DDC/Architect N.A. 57 No false ceiling and false floor is required in these Rooms and in case provision of false ceiling is done then clear height of 3.5 m should be kept. Also trap doors are to be provided as per requirement Floor level of GSM/CDMA rooms should be kept a step higher (approx. 200 mm) above the level of corridor to avoid any water leakage from outside. Drainage system of air conditioning system should be kept outside the rooms so that only air outlet is Provided inside these rooms to maintain temperature of 25 degree continuous Provision of Power supply to be done as per GSM/CDMA operator equipment load requirements. Provision of Main earth (< 2 ohm) extension with copper earth strip to be done in the GSM and CDMA Rooms. Fire-rated door of min. size 1500x2100 mm is to be provided with locking arrangement. DDC/Architect Finishing DDC/Architect Civil, as per CSD Concerned GSM/CDMA contractor(s) DDC/Architect VAC Concerned GSM/CDMA contractor(s) DDC/Architect E&M DDC/Architect E&M DDC/Architect Fire Door Contractor Provision of AC power points & indoor lighting facility and fire protection system to be done. Minimum 300 lux. Level of lighting at FFL to be provided with some lights with emergency supply. During hand over of GSM and CDMA rooms availability of following items are to be ensured, as a minimum:- AC power, Air-conditioning , Lighting, AC power sockets, power supply cables, Main Earth (<2ohm) copper strip. During hand over of GSM and CDMA rooms availability of following items is to be ensured, as a minimum - Wall paint, Wall cut-outs, finished floor, Door with lock arrangement with three keys. DDC/Architect E&M Concerned GSM/CDMA contractor(s) Concerned GSM/CDMA contractor(s) Concerned GSM/CDMA contractor(s) Concerned GSM/CDMA contractor(s) DDC/Architect E&M Concerned GSM/CDMA contractor(s) DDC/Architect Civil Concerned GSM/CDMA contractor(s) 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 Concerned GSM/CDMA contractor(s) Concerned GSM/CDMA contractor(s) E Station Control Room (SCR) Requirements 66 1. Data/Power cable tray risers are to be provided in SCR with connectivity from nearby S&T Data/Power cable trays provided by E&M. 2. Under floor Telecom cable tray connectivity in SCR along with risers for wall mount units. DDC/Architect E&M Telecom System contractor DDC/Architect Telecom System contractor 68 3. Holes are to be provided on SCR counter table as per requirement for installation of telecom systems MMIs. DDC/Architect Telecom System contractor Finishing 69 4. In case false ceiling is provided in SCR, trap doors are to be provided near cable tray risers. DDC/Architect Civil, as per CSD Telecom System contractor F SECURITY ROOM REQUIRMENTS 67 Confidential PS-Chap 10 Telecom System contractor Page 9 of 75 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 70 1. Data/Power cable tray connectivity is to be provided. DDC/Architect E&M Telecom System contractor 71 2.Furniture to be provided for installation of CCTV MMIs DDC/Architect Operation Telecom System contractor H Receiving Sub- Station (RSS)/ Traction Sub-Station (TSS) requirements 72 1.For providing Telecom facilities at TSS/RSS (Out side the DMRC Premises), connectivity either by trench or by trenchless is to be provided by traction contractor along with his own cable route.. 2.Telephone cabling inside the TSS/RSS building DDC/Architect Traction Telecom System contractor DDC/Architect Traction Telecom System contractor 3.In RSS/TSS building control room, table for providing telephone, telephone rosette with connectivity required 4. Cable trough/Trench with one bracket inside RSS boundary for laying telecom cable. DDC/Architect Traction Telecom System contractor DDC/Architect Traction Telecom System contractor Design Construction/ Execution Contractor Inputs to be given by and coordination with construction/ execution contractor 73 74 75 2 ELEVATED SECTION A VIA-DUCT REQUIREMENTS 1 DDC/Architect Civil Telecom System contractor DDC/Architect Civil Telecom System contractor 2 B Cable trough with covers/hangers on via duct for Optical Fibre laying is to be provided as per telecom requirements. Cross over pipes for OFC cable is to be provided at locations wherever track crossing of telecom cables is required. STATION AREA REQUIREMENTS DDC/Architect 3 Provision of architectural finishes, acoustic treatment and building materials of the entire station. Civil, as per CSD Telecom System contractor Provision of Space for Telecom cable tray installation at Platform level, Concourse level and Road level to be done Provision of space for Telecom cable tray connectivity between platform level, concourse level and road level. Access provision at each level for future maintenance should be kept Data and Power cable trays are to be provided from TER to Concourse, Platform, Road level areas, All Station Entrance/Exits, Technical Rooms, Ancillary Buildings, DG Room, Pump Room etc. as per Telecom requirements. DDC/Architect Civil, as per CSD E&M and Telecom System contractor DDC/Architect E&M Telecom System contractor 4 5 Confidential PS-Chap 10 Page 10 of 75 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 6 7 8 Data /Power cable Trays connectivity to be provided between platform level, concourse and road level. DDC/Architect E&M Telecom System contractor 2xcutouts (500x200) are to be provided in vicinity of TER in platform beams of both platforms for Optical Fibre cable entry from cable- trough / hangers provided on viaduct at track level to TER. Also these cutouts should be at least 300mm above from track bed level to avoid any seepage. Tray connectivity from Optical fiber cutouts in platform beam is to be provided up to TER with route diversity as per telecom requirements. Provision of space for Radio Tower. DDC/Architect Civil, as per CSD Telecom System contractor DDC/Architect E&M Telecom System contractor DDC/Architect Civil, as per CSD Telecom System contractor Hume pipe connectivity for radio Tower DDC/Architect Civil Telecom System contractor Data / Power Cable tray risers / droppers (for trays provided by E&M) to be provided in TER, TOM, EFO, Security Room, SCR and any other Room as per telecom Requirement with connectivity from near by Telecom trays provided by E&M Hume pipe connectivity with pulpit arrangement is to be provided in any ancillary building including DG Room, PUMP Room and Parking etc. at road level. Pull Pits are to be provided at every bend and after every 15mts. Provision of Telecom Trays connectivity at Road level to be done for parking areas. Hume Pipe connectivity from Road level trays connectivity to required camera locations in parking area. For Telecom System Equipment (clock, speaker, PID, Telephone, CCTV etc.), conduits with junction / termination / gang box are to be provided as per system requirements in technical / non technical rooms and also in station areas. These conduits are to be extended from nearest S&T Data / Power trays up to location of the telecom equipments to be installed. Separate conduit for Data and Power cable to be extended. Telecom Data and Power trays to be marked with distinct color codes to avoid any ambiguity between telecom and other services trays. DDC/Architect E&M Telecom System contractor DDC/Architect Civil/E&M Telecom System contractor DDC/Architect Civil/E&M Telecom System contractor DDC/Architect Telecom System contractor Telecom System contractor DDC/Architect E&M Telecom System contractor Minimum distance of 2 mts (horizontal) to be maintained between OHE and telecom equipment at Platform level and height of lowest part of Display board/ Clock should be at least 2.5 mts above finished floor level. DDC/Architect Telecom System contractor Telecom System contractor 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Confidential PS-Chap 10 Page 11 of 75 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 Data and power tray should have separation of at least 150mm between them at any place and if crossing is required there should be provision of a bridge to cross the cable tray. Cable tray junctions and T points should not have sharp bends and edges to avoid cable damage. The bending radius of minimum 1.5m shall be provided. Provision of Space and construction of ESP/ PSB as per telecom requirements is to be done at middle of the each Platform. DDC/Architect E&M Telecom System contractor DDC/Architect E&M Telecom System contractor DDC/Architect Civil, as per CSD Telecom System contractor Provision of Space for CCTV field switch installation at both platforms to be done DDC/Architect Civil Telecom System contractor Tray connectivity for Platform Supervisory Booth (PSB) from the nearest S&T Tray. DDC/Architect E&M Telecom System contractor In station area with false ceilings, cut outs are to provided for installation of speakers clock, PIDS and CCTV cameras and CCTV Monitors. DDC/Architect Civil, as per CSD Telecom System contractor Provision of space for installation and mounting of PIDS/SPEAKERS/ CCTV /CLOCK/ on portal is to be done. Signage should not block visibility of PIDS, clock, CCTV cameras and CCTV monitors at concourse and platform level Space for Clean earth (Two locations of 1mx1m Space with 3m separation between these locations) to be provided at ground level near to TER. Location of clean earth pits should be at least 20mts away from main earth pits. Extension of clean earth (<1 ohm) to be done from Clean Earth Mat location to TER. Copper Bus bar with min.20 holes (10 per row) to be provided in TER. Provision of Main earth Pit. Extension of Main earth (<2 ohm) from Main Earth Pit and termination at copper bus bar with min.20 holes (10 per row) to be done in TER, UPS (S&T) Room and SCR. For Station with radio tower, 10x10 sq meter space at road level in vicinity of TER is required for Radio tower installation. Minimum distance from OHE should be 15m. Also 5x50sq meter open space required for assembly of tower and its erection. Hume pipes to be provided from station building up to Tower location with Pull pits as per requirement. At every bend of Hume pipe, pull pit is required Construction of Tower Foundation, Tower structure, erection of radio Tower, supply and erection of fence, provisioning of radio earth DDC/Architect N.A. Telecom System contractor DDC/Architect DDC Telecom System contractor DDC/Architect CS12 Telecom System contractor DDC/Architect E&M Telecom System contractor DDC/Architect Civil, as per CSD DDC Telecom System contractor CS14 CS14 N.A. Confidential PS-Chap 10 Page 12 of 75 LKS 02: Particular Specifications and pits, install radio antenna and feeder cables. Provision of space for temporary storage is to be done for material storage of Telecom contractors in consultation with Civil Dept. 29 N.A. Civil Telecom System contractor C Telecom Equipment Room (TER) Requirements 30 Area of TER as per requirements is min 40 sqm. With 2.4 Meters wide corridor in front of TER DDC/Ar chitect Civil, as per CSD Telecom System contractor TER should be adjacent to UPS(S&T) room. UPS (S&T) room should be located in between TER & SER. Provision of Fire-rated doors (outside open able) in TER as per requirement of min size 1500x2100mm. DDC/Ar chitect Civil, as per CSD Telecom System contractor DDC/Ar chitect Civil Telecom System contractor Drainage system of Air conditioning system should be installed outside TER and only air outlet is to be provided inside TER to maintain temperature nominal 25 degree continuous. Clear height of 3 meter should be available in TER for telecom equipments installations. Installations of other contractors’ equipments shall be above 3 meter height. No false ceiling required in TER. In case provision is made than clear height of 3m should be available with Open able Trap doors in case of fixed type false ceiling. No windows or ventilators required inside TER. Expansion joint/platform joint and Escalator area above TER should be avoided. DDC/Ar chitect E&M Telecom System contractor DDC/Ar chitect N.A. Telecom System contractor DDC/Ar chitect Civil, as per CSD Telecom System contractor DDC/Ar chitect N.A. Telecom System contractor Cable tray connectivity from via duct cutout with dropper up to floor level is to be provided. DDC/Ar chitect E&M Telecom System contractor Cable tray Risers/Droppers to be provided in TER with connectivity from near by Telecom trays provided by E&M 2 x Cut outs (300 x 200 mm) for Power & Data Cables in the wall common between TER & UPS to be provided as per Telecom requirements. There should not be any water flow or drainage pipe passing through TER Room. Confirm Fire Safety Provisions DDC/Ar chitect E&M Telecom System contractor DDC/Ar chitect Civil, as per CSD Telecom System contractor DDC/Ar chitect DDC/Ar chitect Telecom System contract or N.A. Telecom System contractor Telecom System contractor DDC/Architect and other Telecom System contractors DDC/Ar chitect E&M 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 Base frame, False Floor and under false floor cable tray with required risers for wall mounted units for All Telecom Systems as per Appendix N of this chapter. Raised false floor should have minimum clearance of 300 mm from Finished Floor Level. False flooring should be capable of handling loading capacity of 600 kg/m. Provision of AC power points, indoor lighting facility and fire protection system to be done. Minimum 300 lux. Level of Lighting at FFL to be provided with some lights with emergency supply. Confidential PS-Chap 10 E&M Telecom System contractor Telecom System contractor Page 13 of 75 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 44 45 During handover of TER, availability of following items are to be ensured, as a minimum - AC power, Cable tray Risers, Air-conditioning, Lighting, AC power sockets, data /power tray connectivity. DDC/Ar chitect E&M Telecom System contractor During handover of TER availability of following items is to be ensured, as a minimum: - Wall cut-outs, concrete floor with dust proofing, Wall finish with paint, Doors with lock arrangement with three keys. DDC/Ar chitect Civil Telecom System contractor Seal the gaps after cable installation work N.A. S&T Contractor(s) Telecom System contractor Data/Power cable tray risers are to be provided in SCR with connectivity from near by S&T cable trays. DDC/Ar chitect E&M Telecom System contractor Data/Power under floor cable trays to be provided with risers for wall mount units DDC/Ar chitect Telecom System contractor Holes are to be provided on SCR counter table as per requirement for installation of telecom systems MMIs. In case false ceiling is provided in SCR, trap doors are to be provided near cable tray risers. DDC/Ar chitect Telecom System contractor Finishing DDC/Ar chitect Civil, as per CSD Telecom System contractor 46 D 47 48 49 50 Station Controller Room (SCR) Telecom System contractor E SECURITY ROOM 51 DATA/POWER cable tray connectivity is to be provided. DDC/Ar chitect E&M Telecom System contractor 52 Furniture to be provided for installation of CCTV MMIs. Receiving Sub-Station (RSS) / Traction SubStation(TSS) For providing Telecom facilities at TSS/RSS (Out side the DMRC Premises) connectivity either by trench or by trench less is to be provided by traction contractor along with his own cable route. Telephone cabling inside the TSS/RSS building. DDC/Ar chitect Operation Telecom System contractor DDC/Ar chitect Traction Telecom System contractor DDC/Ar chitect Traction Telecom System contractor In RSS/TSS building control room, table for providing telephone, telephone rosette with connectivity required Cable trough/Trench with one bracket inside RSS boundary for laying telecom cable DDC/Ar chitect Traction Telecom System contractor DDC/Ar chitect Traction Telecom System contractor Provision of Trench along periphery of RSS is to be done for CCTV installation as per requirements. DDC/Ar chitect Traction Telecom System contractor F 53 54 55 56 57 DEPOT TELECOM REQUIREMENTS 3 Confidential PS-Chap 10 Page 14 of 75 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 Base frame, False Floor and under false floor cable tray with required risers for wall mounted units for All Telecom Systems as per Appendix N of this chapter. Raised false floor should have minimum clearance of 300 mm from Finished Floor Level. False flooring should be capable of handling loading capacity of 600 kg/m. In Depot, DATA/POWER trenches with covers and pull pit arrangement to be provided from TER to different utility buildings like DCO, Canteen, sub station, Time office, PWAY, Inspection bay, Auto wash plant, Stabling Shed, Pump room, Workshop building, Pit wheel lathe and RSS/TSS building ,security rooms, Staff rooms, watch tower, depot entry /exit etc. Hume pipes shall be used for track crossings and providing connectivity from trench up to utility buildings, Staff Quarter (if any) etc. Trench for OFC to be provided with maximum possible route diversity from ramp upto TER Telecom System contract or Civil, as per CSD DDC/Architect and other Telecom System contractors DDC/Ar chitect Civil, as per CSD Telecom System contractor DDC/Ar chitect Civil, as per CSD Telecom System contractor Provision for Telecom Data and Power Cable/Cable tray connectivity to be done in all the utility buildings (All levels) with connectivity from the S&T trench. Data/Power Tray Riser/Droppers in TER, DCC and other locations to be provided in connectivity of nearby telecom tray provided by E&M Data/power tray connectivity is to be provided in all the utility building (All levels) as per telecom requirements right from the pull pit connected with the trench. DATA / POWER Cable tray risers / droppers (for trays provided by E&M) to be provided in TER, DCR etc. Requirement of counter /slab / furniture in Depot Control Room to keep telecom system MMIs of CCTV, Radio, Telephones etc. Requirement of furniture for telecom system in crew control room. DDC/Ar chitect Civil Telecom System contractor DDC/Ar chitect E&M Telecom System contractor DDC/Ar chitect E&M Telecom System contractor DDC/Ar chitect Operation Telecom System contractor Holes are required on the slab of DCR for Installation of MMIs as per Telecom requirements DDC/Ar chitect Finishing Telecom System contractor Space for Clean earth (Two locations of 1mx1m Space with 3m separation between these locations) to be provided at ground level near to TER. Location of clean earth pits should be at least 20mts away from main earth pits. Space for clean earth (< 1 ohm) at ground level adjacent to TER and Hume pipe connectivity from TER. Extension of clean earth (<1 ohm) to be done from Clean Earth Mat location to TER. Copper Bus bar with min.20 holes (10 per row) to be provided in TER. Provision and extension of Main earth (<2 ohm) with copper bus bar with min.20 holes (10 per row) is to be done from pit locations to TER, SER, UPS (S&T) and Depot Control Center. For Telecom System Equipment (clock, speaker, PID, Telephone, CCTV etc.), conduits with junction / termination / gang box are to be provided as per system requirements in technical / non technical DDC/Ar chitect Civil Telecom System contractor DDC/Ar chitect CS12 Telecom System contractor DDC/Ar chitect E&M Telecom System contractor DDC/Ar chitect Telecom System contractor Telecom System contractor Confidential PS-Chap 10 Page 15 of 75 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 13 14 15 16 17 rooms and also in station areas. These conduits are to be extended from nearest S&T Data / Power trays up to location of the telecom equipments to be installed. Separate conduit for Data and Power cable to be extended Provision of space is to be done on portals for installation of clock , speakers, CCTV cameras in workshop, inspection bays and stabling yards etc. DDC/Ar chitect N.A. Telecom System contractor Provision of cable trays connectivity is to be done on portals for installation of clock , speakers, CCTV cameras in workshop, inspection bays and stabling yards etc. For radio tower, 10x10 sq meter space at road level in vicinity of TER is required for Radio tower installation. Minimum distance from OHE should be 15m. Also 5x50sq meter open space required for assembly of tower and its erection. Hume pipes to be provided from station building up to Tower location with Pull pits as per requirement. At every bend of Hume pipe, pull pit is required Construction of Tower Foundation, Tower structure, erection of radio Tower, supply and erection of fence, provisioning of radio earth and pits, install radio antenna and feeder cables. DDC/Ar chitect E&M Telecom System contractor DDC/Ar chitect Civil, as per CSD Telecom System contractor CS14 CS14 N.A. Provision of space for temporary storage of material for telecom contractors in consultation with Civil Deptt. N.A. N.A. Telecom System contractor Seal the gaps after cable installation work N.A. S&T Contractors Telecom System contractor 18 4 1 General Requirements (For both Underground and Elevated Sections) Incorporate locations of CCTV cameras, CCTV DDC/Archit Monitors clocks, telephones, Public address ect loudspeakers, Passenger Information Display Boards etc. in drawings. Confidential PS-Chap 10 N.A. Telecom System contractor Page 16 of 75 LKS 02: Particular Specifications For Design purpose: 2 Furnish weight, dimensions, colours and mounting details of clocks, telephones, Public address Telecom loudspeakers, ambient noise sensors, and System Passenger information display boards. Specify the contractor locations of CCTV cameras / monitors, PA Loud Speakers, PID, Clock, phone etc. In Station area and in rooms as required. N.A. DDC/Architect Furnish quantities, position and sizes of space cutouts to the ceiling/ wall finishes for mounting clocks, telephones, Public address loudspeakers, ambient noise sensors, Passenger Information Display Boards, CCTV cameras / monitors. 3 Install clocks, telephones, PAS loudspeakers, ambient Telecom noise sensors, all types of CCTV cameras / monitors System and PIDS Boards throughout the station including all contractor fixtures (Primary and Secondary) & structural mounting support, and mounting arrangements; Telecom DDC/Architect System and other Project contractor Contractors. Install integrated control panel/ work station for Public Address system and PIDS in SCR and control panel for Public Address system in Platform Supervisor's Booths; Install control panel/ work station and monitors for CCTV, Radio Access Unit etc.in SCR. All types of Structural and Mounting support, both primary and secondary. The supports to be finalised in consultation with the Design/Civil Contractor, so as not to degrade the design, aesthetics and safety of the structures. NOTE: However the work of cable tray is in the scope of E&M contractor but the cost of the tray for Telecommunication system has to be paid by LKS-02 contractor. Confidential PS-Chap 10 Page 17 of 75 LKS 02: Particular Specifications Appendix A2 LKS 02 and Depot Design additional Interfaces 1 Definitions and Introduction 1.1 This specification describes the interface requirements between Contracts LKS 02 and Depot design contracts for Phase-1A. 1.2 This specification shall be read in conjunction with the relevant paragraphs of the General Specification. Both LKS 02 Contractors and the Depot Design Contractor(s) shall ensure that all requirements of the Specification pertaining to interfaces are properly satisfied. 1.3 Notwithstanding the requirements described in the Specification regarding the precedence of documents, the provisions contained in the Particular Specification shall prevail over the provisions contained in this specification. 2 Design Requirements 2.1 The LKS 02 Contractor shall provide clean earth connections in Telecom Equipment Room, as per interface table mentioned in Appendix-A1. The Depot Design Contractor shall incorporate space and design of clean and main earthing connections including space for earth pits. Further cabling from the earth strips shall be done by LKS 02 Contractor for their equipments. 2.2 LKS 02 shall mark the requirement of concrete cable duct banks for main cables including track/ road crossings for outdoor optical fibre/copper cables and conduits through out the Depot area on the depot layout plan. The Depot design contractors shall design the concrete duct banks for main cables/ conduits into the Buildings & Civil works. 2.3 The LKS 02 contractors shall furnish the weight, dimensions, colour, quantity and mounting details of their indoor /outdoor Telecommunication equipments. 2.4 LKS 02 contractors and the Depot Contractor(s) shall closely co-ordinate for finalisation of Depot Control Centre and the above referenced interface requirements. Confidential PS-Chap 10 Page 18 of 75 LKS 02: Particular Specifications Appendix A3 LKS 02 AND TRACTION SUPPLY/SCADA/NP-SCADA/BMS INTERFACES 1. Definitions and Scope 1.1. This specification covers the interface requirements between Telecommunication System Contract LKS 02 and Traction/SCADA/NPSCADA/BMS Contract(s). 1.2. In this Specification, unless otherwise stated, the term “Contracts” refers to the LKS 02, Traction/SCADA/NP-SCADA/BMS Contract(s) and the term “Contractors” refers to LKS 02, Traction/SCADA/NP-SCADA/BMS Contractors. The individual Contractor is referred to by the corresponding Contract number. 1.3. This document shall be read in conjunction with the relevant paragraphs of the General Specification. The Contractors shall ensure all requirements of the General Specification and PS pertaining to interfaces are fully resolved and implemented. 1.4. In the event of a conflict between any Particular Specification and this specification, the requirements of the Particular Specification shall prevail. 2. Contractors’ Responsibilities 2.1 This specification outlines the Contractors’ interface requirements, which are based on the Technical Studies carried out during the early stages of the Project. However, the requirements herein specified are by no means exhaustive and it remains the Contractors’ responsibilities to develop, update and execute jointly Interface Management details during design & throughout the execution of Works, to ensure that:  All interface issues between the Contracts are satisfactorily resolved;  Design, supply, installation and testing of equipment are fully co-ordinated; and  All equipment and facilities supplied under the Contracts are fully compatible with each other, whilst meeting the requirements of the respective Specifications. 3. PHYSICAL INTERFACE 3.1 The contractors shall co-ordinate for ensuring the minimum safe distance between any Telecommunication field/Platform installation and the live OHE contact point for the purpose of human safety apart from EMI/EMC considerations. 4 TRACTION RETURN The Traction contractor shall advise the LKS 02 Contractor of the normal and worst short circuit current levels, which need to be taken into account by Telecommunication Contractors in their design to take care of EMI/EMC affects. 5. ELECTROMAGNETIC COMPATIBILITY 5.1 The Traction and LKS 02 Contractor shall perform a joint study and develop the Electromagnetic Compatibility Management Plans using such data as the emission characteristics, susceptibility levels, filter characteristics, physical layout and construction of their equipment, taking into consideration variation in component Confidential PS-Chap 10 Page 19 of 75 LKS 02: Particular Specifications characteristics with frequencies. The study shall demonstrate compatibility or highlight areas of potential problems with a view to implement remedial measures in time to achieve compatibility. 5.2 Traction and LKS 02 Contractor shall co-ordinate for any information concerning EMI/ EMC in the overhead line & other structures. 5.3 The Contractors shall jointly develop a test plan detailing how the electromagnetic compatibility of the OHE traction System and the Telecommunication System will be verified, taking into consideration the study conducted. 6.0 Earthing The Traction and LKS 02 Telecomm Contractor shall interface and coordinate for connection of the Telecomm Field equipments on the viaduct, in the Tunnel and on the Platform to the Buried Earth Conductor/ Earth Conductor. The Connecting Jumper cable for this shall be provided and installed by the LKS 02 Telecomm Contractor. Confidential PS-Chap 10 Page 20 of 75 LKS 02: Particular Specifications APPENDIX-A4 INTERFACE BETWEEN LKS 02 (DESIGNATED PAS/PIDS/MCLK SYSTEM CONTRACTOR) AND TC & S SIGNALLING CONTRACTOR FOR LINE-1. 1. INTRODUCTION (DEFINITIONS AND SCOPE) 1.1 This specification describes the interface requirements between Signalling & Train Control contract and LKS 02 for PAS/PIDS/MCLK Contracts on the Line-1. 1.2 In this Specification, unless otherwise stated, the term “Contracts” refers to all the relevant Contracts and the term “Contractors” refers to all the relevant Contractors. 1.3 This document shall be read in conjunction with the relevant paragraphs of the General Specification. The Contractors shall ensure all requirements of the General Specification and PS pertaining to the contracts are fully resolved and implemented. 1.4 In the event of a conflict between the Particular Specification and this specification, the requirements of the Particular Specification shall prevail. 2. 2.1 CONTRACTORS’ RESPONSIBILITIES (COORDINATION AND INTERFACING) This specification outlines the Contractors’ interface requirements, which are based on the Technical Studies carried out during the early stages of the Project. However, the requirements herein specified are by no means exhaustive and it remains the Contractors’ responsibilities to develop, update and execute jointly Interface Management details during design & throughout the execution of Works, to ensure that: (i) All interface issues between the two contracts are satisfactorily resolved (ii) Supply, installation and testing of equipment and software are fully coordinated (iii) All equipment supplied in the contracts are fully compatible with each other 3. 3.1 SCOPE OF WORK Interface of Signalling with Public Information Display System (PIDS) 3.1.1 The Contractors shall interface for automatic display of train related information including train arrivals/ departures on pre-designated display boards. 3.1.2 For line-1 the Central ATS and Local ATS for a specific sector of the TC&S System shall send data to the PIDS to display train related information including train arrivals and departures on pre-designated display boards throughout the platforms and the concourse of all stations. 3.1.3 Based on the information received from the TC&S System, PIDS system will initiate and co-ordinate Train arrival/ departure related PIDS message with the Public Announcement System. Confidential PS-Chap 10 Page 21 of 75 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 3.1.4 The PIDS will carry out time count down based on the estimated time data sent by the TC&S System and display the estimated train arrival and /or departure particulars. The estimated time to arrive and/ or depart of the train(s) as shown on any display board will be updated automatically and will be corrected if necessary following a data update from the TC&S System. 3.1.5 The pre-defined message displays will be triggered by the data sent by the TC&S system including message displays of non-stopping trains passing through the stations, train not in service and user defined message displays. 3.1.6 The TC&S equipment at each station shall invoke the station PIDS control equipment to clear the designated row of the train arrival/ departure information on the corresponding PIDS display boards subsequent to a train departure. 3.1.7 The two contractors shall jointly develop detailed interface document covering the hardware interface, list of messages, type and format of message to be displayed and the protocols to be followed for exchange of data between the two systems. The detailed interface document shall be submitted for review of the Employer. 3.1.8 The TC&S system shall give the information for the Four/Six/Eight coach train arrival/departure. Upon receiving such information from the TC&S system, it shall be the responsibility of LKS 02 to display the same on the PIDS and to make coordinated announcement on PAS system at station. 3.2 Interface of Signalling System with Passenger Announcement System (PAS) 3.2.1 The Contractors shall interface for automatic announcement of train related information including train arrivals/ departures on the designated station platforms. 3.2.2 Data shall be sent by the TC&S to the PAS System in a coordinated manner to broadcast predefined train information including train arrivals and departures on predesignated display boards throughout the platforms of all stations. 3.2.3 PAS announcements will be made to alert passengers of all non-stopping trains based on the information received from the TC&S System. 3.2.4 The PAS will carry out the time countdown based on the estimated time data sent by the TC&S System. The estimated time to arrive and/or depart of the train(s) will be stepped down automatically every minute and will be corrected, if necessary following a data update from the TC&S System. 3.2.5 The time countdown will be frozen when a train stops proceeding to the next stopping station, due to circumstance detectable by the TC&S System and relayed to the PAS. 3.2.6 The pre-defined announcements will be triggered by the time countdown functions of the PAS or data sent by the TC&S System including announcement of non-stopping trains passing through the station. Confidential PS-Chap 10 Page 22 of 75 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 3.2.7 The two contractors shall jointly develop detailed interface document covering the hardware interface, type and format of message to be displayed and the protocols to be followed for exchange of data between the two systems. The detailed interface document shall be submitted for review of the Employer. Confidential PS-Chap 10 Page 23 of 75 LKS 02: Particular Specifications AP P E N D I X B KEY & AC C E S S D AT E S: T he k e y d a tes ap p l i c ab l e t o t h is P ar tic u lar A pp e nd ix - 1 of ` F or m o f T end er . Confidential PS-Chap 10 S pec if ic a t io n ar e g i v en i n t he Page 24 of 75 LKS 02: Particular Specifications Ap p end ix C S ECT IO N S S. No 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 Name of Stations CCS Airport Amausi Transport Nagar Krishna Nagar Singar Nagar Alambagh Alambagh Bus Stand Mawaiya Durgapuri Charbagh Railway Station HussainGunj (U/G) Sachiwalaya(U/G) HazratGunj (U/G) KD Singh Babu Stadium Vishwavidyalaya IT College Junction Mahanagar Badshah Nagar Lekhraj Market Ram Sagar Mishra Nagar Indra Nagar Munshi Pulia Inter – Station Distance (in m) 807.23 1200.47 1236.50 1584.31 1385.60 712.51 767.51 1176.93 764.49 1371.03 934.58 1052.33 1124.88 1480.81 825.83 1092.94 673.44 976.87 718.85 901.17 1560.49 NOTE-1: Sections will be commissioned as described in ITT. OCC will be at Sahkarita Bhawan (to be commissioned with balance section) and BCC at Transport Nagar has to be commissioned with Priority section and act as main OCC till the commissioning of OCC at Sahkarita Bhawan. Depot for train maintenance has to be constructed at Transport Nagar. 2: At present CCS Airport Station is planned as a elevated station. It may likely to be changed to an Underground Station. Confidential PS-Chap 10 Page 25 of 75 LKS 02: Particular Specifications AP P E N D I X D C AB L E S P EC IF IC AT I O N S 1 INT RO D UCT IO N 1. 1 G e ne r al 1. 1. 1 T his s pec if ic a t io n c o v er s t h e des i g n a n d c ons tr uc t i on r e q u ir em e nts f or l o w s m ok e, zer o h a lo g en / lo w h a l og e n c ab l es f or c a b l i ng s ys t em f or a l l s ub s ys t em s of te l ec om m unic at i o n s ys tem s , ex c e pt e qu i pm ent s pec if ic c a b l es , f or L MR C. S ys t em s pec if i c s pec if ic a t io ns of e ac h t yp e of c ab l e ar e a ls o de t ai l e d i n th is s p ec if i c at i on . 1. 1. 2 Ca b les s ha l l c om pl y wit h t he la t es t v er s io n of th e r e l e v an t r eq u ir em ents of Br it is h S ta n da r ds , I EC s t a nd ar d, A ST M s t an d ar ds , IT U r ec om m enda t io ns or e qu i v a le n t i nt er na t i on a l s t a n d ar ds . 1. 1. 3 A l l c ab l es s h a l l ha v e c on t in u ous op er at i ng l if e of at l e as t 2 5 ye ar s . 1. 1. 4 A l l c a b l es us e d in ex t er n a l or o p e n ar e as s ha l l be t he ar m our e d t yp e an d s h a l l be a b l e to wit h s t an d r a i n an d u lt r a vi o l et r a ys . As a m inim um ,a ll T el e ph o ne , P ub l ic A dd r es s , CCT V , Da ta a n d Po wer c ab l es la i d i n o u td o or duc ts / tr enc h es / tr a ys f r om the St a ti o n( e. g. to A nc i l l ar y Bu i l d in gs ) a nd wi t h in th e O ut d oo r De p ot ar e a ( e. g. o ne bu i l d in g t o a no t her ) , s ha l l b e ar m o ur e d t ype . O p t ic a l F i br e f or a ll ar e as s h a l l b e ar m our ed t yp e . 1. 1. 5 T he Em pl o ye r ’s R e pr e s en t at i v e s ha l l h a ve f r ee ac c es s t o t h e wor k s of th e m anuf ac t ur er a nd to be pr es e n t a t a l l r e as on a b le t im es a nd s ha l l b e g i v en f ac il it i es b y t h e m anuf ac t ur er t o i ns p ec t t he m anuf ac t ur i ng of th e c ab l es a t a n y s t a g e o f m anuf ac tu r e . H e s h a ll ha v e t he r ig h t to r ej ec t in wh o le o r par t of a n y wor k or m at er ia l t h at do es no t c onf o r m to t he t er m s of th is s p ec if ic at i on or an d m a y or der th e s am e t o be r em o v ed / r e pl ac ed o r al t er e d at t he ex p ens e of t he m anuf ac t ur er . 1. 1. 6 T he C on tr ac t or s ha l l s at i s f y t he Em p lo yer ’s R ep r es e nt at i v e b y pr o d uc in g c er t if ic a te f r om a r ec og n i ze d tes ti n g l a b or a to r y or ot h er wis e t ha t t h e m at er ia ls us ed a nd th e c a b le i ts e lf is of t he h ig h es t p os s ib l e s t an d ar ds an d c om p l i es wi t h a ll r e le v an t s pec if ic a t io ns . I n c as e of no r el e v an t tes t c er t if ic a tes b e i ng a va i l ab l e tes ts s h a l l b e c a r r i e d ou t b y t he C on tr ac t or ( m an uf ac tur er ) as t hos e la i d d o wn wi t h r e l e va nt s p ec if ic at i on bu t t h is s h a l l no t pr ec l u de a n y t es t d es ir e d b y t he Em pl o ye r ’s Re pr es e n ta t i ve t o de t er m in e t h e q u a li t y of th e c a bl e . F or C ab l es as p er RD SO /T EC s pec if ic a t io ns , t he C o ntr ac t or s h al l h a ve t o ge t t h e c a b l es ins p ec t ed b y RD SO /T EC an d a l l c os t t h er e i n h as to be bor n e b y t he C o ntr ac t or . 1. 1. 7 B ed d i ng is ap p l ic a b l e f or Ar m our ed c ab l es o n l y. 1. 2 Fir e a nd S mo ke Pe rf o rm an ce Req ui r em ent s 1. 2. 1 G en e ra l 1. 2. 1 .1 It is es s e n ti a l th at h a za r d o us c on d it i o ns ar i s i ng f r om ov er he at i n g or i gn i ti o n of c ab l es es pe c i al l y i n t h e un d er gr o u nd ar e as ar e a v o id e d. Confidential PS-Chap 10 Page 26 of 75 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 1. 2. 1 .2 T he c a b les f or i ns t a l l at i on i n u nd er gr ou n d /t un n e l ar eas s h al l b e m anuf ac t ur e d f r om f ir e r et ar da nt / r e s is t a nt , l o w s m ok e, ze r o h a l og en m ater ia ls .( FR L S Z H) 1. 2. 1 .3 T he c a b l es f or ins t a l l at i on i n el e v at e d/ at - gr a d e s ec t i on s h a ll be m anuf ac t ur e d as p er In di a n R ai l wa ys R DS O /T E C s p ec if ic at i o ns , wh er e ver a va i l ab l e i n T EC/ RD SO s p ec if ic at i ons f or a p ar tic u l ar c a b le t yp e . W her ei n t h e R DS O /T E C s pec if ic a t io ns ar e n o t a va i l ab l e t he n th e s p ec if ic at i ons as l a id d o wn h er e in s ha l l be c om pl ie d wit h . 1. 2. 1 .4 T he r eq u ir em ents des c r i be d h er ei n b e lo w s h a ll m eet t h e a nt i - t er m i te , pes t r es is t a nt pr op er ti es as f ar as p os s i b le a nd m ec h an ic a l & e lec tr ic a l pr o p er t i es o f the c ab l es b o th dur i ng a nd af ter i ns t a l la t i on to m eet t h e ot h er r e qu ir em ents of t he s p ec if i c at i ons . 1. 2. 1 .5 T he c o nt r ac tor s h a l l c om p l y in g en er a l wit h t h e p er t in en t r eq u ir em ents of NF P A 1 3 0 ( Fix e d G u i d e wa y T r a ns i t s ys t em 200 7 ed i t io n is s u ed b y t h e US N a ti o n al F ir e Pr ot e c ti o n As s oc ia t io n) . 1. 2. 1 .6 A l l i ns u l at i o n s h al l be m ois t ur e a nd he a t r e s is t a nt , wit h t em per a t ur e r at i ngs a p pr opr i at e t o t h e ap p l ic a t io n c o nd i t io ns an d i n no c as e l o wer th a n 6 0 d egr e e C ( ex c e p t Da t a) 1. 2. 2 Fla mm ab il it y 1. 2. 2 .1 T he b ed d in g a nd o v er s h ea t h of th e c a b l e s h a ll ha v e a m in im um ox yg e n in d ex of 3 0 wh en tes t ed i n ac c or d an c e wit h A ST M D 2 86 3 / B S 27 8 2: Par t 1 : Me t ho d 14 1 / NE S 71 5. 1. 2. 2 .2 T he t em per at ur e in d e x of t he b e dd i ng a n d o ver s h e at h of th e c a b le o s ha l l n o t be l es s th a n 25 0 C wh en t es te d i n ac c or d a nc e wi t h A S T M D2 8 63 / B S 2 7 82 : P at 1: M e th o d 14 3 / N E S 7 15 . 1. 2. 3 Fir e R e si st a nc e 1. 2. 3 .1 Un l es s ot h er wis e s p e c if i e d f or t h e f i r e r es is t a nt r e q u ir em e nts , a ll c ab l es s h al l c om p l y wi t h r e d uc e d f ir e an d f lam e pr op a ga t io n r eq u ir em ents of IE C 60 33 2 - 1 & 60 3 3 2 - 3 Cat C f or s i ng l e a nd bu nc he d c a b les r es p e c ti v e l y. L o uds p eak er c a b les in a d d it i on s h a ll be of f ir e s ur v i v a l t ype to ens ur e c ir c u it i nt e gr i t y f or t hr e e ho u r s dur i n g f i r e as per I E C 60 3 31 . 1. 3 Co rr os iv e an d Ac i d G as Em is s ion T he l e v e l of h yd r oc h l or ic ac i d of t he f ir e r et ar da nt l o w s m ok e, z er o ha l o ge n c om po u nd ( f i l ler be d di n g , o ver s h ea t h , etc .) an d t he i ns u l at i on of t he c ab l e s h a l l no t b e gr ea t er t ha n 0 .5 % wh e n t es t ed i n ac c or d a nc e wi t h B S 64 2 5/ I EC 60 7 54 : Pa r t 1. I n th e c as e of f i r e r et ar da n t, lo w s m o k e, lo w h a lo g en c om po u nd ( f il l er b e dd i n g o v er s he a th etc .) a nd th e i ns u l at i o n of t h e c ab l es , t he l e v e l of t he h ydr oc h lor ic ac id s h al l n o t ex c ee d 20 %. C or r os i o n a n d ac i d g as es ar e def in e d as t hos e, wh ic h ar e d et er m in ed as h yd r oc h l or ic ac id . 1. 4 Sm ok e E mi s sio n 1. 4. 1 T he v a lu e of th e s m ok e g en er at e d s ha l l m ee t t h e r e qu ir em en ts of tr a ns m it ta nc e > = 40 % as p er I E C 10 3 4/ B S 6 72 4) . Confidential PS-Chap 10 Page 27 of 75 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 2. O PT IC AL FI BR E C AB LE In a d di t io n t o t h e r eq u ir em en ts s p ec if ie d i n s ec t i o n 1 of a p pe n di x D of C h ap ter 10 of t h is P S, f o l lo wi n g s p ec if ic at i o ns s ha l l b e c om pl i ed wi t h b y O pt ic a l F ib r e Ca b les f o r U nd er gr o un d S ec t i on us ed i ns i de th e tu n ne l , if an y. F o r t he E le v at e d/ A t - G r a de Sec t io n a n d f or a n y O pt ic a l F i br e C a b le b e in g l a id o uts i d e t h e s ta t io n l im its a nd wh ic h is e it her b ur ie d u n de r th e e ar th or is l a id on t h e vi a - d uc t , t he S pec if ic a t io ns s h al l b e in ac c or d anc e wi t h th e ar m our ed O F C T EC /R DS O s pec if ic a t io ns no . IR S T C/ 55 :2 0 0 0 wi t h l at es t am en dm en ts . T he C o ntr ac t or s ha l l g et th es e c a b l es ins p ec te d f r om RD SO /T EC a nd a ll c os t of i ns p ec ti o n s ha l l b e b or ne b y t h e C on tr ac t or . 2. 1 IT U- T St and a rd s T he c a b le s h al l c om p l y wi t h t h e IT U - T Rec om m end a ti o ns G . 65 2 ( 03 / 93) f or s i n g le m od e f ibr e. 2. 2 O pt i ca l R equi r em ent s – S ing le M ode Fib r e T yp e Si ngl e M ode Mo d e Fi e l d Di am et er ( nom i na l)  de pr es s ed c la d f ib r e 9  m +/ - 10 %  m atc he d c l a d f ibr e 9. 5  m +/ - 10 % Mo d e f ie l d c o nc e n tr ic i t y e r r or < 1 .0  m Cl a dd i n g Di am et er 12 5 m + / - 2 m Cl a dd i n g no n - c ir c u la r i t y < 1 % O pt ic a l A tt en u at i o n  at 1 3 10 nm < 0 .3 8 d B / Km ( c ab l ed f ibr e)  be t we en 12 8 5 to 1 3 3 0 nm < 0. 3 8 +/ 0. 0 2 ( unc a b le d f i br e)  at 1 5 50 nm Chr om at ic nm ) d B/ Km < 0 .2 5 d B / Km ( c ab l ed f ibr e) D is p er s i o n ( 1 28 5 - 13 3 0 Cu t of f wa v e l e ng t h f or 2 m f ibr e s ec t i on 2. 3 Con st ruc t io n Req ui r e ment s 2. 3. 1 Fe at u re s < 3 .5 ps / nm . Km 13 2 0 nm m ax im um T he c ab l e s h a l l be t i g ht b uf f er e d or lo os e tu be t yp e . 2. 3. 2 Bed din g T he b ed d in g of t he c a b le s h a l l b e a pp l ic ab l e f or Ar m our e d c a b le o n l y an d s h a l l c o ns is t of a n ex t r u d ed la ye r of r e duc e d f lam e pr o pa g at i on Confidential PS-Chap 10 Page 28 of 75 LKS 02: Particular Specifications l o w s m ok e ze r o ha l o g en / lo w h a l og e n c om po un ds c om pl yi n g wi th t he f ir e pe r f or m anc e r e qu ir em en ts s p ec if i ed in c l a us e 1 of t he s pec if ic a t io n. 2. 3. 3 Ar m ou r ed Ar m our f or t h e c a b le s ha l l c o ns is t of s i ng l e l a yer of ga l v a nis e d s t e e l ta p e c or r ug a te d tr ans v er s e l y f or la t er a l s tr en g th an d t o m ak e the c ab l e r o de nt a n d ter m ite pr o of . T h e ar m our s h a l l be e l ec tr i c a ll y c on t in u ous a n d bo u nd ed t o t h e ou te r s h e a t h wit h an o v er la p of 1 0 % m in. Ar m our ed c a b le s ha l l be s u it a b le f o r d ir ec t un d er gr o u nd b ur i a l an d i ns i de d uc ts . T he t hic k n es s of s t ai n l es s s te e l t a pe to a ll o y A I S I 3 04 or 3 0 5 s h a ll no t b e l es s t ha n 0. 12 5 m m . T he he i gh t of th e c or r u g at i on s ha l l be m inim um 0.6m m and th e p itc h s ha l l b e 2. 5 m m m ax im um . O ut er j ac k et of 1 . 8 m m m inim um th ic k nes s HD P E s h a l l be pr o v i de d o v e r th e s t ee l t ap e t hr ou g h ou t t he le n gt h of t h e c ab l e. 2. 3. 4 M oist ur e B ar r ie r Ca b le c or e s h al l b e c o v er e d wi t h a c o n ti n uo us l a ye r of a n on h ygr os c o pic d i e lec tr ic m ater ia l a pp l i ed l o ng i t ud i n al l y or h el ic a l l y wi th an o v er l ap . T h e c a b l e c or e s ha l l b e f i tt ed wi t h s u i ta b l e m at er i a l to a vo i d m o is t ur e. 2. 3. 5 O v er sh e at h T he O v er s he a th of t he c a b le s h al l b e a n ex tr u de d la ye r of a nt i c or r os i o n, r e duc e d f l a m e pr op a g at i on , l o w s m ok e zer o h a lo g en / l o w ha l o ge n c om pou n ds c om pl yi n g wi t h th e f ir e per f or m an c e r eq u ir em ents s pec if i e d i n c l a us e 1 of t h e s pe c if ic at i o ns . 2. 3. 6 2. 3. 6 .1 Ide nt if ic at ion E ac h f ibr e s h a l l be c o l our - c o de d t o pr o v id e eas y u n i t i de nt if ic a t io n . T he O v er s he at h of th e c a b le s h a l l be em bos s ed wi th c a b l e t yp e a nd m anuf ac t ur es n am e. 2. 3. 7 RI P Co rd 2. 3. 7 .1 S ui t ab l e R ip c or d ( s ) s ha l l b e pr o vi d e d wh i c h s ha l l b e us ed t o o pe n th e s h e at h ( s ) a n d th e ar m our of t he c ab l e. T he R ip c or d ( s ) s h al l be pr o p er l y wax e d t o a v o i d wic k i n g ac t i on a n d s ha l l n ot wo r k as a wa t er c ar r ier . 2. 4 M echan ic a l Re qui r em ent 2. 4. 1 T ensi l e St re ngt h ( T es t I E C 79 4 - 1- E 1 ) 2. 4. 1 .1 T he c ab l e s h al l h a v e s uf f ic i e nt s tr e ng th t o wi t hs t an d a l o ad of 9. 8 x w x 1. 3 N e wt on , wher e w is m as s of 1 Km of c ab l e i n Kg . T his l oa d s ha l l be s us ta i ne d f or 10 m i nu tes , an d s ha l l no t pr o duc e e lo n ga t i on of c a b le f i br e ex c e e d in g 0. 2 5 % an d s h a ll n o t c aus e p er m ane n t dam ag e t o c o ns ti t ue nt par ts of th e c a b l es . T he c ha n ge i n at t en u at i on l os s s ha l l n ot be m or e t ha n 0 .0 5 d B / Km . Confidential PS-Chap 10 Page 29 of 75 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 2. 4. 2 Comp r e ss iv e St r e ss ( T est I EC 7 9 4 - 1 - E 3 ) 2. 4. 2 .1 T he f i br e a n d c om pon e nt p ar ts of t h e c ab l e s ha l l n ot s uf f er per m a ne nt d am ag e a n d c ha n ge in a tt e nu at i o n s h a l l n ot b e m or e t h an 0. 0 5 d B/ Km whe n s u bj ec t e d to a c om pr es s i v e l oa d of 4 0 00 N ap p l i ed be t we en t wo p l a t es of dim ens i o ns 1 00 m m x 10 0 m m . T he l o ad s h a ll be ap p l ie d f or 6 0 s ec o nds . 2. 4. 3 Imp a ct ( T e st I EC 7 9 4 - 1- E 4 ) 2. 4. 3 .1 T he f i br e an d c om po n en t p ar t of t h e c a bl e s ha l l n ot s h o w an y c r ac k s or br e ak wh e n t he c ab l e is ex pos e d to 1 0 im pac ts e ac h h a vi ng en er g y of 50 N e wt o n f r o m a hei gh t of 0. 5 m wit h im pac t in g s ur f ac e r ad i us of 30 0m m . T he c ha n ge i n a tt e nu a ti o n s h a l l n ot b e m or e t ha n 0. 0 5 d B/ Km 2. 4. 4 Kin k s ( T e st I EC 7 9 4 - 1 – E 1 0 ) 2. 4. 4 .1 B en d i ng r a d ius wit h r a te d pu l l i ng t ens i o n as s pec if ie d a bo v e s ha l l be ap pr ox im ate l y 2 0x o ut er d ia m et er . W hen a s am pl e of le n gt h 1 0 tim es th e m in im um ben d in g r ad i us of t h e c a b le i s s ubj ec t e d t o k ink i ng it s ha l l no t c a us e br e a k in a n y f ibr e an d k i nk s ha l l d is ap p ear af ter nor m a l i zi n g t he c a bl e . T he c ha n g e i n a tt e nu at i on s h al l no t b e m or e th a n 0. 5 d B/ Km . 2. 4. 5 Ben din g Ra diu s 2. 4. 5 .1 T he c ab l e s h a l l b e f l ex ib l e s uc h t h at be n di ng r a di us wi th o ut pu l l i ng te ns io n s ha l l be a ppr ox im ate l y 20 x ou t er d iam et er wi th o ut c a us i ng an y d am ag e t o th e c a b l e. 2. 4. 5 .2 B en d i ng r a d ius wi t h ou t p u l l in g te ns io n s h a ll b e les s t ha n 70 0m m f or a ll op t ic a l c a b l es . 2. 4. 6 Lengt h o f Cab l e Dr u m 2. 4. 6 .1 Le n gt h of c ab l e s h a l l be s o m anuf ac tur e d o r s up p li e d to a vo i d a n y j oi n t in th e s ec t i o n b e t we e n t h e s t at i o ns . J o i nts if a n y s h al l b e in t he T elec om m unic at i on e qu i pm en t r o om s at s ta t io ns , de p ots , O C C. W as tage of c a b le o n ac c o un t of s m al l r e s i du a l p iec es s h a l l b e a vo i d ed . 2. 5 Env i ro nm ent al R equ i re m ent 2. 5. 1 T he c ab l e s h al l b e o f ou td o or t yp e a nd o per a ti n g i n tem per a tu r e o o r an g e of 0 C t o 5 5 C a n d hum i d it y 1 0 0%. 2. 5. 2 N o d e ter i or at i on i n c ab l e per f or m anc e s h a l l r es u l t d ur i ng s t or a g e at o o o tem per a tur es – 2 0 C t o +6 5 C an d t em po r ar i l y up t o + 7 0 C . 2. 5. 3 T he c ab l e s h a ll b e ab l e to wi ths t an d u l tr a v i o le t r a d ia t io n f r om s un l i gh t wi t h ou t s i g nif i c an t r e duc t i on in t h e s er v ic e lif e of t h e c a bl e s . 2. 6 T est in g 2. 6. 1 T es t m etho d of t he c ab l e shall c o nf or m to th e IT U - T Rec om m end a ti o ns G . 65 2 f or t h e s i ng l e m ode f i br e c a b le a nd r e le v a nt I E C s pec if ic a t i ons . 2. 6. 2 T es t r es u l ts a nd c er t i f ic a tes s h a l l b e s u bm it t ed Em pl o ye r ’s Confidential PS-Chap 10 f or r e v ie w b y t he Re pr es e n ta t i ve Page 30 of 75 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 3. O PT IC AL P AT CH CO RD AN D P IG T AI L 3. 1 St and a rd 3. 1. 1 A l l p atc h c or ds ( or j u m per s ) a nd p ig t ai ls s h a ll b e f it t ed wi t h o n e t yp e of hi g h q ua l i t y o pt ic al c on nec t or s uc h as F C/ PC c on n ec t or s f or t he s i ng l e m od e p atc h c or d/ p ig t ai l at t he f ac t or y. T he m an uf ac tur er s h a ll i nd ic at e t h e t yp e of c on n ec t or of f er e d f or t h e Em p lo ye r ’ s Re pr es e n ta t i ve t o c h o os e a s ui t ab l e t yp e . T he o p t ic a l t yp e s p ec if i ed on t h e tr a ns m is s io n e qu i pm en t s ha l l b e c o m pati b l e wi t h th e o pt i c a l f ibr e ter m i na t io n . T h e c o up l i n g l os s of t he c on n ec t or s h a ll be le s s th a n 0. 3 d B r e p ea te d l y 3. 1. 2 A l l s i ng l e m ode o pt ic a l p atc h c or ds a n d p i gt a i ls s h al l c om pl y wi th IT U- T Rec om m en da t io n G . 65 2. 3. 2 O pt i ca l R equi r em ent s S in g l e m od e o pt ic a l p atc h c or ds a nd pi g ta i l s s h a l l be s am e as f or s i ng l e m od e f i br e c a bl e at c l a us e 2 .2 of th is s p ec if ic at i on ex c e pt t he c ut of f wa v e l en g th wh i c h s h a ll b e 1 24 0 nm m ax im um f or patc h c o r ds an d p i g ta i ls . 4. LE AK Y CO AX I AL C ABL E 4. 1 G en e ra l 4. 1. 1 A ne t wor k of L eak y C oax i a l c a b l es a n d lo w pr of i le a nt e nn a s ha l l be i ns t a ll e d f o r r ad i o s ys t em in t h e s ta t io n ar e a, if u na v o i da b le . 4. 1. 2 T he tr a i n r a d io s ys t em s h a l l op er at e i n f r eq u enc y b a n d 38 0 - 4 50 M H z 4. 1. 3 T he c o n tr ac to r s h a l l f ur n is h a l l i nf or m at io n as as k e d f or i n t h is s pec if ic a t io n i n r es p e c t of L CX f or f r eq u en c y ba n d 38 0 - 45 0 MH z In ad d it i o n t o th e r e qu i r em ents s p ec if i e d in s ec t i o n 1 a p pe n d ix D Ch a pt er 10 of t h is P S f ol l o wi ng s p ec if ic at i on s s ha l l b e c om p l ie d wi th b y LCX c a b l es . 4. 2 Con st ruc t io n Req ui r e ment s 4. 2. 1 Condu ct o r s 4. 2. 1 .1 T he i n ner c o nd uc tor s s ha l l be of h ig h c on d uc t i v it y a nn e al e d c o p per wir e / tu b e c om pl yi n g wi t h a l l t he r eq u ir em ents of IE C 6 0 22 8 a n d B S 63 6 0. 4. 2. 1 .2 T he o ut er c o nd uc tor s s ha l l b e of pu nc h ed c op p er t ap e, or of c or r ug at e d c o pp er t u b e. T he o ut er c o n d uc t or s whic h ar e c u t h a v i ng l on g it u di n a l s l ots s o t ha t p ar t of th e e ne r g y tr a ns m itt e d thr o ug h t he c ab l e is c o u p le d t o t he tr ans m is s io n s ys te m f or m ed b y t h e o ut e r c on d uc t or of th e c a b le a n d th e ex ter n a l en v ir onm en t a n d v ic e v er s a . 4. 2. 1 .3 Co n duc to r s s h al l be s m ooth , u n if or m in q ua l i t y, f r e e f r om s c ales , s p il ls , s p l its a n d an y o th er d ef ec ts . 4. 2. 2 Di el e ct r i c T he c ab l e d i e lec tr ic s h a ll be wi th f o am ed p ol ye t h yl e n e. Confidential PS-Chap 10 Page 31 of 75 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 4 .2 . 3 Ins ul at i on 4. 2. 3 .1 T he ins u l at i on r es is ta nc e b et we e n i nn er a n d ou ter c o n duc t or s s h a ll be no t l es s t ha n 2 0, 0 0 0 M o hm - k m and t h at be t we en ou t er c o nd uc t or an d s e p ar a t e m ois tu r e b ar r i er s h al l b e n ot le s s t ha n 5 0 M o hm - k m . 4. 2. 4 Sp a rk T est f o r S he at h 4. 2. 4 .1 T he ins u la t i on s h a ll n o t br e ak do wn whe n s p ar k tes te d i n ac c or d an c e wi t h B S 5 09 9 . 4. 2. 5 O v er sh e at h 4. 2. 5 .1 T he o v er s h e at h of t h e c a b le s ha l l b e a n ex tr u de d la ye r of a nt i c or r os i o n, r ed uc ed f l am e pr o pa g at i o n, l o w s m ok e zer o h a l og en c om pou n d c om pl yi n g wit h t h e f ir e p er f or m anc e r e qu ir em en ts s pec if ie d i n c la us e 1 of t his A p p en d ix . S i ng l e m ic a b ar r ier t a pe un d er j ac k e ti n g is r eq u ir e d to pr e ve n t m ol te n d i e l ec tr ic m at er ia l f r om f lo wi n g o ut of th e s l o t s a n d i gn i ti n g. 4. 3 El e ct ri ca l R equ ir e me nt s 4. 3. 1 T he c ha r ac te r is t ic im ped a nc e of t he c ab l e s h a ll be 5 0  2 o hm s . 4. 3. 2 T he c a bl e s h a l l h a ve m inim um s ys t em los s , i. e. m in im um of the s um of a tt e nu a ti o n a n d c ou p l in g l os s , an d m ax i m um us ef u l l e ng t h. 4. 3. 3 T he c ab l e s ha l l b e c a pa b l e of r a d ia t in g bo t h h or i zo n t al l y an d v er t ic a ll y p o lar is e d s i g n a ls a n d s h a ll no t pr o duc e ad d it i o na l at te n ua t io n or c ou p l in g l os s d ue t o t he p r es enc e of o i l or m o is t ur e . 4. 3. 4 T he c o ntr ac t or s ha l l f ur n is h t h e f ol l o wi ng i n f or m ati on wi t h r e gar d to eac h t yp e of LCX c a b le pr op os ed t o b e u s ed a l on g wi th l oc at i ons wh er e th e y wo u l d b e u s ed ; 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10 . 11 . 12 . 13 . 14 . 4. 3. 5 Confidential Ca p ac i t anc e Ch ar ac t er is t ic im p ed a nc e Re l at i v e pr op a ga t io n v e loc i t y Co u pl i n g l os s t o a h a l f - wa ve d ip o l e at 2m dis t a nc e at 10 0, 20 0 , 30 0 , 40 0 , 45 0 M H z Lo n g it ud i n a l l os s at 1 00m at 3 0 , 1 00 , 1 5 0 , 2 00 , 3 0 0 , 45 0 M H z D C r es is t an c e in n er c on d uc t or ( o hm s / k m ) D C r es is t an c e o u ter c on d uc t or ( o hm s / k m ) D C B r e ak do wn V ol t a ge A v er a g e a nd m ax im um p o wer r a t in g ( KW ) V SW R o ver f u l l f r e q ue nc y b an ds T yp e of in n er a nd out er c o n duc t or wi th c o ns tr uc t io n d im ens io ns . Ins u la t io n m ater i a l c o n s tr uc t i o n a nd d im ens i ons . S he at h c o ns tr uc t io n a nd dim e ns i o ns wi t h f ir e r et ar d an t a nd ter m it e pr o per t i es . Di e l ec tr ic m ater i a l / pr es s ur is at i o n s p ec if ic a t i ons 15 0 , 4 00 , and anti - Fo l lo wi n g gr a phs of c a b le c h ar ac t er is t ic s s h a l l b e f ur n is he d s ep ar at e l y f or bo t h f r eq u enc y b a n ds f or eac h t yp e of LCX ; PS-Chap 10 Page 32 of 75 LKS 02: Particular Specifications ( 1) L i ne ar a tt e nu a ti o n Vs f r eq u enc y ( 2) Co u pl i n g l os s Vs f r e qu enc y ( 3) Co u pl i n g l os s Vs d is ta nc e f r om r a d ia t in g c a b l e. 4. 4 M echan ic a l ch ar a ct er ist ic s 4. 4. 1 T he c on tr ac t or s h a l l f u r n is h t h e f o l l o wi ng inf or m at io n wi t h r e g ar d t o eac h t yp e of L CX c a b l e pr op os ed t o b e us ed a l on g wit h l oc at i o ns wh er e th e y wo u l d b e u s ed ; ( 1) W eight ( K g/m ) ( 2) M in im um be n di n g r a d i us ( 3) Mes s e ng er wir e c ons t r uc t i on an d d im ens i on s ( 4) T ens i l e s tr en g th ( N) ( 5) B en d i ng m om ent ( N.m ) ( 6) Fl at P la te Cr us h S tr en gt h ( K g /m ) ( 7) Rec om m end e d p u ll i n g l en gt h ( m ) ( 8) Rec om m end e d tem p er at ur e r a ng e d ur in g i ns ta l l at i on ( de gr ee C ) 4. 4. 2 Env i ro nm ent al c ond it ion s o o ( 1) O p er a t io n a l T em per at ur e 0 C to 55 C ( 2) Re l at i v e h um id it y u p t o 95 % 4 0 C o 4. 4. 3 T he Le ak y C o ax i a l Ca b le s h al l be m an u f ac tur e d i n ap pr opr i a te l en gt hs t o e ns ur e t ha t th er e is n o j o in t i n t he c a b le be t we en s t at i o n s . 4. 5 Cab l e Con st ru ct io n I dent if i c at i on 4. 5 . 1 T he o v er s h ea th of t h e c a bl e s h al l b e em bos s ed wit h th e c a bl e t yp e an d m anuf ac t ur es nam e a nd le n gt h m ar k er 4. 6 T est in g T es t m et ho ds of th e c ab l e s h a ll c onf o r m to t he I E C 6 11 9 6: Par t 4 . T es t r es u l ts a nd c e r t if i c at es s h a ll be s u bm it t ed f or r e v i e w b y th e Em pl o ye r ’s Re pr es e n t at i v es . Confidential PS-Chap 10 Page 33 of 75 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 5. 0 Vi de o Ca bl e 5. 1 In ad d it i o n t o t he r e qu ir em en ts s p ec if i ed i n s ec ti o n 1 a pp e nd i x D Ch a pt er 1 0 of t h is P S f ol l o wi ng s p ec if ic a ti o n s s h a l l be c om pl ie d wi th . 5. 2 V id e o c ab l e of f ol l o wi ng s p ec if ic at i ons as a m inim um s ha l l b e us e d f or c on n ec t i ng P la tf or m M on i tor s ( if An a l og v id e o i np u t is us ed ) i. M in im um Ce nt er c o n d uc t or s i ze S ol i d B ar e C op p er 1 . 6 m m i i. Di- e l ec tr ic m ater i a l P ol ye t h yl e n e ( P E) , 7 . 1 m m d ia . m in im um i i i. S hi e l d m at er ia l Co p per i v. O v er al l o ut er d i am ete r ( wi th o ut 1 0. 0 m m m in im um Ar m our ) v. J ac k et m at er i al P VC BL U E/ B L AC K v i. Ar m our ( f or O u t do or o n l y) 1. 1 m m G I wir e r o un d v i i. Ar m our c o v er a ge ( f or ou t do or on l y) 90 % v i i i. Ca p ac i t anc e ix . Di- e l ec tr ic s tr e ng th 10 K V A A C m ai ns . x. Max im um op er at i n g v o lt a ge at 50 H z 5 KV x i. No t Us e d x i i. Nom in a l im pe d a nc e 75 ohm s x i i i. M in Be n d in g r a d ius Pr e m 55 m m x i v. A ppr o v a l/ S t an d ar ds EN /I S /I E E E 6 7 pf /m m ax . 6. 0 T W IST ED T W O P AI R C AB L E W IT H SH I EL D ING : 6. 1 In ad d it i o n to th e r e qu ir em en ts s p ec if i ed i n s ec t i o n 1 ap p en d ix D Ch a pt er 1 0 of t h is P S f ol l o wi ng s p ec if ic a ti o n s s h a l l be c om pl ie d wi th . 6. 2 T wis t ed P a ir C a b l e wit h s hi e l di n g f or c o n t r o ll i n g c am er as a nd da t a c om m unic a ti o n s h a ll b e of f o l lo wi n g m in im um s pec if ic a t i ons . 1. Confidential No of p a ir s T wo PS-Chap 10 Page 34 of 75 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 7.0 2. Co n duc to r s i ze 1. 5 s q . m m . 3. Pr im ar y i ns u l at i on Lo w d ens i t y p ol ye t h yl e ne ( LD P E 4. T hic k nes s of i ns u l at i on 0. 5 m m 5. Co l or W hite a nd Bl ac k 6. P ai r T wis t i ng 10 t o 1 5 t wis ts p er m e ter 7. Dr a i n wi r e 0. 5 s q m m m ult is t r a nd b ar e ti n ne d an n ea l e d c op p er c o nd uc t or . 8. In n er j ac k et c o l or B lac k T h ic k nes s >0 .3 m m 9. O ut er j ac k et c o l or B lac k T h ic k nes s > 1. 8 m m 10 . T hic k nes s of j ac k et As p er I S 1 55 4 p ar t - I 11 . Ar m our o v er in n er j ac k et G a l va n i ze d St e el wir e / f l at as p er I S 15 5 4 p ar t I 12 . A ppr o v a l/ St a n dar ds B S 5 30 8 TELEPHONE CABLE (OUTDOOR): In addition to meeting the general requirements for Cable specifications indicated at Chapter 10 of the Particular Specifications, following specifications shall be complied with by Telephone Cable for Elevated / at-grade outdoor sections: 7.1 Construction Requirements 7.1.1 Conductors 1) The conductor sizes, cores and colours shall comply with IEC 60189 / BS3573. However size shall be 0.6 mm as a minimum. 2) Each conductor in the cable shall consist of a solid wire of annealed high conductivity copper drawn so as to have an even cross-section and no surface irregularities, circular in cross-section uniform in quality, free from defects and uniformly coated with pure tin. 3) Cable construction shall be designed to limit the generation of dangerous voltages and noise or interference on all circuits connected with the Telephone system to the levels not greater than those specified in the relevant ITU directives. Confidential PS-Chap 10 Page 35 of 75 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 7.1.2 Insulation 1) The cable sheath & jacket shall consist of extruded low smoke low halogen material while the conductor insulation shall be solid polythelene. 2) The nominal thickness of the jacket & sheath shall be minimum 1.6 mm. 3) The insulation shall not break down when spark tested in accordance with BS 5099. 4) The insulation of individual conductor shall be such that electrical/ mechanical specifications as per BS 3573 are met. 7.1.3 Core Identification 1) The insulated cores shall be clearly identified by colours, and the identification scheme shall be in accordance with IEC 60189/ BS 3573. 2) The required number of pairs shall be laid up in concentric layer to form a compact symmetrical cable. 7.1.4 Pairs 1) The insulated cores shall be twisted together to form pairs or quads. 2) The attenuation of each pair shall be measured and shall not exceed average 7.1.5 1.28 dB/ km at 1 kHz at a temperature of 20ºC. Bedding The bedding shall consist of an extruded layer of low smoke zero halogen/ low halogen bedding compound. When tested in accordance with BS 6425 Part 1/ IEC 60754, the level of hydrochloric acid shall not be greater than 0.5%.In the case of low halogen bedding compound the level of hydrochloric acid shall not exceed 20% . 7.1.6 Screening 1) Screening shall be achieved by the use of laminated tape, consisting of an aluminium foil bonded to a polyester film for the strength, applied to the cable with an overlap so that full 100% coverage of the conductors is afforded. The spray-on type construction shall not be provided. 2) The cable pairs shall be individually screened for the circuits where to improved cross talk immunity is required and where cable pairs are used for high speed (i.e. 64 kbps or above) data applications. 3) A drain wire or continuity conductor, laid under and in contact with the aluminium foil shall be provided and shall be in accordance with BS 5308 Clauses 7 and 10 as appropriate. The tinned annealed copper conductor, Confidential PS-Chap 10 Page 36 of 75 LKS 02: Particular Specifications which may be solid or a stranded construction, in keeping with current manufacturing techniques, shall have a minimum cross-sectional area of 0.5 sq.mm. 4) The maximum resistance of the drain wire or continuity conductor provided shall meet with the requirements of IEC 60228/BS 6360. 7.1.7 Armour 1) General Armouring the cables, shall be by means of galvanised steel wire or tape. In addition to providing protection against accidental damage the armour shall also form a resistive barrier against the ingress of rodents. 2) Wire Armour Armouring shall be of galvanised steel wire to BS 5467. The direction of lay of the armour shall be left hand, and the wire shall be sized in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations or 3) Tape Armour i) The cable shall be armoured with a steel tape wound or lapped to at least 30% minimum. Steel tape thickness shall comply with the relevant British Standard minimum 0.30 mm ii) The metal flat tape shall consist of a single flat tape applied helically and directly over the bedding sheath with a suitable lay and overlap as specified in BS 2870. Alternatively, two tapes may be applied each with a slight gap, the second tape covering the gap of the first. 7..2 Electrical Requirements Conductor Resistance 65 ohm/km maximum Insulation Resistance 50 M ohm km minimum Mutual Capacitance at 1KHz 56 nF/km maximum Resistance Unbalance +/- 2% maximum Near End Cross-talk  60dB at 800Hz 7..3 Mechanical Requirements Maximum pulling tension 250 Newtons Minimum bending radius 15 x outer diameter Confidential PS-Chap 10 Page 37 of 75 LKS 02: Particular Specifications Operational conditions 7..4 0ºC to 55ºC Cable Construction Identification The Oversheath of the cable shall be embossed with type of cable and the manufacturers name every 20 metres and length marker every 1 metre. 7..5 Testing 7.5.1 Electrical Test Electrical tests as specified in BS 3573 shall be carried out on every length of installed cable and shall include the following: (1) Conductor resistance; (2) Insulation resistance; (3) Mutual capacitance; (4) Resistance unbalance; and (5) Near end cross-talk. Dielectric strength of the cable shall be tested in accordance with IEC 60189-1: section 5.2.2 using a voltage of 1.5 KV. 7.5.2 Mechanical Test Mechanical test as specified in BS 3573 shall be carried out and shall include the following as a minimum: 7.5.3 (1) Conductors - elongation test; (2) Insulation - elongation; (3) Insulation - breaking force; (4) Insulation - resistance to compression; (5) Insulation - retraction; (6) Metal sheath thickness; (7) Dimensions of magnetic screen tapes; and (8) Extruded anti-corrosion flame retardant sheath thickness. Fire Performance Test Fire performance tests shall be carried out and include the following as a minimum: (1) Confidential Oxygen index measurement (type and sample test); PS-Chap 10 Page 38 of 75 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 7.5.4 (2) Temperature index measurement (type and sample test); (3) Flame propagation (type test); (4) Corrosive & acid gas emission (type and sample test); and (5) Smoke emission (type and sample test). Test Results Test results and certificates shall be submitted for review by the Employer’s Representative. 7.6 TELEPHONE CABLE (INDOOR) In addition to the requirements specified Appendix – I of Part – I of the Particular Specifications, following specifications shall be complied with by Telephone Cable for indoor usage: 7.6.1 Construction Requirements 7.6.1.1 Conductors 1) The conductor sizes, cores and colours shall comply with IEC 60189 / BS 3573. However the minimum conductor diameter shall be 0.6 mm. 2) Each conductor in the cable shall consist of a solid wire of annealed high conductivity copper drawn so as to have an even cross-section and no surface irregularities, circular in cross-section uniform in quality, free from defects and uniformly coated with pure tin. 3) Cable construction shall be designed to limit the generation of dangerous voltages and noise or interference on all circuits connected with the Telephone system to the levels not greater than those specified in the relevant ITU directives. 7.6.1.2 Insulation 1) The cable sheath and jacket insulation shall consist of low smoke & low halogen, while the conductor insulation shall be solid polyethylene. 2) The nominal thickness of the jacket insulation shall be minimum 1.6 mm. 3) The insulation shall not break down when spark tested in accordance with BS 5099. Confidential PS-Chap 10 Page 39 of 75 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 4) The insulation of individual conductor shall be such that electrical/ mechanical specifications as per BS 3573 are met. 7.6.1.3 Core Identification 1) The insulated cores shall be clearly identified by colours, and the identification scheme shall be in accordance with IEC 60189/BS 3573. Other identification scheme shall be submitted to the Employer’s Representative for review. 2) The required number of pairs shall be laid up in a concentric layer to form a compact symmetrical cable. 7.6.1.4 Pairs 1) The insulated cores shall individually be twisted together to form pairs. 2) The attenuation of each pair shall be measured and shall not exceed average 1.28 dB/km at 1 kHz at temperature of 20ºC. 7.6.1.5 Bedding The bedding shall consist of an extruded layer of low smoke low halogen bedding compound. When tested in accordance with BS 6425 Part 1/ IEC 60754, the level of hydrochloric acid shall not be greater than 0.5% In the case of low halogen bedding compound the level of hydrochloric acid shall not exceed 20%. 7.6.1.6 Screening 1) Screening shall be achieved by the use of laminated tape, consisting of an aluminium foil bonded to a polyester film for the strength, applied to the cable with an overlap so that full 100% coverage of the conductors is afforded. The spray-on types of construction shall not be provided. 2) The cable pairs shall be individually screened for circuits where to improve cross talk immunity is required and where cable pairs are used for high speed (i.e. 64 kbps or above) data applications. 3) A drain wire or continuity conductor, laid under and in contact with the aluminium foil shall be provided and shall be in accordance with BS 5308 clauses 7 and 10 as appropriate. The tinned annealed copper conductor, which may be solid or a stranded construction, in keeping with current manufacturing techniques, shall have a minimum cross- sectional area of 0.5 sqmm. 4) The maximum resistance of the drain wire or continuity conductor provided shall meet with the requirements of IEC 60228/BS 6360. Confidential PS-Chap 10 Page 40 of 75 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 7.6.1.7 Oversheath The oversheath of the cable shall be an extruded layer of anti-corrosion, reduced flame propagation, low smoke / low halogen compound complying with the fire performance requirements specified in Appendix – I of Part – I of this PS. 7.6.2 Electrical Requirements Conductor Resistance 65 ohm/km maximum Insulation Resistance 50 M ohm km minimum Mutual Capacitance at 1 kHz 56 nF/km maximum Resistance Unbalance +/- 2% maximum Near End Cross-talk  60 dB at 800Hz 7.6.3 Mechanical Requirements Maximum pulling tension 25 Newtons Minimum bending radius 10 x outer diameter Operational conditions 0ºC to 55 ºC 7.6.4 Cable Construction Identification The oversheath of the cable shall be embossed with the manufacturer’s name every 20 metres and length marker every 1 metre. 7.6.5 Testing 7.6.5.1 Electrical Test Electrical tests as specified in BS 3573 shall be carried out on every length of installed cable and shall include the following as a minimum: 7.6.5.2 Confidential (1) Conductor resistance; (2) Insulation resistance; (3) Mutual capacitance; (4) Resistance unbalance; and (5) Near end cross-talk Mechanical Test PS-Chap 10 Page 41 of 75 LKS 02: Particular Specifications Mechanical test as specified in BS 3573 shall be carried out and shall include the following as a minimum: 7.6.5.3 (1) Conductors - elongation test; (2) Insulation - elongation; (3) Insulation - breaking force; (4) Insulation - resistance to compression; (5) Insulation - retraction; (6) Dimensions of magnetic screen tapes; and (7) Extruded anti-corrosion flame retardant sheath thickness. Fire Performance Test Fire performance tests shall be carried out and include the following as a minimum: 7.6.5.4 (1) Oxygen index measurement (type and sample test); (2) Temperature index measurement (type and sample test); (3) Flame propagation (type test); (4) Corrosive & acid gas emission (type and sample test); and (5) Smoke emission (type and sample test). Test Results Test results and certificates shall be submitted for review by the Employer’s Representative. 8. 0 No t Us e d 9. 0 No t Us e d 10 . 0 D AT A C AB L E UT P C a t 5 e or b et t er In a dd i t io n to t he r eq u ir em ents s p ec if i ed i n P ar a 1 of t h is P S f ol l o wi ng s p ec if ic a ti o n s s h a l l be c om pl ie d wi th b y D a ta UT P c ab l es . 10 . 1 Confidential T he C ab l e s h a l l b e U T P Ca te g or y 5 e or be tt er h a v in g f o l lo wi n g as m inim um : S. N o. T yp e 24 AW G Sol i d C o pp er C o nd uc to r , t wis t e d p ai r , R i p c or d wi t h J ac k et 1 Co n duc to r d iam et er 0. 5 0 m m 2 Ins u la t io n d i am ete r 1. 0 4 m m PS-Chap 10 Page 42 of 75 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 3 Ca b le di am et er 5. 9 0 m m 4 Ch ar ac t er is t ic im pe da nc e 10 0 + / - 1 5 O hm 5 Co u pl i n g At te n ua t io n @ 30 MHz 45 dB / 10 0m 6 AC R @ 10 0 M H z 16 dB / 10 0m .( m in im um ) 10 . 2 Fac t or y i ns p ec t i on of a ll t h e c a bl es s h a l l ha v e to b e d o ne b y a th i r d par t y ag e nc y/r ec og n i z ed l a b a n d t o be wi tn es s ed b y em pl o yer ’ s r ep r es e nt at i v e. 10 . 3 T es t r es u l ts a nd c er t i f ic a tes s h a l l b e s ubm i tt ed Em pl o ye r ’s Re pr es e n t at i v e 11 LO W VO L T AG E P O W ER C AB L E 11 . 1 Low Vo lt age Pow e r Cab l e f o r El ev at ed / At G r ad e S e ct i on sh al l as pe r I S 15 5 4 f or r e v i e w b y t he Lo w V o lt a ge Po we r Ca b le s h a l l b e of C op p er c o nd uc t or s . T he c on d uc t or s s h a l l b e o f s tr an d ed , h i gh c on d uc t i v it y an n e al e d c o p per wir e c om pl yi n g wi th a l l t he r e qu ir em en ts of I EC 6 02 2 8/ B S 6 3 60 . T he c on d uc t or s i ze t o b e m i nim um 1. 5 s q m m . 11 . 2 F ir e an d S mo ke P erf or m anc e 11 . 2. 1 T he B ed d i ng an d O v er s h e at h of th e c a b l e s h al l ha v e a m in im um O x yg e n I nd ex of 30 W hen t es t e d in ac c or d a nc e wi th AST M - D 28 6 3. /N E S 7 1 5 11 . 2. 2 T he T em per a t ur e In d e x of B ed d i ng a nd O v er s he a th of th e c ab l e s h a ll no t b e les s t h an 2 5 0 De gr ee C e ls ius wh en tes te d i n ac c or d a nc e wi t h A ST M- D 28 6 3. /N E S 7 1 5 11 . 2. 3 Un d er f ir e c o nd i t io n of B ed d in g an d O v er s he a th , s m ok e gen er at e d s ha l l m eet t h e r e qu ir em en ts of tr a ns m it ta nc e > =4 0 % as p er I EC 10 3 4/ B S 6 7 24 . 11 . 2. 4 T he l e v e l of H yd r oc hl o r ic Ac id g as e v o l v ed f r om O ver s h ea t h of c a b l e un d er f ir e c on d it i o n s ha l l n o t be m or e t h an 20 % whe n t es t e d in ac c or d a nc e wi th I E C 6 07 5 4 - 1. 11 . 2. 5 Ca b les s h al l be F ir e R et ar da nt a nd s ha l l m eet t h e r e q ui r em en t of I EC 60 3 32 - 1 f or I gn i ti o n R es is t a nc e an d F l am e Pr o p ag a ti o n u nd er s pec if ie d c o n d it i on . S im il ar l y B u nc he d Ca b les s ha l l be Fir e Re tar d a nt a n d s h al l m ee t t he r eq u ir em ent of IE C 60 3 3 2 - 3 f or I g ni t i on Res is ta nc e a n d F lam e Pr o p ag at i o n un d er s p ec if i ed c o n d it i on 11 . 2. 6 T es t r es u l ts a nd c er t i f ic a tes s h a l l b e s ubm i tt ed Em pl o ye r ’s Re pr es e n t at i v e Confidential PS-Chap 10 f or r e v i e w b y t he Page 43 of 75 LKS 02: Particular Specifications Confidential PS-Chap 10 Page 44 of 75 LKS 02: Particular Specifications AP P E N D I X E CO NT R ACT S P AR E S 1. FO T S S. No . It e m Q uant it y 1 A l l r e pl ac ea b l e p ar ts o f Cor e s wi tc h 2 Dis tr ib u t io n S wi tc h ( L a ye r - 3 s wi tc h f or s ta t io ns ) f ul l y e q u ip p e d a n d as s oc i a te d ac c es s or i es as p er G e ner a l S pec if ic a t io n a nd P ar t i c u lar S pec if ic a t io n 05 3 O FC 14 4 F ibr e Ar m o u r ed C a b le f or E le v a te d/ A t gr a de s ec t i on as per R D SO or T E C S p ec if ic at i ons ( k m ) 5 4 A l l t yp es of P CB C ar d s /M o du l e f o r Cor e s wi tc h (W AN) at O C C 10 % of t o ta l p o pu l at i o n f or E ac h t yp e 5 T er m ina ls a nd C o nn ec tor s of a l l t yp es 6 O pt ic a l f ibr e s p l ic es b ox 7 O pt ic a l p atc h c or ds / p i gt a i l c ab l es 2. 2 e ac h 10 f or e ac h t yp e 05 10 f or e ac h t yp e T ELE P HO N E SY ST EM & P ow er Supp l y S yst em S. N. It e ms Sp a re s 1. St a ti o n E P A BX , D ir ec t L i ne Ex c h a n ge f ul l y e qu i p pe d 4 8 p or t / 96 W ir ed 2. IP P BX S er v er i nc l u d i ng G at e wa y ( f ul l y e q ui p pe d) 2 No . 1 No . 3. Ex c ha n ge Su bs c r i be r L in e C ar ds 10 % of S up p l ie d p o pu l at i on f or e ac h t yp e 4. Ex c ha n ge J unc t io n L i n e Car ds 10 % of S up p l ie d p o pu l at i on f or e ac h t yp e 5. Ex c ha n ge S ys t em Co n tr o l C ar ds 10 % of S up p l ie d p o pu l at i on f or e ac h t yp e Confidential PS-Chap 10 Page 45 of 75 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 6. Dir ec t L in e Ex c h an g e Car ds 7. Di g it a l T e l e ph o nes 10 N o . 8. A na l o gu e T e l e ph o nes 43 N o . 9. Dir ec t L in e T el e ph o ne s ( Eac h T yp e) 10 N o . 10 . IP P ho n e ( v o ic e) wi th a ll ac c es s or i es 8 No . 11 . IP P ho n e ( v o ic e & v i d eo) wi th a ll ac c es s or i es 5 No . 12 . 120 KVA UPS (single) 1 No . 13 . 60 KVA UPS (single) 1 No . 14 . 30 KVA UPS (single) 3 No . 15 . SCVS of each type 1 No . 16 . 17 . 18 . 19 . Isolation transformer and ATS cubicle with complete equipment Battery Sharing Cubicle of each type with complete equipment AC Distribution Box with complete equipment 10 % of S up p l ie d p o pu l at i on f or e ac h t yp e O n e of e ac h t yp e O n e of e ac h t yp e O n e of e ac h t yp e Control Cards of UPS 10 % of S up p l ie d p o pu l at i on f or e ac h t yp e Inverter module of UPS 10 % of S up p l ie d p o pu l at i on f or e ac h t yp e Rectifier module of UPS 10 % of S up p l ie d p o pu l at i on f or e ac h t yp e MCB and MCCB of each type 10 % of S up p l ie d p o pu l at i on f or e ac h t yp e Fuses of different ratings for UPS, SCVS & Rectifier 10 % of S up p l ie d p o pu l at i on f or e ac h t yp e 110V/30A Rectifier for depot (single) 10 % of S up p l ie d p o pu l at i on f or e ac h t yp e 25 . Other electronics boards of UPS (excluding boards mentioned above) 10 % of S up p l ie d p o pu l at i on f or e ac h t yp e 26 . St a ti o n Fl o at C um B oo s t Ch ar ger ( S M P S) 20 . 21 . 22 . 23 . 24 . Confidential PS-Chap 10 O n e of e ac h t yp e Page 46 of 75 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 27 . S M P S Mo d u le f or 4 8 V S ys t em ( S MR ) 10 % of S up p l ie d p o pu l at i on f or e ac h t yp e 28 . Car ds f or F C BC 10 % of S up p l ie d p o pu l at i on f or e ac h t yp e 29 . Ma i nt e n anc e Fr e e B a tt er ies ( A l l T yp e ) 10 % of S up p l ie d p o pu l at i on f or e ac h t yp e ( ex c lu d i ng s p ar e c e l l c har g er b at te r i es ) 3. 30 . Fus es of a l l t yp es ( F or U P S & D C P o wer S ys t em ) 10 % of S up p l ie d p o pu l at i on f or e ac h t yp e 31 . T er m ina ls of a ll t yp e s ( For U P S & D C P o wer S ys tem ) 10 % of S up p l ie d p o pu l a t i on f or e ac h t yp e 32 . Co p per c ab l e j o in t in g K its f or a l l s i ze s of c a b l es 1 e ac h f or a l l t yp es of T ele p h on e c a b les . 33 . O ut d oor T e le p ho n e c a b le ( 2 P ai r , 2 0 P ai r Ar m or e d) 1 Km of E ac h T yp e 34 . In d oor T e le p ho n e c a bl e ( 2 P a ir & 20 P ai r of FR L S t yp e) 1 Km of E ac h T yp e 35 . CAT 6 C ab l e E ac h T yp e 1 Km of E ac h T yp e 36 . A l l t yp e of Co n nec t or s /D um m y L o ads ( For T el e ph o ne & DC P o wer S ys tem ) 10 % of S up p l ie d p o pu l at i on f or e ac h t yp e R AD IO S. No . It e m Q uant it y 1 T r ai n Mo b i l e Ra d io 5 2 Ra d io B as e St at i on 1 3 Ha n dh e ld P or t a bl e s 15 4 T r ai n Ra d io C o ntr o l H ea d 5 5 Ra d io Ac c es s Un i t 2 6 Ra d io C o ntr o l W ork s tati o n 2 7 Ra d io C o ntr o l P a ne l 2 Confidential PS-Chap 10 Page 47 of 75 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 4. 8 Ha n d P or t a bl e Ba tt er y C har g er U ni t 9 T r ai n Mo b i l e Ra d io A n te n na 15 5 10 Car ds f or s wi tc h in g N M S a nd C e ntr a l Co ntr o l l er un i ts ( R ad i o ) 10 % of t o ta l Po p ul a ti o n of eac h t yp e 11 Fus es of a l l t yp es 12 T er m ina ls of a ll t yp e s 10 % of t o ta l Po p ul a ti o n of eac h t yp e 13 A l l t yp es of Co n nec t or s /D um m y lo a ds 10 % of t o ta l Po p ul a ti o n of eac h t yp e 14 A l l t yp e of Re p l ac a b le / P lu g - i n m od u l es f or C e ntr a l is e d D i gi t al Rec or d in g S ys t em s 10 % of t o ta l Po p ul a ti o n of eac h t yp e 15 Ro ut er s a n d S wi tc hes us e d i n t he R a d io S ys t em 10 % of t o ta l Po p ul a ti o n of eac h t yp e 10 % of t o ta l Po p ul a ti o n of eac h t yp e P AS / P I D S/M AS T ER C LO CK S. N o It e ms 1 PI D S / P A In t egr at e d W ork s tati o n f or s ta t io n (W ork s tat io n , Mo n it or , M ic s , K e yb o ar d , M o us e , S pe ak er s , He a dp h on e e tc ) 2. A l l t yp e of P CB c ar ds i nc lu d in g m oth er bo ar d a nd po we r s up p l y u n i t of P ID S , PI D S C on tr o l & S wi tc h i ng Eq u i pm ent , PI D S L ED Mo d u les ( F or P l atf or m L E D P an e ls ) Confidential Q uant it y PS-Chap 10 3 10 % p op u l at i on f or E a c h t yp e Page 48 of 75 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 3. A l l t yp e of P CB c ar ds i nc lu d in g m oth er bo ar d a nd po we r s up p l y u n i t of P ID S , PI D S C on tr o l & S wi tc h i ng Eq u i pm ent , PI D S L ED Mo d u les ( F or Co nc o ur s e L E D P an e ls ) 10 % p op u l at i on f or E a c h t yp e 4. PI D S P la tf or m D is p l a y B o a r d c om pl et e 3 5. PI D S C o nc o ur s e D is p l a y B oar d c om pl et e 3 6. Com pl e te P A S eq u i pm en t c a b in et i nc l u d in g P A s ys t em c on tr ol & S wi tc h in g eq u i pm ent . 2 7. P A C o ntr o l P a ne l 3 8. P A S ys tem Pr e - Am p l if i er / Am pl if ier 10 % p op u l at i on f or E a c h t yp e 9. P A S p eak er s 10 % p op u l at i on f or E a c h t yp e 10 . P A S ys tem n o is e s ens i ng & f e e db ac k eq u i pm ent 10 % p op u l at i on f or E a c h t yp e 11 . O CC M as ter C l oc k U ni t as e qu i pp e d i n O CC 1 12 . St a ti o n S u b - M as ter C l oc k Com p le t e (W ith c o n nec t in g c a b l es & c o n nec to r s ) 3 13 . In d oor D i g it a l C l oc k s 24 14 . O ut d oor D i g it a l C loc k s 9 15 . A na l o gu e S ta t io n C l oc k s 9 16 . Fus es of a l l t yp es 10 % p op u l at i on f or E a c h t yp e 17 . T er m ina ls of a ll t yp e s 10 % p op u l at i on f or E a c h t yp e 5. CCT V S. No Confidential It e m Q uant it y PS-Chap 10 Page 49 of 75 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 1 Fix ed I P C am er a as p er P S . 2 Fix ed D o m e t yp e I P C am er a as p er P S 5 3 PT Z D om e IP C am er a as p er P S 5 4 IR I l lum i na t ed I P C am er a as pe r P S 5 5 Loc a l W ork St at i on ( c o m plet e M M I wi t h on e m on it or f o r Mo n it o r i ng ) as p er P S 5 6 K e y B oar d wi th J o y s t i c k as p er PS 5 7 NV R S er v er wi t h R AI D 5 or b et te r eac h to r ec or d a l l c am er as of e ac h s ta t io n as per P S 4 La ye r 2 S wi tc h ( I n dus t r i al gr a d e ) as per PS 5 9 04 Po r t i n dus tr i al gr a d e s wi tc h as p er P S 5 10 LC D P l atf or m M o n it or s as p er PS 2 11 Mo n it or M o u nt f or LC D P l atf or m Mo n it or as p er P S 2 Ne t wor k V i d eo D ec od e r s /Q u a d s p l it ter f or P la tf or m M on i tor s as p er P S 5 8 12 25 13 A l l t yp e of r e pl ac ea b l e /p l ug - i n m o du l es f or C CT V S ys t em 10 % of t he T ot a l p op u l at i on 14 Pr ot ec t i o n De v ic es f o r P o wer , C o ntr o l an d D at a c ir c u its as p er P S 10 of e ac h t yp e 15 Da ta C a b le C at 5e ( K m s ) as p er P S 2 16 P o wer C ab l e ( Km s ) a s p er P S 1 17 O pt ic a l F i br e Ca b l e as p er P S ( Km ) 1 18 V id e o C a b le RG 1 1 ( K m s ) 19 K V M T X /RX Pa ir 20 Co ns um ab les f or V i d e o W all ( e. g. Li g ht s our c e , Dus t f il t er etc . ) 0. 5 5 10 % of t he p o p ul a ti o n Not e : ( i) “ E ac h t yp e ” de n ot es t he t yp e ac t u a ll y p r o v i d ed d ur i ng e x ec u t io n . Confidential PS-Chap 10 Page 50 of 75 LKS 02: Particular Specifications ( i i) Sp ar e Q t y t o b e d e li v er e d per s ec t i on s ho u l d be r ou n de d of f t o n ex t h ig h er i nt e ger . Confidential PS-Chap 10 Page 51 of 75 LKS 02: Particular Specifications AP P E N D I X F : NO T U S ED Confidential PS-Chap 10 Page 52 of 75 LKS 02: Particular Specifications AP P E N D I X G S P EC I AL T O O L S & T E ST E Q U I PM ENT S S. No . DE S CR I PT IO N Unit M AK E M O DEL T ot al 1. P or t a bl e m ult i - f u nc ti o n a l CCT V tes ter an d m u lt im et er Nos . As a pp r o v e d 4 2. Mu l t im eter - D ig i ta l ( H i gh - pr ec is i o n) Nos . As a pp r o v e d 1 3. V id e o T es t S i gn a l G e n er a t or i nc or p or a t in g f unc t i on s of v i de o s i gn a l g en er at or , no is e g en er at or , etc . Nos . 4. Et h er ne t Ca b l e T es ter Nos . As a pp r o v e d 2 5. RJ - 4 5 Cr im pi n g T o o l Nos As a pp r o v e d 4 6. L AN /W AN An a l yzer 7. La p to p c om pl e te wi t h a ll s of t war e an d l ic e ns es inc l u di n g N M S f or CCT V as per G S a nd P S 8. O T DR No . 9. O pt ic a l L as er So ur c e 2 2 T os hi b a P or t e ge R8 3 5- P8 8/ Le n o vo T hink P a d X 23 0 or eq u i v al e nt 4 MT S - 40 0 0 or E q ui v a l en t 3 No . OLS 35 or E q ui v a l en t 4 10 . O pt ic a l P o wer M e ter No . OLP 55 or E q ui v a l en t 4 11 . O pt ic a l T a lk S e t P ai r OTS 55 or E q ui v a l en t 4 No Ac t er n a – EDT - 1 3 5 or E qu i v a le n t 6 D at a T es te r Confidential J DS U or eq u i v al e nt S PF - 2 or eq u i v al e nt DA 34 0 0 or eq u i v al e nt 12 . No R& S or eq u i v al e nt Nos . HP /D e l l/ Ac er / A pp l e/ L en o v o /T os h i ba o r eq u i v al e nt PS-Chap 10 MT S Page 53 of 75 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 13 . La p to p C om put er l o ad ed wi th al l s of t war es a n d l ic ens e s i nc l ud i ng NM S f or FO T S/ N et wor k ing No As a pp r o v e d 6 14 . S pl ic i n g Mac h i ne No . Fuj ik ur a 15 . Cl e a ve r f or f i be r s p lic i ng No . As a pp r o v e d 2 16 . Fr e qu e nc y Co u nt er - D i gi t al No . As a pp r o v e d 1 17 . Ca b le F a ul t L oc a t or No . HP 18 . E ar t h T es t in g K i t No . FS M- 60 S o r E qu i v a le n t 30 3 9 2 2 2 As a pp r o v e d 19 . Ac ous t ic Le v e l T es t s e t ( 92 0 H z t o 20 , 00 0 H z) No . 20 . A ud i o S i gn a l G e n er a t o r No . 21 . RA ST I a n d S P L s im ul a ti o n s of t war e an d r e l e v an t l ic ens e t o c o v er a l l s ta t io ns a nd t h e De p ot as p ar t of L K S 02 89 0 3 A A P LA B M SG 1M 1 LS As a pp r o v e d 22 . No te b ook c om put er l o ad e d wi t h Ex c ha n ge N M S S of t wa r e, I P PA BX S of t war e, N et wo r k Ma na g em ent S of t war e & L ic ens es No As a pp r o v e d 23 . No te b ook C om pu te r L oa d ed wi th al l s of t war es an d lic e ns e s i nc l ud i ng NM S f or R ad i o. No 24 . La p to p C om put er l o ad ed wi th al l s of t war es a n d l ic ens e s i nc l ud i ng NM S f or M as t er c l oc k No Confidential 1 HP 2 2 2 PS-Chap 10 Page 54 of 75 LKS 02: Particular Specifications AP P E N D I X- H M M I Prov is ion Sc he d ule O CC at S ahk a rit a Bh aw an M M I Prov is ion Sc he d ule Loc at i on Po sit ion W or kst at ion /Co nt rol P an el T yp e O CC T r af f ic C on tr o l l e r 1 ( T C1) T r af f ic C on tr o l l er 2 ( T C2) T r af f ic C on tr o l l er 3 ( T C3) T r af f ic C on tr o l l er 4 ( T C4) Ch i ef C o ntr o l ler ( C C) Confidential Q uant it y Ra d io C o ntr o l W ork s tati o n a nd RA U 1 CCT V C o ntr o l P an e l ( St a ti o n S ur ve i l l anc e) 1 Dir ec t L in e T el e ph o ne Co ns ol e 1 Ra d io C o ntr o l W ork s tati o n a nd RA U 1 CCT V C o ntr o l P an e l ( St a ti o n S ur ve i l l anc e) 1 Dir ec t L in e T el e ph o ne Co ns ol e 1 Ra d io C o ntr o l W ork s tati o n a nd RA U 1 CCT V C o ntr o l P an e l ( St a ti o n S ur ve i l l anc e) 1 Dir ec t L in e T el e ph o ne Co ns ol e 1 Ra d io C o ntr o l W ork s tati o n a nd RA U 1 CCT V C o ntr o l P a n e l ( St a ti o n S ur ve i l l anc e) 1 Dir ec t L in e T el e ph o ne Co ns ol e 1 Ra d io C o ntr o l W ork s tati o n a nd RA U 1 CCT V C o ntr o l P an e l ( St a ti o n S ur ve i l l anc e) 1 Dir ec t L in e T el e ph o ne Co ns ol e 1 PS-Chap 10 Page 55 of 75 LKS 02: Particular Specifications M M I Prov is ion Sc he d ule Loc at i on Po sit ion W or kst at ion /Co nt rol P an el T yp e T r ac ti o n P o wer Co ntr o l l er 1 T r ac ti o n P o wer Co ntr o l l er 2 A ux i l i ar y S ys t em s Co ntr o l l er 1 A ux i l i ar y S ys t em s Co ntr o l l er 2 Ro l l in g St oc k Co ntr o l l er ( R SC) As s is t a nt t o Ch i ef Co ntr o l l er ( A CC) Q uant it y PI D S/ P A S W ork s tat i on + P A S Co ntr o l P a ne l 1 Ra d io Ac c es s Un i t 1 Dir ec t L in e T el e ph o ne Co ns ol e 1 Ra d io Ac c es s Un i t 1 Dir ec t L in e T el e ph o ne Co ns ol e 1 Ra d io Ac c es s Un i t 1 Dir ec t L in e T el e ph o ne Co ns ol e 1 Ra d io Ac c es s Un i t 1 Dir ec t L in e T el e ph o ne Co ns ol e 1 Ra d io Ac c es s Un i t 1 Dir ec t L in e T el e ph o ne Co ns ol e 1 Ra d io Ac c es s Un i t 1 Dir ec t L in e T el e ph o ne Co ns ol e as f or C h ief C on tr ol l er ( f o r a l l s ta t io ns ) 1 PI D S/ P A S W ork s tat i on + P A S Co ntr o l P a ne l 1 Ra d io C o ntr o l W ork s tati o n 1 RA U 2 Dir ec t L in e T el e ph o ne Co ns ol e 1 S ec ur i t y Co n tr o l l er I n Ra d io Ac c es s Un i t O CC Sa hk ar it a B h a wa n Dir ec t L in e T el e ph o ne Co ns ol e 2 Fa ul t M a na g em ent Co ntr o l l er CCT V W ork s tat i on ( f or a l l s t at i ons of Sec t io n a n d O CC S ur ve i l l anc es ) & As s oc i at ed eq u ipm e nt Confidential PS-Chap 10 2 2 Page 56 of 75 LKS 02: Particular Specifications M M I Prov is ion Sc he d ule Loc at i on Po sit ion W or kst at ion /Co nt rol P an el T yp e Q uant it y B ac k - up PI D S/ P A S W ork s tat i on + P A S M MI( atT r a ns por t N ag a r Co ntr o l P a ne l de p ot) 1 CS S / I n O C C / B CC 1 1 1 Dir ec t L in e T el e ph o ne Co ns ol e RA U PI D S/ P A S W ork s tat i on + P A S Co ntr o l P a ne l Dep ot in Lu c know M et ro T ran spo rt Nag a r D ep ot SC R Al l st a t io ns Ra d io C o ntr o l W ork s tati o n a nd RA U 1 P A S W ork s tat io n ( D ep ot ar e a) 1 Dir ec t L in e T el e ph o ne Co ns ol e 1 CCT V C o ntr o l P an e l f o r D ep o t 1 Cr e w C on tr o l l er Ra d io Ac c es s Un i t 1 P PIO P A S Co n tr o l Pa n e l 1 RA U 1 S ec ur i t y c o ntr o l ler R o om CCT V C o ntr o l P an e l f o r D ep o t 1 De p ot C on tr o ll er Ra d io C o ntr o l P a ne l 1 PI D S/ P A S W ork s tat i on + P A S Co ntr o l 1 CCT V W ork s tat i on( S t a ti o n S ur ve i l l anc e) 1 S ec ur it y Cont ro l Roo m Al l st a t ion s CCT V W ork s tat i on( S t a ti o n S ur ve i l l anc e) 1 O n ea ch Pl at f or m ( P S B) Al l St at io ns P A S Co n tr o l Pa n e l Confidential PS-Chap 10 1 in eac h p la tf or m Page 57 of 75 LKS 02: Particular Specifications ( P S B) O n Pl at f o r m ( P SB ) a s pe r A nn ex ur e B of P S Ch apt e r - 8 CCT V W ork s tat i on( S t a ti o n S ur ve i l l anc e) 1 Cr ew Co nt r ol Room at t he end of li ne Ra d io C o ntr o l P a ne l 1 He ad Q u ar t e r at Sa hk ar it a Bh aw an He ad Q u ar t e r at S ah ka r it a Bhaw a n S ec ur i t y c o ntr o l ler Ro om CCT V W ork s tat i on ( f or H ea d Q u ar t er S ur v e il l a nc es ) & As s oc i a te d e q ui pm en t 2 Dir ec t L in e T el e ph o ne Co ns ol e 1 P A S Co n tr o l Pa n e l 1 Not es: A l l ab o v e ar e p ar ts of L K S 02 C o ntr ac t P ac k ag e . F or t he op er at i on of Pr i or it y s ec t i on in B C C o ne T C a n d ot h er c o ntr o ll er s ar e pl a n ne d ac c or di n g l y. T he nec es s ar y M MI ’s a n d c om m unic a ti o n e qu i p m ents ar e pr o vi d ed b y L K S 0 2 c on tr ac t or as a p ar t of t h is c on tr ac t . Af t er th e c om m is s i on i n g of O CC a t S ahk ar i ta B ha wa n t h e BC C wi l l wor k as bac k u p f or t h e w ho l e p has e - 1 A. Confidential PS-Chap 10 Page 58 of 75 LKS 02: Particular Specifications Ap p end ix - I, J and K – Not U s ed. Confidential PS-Chap 10 Page 59 of 75 LKS 02: Particular Specifications AP P E N D I X M E ART HI NG PO LI CY & T R AN S I ENT PRO T EC T IO N - FO R T EL E CO M M UNIC AT IO N SY ST EM S 1. O BJ E CT I VE S E ar t h in g s ha l l be pr o v i de d f or a ll i n do or & ou td o or T e lec om m un ic a t io n i ns t a ll a ti o ns to ac h i e v e th e f o ll o wi n g o bj ec t i v es : ( 1) T o pr o v i d e t he s af e t y t o th e op er at i ng & m aint e na nc e p er s o n ne l ag a i ns t t he e l ec tr ic s hoc k o n ac c ou nt of a n y po te n ti a l ( v o lt a ge) ap p ea r i n g o n ex pos ed par ts wit h r es p e c t to e ar th or d ue to e lec tr om a gn et ic o r du e to el ec tr o s ta t ic i n du c ti o n. ( 2) T o ens ur e s af e & r e li ab l e o p er a t io n of t he eq u i pm ent b y l im it in g or e lim i na t in g the in duc e d vo l ta g es and tr a ns i e nts in t he T elec om m unic at i on e q u ipm en ts . ( 3) T o pr o tec t t he eq u ip m ent a ga i ns t bu i l d u p of un du l y h i g h v o lt a ges wh ic h c a n c a us e d i e le c tr ic ( I ns u l at i on ) br ea k do wn or dam ag e t o t h e eq u i pm ent or t h e ir p ar ts . ( 4) T o s er v e as c o m m on v o lt a ge r ef er en c e p oi n t wh er e ver r eq u ir e d. 2. P O LI CY ( 1) T he E ar t h i ng s ys t em s ha l l m eet or ex c e ed t h e r e qu ir em en ts of r e le v a nt I nt er na t io n a l s ta n dar ds . ( 2) E ar t h i ng an d o th er pr ot ec t i on de v ic es s h a l l b e d es ig n ed to ac c om p l is h t h e f o l l o wi ng m in im um r eq u ir em e nts b u t no t l im it e d t o : ( a) Pr o tec t p er s on n e l an d i nc l u d in g l ig h tn i ng . e q u ipm en t f r om elec tr ic a l h a za r ds , ( b) Re d u c e p ot en t ia l t o s ys t em ne u tr a ls . (c) Re d uc e or e l im in a t e th e ef f ec ts of e lec tr os t at ic a nd e lec tr om a gn et ic in t er f er e nc e ar is i ng f r om wi th i n th e D MRT S on ac c o u nt of T r ac t i on v o lt ag es , T r ac ti o n r e tu r n c ur r e nt , Ro l l in g s toc k c h ar ac t er is t ic s a nd ot her ex tr a ne o us s our c es . ( d) Pr o v i d e a pr o p er ea r t h in g m et h od f or a l l eq u i pm ent e nc los u r es , c ab i n ets , dr a wer s , as s em bl i es an d s u b - as s e m bli es . ( e) Pr o v i de a c le a n ze r o - vo l t r ef er enc e p o i nt wh er e r eq u ir ed . ( 3) T he e ar th i n g s ys t em s h al l b e s o d es i gn ed s o as to g i v e e ar t h r es is t anc e wi t h in t he s ti p u la t ed l im its ( a s g i ve n be l o w) a t a ll l oc a t io ns a nd un d er a l l c l im at ic c o nd i t io ns . ( 4) A n y e l ec tr ic a l j o i nts i n t he e ar t h in g s ys t em s ha l l b e pr o t ec t ed f r om ta p es , or s uc h ot h er m eas ur es . ( 5) Fo r t he p ur pos e of m eas ur em ent of e a r th r es is ta nc e, a s m a ll i nt er c o n n ec t i ng c o p per s tr i p of a ppr o pr ia t e c r os s - s ec t io n s h al l be pr o v i d ed i n t he r i ng e ar t h in a s m al l m anh o le c ham be r s o t h at t he r i ng e ar th c an b e br ok en f r om t he lo o p. Confidential PS-Chap 10 Page 60 of 75 LKS 02: Particular Specifications ( 6) T he ear th i n g m eth o ds , d es i gn a n d d e ta i ls s ha l l b e s ubm it t ed t o t he Em pl o ye r ’s E n g in e er f or r e v i e w. 2. 1 St at i ons ar e a ( Ind oo r E qui pm ent s) 2. 1. 1 M ain Ea rt h : Ma i n e ar th ( < 2 O hm ) bus b ar s h a l l b e pr o v i de d i n t h e T ER, SC R & U P S ( S &T ) r o om b y a no t he r Pr oj ec t / E &M C o ntr ac tor wit h c o p per s tr i p a t eac h l oc a t io n c o ns is t i n g of m inim um 20 ho l es ( 1 0 per r o w) . T his s tr i p s ha l l b e us e d b y LK S 0 2 C o n tr ac to r , to ex t e n d t h e ir in d i v id u a l e ar ths to th e ir r es p ec ti v e c a b l es an d r ac k s /e qu i pm ents . 2. 1. 2 Cl ea n E ar t h: Pr o v is i o n a nd ex t ens i on of c le a n ea r t h ( < 1 ohm ) up t o T ER t o b e do n e b y 2 L K S 0 2 c o n tr ac to r . A m in im um c r os s s ec t i on of 2 5 m m ins u l at e d r ed u n da nt c o p per wi r e s h a l l be us e d f or ear t hi n g. T h e e ar t h in g t o be ter m i na te d i n T ER o n c op p er s tr ip wi th a c o pp er b us b ar ha v i n g m inim um 20 ho l es . T his s tr i p s ha l l b e us ed b y L K S 02 C o ntr ac t or , to ex t e nd t h e ir i nd i v i du a l e ar t hs t o th e ir r es pec t i ve c a b l es a nd r ac k s /eq u i pm ents . 2. 1. 3 In or d er t o e ns ur e a c ap t i ve ear t h c on n ec t i o n to t h e c a b in ets an d r ac k s in T ER, a m in im um c r os s - s ec t i on of 16 m m ² cop p er wir e m us t be u s ed f or ear t hi n g. 2. 1. 4 T he c a b i ne ts wi t hi n a r o w ar e to b e c on d uc t i v el y c o n nec te d b y m e ans of s c r e ws an d c o nt ac t wa s her s . T wo or m or e r o ws ar e i nt er c on n ec t e d v i a th e E B an d if n ec es s ar y, a ls o b y ad d it i o na l e ar t h in g c ab l es . I n c as e t ha t on e of th e c ab i n ets /r ac k s is r em ov ed , it m us t be e ns ur e d t h at th e o th er c ab i n ets i n t he r o w r e m ain e ar t h ed 3. 0 O UT DO O R IN ST ALL AT IO N S 3. 1 Fo l lo wi n g ou t d o or i ns ta l l at i ons ar e r e q uir e d to be ea r t he d t o t h e ne ar es t 2 Ma i n B u i l di n g e ar t h b y us i ng a m inim um 16 m m c op per wir e ,to b e pr o v i d ed b y th e r es p e c ti v e T el ec om m Co ntr ac t or f or h is e qu i pm en t: ( 1) Me t al l ic s h e at h & a r m our i n g of al l c a b l es l e ad i n g ou t of T E R. ( 2) Loc a ti o n B ox es . ( 3) Dis p l a y B oar ds , Rac k s . ( 4) Cl oc k s ( 5) Em er g en c y P ho n es i n P la tf or m s ( 6) A n y o th er ins ta l l at i o n as m a y b e n ec es s a r y t o c o v er c om pl et e s c op e of wor k s un d er t he T e lec om m unic a t io n C on tr ac t . 3. 2 T he c o ntr ac t or s ha l l d es ig n e ar th i ng r e qu ir e m ents a nd im pl em ent th em to s u it r e q u ir e m e nts of v ar io us s u b s ys t em s . The c on tr ac t or m a y m ak e us e of B ur ie d E ar t h Co n du c tor a lo n g t h e m ai n li ne , if pr o v id e d b y th e tr ac t io n c on tr ac t or , as p er i n ter f ac e s p ec if ic a ti o ns . Co n tr ac to r s h al l al s o us e s u it ab l e s af e t y m et h o ds s uc h as s c r e e n of wir e m es h ( ear t he d) f or s af et y of m aint e na nc e s t af f wh er e v er t h er e is inf r in g em ent of eq u ipm en t i ns t a ll a ti o n i n th e s ig n a l c l ear a nc e zo n e as p er IR , R E pr ac t ic es . Confidential PS-Chap 10 Page 61 of 75 LKS 02: Particular Specifications Confidential PS-Chap 10 Page 62 of 75 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 4. 0 G UI D EL IN E S F O R T R AN S I E NT P RO T ECT IO N & LIG HT NI N G PRO T E CT IO N 4. 1 G en e ra l 1) Des p it e t he pr o v is i on of ear th i n g as s p ec if i e d a bo v e ( 1 o hm s ) , f ai l ur es of c om m unic a ti o n e q u ipm en t d o oc c ur on ac c o u nt of f in it e e ar t h r es is t anc e , p ar t ic ul ar l y h i g h v ol t ag e tr ans i e nt . 2) T yp ic a l l y, a tr a ns i en t is t em por ar y, us u a l l y s h or t d ur at i on , s u r ge v o lt ag e of l im ite d e ner g y. E l ec t r o n ic e q u ipm en t wi th h ig h i np u t im pe da nc e is in h er e nt l y m or e s us c e pt i b l e t o tr a ns i en ts . P h ys ic al d is t anc e f r om the tr a ns ie nt s ou r c e do es n ot nec es s ar il y gu ar a n te e im m un it y f r om th e tr an s i en ts . 4. 2 Req ui r em ent f o r ef f e ct iv e t r an si ent p rot e ct i on: S ui t ab l e s ur ge p r o tec tor d e v ic es ( s uc h as MO V ’s & s u pp r es s or d io d e & G .D T ub e) h a v in g h i g h s ur ge ha n dl i n g c a pa b il i t y, f as t r es p o ns e t i m e, lo w c l am pi ng vo l ta g e, e t c ., s h a ll b e i nc or po r at e d i n t h e c om m un ic a t io n eq u i pm ent s u bs ys t em s of f er e d , t o e ns ur e t ha t th e l at te r wi ths t a nds t h e c on d it i o ns m ent i on e d a b o ve wi t h ou t a n y d am ag e or p er m anen t de gr a da t io n i n p er f or m anc e t hr o u g ho ut t h e s ys t em l if e t im e. th e T he s e lec t io n c r i te r i a f or s uc h de v ic es s h a l l i nc l u d e, b ut n o t l im it e d to , f ol l o wi ng : 1. Re v er s e s ta n dof f Vo l ta g e: A t l e as t t wic e t he m ax im um op er at i ng v o lt ag e . 2. P uls e P o wer R at i n g: T h is s h a ll h a ve a va l ue to h a n dl e t h e p e ak pu ls e po we r of t he tr a ns i e nt s a nd e ns ur e t h e ir dec a y i n les s t h an 1 0% of th e r is e t im e f or th e w or s t pu ls e l ik e l y t o b e e nc ou n ter e d f r om al l p os s i bl e s our c es i nc l ud i ng li g ht n in g a nd tr a ns ie nt s f r om ov er he a d tr a c ti o n po we r s ys tem . 3. S PD s ho u l d be c ap a b le e n o ug h t o h an d l e a s ur g e c ur r en t 1 0k A ( 8/ 2 0µs ) im p uls e f or P o wer & T e lec om Ne t wor k a pp l ic at i on . 4. S PD s h o u ld b e p l ug g ab l e & r es et t in g t yp e , onc e s ur ge is di v er te d, S PD s ha l l h a ve he a lt h s t at us i n dic a ti o n. 5. De v ic e L if et im e: T his s ha l l n ot b e l es s t ha n t ha t th e l if e of s ys t e m f or wh ic h i t af f or ds pr o tec ti o ns . 6. T he de v ic es s h a l l be t es t e d ag a i ns t I E C 61 6 43 - 1 , 21 & 2 2 or U L 1 44 9 . 7. P eak tr a ns ie nt of u p - to 7 0 0 V o lts o n t he DC P o wer Su p p l y l i n e f or s e ver a l m ic r os ec o n ds . 8. A v er a g e tr a ns i e nt d ur a t io n of f r eq ue nc y of 1 5 k H z to 1 0 0 k H z. 2 m ic r os ec o n ds wit h a r e p e ti t io n 9. For s h or t du r a t io n tr a ns ie nt ( < 5m s ) the var i at i on a p pr oac h es a s i ne wa v e. 10 . F or lo n ger r ec t a ng u l ar per s ec o n d. Confidential d ur a ti o n tr a ns i e nts ( > 5m s ) th e va r i a ti o n a p p r oac h es p u ls es wi th a n i n it i a l r at e of r is e u p t o 5 x 1 0 4 V ol ts PS-Chap 10 Page 63 of 75 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 4. 2. 1 S ur g e pr o tec t io n d e v i c es s h al l b e pr o v i de d on b ot h t he p o wer a nd da ta c ab l es ( as d et a il e d i n T a bl e - 1 b e lo w) g o in g to t he va r i o us T elec om eq u i pm ents i ns t a l le d on t he p la tf or m , in t h e o uts i d e s ta t io n bu i l d in g/ o uts i d e i n t h e De p ot . T h is s h a ll i nc l ud e as a m in im um th e f ol l o wi ng Mo n it or s - O n P la tf or m Mon it or s s id e an d als o i n s i d e t h e T el e c om Ro om on t h e e qu i pm ent s id e f or P o wer a n d Da ta bo th .  Cam er a - O n p la tf or m /Ram p/ P ar k i ng /O n tr a c k s ide /D e po t S P D s h a ll be i ns t a ll e d a t c am er a s i d e as we ll as s witc h - s i de f or Po we r a nd da t a bo t h.  Cl oc k s - As pe r t a b le - 1 .  Ra d io A nt en n a & G P S Cab l es g o in g t o th e T ower /O uts i de /R o of - O n th e e qu i pm ent s id e i ns id e th e T ER o n e a c h i nd i v i du a l c a bl e .L CX Ca b le - I ns i de t h e T E R .  Lo u ds p e ak er s – As p e r t ab l e - 1  Dis p l a ys - As p er t ab l e - 1  O FC Ar m o ur - D ir ec t l y ear t he d wi t h m ain ear t h o n bo t h en ds i n T ER . T able - 1 be l o w s um m ar i ze s th e r e q ui r em en t an d a p pl ic at i o n of Su r ge pr o tec t i on m eas ur es as o v er v ie w , as a m i nim um : Sub s yst em Su rg e P rot e ct i on f or equ ipm ent at Pl at f or m Ra mp / /P a r k ing and Dep ot a re a Su rg e P rot e ct i on f or equ ipm ent ( indo or) ( O ut d oo r) Equ ip men t Pow e r Lin e Dat a Lin e FO T S PAS T ele p h on e Confidential Equ ip men t Pow e r Cab l e Dat a Lin e FO T S Rac k E ar t h in g f or O F Ca b le S pe ak er N/ A No PA am pl if i er ou t pu t N/ A 1) Ca l l S ta t i on a t PSB N/ A 1) M ix er No No T ele p h on e a t P S B N/ A No MD F N/ A ye s Em er g en c y T ele p h on e a t en d s of p l atf or m 1) 1) MD F ( i nc om i ng MT NL te l ep h on e N/ A Ye s PS-Chap 10 Page 64 of 75 LKS 02: Particular Specifications l in e) Cl oc k S la v e C l oc k ( i n p la tf or m ar e a) ,D e po t S he ds Ye s Ye s S ub- m as t er Cl oc k / c ha n ge o v er s wi tc h No Ye s PI D S PI D S a t p la tf or m ar e a Ye s Ye s PI D S c ab i n et No Ye s CCT V CCT V c am er a Ye s Ye s CCT V Mo n it or Ye s Ye s CCT V M o n it or Ye s Ye s Fi e ld s wi tc h Ye s Ye s SMPS Ye s N/ A SMPS 1) Ye s , if n o t i nt er n a l l y p r ot ec te d. 4. 1. 3 Lig ht ni ng P r ot e ct i on 4. 1. 3 .1 W hile t he s t at i on b u i l d in gs s h al l b e pr o v id e d wi t h t h e l ig h tn i ng p r ot ec t i o n ar r an g em ents , th e pr o t ec t i o n ag a ins t l i gh t n in g s ur ges tr a v e ll i n g t hr o u gh c on d uc t or s in to e qu i p m ent's s i d e s h a l l b e d on e b y th e T el ec om m un ic a t io n c on tr ac t or us i ng a p pr o pr ia te de v ic es . T he l i gh tn i n g pr ot ec ti o n m odu l es f or th e i nd o or e q ui pm en t of the e lec tr o n ic s ys tem s ar e t o b e p os it i on e d o n th e c ab l e t er m in a l r a c k . T he m odu les wi l l b e f ix e d be t we en in d oo r an d o u tg o in g c a b les . 4. 1. 3 .2 Ear th i n g a nd ot h er pr ot ec t i v e m eas ur es i n pr ec ed i ng pa r a s ar e gi v e n o n l y as i n d ic a t i ve gu i d el i n e s . T el ec om m Contr ac t or s h a l l d es ig n, m an uf ac t ur e, i ns t a ll an d b e r es po ns i bl e f or s af e an d c or r ec t wor k i n g of a l l eq u i pm ent /s u bs ys tem s un d er t he s c o pe of T elec om m unic a t i on . T o ac h i e v e t h is o bj ec t i v e, T el ec om Co ntr ac t o r s h a l l s ubm it h is pr op os a ls r eq u ir i ng an y c h an g e s / m odif ic a t i ons in a bo v e. T e lec om Con tr ac t or s h a l l a ls o s u bm it his pr o p os a l f o r pr o tec t io n d e v ic es at p o wer l i ne s , d at a c om m unic a ti o n l i nes a nd eq u ipm e nt p ar ts an d e ls e wh er e f or r e vi e w. Confidential PS-Chap 10 Page 65 of 75 LKS 02: Particular Specifications Ap p end ix N : N ot Us e d. Confidential PS-Chap 10 Page 66 of 75 LKS 02: Particular Specifications AP P E N D I X O C O N DU IT S AN D AC C E S SO RI E S 1. G en e ra l ( a) A l l c on d ui ts a nd f it t in gs s ha l l b e h e a v y ga u ge , ho t - d ip p ed g a l va n i ze d we l de d s te e l c om pl yi n g wi th BS 4 5 68 : P ar t 1 C l as s 4, B S E N 5 00 86 or eq u i v al e nt I nd i a n St a nd ar ds ( I S 9 5 37 , P ar t I I etc .) a n d s ha l l b e of s c r e we d c l as s if ic at i on . ( b) A l l c o nd u it f i tt i n gs a n d c om po n en ts s h a ll b e i n ac c or da nc e wit h BS 45 6 8: Par t 2 . (c) Co n du i t t er m i na t io ns at a p par a tus s u bj ec t to vi br at i o n or m o ve m en t s ha l l b e m ad e i n h e a v y ga u ge s h e at h ed f lex i b le m eta l l ic c o n du i t. A da pt or s s ha l l ha v e m ale t hr ea ds f or c on n ec t i on to th e r ig i d c o nd u it s ys tem v i a a n a da p ta b l e box . ( d) Fl ex ib l e c on d u it a nd f itt i n gs s ha l l c om pl y wi t h B S 73 1: Par t I or eq u i v al e nt I n di a n S ta n dar ds . ( e) T he m in im um s i ze of c on d u it s h a l l be 20 m m d iam et er . (f) T o s atis f y r e q u ir em en ts f or ear th f a u lt lo o p im ped a nc e , th e la yo ut of c on d u it , tr u nk in g a n d duc t in g an d r o ut i ng of c ab l es s ha l l ens ur e t ha t th e m ax im um c ir c u it le ng t hs a ll o wa b l e ar e no t ex c e e de d . ( g) S ep ar at e c on d ui ts s ys tem s ha l l be pr o vi d ed f o r l o w v o lt a ge c i r c u it , ex tr a l o w v o lt a ge c ir c u its , f ir e a l ar m c ir c u it s an d em er g enc y l ig h ti n g c ir c ui t as s t i pu l at e d i n B S 76 7 1. ( h) Ins p ec t i on - t yp e c o n du i t be n ds , e l b o ws a n d te es s h al l n o t be per m it t ed . ( i) A l l box es an d c o nd u it ac c es s or i es s ha l l b e f ul l y we a th er pr oof whe n us e d i n o ut d oor l oc at i ons a nd t un n els . W eather pr oof box es an d c on d u it ac c es s or i es s ha l l a ls o b e us e d i n loc at i o ns o t her th a n ou t do or s wh er e s p ec if i ed . (j) Co v er s f or ex t er n a l a pp l ic at i on s h al l ha v e m ac hi ne d f ac es , an d s ha l l be pr o v i de d wi t h n e o p r en e t yp e g as k ets . N o b ox s h a l l be f ix ed i n s uc h a pos i ti o n as t o b e i nac c es s i bl e o n t h e c om pl et i on of t h e bu i l d in g s tr uc tu r e or ot he r s er v ic es . (k) A l l dr a w box es an d j u nc t i on box es s ha l l c o m pl y wi t h th e ap pr opr i at e B S or eq u i v a le nt I S a nd is of am pl e s i ze t o per m it t h e c a b l es b e in g dr a wn i n a n d o ut . T he y s h a ll be m ad e of ga l v a ni ze d m a l le a b le ir on wi t h j oi n ti n g s ur f ac es m ac hi ne d t o e ns ur e a dus t - t i g ht j o i nt . A l l c ir c u lar box es s ha l l be pr o v i de d wi th l o ng s p ou ts , i nt er na l l y thr e ad e d, i nc or p or a t in g a s h o ul der f or t he pr o p er bu tt i ng of th e c o nd u it a nd a ta p pe d 5 m m hol e i n t he b as e to ac c e pt a s o li d br as s e ar t h ter m i na l . ( l) T he e n ds of a l l c on d u i ts s h a l l be r e am ed to r em ov e a ll b ur r s or s h ar p ed g es af t er t h e s c r e w thr e ads ha v e be e n c ut . A l l d ir t , p a in t o r o i l o n th e s c r e we d t hr e ads o f the c o n d ui t, s oc k ets an d ac c es s or ies s ha l l b e r em ov e d bef or e ins t al l at i on . Confidential PS-Chap 10 Page 67 of 75 LKS 02: Particular Specifications (m) T he e nds of th e c o n du i ts s h a ll bu tt s o li d l y i n a l l c ou p l in gs . W her e c on d u its c on n ec t to d is tr i bu t io n bo ar ds , t r unk i n g, s wi tc h a n d f us e un i ts , s in g l e a nd m ul t i p le s wi tc h b ox es , e tc , th e y s h a l l b e c o n nec te d t o th e a pp ar at us b y m e ans of a c o nd u it c o up l i ng a n d h ex a g on m ale s m ooth b or e h ot d i p ga l v a n i ze d bus h. C om pr es s io n was h er s an d s oc k ets . ( n) A l l c o nd u its s h a l l b e k ept 80 m m c lear of wat er , g as an d o th er s er v ic es . A l l nec es s ar y e q ui p ot e nt i a l b o nd i n g s h a ll b e i ns t a ll e d i nc l u d in g t ha t f o r p ip e d s er v ic es , i n ac c or da nc e wi th B S 7 67 1. ( o) No wa te r s h a ll b e a l l o we d t o e nt er t h e c o nd u it at a n y t im e a n d a l l c on d u its s h a l l be ar r a ng e d wi t h a de q ua t e v e nt i l at i on a n d dr a in a ge . ( p) W her e a n ex p os e d g a l va n i ze d s ur f ac e ha s be e n c ut or ot h er wis e dam ag e d it s h a l l b e r e pa ir e d b y ap p l ic a t io n of a zi nc r ic h e pox y pr im er wi t h a ge n er ous o ve r l a p o n t h e ex is ti n g s o u n d m eta l c oa t in g. Ex p o s ed thr e ads a n d c o nn ec t i o ns s h al l b e s im i la r l y t r ea t ed . T he e p ox y pr i m er s ha l l b e us e d s tr ic tl y i n ac c or d a nc e wi t h th e m anuf ac t ur er 's i ns tr uc t i o ns . ( q) A l l b en ds s h a l l b e m ad e o n S it e t o s u it S it e c o n d it i ons . B e nd i n g of c on d u it s h al l b e do n e wi t ho u t t he us e of h ea t, us i ng a b en d i ng to o l th at c om pl ies wi th t h e Br i tis h S t an d ar d a ppr o pr ia t e to t h e c on du i t m ater ia l . A n ad e qu a te n um ber of s u i ta b l y s i ze d h o t - d i p ga l v a n i ze d c as t ir o n dr a w - in b ox es s h al l be pr o v i d ed i n c on d u it r uns t o e n ab l e c ab l es to b e dr a wn i n eas i l y a nd wit h ou t dam ag e . D r a w – in b ox es s ha l l b e pr o v id e d i n c o nd u it at t he f o l lo wi n g m ax im um i nt er va ls : ( 1) Str a i gh t r u n 8 m, ( 2) Ru n wi t h o ne or t w o b en ds 6 m, ( 3) Ru n wi t h t hr e e b e nds 4 m, ( 4) Ru n wi t h f our be n ds 2. 5 m . (r) A l l c o n du i ts s ha l l be s wa b be d thr o ug h b e f or e wir i n g is c om m enc e d an d c ab l es s ha l l n ot b e dr a wn i nt o a n y s ec t i on of t he s ys t em unt i l a ll c on d u its a nd dr a w b ox es f or t h at p ar t ic u l ar s ec t io n ar e f ix ed i n pos i t io n. (s) A l l c o nd u it s ys t em s s h al l b e e lec tr ic a l l y an d m ec h a n ic a l l y c o n ti n uo us an d s u bs t a nt i a ll y wa te r - ti g ht af ter ins ta l l at i on . ( t) W ir ing s ha l l be c ar r i e d o ut o n t h e l o op - i n s ys tem an d no j o in ts ot h er th a n th e l o op i ng - i n p o i nts wi l l b e a ll o we d . ( u) No c a b l es i ns t a ll e d i n c on d u its s h a l l be l ac e d. ( v) No c o n du i t s h al l b e u n der m ec h an ic a l s tr es s . ( w) T em por ar y p l u gs s h a l l be f i tt e d t o o p en e nd s of c on d ui t an d d uc ti ng to pr e v e nt in gr es s of wa t er a nd s o l i d m at er i al . 2. Su rf ac e Co ndu it ( a) Confidential A l l c o n du i t b ox es a nd ac c es s or i es f or s ur f ac e c o n du i ts s h a l l b e of a t yp e m anuf a c t ur e d s pec if i c a l l y f or th a t pur pos e . PS-Chap 10 Page 68 of 75 LKS 02: Particular Specifications ( b) 3. A l l s u r f ac e m oun t ed c on d u its s h al l b e r un n ea t l y on t he s ur f ac e of th e b ui l d in g a nd t r u l y ver t ic al a n d h or i zo n t al , s ubs t an t ia l l y s up p or t e d at 12 0 0 m m c entr es o n ver t ic a l r u ns a n d 90 0 m m c en tr es o n h or i zo n ta l r uns . T he f a ls e c e i l in gs s h a l l n ot c ar r y t he we i gh t of t he c o n du i t or an y e q u ipm en t r i g id l y c o nn ec t e d to i t. Co n du i t s h a l l be s u pp or t e d in ac c or da nc e wit h B S 76 7 1, or o th e r i nt er n a ti o n al s t a nd ar d s i n de p en d en t l y of t h e s us p en d ed c e i l i ngs . Fle x ibl e St e el C ondu i t s T he f l ex i b le c o n du i ts s ha l l b e of ga l v a n is e d s te e l. W her e f lex i b l e s te e l c o nd u it is em pl o ye d , t he le n gt h s h al l n ot ex c e ed 2. 5 m et er . Confidential PS-Chap 10 Page 69 of 75 LKS 02: Particular Specifications AP P E N D I X P R AI S E D AC C E S S F LO O R S 1. R AI S E D A CC E S S F L O O R T O ST AT IO N S T EL ECO M E Q U I PM E NT RO O M an d SI G N A LL IN G EQ UI P M ENT R O O M .  Le v e l of ac c es s : f ul l in l i n e wi t h MO B P F 2 P S/ S P U.  Fl oo r pa n e l s i ze : 6 0 0x 60 0m m .  Str uc tur a l gr a de : He a v y i n l i n e wi t h MO B P F 2 P S /S P U. Ens ur e t ha t t h e s pec if ic l oa d r e q ui r em en ts of t h e e qu i pm en t s t o b e i ns t a ll e d wi t h in t he r oom s ar e c o ns i der e d an d a l l o wed f or .  Ins ta l l ed m as s of s ys t em (m ax im um ) : Ac t u a l m as s s ho u l d no t b e m or e 2 th at n 4 5 k g /m  Fi n is h e d r a is e d ac c es s f l oor h e i gh t a bo v e s ubf lo or , v ar io us h e i gh t s . Ref er t o dr a wi n gs . G E N ER AL ST A ND A RD S   RA I S ED AC C E S S F LO O RI NG S YST E M : T O MO B PF 2 P S/ S PU ( Ma r c h 19 9 2) . No te B S- E N 12 8 25 ( 2 0 01) R a is e d Ac c es s F l oor i n g was r ec en t l y is s ue d . T his doc um en t is on l y c o nc er n ed wi th t he tes t in g of s ys t em s . B S EN 1 28 2 5 ( 2 0 01) r ec o m m ends th at f l o or s be s pec if ie d t o MO B PF2 P S/ S P U ( M ar c h 19 9 2) an d s ec t io n K 4 1 of N B S s p ec if ic at i ons . Q u al i t y m an a gem e nt s ys t em : T o B S EN I SO 90 0 1. INT E R PR ET AT IO N  A ut ho r i t y: R ef er e nc e t o a ut hor i t y i n MO B PF 2 P S /S P U ar e d eem ed t o be t h e E R. G E N ER A L P ER FO R M A N C E   Com pl e te d i ns ta l l at i on : c l ea n a nd s t a b le . Fr e e f r om b o unc e a n d v i br a t io n . No li p p in g b et we e n f lo or p a ne ls . In d ep e nd e nt t es t la b or at or y: t o ER a p pr o v a l FIR E P ERFO R M AN C E    St a nd ar ds : T O MO B P F2 P S / S PU Fir e r es is t a nc e: N or m a l T her m al pr o per t ies t o MO B PF 2 P S/ S PU : N o ne SO UN D T R AN S MI S S I O N  La b or at or y s ys tem t es t: - St a nd ar ds : T o I S 9 90 1 :Pr t 3 ,1 9 81 . - T es t r ep or t. CO M PO N ENT S S A M PL E S Confidential PS-Chap 10 Page 70 of 75 LKS 02: Particular Specifications  G e ner a l: s u bm it r e pr e s en t at i v e s am pl es of t he f o l lo wi n g : F l o or p a ne ls wi t h c ab l e m a na g em ent ac c es s or ies . S u b - C on tr ac t or t o a ls o s u bm it m os t c ur r e nt t es t r ep o r t of m ater i a ls . Sh o p d r a wi n gs an d M et h o d s ta tem en ts t o Co nt r ac t or a nd ER f or A p pr o va l. FLO O R P A N EL S T O C L AU S E K 4 1/ 1 20   T ole r a nc es : - Le n gt h of s i de : 0. 4 m m - S qu ar en es s : 0. 5 m m - Str a i gh tm es s of s i d e h or i zo nt a l l y: 0. 5 m m - Th ic k nes s : 0. 5 m m - T wis t : 1. 0 m m - V er t ic a l wr a p i ng : 0. 7 5 m m L if e ex pec ta nc y: ex c lu d in g c o v er in g ( m in im um ) : 25 Ye ar s Cas i ng m at er i a l: St e e l Cas i ng f i n is h : g a l va n i z ed .        Cor e m at er i a l: C em ent it o us f il l . P er im eter e d g in g : f r o m m anuf ac tur es r a n ge t o E R’s ap pr o va l Fl oo r pa n e l Lo c i n g: s c r e w o r bo l t d o wn Fl oo r pa n e l l oc a t io n M et h od : P os it i v e. La b e li n g: No n s t an d ar d pa n els : i de n ti t y f or r e loc a ti o n p ur p os es . S er v ic e id e nt if ic at i o n l ab e ls : pr o v i d e s e lf - a d hes i v e l a be ls t o i d en t if y un d er f lo or s er v ic es a nd t h e ir d ir ec t io n . F ix to t h e v i s ib l e s ur f ac e of t h e f lo or p an e l a nd un d er c ar p e t f i n is h if an y. P ED E ST A L S T O A L L RA I S ED AC C E S S F LO O R S  L if e ex pec ta nc y ( m in i m um ) 50 Ye ar s s u bm it m anuf ac t ur e r ’s ex p ec te d l if e ex pec t anc y.  P ed es t a l f ix in g :  S el ec ti o n of t es t s p ec i m ens : s ubm i t pr op os al s .  T es t r es u l ts : s u bm it  A dh es i v e: c om pa t ib l e wi t h s ubf lo or f i n is h i ng .  A dj us ta b i l it y: adj us t a b l e.  L im its on adj us t a b il i t y: N o r e qu ir em en ts  Loc k i n g : Re q ui r e d  A dd i ti o n al pe d es t a ls : S ubm it pr o p os a ls if r e qu ir e d  P ed es t a l m at er i a ls : G a l va n is e d s t ee l > ST RI NG ER S T O AL L RA I S ED AC C E S S F LO O R S - T yp e; Su bm it pr o pos a l s - Rem o va b l e s tr i n g er s : S ubm it pr o p os a ls , l if e ex p ec ta nc y ( m i n im um ) : 50 Ye ar s - Ma t er ia ls : G a l v a nis e d s t ee l . IN ST ALL AT I O N CO NT RO L S AM P L E S Confidential PS-Chap 10 Page 71 of 75 LKS 02: Particular Specifications  G e ner a l c om pl et e ar e a s of f i n is he d wor k i n t he f o l lo wi n g l oc at i o ns : T elec om e qu i pm en t r o om & S ig n al l i n g E qu i p m ent r o om . P R E P AT AI O N  S et ti n g o ut : B ef or e i ns ta l l at i on of s er v ic es , i nd e l ib l y m ar k p e d es t a l pos i t io ns . Fix tur es : B ef or e i ns t a l l at i on , Com p le t e th e f i x tur es wh ic h f l oor pa n e ls ar e t o b e c u t ar ou n d o r wh ic h s u p p or ts ar e t o br id g e. Br i dg i ng s t r uc tur es - S up p l em ent ar y s u p por ts : N o r e q u ir em e nts .   EN V IRO N M ENT A L CO N DIT IO N S G e ner a l - Dr y, we l l v e nt i l at e d, n ot s u bj ec t t o ex tr em es of t em per at ur e of hum i d it y, an d f r ee f r o m r ap id var i a ti o ns of t em per at ur e or h um id it y. - RH of a ir ( m ax im um ) : 7 5% - RH of s ur r ou n d in g wa l ls ( m ax im um ) : 7 5% S ubf lo or s : - RH ( m ax im um ) : 7 55 T es t t o B S 8 20 1 A p pe n d ix A us i n g a n ac c ur a te l y c a li br at e d h yg r om et er , 0 T em per at ur e ( m i nim u m ) : 5 C . D UST PRO FFI NG S ea l er : as M 60 /1 1 1, C om pat i b le wi th m ate r i a ls us ed t o p ac k a nd / or f ix pe d es t a ls . S e a li n g: - Ex t e nt : Co nc r et e a n d m as onr y s ur f ac es wit h i n r a is e d ac c es s f lo or v o id . Pr ep ar at i o n: S ur f ac es to b e s e a le d m us t be c l ea n, dr y a nd f r e e f r o m dus t, gr e as e a nd o t her c o nt am in a nts . Num ber of c o ats : T wo Fir s t Co a t: A p p l y b ef or e p ed es t a ls ar e er ec t e d. S ec o n d Co a t: D if f er e n t t i nt t o f ir s t c oa t. Ap p l y a f t er c om pl e ti o n of s er v ic es a n d o th er as s oc ia te d wor k . - C UT FLO O R P A N EL S - S i ze ( m in im um ) : H a lf f ul l wi d t h, f u ll le n gt h. B ur r s a nd r ou g h ed g es : Mak e s m oot h. E dg e s e a ler : C las s 0 s pr e a d of f l am e r at e d a l um in um f oi l s e lf a d he s i v e ta p e. E dg e s e a l in g: Se a l ex pos e d c ut ed g es of f l o or p an e ls wh ic h h a v e m ois tu r e s e ns it i v e or c om bus t i b le c or es . RA I S ED AC C E S S F LO O R L E V EL S - Confidential P er m is s i b le de v i at i on i n l e ve l : O v er 3 m :+ - 1. 5 m m . O v er al l : +- 3 m m . PS-Chap 10 Page 72 of 75 LKS 02: Particular Specifications P ER I M ET ER S Ex pa ns i on g a ps : S i ze : 1 0 m m Loc a ti o n; a t a bu tm en t s . - Ex pa ns i on g a p f il l i ng : - Fi l le r t yp e: R es i l ie nt c l os e d c e l l. Fi l l in g: B ef or e f ix i n g s k ir ti n g a nd c o v er s tr i p s . E L ECT RI C AL C O NT IN UIT Y AN D E ART H BO ND ING S ubs ta n ti a l m eta l p ar t s of r a is e d a c c es s f l oo r , e lec tr ic a l l y c o nt i n uo us an d f u ll y e ar t h bo n de d .    St a nd ar d: T o MO B PF 2 P S /S P U B on d i ng m eth o ds : Su b m it pr o pos a ls . E ar t h in g m eth o ds : S u b m it pr o pos a ls . E ar t h b on d i ng c o n n ec t i on p o i nts : De te r m in e num be r an d l oc at i o n, pr o v i d e c o nn ec t or s T ota l r es is t a nc e of e ar th f a ul t l o op ( m ax im um ) : R es is t anc e r e q uir ed t o op er at e e ar t h f au l t pr o tec t io n d e v ic e t o MO B PF 2 P S / S PU . E lec tr ic al c on t in u it y a nd ear th bo n d in g t es ts : G e ner a l: t es t c om pl et e r a is ed ac c es s f l o or . P oi n t of t es t i n g: R a nd om l y s e l ec t e d p ed es ta ls , Str i n ger s , T o ps a n d bo tt om s of f l o or p an e l s . CO M PL ET IO N T O O LS  Fl oo r pa n e l l if t in g d e v i c es : At pr ac tic a l c om p l et i on , s u pp l y o n e s et of s u it ab l e d e v ic e f or e ac h t yp e of r a is e d ac c es s f l oor f i n is h ins t al l e d. T r ai n des i g na te d p er s on n e l i n th e ir us e. P ed es t a l l oc k i ng : A t pr ac t ic a l c om pl et i on , s u pp l y o n e s et of t oo ls f or r e le as i ng p e des t al loc k ing .  US E R IN ST R UCT IO NS  Ma n ua l c on te n ts : I nc lu de t h e f o l l o wi ng : Cor r ec t m et ho d f or l if t i ng an d r e p lac i n g f l o or pa n e ls an d s tr i ng er s . S er v ic i n g: lim i ta t io ns on s eq u enc e, num be r an d p os it i ons of f l oor pa n e ls an d s tr i ng er s wh ic h c a n b e r em o ve d s af e l y at on e t im e. P er m is s i b le lo a ds : wi t h g ui d anc e o n us e of s pr e a d er p la tes wh e n s h if ti n g h ea v y e q u ipm en t a nd s ubs e qu e nt m a in te n anc e . Me t ho ds of i ns t a l li n g c ab l i ng an d d uc ts , to pr e ve n t dam a ge t o s up p or t i n g s tr uc tu r e . Cl e an i n g m et ho ds : F or f l oor p a n els an d i nt e g r a l f i n is hes . Fl oo r pa n e l c o ve r i n g r en e wa l . M et ho d f or r e p lac em en t of in te gr a l f lo or p an e l c o v er in gs . P ed es t a l a dj us tm ent a nd loc k i n g. Ma i nt e n anc e: R ec om m en d ed m et ho ds a nd f r eq u e nc y- f r e e l if e of r a is e d ac c es s f lo or s ys tem . M in im um m ai nt e na nc e f r e e lif e of r ep l ac ea b l e pa r ts wh e r e th is d if f er s f r om th a t of t he wh o le s ys t em . - Confidential PS-Chap 10 Page 73 of 75 LKS 02: Particular Specifications M in im um per i od dur i n g wh ic h r e p l ac e a b le c o m pone n ts wi l l b e a va i l ab l e- i ns ta l l at i on i ns tr uc t i o ns , i nc l u d in g R is k As s es s m en t Ap p end ix Q 1. S P EC IF IC AT IO N FO R 19” R AC K ( 8 0 0W X 2 0 00 H X 1 0 0 0D) : T he f l o or m o un te d R ac k s ha l l ha v e t he f o l lo w i ng s p ec if ic at i o ns as m inim um : a) b) c) d) e) f) g) h) i) Fr o nt a n d Re ar Per f or at e d do or s , ar ou n d 7 5 % P er f or at i on , P U G as k et. S id e p a ne l , 1. 5 m m wi th PU G as k e t Fu l l He i g ht 1 9” a n gl e T op an d b ot t om c o ver S oc k et s tr i ps ( 5 /1 5 am ps , 10 p oi n ts 2 s tr i ps wi t h l oc k in g Ar r an g em en t t o a vo i d l o os e C o nt ac t Fa n tr a ys wi th 4 F a ns wi t h f i n ge r gu ar d E ar t h in g k i t V er t ic a l c ab l e m a na g e r s o n b ot h s i d es Hor i zo n t a l c ab l e m a na ge r s ( 5 Nos .) Mak e- Ri tt a l, A PW Pr es id e nt or e qu i v a l en t s ubj ec t to m ee t in g t h e ab o v e s pec if ic a t io ns . 2. Fib re M ana ge me nt S y st e m ( FM S) 2. 1 Sp e cif ic at ion s f or F i br es FM S/O pt i c al D is t ri but i on Fr am e ( O D F ) Fi br e Ma n a gem en t/O D F s h o u ld h a v e f ol l o wi n g as m i nim um : S. No . Confidential It e ms M inimum Q u ant i t y 1 Fr o nt Ac c es s Ye s 2 T yp e of Ad a pt or s LC wi th ins er ti o n L os s of A da p tor s < 0. 1 Db 3 Ca b le en tr y B ac k s i de 4 P ig t ai ls Ins er t i o n L os s < 0 .1 D b 5 A nt i R od e nt En tr y T he r e ar c ab l e e ntr y s ha l l h a v e th e c o v er p la te t o r es tr ic t t h e r o de n t en tr y 6 Lo os e tu b e Pr ot ec t i o n S pi r a l t ub e is t o b e pr o v id e d f or t h e pr o t ec t i on an d e as y r o ut i ng of t he lo os e tu b e i n th e l o os e t u be s t or a ge s pac e. 7 B en d c o ntr o ls i n s p lic i n g tr a ys T he s p lic i n g tr a y i s to be s o des i g ne d t ha t i t gu i d es an d pr o tec t s th e p ig t ai l a n d e ns ur e c on tr ol l e d c a bl e b e nd i ng 8 Mo d u lar Co ns tr uc ti o n Fl ex ib l e u pgr a d e an d ex p a ns io n r e a d y, c us t om i ze d a pp l ic at i o n. 9 G r om m ets at c ab l e e ntr y T o r e d uc e d us t en tr y o r p h ys ic a l dam ag e t o th e c a b le PS-Chap 10 Page 74 of 75 LKS 02: Particular Specifications 10 3 Mak e RP G Rac em , 3 M , etc . or e q u i va l e nt s u bj ec t to m eet i ng t h e a b o v e s pec if ic a t io ns Di git al D i st r ibu t io n Fr a me f o r 2 M bps i nt er f a c e ( 1 20 O h m DDF ) S. No . Confidential It e ms Re ma r ks 1 B a y t yp e S in g l e B a y 2 T yp e of Mo d ul e PC B t yp e wi t h wr ap p in g t yp e of ter m i na t io n 3 Is o l at i on f ac i l it y T he DDF s ha l l h a ve t h e f ac i l it y f or is ol a ti n g th e c a b l e s i d e a nd t h e eq u i pm ent s id e b y 4 P i n P lu g / Soc k et ar r an g em ent 4 O n l i ne t es ti n g f ac i l it y O n l i ne t es ti n g f ac i l it y s ha l l b e pr o v id e d 5 Mo d u lar C a pac i t y 12 0 O hm m odu l e f or c at er in g 8 s ets of tr a ns a nd r ec e i v e t er m i na t io n of 2 M bps . 6 T er m inat i o n t yp e W ir e wr a pp i ng t er m i n at i ons f or tr a ns m it an d r ec e i v e s i gn a ls i n c l ud i ng pr o v is i on t o ter m i na te ear t h l im b of d es ig n at e d c ab l es . 7 E ar t h of B a y E ar t h t er m in al is to be pr o v id e d o n e it h er s i de of t he m od ul e 8 Im ped a nc e 12 0 O hm b a l anc e d. 9 i ns u l at i on T yp ic a l > 5 00 M O hm be t we en an y t wo s i gn a l p ins an d gr o un d . PS-Chap 10 Page 75 of 75